centurytel of central arkansas , llc d/b/a … · fire reporting system - tellabs ... centurytel of...

CENTURYTEL

OF

CENTRAL ARKANSAS, LLC

d/b/a

CENTURYLINK

CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF d/b/a CenturyLink Original Sheet Adoption Notice

ADOPTION NOTICE Effective July 28, 2009, CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC registered the fictitious name CenturyLink. Effective October 19, 2009, CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC began operating under the name CenturyLink. As such, CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC d/b/a CenturyLink hereby adopts, ratifies, and makes its own, in every respect as if the same had been originally filed by it, all tariffs, schedules, rules, notices, concurrences, schedule agreements, divisions, authorities or other instruments whatsoever, filed with the Public Service Commission, State of Arkansas, by or adopted by CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC. By this notice, CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC d/b/a CenturyLink also adopts and ratifies all supplements or amendments to any of the above schedules, etc., which CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC has heretofore filed with said Commission. Issued: September 15, 2009 Effective: October 19, 2009

By: Chantel Mosby Director - Tariffs

Monroe, Louisiana

CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC dba CenturyLink (T) ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF SECTION 1

1st Revised Sheet No. 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION SECTION SHEET NUMBER TITLE NUMBER 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS ......................................................................................... 1 1 GENERAL INDEX .................................................................................................. 4 2 UTILITY INFORMATION ..................................................................................... 1 Rules Exemptions................................................................................................. 2 3 TARIFF REVISION SYMBOLS............................................................................. 1 TRADE NAMES, TRADEMARKS, AND SERVICE MARKS (N) USED IN THIS TARIFF........................................................................................ 1 (N) 4 DEFINITION OF TERMS ....................................................................................... 1 5 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS ........................................................... Application of Tariff ............................................................................................ 1 Advance Payments ............................................................................................... 1 Applications for Service....................................................................................... 1 Application of Business or Residence Rates ........................................................ 2 Assignment or Transfer of Service....................................................................... 3 Alterations ............................................................................................................ 4 Availability of Facilities....................................................................................... 4 Base Rate Boundary Adjustments........................................................................ 4 Bells -(Ringers) .................................................................................................... 4.2 Cancellation of Application for Service ............................................................... 4.3 Closing Suspended Accounts ............................................................................... 5 Court Ordered Suspension of Service .................................................................. 5 Customer Premises Wire and Cable (CPWC) Provided by the Customer .................................................................................. 5.1 Defacement of Premises....................................................................................... 5.1

Issued: May 3, 2010 Effective: May 4, 2010

By: Director, Tariffs PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION

Section No. 1 3rd Revised Sheet No. 2 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC dba CenturyLink (T) TABLE OF CONTENTS

PSC File Mark Only

TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION SECTION SHEET NUMBER TITLE NUMBER 5 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS ........................................................... 1 Directories ............................................................................................................ 6 Extended Absence Payment Plan ......................................................................... 6.1 Extended Due Date Policy ................................................................................... 6.1 Hybrid Systems .................................................................................................... 6.2 Impairment of Service Due to Customer Provided Equipment............................ 7 Indemnification .................................................................................................... 7 Interconnection of Customer-Provided Equipment and Facilities ...................................................................................................... 7.1 Liability of the Telephone Company.................................................................... 8 Maintenance, Repair, and Loss ............................................................................ 8 Natural Disaster Relief for Customers ............................................................. 8.1 (N) Neutralizing Transformers ................................................................................... 8.1 Ownership of Facilities ........................................................................................ 9 Obligation of Customer ........................................................................................ 9 Obsolete Service and/or Arrangements ................................................................ 9 Order of Precedence for Establishing Service...................................................... 10 Payment for Service ............................................................................................. 10 Post Billing Toll Block......................................................................................... 10.2 Preemption of Service .......................................................................................... 10.1 16 Prepaid Local Telephone Service (PLTS)............................................................ 20 Promotional Offering ........................................................................................... 10.1 Provision of Facilities........................................................................................... 10.1 Resale and Sharing of Service.............................................................................. 11 Restricted Service................................................................................................. 11 Rights-of-Way (Special or Private) ...................................................................... 12 Secrecy of Communication .................................................................................. 12 Special Equipment and/or Arrangements............................................................. 12.1 Supercedure.......................................................................................................... 12.2 Effective: June 13, 2011

CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFFSECTION 1

Original Sheet No. 2.1

TABLE OF CONTENTSSECTION SECTION SHEETNUMBER TITLE NUMBER

5 GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Telephone Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Temporary Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1Terms of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1Tracing of Harassing Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1Transmitting Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Transfer of Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Unauthorized Attachments or Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Use of Connecting Company Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Use of Customer Telephone Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Use of Party Line Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

6 LOCAL RATE SCHEDULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

7 ADVANCE PAYMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

8 CHARGES RELATED TO CUSTOMER ACTIVITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

9 RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

10 RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

11 EXTENSION OF FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Issued: Effective:

By: G. Clay Bailey, Vice President Regulatory AffairsPO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211


Original Sheet No. 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION SECTION SHEETNUMBER TITLE NUMBER

12 DIRECTORY LISTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

13 SERVICE CHARGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

14 MISCELLANEOUS SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

15 ADDITIONAL EXCHANGE ACCESS FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

16 CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

17 AUTOMATIC ANSWERING AND RECORDING SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

18 SECRETARIAL ANSWERING BUREAU SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

19 FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE AND FOREIGN SWITCHING OFFICE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

20 INTRAEXCHANGE PRIVATE LINE SERVICES AND CHANNELS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

21 MOBILE TELEPHONE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

22 SWITCHED DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Issued: Effective:


PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 1 4th Revised Index Sheet No. 3.1 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION SECTION SHEET NUMBER TITLE NUMBER 23 COIN TELEPHONE SERVICE..................................................................... 1 24 SPECIAL ASSEMBLIES OF FACILITIES .................................................... 1 25 TELEPHONE CONCESSION SERVICE ..................................................... 1 26 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE PRIORITY (TSP) SYSTEM.............. 1 27 ANNOUNCEMENT SYSTEMS .................................................................... 1 28 NETWORK SERVICES................................................................................ 1 28A ADVANCED DIGITAL SERVICE....................................................................... 1 29 FRAME RELAY SERVICE ........................................................................... 1 30 CONNECTION WITH CUSTOMER-PROVIDED EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES .................................................................................................. 1 31 DSS SERVICE ............................................................................................. 1 32 DIGITAL LINK DIGITAL CHANNEL SERVICE ............................................ 1 33 BUSINESS ASSIST™.................................................................................. 1 34 N11 ABBREVIATED DIALING CODES ....................................................... 1 35 ETHERNET SERVICE ................................................................................. 1 (AT) 38 DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERVICE ....................................................... 1 40 OBSOLETE SERVICES............................................................................... 1 41 CONCURRING TARIFFS - INTRASTATE................................................... 1 46 9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE ............................................. 1 46A PRIVATE SWITCH EMERGENCY SERVICE.............................................. 1 46B EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE (9-1-1) MAMMOTH SPRINGS...... 1 47 CENTREX SERVICE .................................................................................. 1 47A CENTREX SERVICE .................................................................................. 1 48 SERVICES FOR ENHANCED PROVIDERS ............................................... 1 49 LIMITED TO EXISTING CUSTOMERS ....................................................... 1 50 MAPS - EXCHANGE AREA BOUNDARY ................................................... 1 Issued: February 22, 2008 Chantel Mosby Effective: February 22,2008 Manager, Tariffs and Compliance Docket No. PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 1 3rd Revised Index Sheet No. 4 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC GENERAL INDEX

GENERAL INDEX

Section Sheet Number Number 9-1-1 Emergency Telephone Service .......................................................... 46 1 Access Line Arrangement - Central Office .................................................. 4 1 Access Points .............................................................................................. 4 1 Accessories ................................................................................................. 4 1 Additional Exchange Access Facilities ........................................................ 15 1 Advance Payments...................................................................................... 5 1 Alterations.................................................................................................... 5 4 Alternate Listings ......................................................................................... 12 1 Ancillary Equipment ..................................................................................... 4 1 Announcement System Service................................................................... 27 1 Application of Residence Rates................................................................... 5 3 Application of Tariff ...................................................................................... 5 1 Applications for Service ............................................................................... 5 1 Assignment or Transfer of Service .............................................................. 5 3 Authorized Protective Connecting Module................................................... 4 2 Authorized User ........................................................................................... 4 2 Automatic Answering and Recording Service.............................................. 17 1 Automatic Ringdown Circuit......................................................................... 14 1 Automatic Trunk........................................................................................... 4 2 AUTOVON................................................................................................... 4 2 Auxiliary Leads ............................................................................................ 4 2 Availability of Facilities................................................................................. 5 4 Base Rate .................................................................................................... 4 2 Base Rate Boundary Adjustments............................................................... 5 4 Basic Rate Interface (BRI)............................................................................ 23A 8 Baud ............................................................................................................ 4 3 Bells -(Ringers) ............................................................................................ 5 4.2 Billing - Late Pay Charges ........................................................................... 8 3 Building ........................................................................................................ 4 3 Business Assist™........................................................................................ 33 1 Business Unlimited ...................................................................................... 16 22 (AT) Effective: November 7 2008

PO Box 4065 Monroe, Louisiana 71211



GENERAL INDEXSection Sheet Number Number

Call Forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 2Call Forwarding/Busy/No Answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 2,2A,2BCall Restriction

900 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 7Billed Number Screening Service (BNS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 15Selective Class of Call Screening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 16Toll Blocking Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 14

Call Waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 2ACancel Call Waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 2BCancellation for Cause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5Cancellation of Application for Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4.3CCSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3

Centrex Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 1Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4

Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4Channels for Data Purposes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 1Channels for Miscellaneous Purposes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 1Channels for Remote Operation of Mobile Radio Systems . . . . . . . . . 20 8

Charges Related to Customer Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1Choice PAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 5EClosing Suspended Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5COAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4

Issued: Effective:


CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF dba CenturyLink (T) SECTION 1


GENERAL INDEX Section Sheet Number Number Coin Telephone Service Customer Owned Pay Telephone Service ........................................................... 23 4 Public ................................................................................................................... 23 2 Semipublic ........................................................................................................... 23 3 Communications Systems ........................................................................................ 4 4 Competitive Response Program(s) ....................................................................... 14 25 (AT) Concurring Tariffs - Intrastate ................................................................................. 41 1 Conditioning Service ............................................................................................... 14 8 Conference Fire Reporting Systems ........................................................................ 14 1 Conformance Number.............................................................................................. 4 5 Conforming Answering Device ............................................................................... 4 5 Connecting Apparatus.............................................................................................. 4 5 Connecting Arrangement ......................................................................................... 4 5 Connection ............................................................................................................... 4 6 Connection with Certain Facilities of Customers Miscellaneous Devices Provided by the Customers ............................................ 30 1 Power, Pipe Line and Railroad Companies ......................................................... 30 10 U. S. Army, Navy and Air Force ......................................................................... 30 11 U. S. Government Executive Department and Agencies ..................................... 30 13 Connection with Customer Provided Equipment and Facilities .............................. 30 1 Data Transmitting and Receiving ........................................................................ 30 14 Voice Transmitting and/or Receiving Terminal Equipment................................ 30 16 Construction in New Real Estate Developments ..................................................... 11 8 Construction of Facilities for Secretarial Answering Bureaus,................................ Burglar Alarm Companies and Similar Services ................................................. 11 6 Construction on Public Right-of-Way or Private Property ...................................... 11 3

Issued: June 23, 2011 Effective: July 6, 2011

By: Chantel Mosby, Director – Tariffs PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 1

3rd Revised Index Sheet No. 6.1 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC d/b/a CenturyLink (T) GENERAL INDEX

GENERAL INDEX Section Sheet Number

Number

Continuous Property ............................................................................................................. 4 6 Contract ................................................................................................................................. 4 6 DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service............................................................................. 32 1 Cost ....................................................................................................................................... 4 6 Court Ordered Discontinuance of Service ............................................................................ 4 5 Copy of Bill .......................................................................................................................... 8 5 Customer Provided Circuit Terminations in Telephone Company Equipment and Facilities ................................................................................. 30 1 Customer Provided Terminal Equipment.............................................................................. 4 7 Customer Premises Wire and Cable (CPWC) ....................................................................... 5 5.1 Custom Calling Services ....................................................................................................... 16 1 Packaged Services ............................................................................................................ 16 12-29 (AT) DSS Service .......................................................................................................................... 31 1 Data Access Arrangement ..................................................................................................... 4 7 Date of Presentation .............................................................................................................. 4 7 Dedicated Cable Facilities .................................................................................................... 20 6A Defacement of Premises ....................................................................................................... 5 5.1 Definition of Terms .............................................................................................................. 4 1 Deposits ................................................................................................................................ 8 1 Description of Channels ........................................................................................................ 20 3 Diagnostic Service ................................................................................................................ 4 7

Issued: December 7, 2011 Effective: December 16, 2011

By: Chantel Mosby, Director - Tariffs PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211




Digital Central Office Additive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9 Direct Electrical Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7.1Directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 6 Directory Assistance Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 1 Direct Inward Dialing (DID) Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 11 Direct Inward - Outward Dialing (DIOD) Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 12.1Directory Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7.1Directory Listings

Alternate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 5 Duplicate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 4 Extra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 5 Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 5 Informational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 5 Primary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 2 Residence Family Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 5

Duplicate Listings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 4

Issued: Effective:





Emergency Number Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 1Exceptions, Line Connection Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 3Exceptions, Service Order Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 2Exceptions to Group Rates (Special Rate Areas) . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 11

Exchange Access Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8Exchange Access Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8

Exchange Rate Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 4Exchange Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3Expedited Due Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 9Exemption of Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2Extended Absence Payment Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 6.1Extended Area Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 6 8,22Extended Due Date Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 6.1Extension of Facilities

Construction Under Unusual Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Outside Plant Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 1Private Rights-of-Way . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 4Special Types of Outside Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Temporary Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Extension Line Mileage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 5

Issued: Effective:



1st Revised Sheet No. 8Cancels Original Sheet No. 8

GENERAL INDEXSection Sheet

Number Number

Extra Lines of Information ................................................................................... 12 5Extra Listing ........................................................................................................ 4,12 8,2Fire Reporting System - Tellabs ........................................................................... 14 2Fixed Call Forwarding.......................................................................................... 16 2BFlat Rate Service .................................................................................................. 4 9Flexible Packaging ............................................................................................... 16 5CForeign Central Office Service ............................................................................. 4,19 9,5Foreign Exchange Service.................................................................................... 4,19 9,2AForeign Exchange Service and Foreign Switching Office Service......................... 19 1Foreign Listings ................................................................................................... 12 5Foreign Switching Office Service......................................................................... 19 5Four Wire Channel ............................................................................................... 20 1Four-Wire Circuit................................................................................................. 4 9Full Period Service

Common Battery.............................................................................................. 20 5Magneto........................................................................................................... 20 6

General Rules and Regulations............................................................................. 5 1

Headset................................................................................................................ 4 9Hertz.................................................................................................................... 4 10High Capacity DS1 (1.544 Mbps) Facilities .......................................................... 20 8Household............................................................................................................ 4 10Hybrid Systems .................................................................................................... 5 6.2

Indemnification.................................................................................................... 5 7IndividuLine Service............................................................................................ 14 5Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)............................................................ 28A 1 (NR)Inside Move......................................................................................................... 4 10Interconnection of Customer-Provided Equipment and Facilities.......................... 5 7.1Interexchange....................................................................................................... 4 10Interrupt - Local Operator..................................................................................... 14 4Intraexchange....................................................................................................... 4 10Intraexchange Private Line Services and Channels ............................................... 20 1

Issued: March 12, 2002 Effective: March 26, 2002By: Jeffrey Glover, Vice President External Relations

PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211




Island Base Rate Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 10Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 11Jack Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 6Key Line Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 11Key Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 11Key Telephone System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 11Last Number Redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 2BLate Pay Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 3Liability of the Telephone Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 8Lifeline Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 30Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 11.1Line Connection Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 3Line Extensions for Special Service, One-Party Service and

Rural Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 4Link Up Arkansas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 8AListings, Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 1Local Exchange Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1Local Exchange Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 6 11.1,1Local Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 11.1Long Distance Telecommunications Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 1Main Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 12Maintenance, Repair, and Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 8Manual Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 12Maps - Exchange Area Boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 1Member of a Firm or Corporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 12Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 12Mileage Charges

Excess Mileage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 3Extension Line Mileage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 5Private Branch Exchange Station Line Mileage . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 5Tie Line Mileage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 7

Mileage Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 1,4Miscellaneous Equipment Arrangements

For Agencies of the U. S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 1Miscellaneous Service and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 1Mobile Telephone Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 1

Issued: Effective:


CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC dba CenturyLink (T) ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF

SECTION 1 1st Revised Sheet No. 10

GENERAL INDEX Section Sheet Number Number Multiline System...................................................................................................... 4 12 Multiple Copies of Bills........................................................................................... 8 5 National Directory Assistance/Customer Name and Address Service.................................................................................................................... 38 5 National Security Emergency Preparedness (NSEP) Services ................................ 4 12 Natural Disaster Relief for Customers................................................................. 5 8.1 (N) Network Control Signaling ...................................................................................... 4 13 Network Control Signaling Unit .............................................................................. 4 13 Network Protection Criteria ..................................................................................... 30 6 Network Service....................................................................................................... 28 1 Neutralizing Transformers ....................................................................................... 5 8.1 Nonlisted Service ..................................................................................................... 12 4 Nonpublished Service .............................................................................................. 12 3 Nonrecurring Charge ............................................................................................... 4 13 Nonswitched System................................................................................................ 4 13 NSEP Treatment ...................................................................................................... 4 12 Obligation of Customer............................................................................................ 5 9 Obsolete Service and/or Arrangements.................................................................... 5 9 Obsolete Services..................................................................................................... 40 1 Obtaining TSP Service............................................................................................. 26 1 Off Premises PABX Stations and PABX Additional Locations ........................................................................................... 15 5 Operator Assisted Local Calls.................................................................................. 14 9 Operator Access Trunk ............................................................................................ 4,6 13,8 Order of Precedence for Establishing Service ......................................................... 5 10 Ownership of Facilities ............................................................................................ 5 9

Issued: June 10, 2011 Effective: June 13, 2011

By: Manager, Tariffs PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 1 2nd Revised Sheet No. 10.1 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC GENERAL INDEX

GENERAL INDEX Section Sheet Number Number Party Line Service .................................................................................................... 4 14 Party Line Service, Use of........................................................................................ 5 16 Pay Station Service Customer Owned Pay Telephone Service .............................................................. 23 4 Public Telephone Service..................................................................................... 23 2 Semipublic Telephone Service............................................................................. 23 3 Payment for Service ................................................................................................. 5 10 Permanent Disconnect .............................................................................................. 4 14 Person ....................................................................................................................... 4 14 Point of Connection.................................................................................................. 4 14 Portable Station ........................................................................................................ 4 14 Post Billing Toll Block............................................................................................. 5 10.2 Pre-assigned Telephone Number.............................................................................. 4 14 Preemption of Service .............................................................................................. 5 10.1 Preinstalled Wiring................................................................................................... 4 14 Premises.................................................................................................................... 4 14.1 Prepaid Local Telephone Service (PLTS) ................................................................ 16 20 (CT) Effective: May 15, 2008


2nd Revised Sheet No. 11 Cancels 1st Revised Sheet No. 11

GENERAL INDEX Section Sheet Number Number Primary Listings....................................................................................................... 12 2 Primary Rate Interface (PRI).................................................................................... 28A 1 Primary Service........................................................................................................ 4 15 Private Branch Exchange ......................................................................................... 4 15 Private Line.............................................................................................................. 4 15 Private Line Services and Channels Intraexchange ................................................. 20 1 Private Line Services and Channels Interexchange ................................................. 41 1 Private Radio............................................................................................................ 4 15 Private Switch Emergency Service .......................................................................... 46A 1 Promotional Offering ............................................................................................... 5 10.1 Provision of Facilities .............................................................................................. 5 10.1 Provisioning Priority ................................................................................................ 26 1 Public Radio............................................................................................................. 4 15 Public Telephone Service......................................................................................... 4, 23 15,2 Public Thoroughfare ................................................................................................ 4 16 Pushbutton................................................................................................................ 4 16 Reclassification of Exchanges ................................................................................. 6 28 Reconnection of Service .......................................................................................... 8 3 Recorded Music and Speech Channel...................................................................... 20 8 Regrade .................................................................................................................... 4 16 Regulations, General................................................................................................ 5 1 Remote Call Forwarding.......................................................................................... 16 8 Resale....................................................................................................................... 4 16 Resale and Sharing of Service ................................................................................. 5 11 Reserved Number..................................................................................................... 14 4 Reserved Telephone Number................................................................................... 4 16 Residence Customer Referral Program............................................................... 14 22 (N) Residence, Family Plan Directory Listing ............................................................... 12 5 Restoration Priority .................................................................................................. 5, 26 19,1 Returned Checks ...................................................................................................... 8 4

Issued: January 21, 2010 Effective: January 22, 2010

By: Chantel Mosby, Director - Tariffs



1st Revised Sheet No. 11.1

GENERAL INDEX Section Sheet Number Number Rights-of-Way, Private ............................................................................................ 11 4 Rights-of-Way (Special or Private).......................................................................... 5 12 Rotary Hunting Line Service ................................................................................... 16 4 Rules and Regulations, General ............................................................................... 5 1 Rules Exemptions .................................................................................................... 2 2 Rural Line Extensions.............................................................................................. 11 4 Rural Line Service ................................................................................................... 4 16 Satisfaction Guarantee Program .......................................................................... 14 23 (AT) Saved Number Redial .............................................................................................. 16 2C Schedule of Exchanges ............................................................................................ 6 25

Issued: January 28, 2011 Effective: February 1, 2011

By: Chantel Mosby, Director – Tariffs PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211



GENERAL INDEX

Section Sheet Number Number

Secrecy of Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 12Secretarial Answering Bureau Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 1Semipublic Telephones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 3Service Areas, Mobile Telephone Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 4Service Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 17Service Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 1Service Drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 17

Service Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 17Service Order Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 8Service Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 17Sharing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 17Single-Ended Terminal Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 17

Special Assemblies of Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 1Special Billing Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 4Special Broadcast Exchange Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 8Special Equipment and/or Arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 12.1Special Rate Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 5 18.1,12.1Special Service, One-Party, and Rural Line Extensions . . . . . . . . . 11 3Special Services or Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 9

Speculative Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 18Speed Calling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 2DStandard Transmission Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 18Station Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 4Subdivision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 18Switched System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 19

Issued: Effective:




GENERAL INDEX

Section Sheet Number Number

Subscriber Service, Use of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 15Suburban Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 18Suburban Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 18Supersedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 5 18,12.2Surcharge, Telecommunications Relay Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 29

Issued: Effective:



SECTION 1 1st Revised Sheet No. 13

GENERAL INDEX Section Sheet Number Number Tariff Revision Symbols .......................................................................................... 3 1 Telecommunications Service Priority (TSP) System............................................... 4, 26 19,1 Telemetering or Signaling Circuits .......................................................................... 20 2 Telephone Numbers ................................................................................................. 5 13 Telephone Service.................................................................................................... 4 19 Telephone Sets - Semipublic Coin........................................................................... 14 4 Tel-Teen Service ...................................................................................................... 16 11 Temporary Construction .......................................................................................... 11 Temporary Disconnect............................................................................................. 4 19 Temporary Facilities ................................................................................................ 5, 11 13,7 Temporary Service................................................................................................... 4, 11 19,7 Terms of Payment .................................................................................................... 5 14 Termination Charge ................................................................................................. 4 20 Three-Way Calling................................................................................................... 16 2D Tie Line.................................................................................................................... 4 20 Tie Line Mileage...................................................................................................... 15 8 Tie Lines .................................................................................................................. 15 7 Toll Control.............................................................................................................. 16 3 Touch Calling Service.............................................................................................. 4 20 Tracing of Harassing Calls....................................................................................... 5 13.1 Tract or Subdivision................................................................................................. 4 20 Trade Names, Trademarks, and Service Marks Used in this Tariff ................. 1 1 (N) Traffic Study ............................................................................................................ 13 9 Transfer of Contracts ............................................................................................... 5 14 Transmitting Messages ............................................................................................ 5 14 Trenching Costs ....................................................................................................... 4 20 Trip Charge .............................................................................................................. 13 8 Trunk........................................................................................................................ 4 20

Issued: May 3, 2010 Effective: May 4, 2010

By: Director, Tariffs PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION SECTION 1 2nd Revised Sheet No. 14 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC PSC File Mark Only GENERAL INDEX

GENERAL INDEX Section Sheet Number Number Unauthorized Attachments or Connections ................................................. 5 14 Underground Facilities................................................................................. 11 6 Underground Supporting Structure.............................................................. 4 21 Urban Area .................................................................................................. 4 21 Usage Sensitive Calling Features................................................................ 16 7K Use of Customer Telephone Service........................................................... 5 15 Utility Information ......................................................................................... 2 1 Vacation Number Reservation..................................................................... 14 21 (AT) Verification - Operator.................................................................................. 14 3 Violations of Regulations ............................................................................. Voice Recording Equipment, Connection with............................................. 30 26 Wide Area Telecommunications Service ..................................................... 41 1 Wiring........................................................................................................... 13 5 Effective: October 12, 2006

PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 2 1st Revised Sheet No. 1 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC UTILITY INFORMATION

Chantel Mosby (CT) Manager Tariffs and Compliance (CT) PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211 Issued: June 30, 2005 Effective: July 21, 2005

By: Chantel Mosby, Manager Tariff and Compliance PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 2 3rd Revised Sheet No. 2 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC UTILITY INFORMATION

Rules Exemptions The Commission has granted an exemption from the part of General Service Rule 6.07I which requires the amount of any reconnection fee to be included on the shut-off notice.* The Commission has granted a temporary, partial exemption from Telecommunications

Provider Rules ("TPR) 14.01, 14.02 and 14.04 regarding the Rural Saver Optional Calling Plan ("RSOCP") as follows:

14.01.B. - The monthly minutes of calling available under the RSOCP shall be increased

from 120 to 240 minutes of calling. (CT) * Exemption granted in Order No. 3, Docket No. 97-180-U. ** Exemption granted in Order No. 1, Docket No. 03-082-U.*** *** The exemption granted in Docket No. 03-082-U referenced Rules 13.01, 13.02 and 13.04 of the Telecommunications Providers Rules. The Telecommunication Provider Rules were revised by Commission Order No. 4, Docket 04-069-R on November 22, 2004, changing the reference to Rules 14.02, 14.02, and 14.04. Issued: January 18, 2007 Effective: March 1, 2007


CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC dba CenturyLink ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF SECTION 3 3rd Revised Sheet No. 1

TARIFF REVISION SYMBOLS GENERAL The following symbols will be utilized for all changes of material within the General Exchange Tariff. (DR) Discontinued text (AT) Additions to text (RT) Removal of text (CR) Change in rate (CT) Change in text (CP) Change in practice (MT) Move of text (C) A correction (NR) New rate

(E) To signify the correction of an error made during a previous revision.

TRADE NAMES, TRADEMARKS AND SERVICE MARKS USED IN THIS TARIFF The following list of trade names, trademarks and/or service marks which may be used for services offered in this tariff are owned by CenturyLink, Inc. or a subsidiary of CenturyLink, Inc. and are used by CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC d/b/a CenturyLink with express permission. Trademark and service mark designations will not be listed hereafter in the Tariff. However, the laws regarding trademarks and service marks are applicable. Trade names, trademarks and service marks that are owned by CenturyLink Inc. or a subsidiary of CenturyLink, Inc. cannot be used by another party without authorization. CENTURYLINK CENTURYLINKTM CENTURYLINKSM

CORE CONNECT® (N) Issued: December 7, 2011 Effective: December 16, 2011



Original Index Sheet No. 1

DEFINITIONS OF TERMS

Sheet No.

Access Line Arrangement - Central Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Access Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Ancillary Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Authorized Protective Connecting Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Authorized User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Automatic Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2AUTOVON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Auxiliary Leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Base Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Baud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3CCSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

COAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Issued: Effective:



Original Index Sheet No. 1.1


Sheet No.

Communications Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Conformance Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Conforming Answering Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Connecting Apparatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Connecting Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Continuous Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Customer Provided Terminal Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Data Access Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Date of Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Diagnostic Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Direct Electrical Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1

Issued: Effective:





Sheet No.

Directory Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1

Extended Area Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Extra Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Exchange Access Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Exchange Access Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Flat Rate Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Foreign Central Office Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Foreign Exchange Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Four-Wire Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Hertz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Household . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Inside Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Interexchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Intraexchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Island Base Rate Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Issued: Effective:





Sheet No.

Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Key Line Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Key Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Key Telephone System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1Local Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1Local Exchange Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1Main Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Manual Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Member of a Firm or Corporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Multiline System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12National Security Emergency Preparedness (NSEP)Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Network Control Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Network Control Signaling Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Nonswitched System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Nonrecurring Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13NSEP Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Operator Access Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Party Line Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Permanent Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Point of Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Issued: Effective:





Sheet No.

Portable Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Preassigned Telephone Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Preinstalled Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Premises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.1Primary Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Private Branch Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Private Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Private Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Public Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Public Telephone Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Public Thoroughfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Pushbutton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Regrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Resale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Reserved Telephone Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Rural Line Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Service Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Service Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Service Drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Service Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Sharing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1Single-Ended Terminal Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1Special Rate Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.1Speculative Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Standard Transmission Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Subdivision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Suburban Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Suburban Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Supersedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Switched System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Issued: Effective:





Sheet No.

Telecommunications Service Priority (TSP) System . . . . . . . . . . . 19Telephone Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Temporary Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Temporary Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Termination Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Tie Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Touch Calling Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Tract or Subdivision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Trenching Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Underground Supporting Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Urban Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Issued: Effective:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

ACCESS LINE ARRANGEMENT - CENTRAL OFFICE

The term "Access Line Arrangement" denotes the line between the serving Central Office andthe customer's premises.

ACCESS POINTS

The term "Access Point(s)" denotes the "Connecting Apparatus" locations or points to whichterminal equipment may be connected forming a "Connection" to the "Access Line Arrangement."

ACCESSORIES

The term "Accessories" denotes devices which are mechanically attached to, or used with,the facilities furnished by the Telephone Company and which are independent of, and notelectrically connected to, the Conductors in the Communications System.

ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

Denotes equipment that is used in connection with primary station equipment and includesbut is not limited to answering devices, automatic dialers, conferencing devices, calldiverters, call restrictors, traffic monitoring equipment or similar equipment connectedwith other customer-provided equipment or Telephone Company-provided equipment.

Issued: Effective:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

AUTHORIZED PROTECTIVE CONNECTING MODULE

The term "Authorized Protective Connecting Module" denotes a protective unit designed bythe Telephone Company and manufactured under the control of Telephone Company qualityassurance procedures; which unit is to be incorporated in a Conforming Answering Device.

AUTHORIZED USER

A person, firm or corporation (other than the customer) on whose premise a telephone,Private Branch Exchange, or Private Line Service or Channel is located and who maycommunicate over such channels in accordance with the terms of this tariff.

AUTOMATIC TRUNK

See Trunk

AUTOVON

AUTOmatic VOice Network for the Department of Defense of the U. S. Government. The Networkis a world-wide switched-communications system with station-to-station dialing featuressimilar to the commercial network.

AUXILIARY LEADS

Terminal equipment leads at the interface, other than telephone connections, which leadsare to be connected either to common equipment or to circuits extending to central officeequipment.

BASE RATE

A scheduled rate for any class of exchange service available within the base rate area.

Issued: Effective:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

BAUD

A unit of signaling speed. It is the reciprocal of the time duration in seconds of theshortest signal element (mark or space) within a code signal. The speed in bauds is thenumber of signal elements per second.

BUILDING

The term "same building" or "building" is to be interpreted to mean a structure under oneroof or two or more structures which are connected by an enclosed passage way in which thewires or cables may be placed without exposure to outside electrical circuits or theweather. In no case can conduit be considered as an enclosed passage way.

CCSA

Common Control Switching Arrangement--These switching arrangements are provided on TelephoneCompany premises to interconnect channels for (1) private line telephone service, and (2)alternate private line telephone-data service.

Issued: Effective:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

COAM

Customer-Owned And -Maintained

CHANGE

The term "Change" denotes the substitution or a rearrangement of facilities which does notinvolve a move of the facility.

CHANNEL

A channel is the electrical path provided by the Telephone Company between two or moreterminating points for the transmission of information or intelligence. It should not beconfused with the term "Pair" and is not necessarily metallic conductors.

COMMITTED INFORMATION RATE (CIR)

The term "Committed Information Rate (CIR)" denotes the maximum information rate at whichcustomer traffic will be admitted to the Frame Relay network without being designatedeligible for discard.

COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS

Denotes channels or other facilities which are capable, when not connected to long distancemessage telecommunications service, of 2-way communications between customer-providedterminal equipment.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

CONFORMANCE NUMBER

The term "Conformance Number" denotes an identifying number assigned by the TelephoneCompany to a particular model of Conforming Answering Device incorporating an AuthorizedProtective Connecting Module when that model of device is in conformance with the provisionsset forth by the Telephone Company in its Technical Reference for Conforming AnsweringDevices.

CONFORMING ANSWERING DEVICE

The term "Conforming Answering Device" denotes a customer-provided device whichautomatically answers incoming calls; transmits a prerecorded voice message or appropriateaudible signal to the calling party; records a voice message from the calling party if sodesigned and arranged; and automatically disconnects from the line in a prearranged manneron completion of the last of the functions for which it was designed and arranged asdescribed in this paragraph. The Conforming Answering Device may include remoteinterrogation and/or device function control. A Conforming Answering Device mustincorporate an Authorized Protective Connecting Module and must bear a valid ConformanceNumber.

CONNECTING APPARATUS

The term "Connecting Apparatus" denotes the terminal block or jack to which the single-linestation or terminal equipment may be connected.

CONNECTING ARRANGEMENT

The term "Connecting Arrangement" denotes the equipment provided to accomplish the directelectrical connection of customer-provided facilities with the facilities of the TelephoneCompany.

Issued: Effective:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

CONNECTION

The term "Connection" denotes the establishment of telephone service. A move of existingservice to a different premises requires a "connection."

CONTINUOUS PROPERTY

A continuous plot of ground occupied by the customer which is not separated by a publicthoroughfare.

CONTRACT

The term "Contract" refers to the service agreement between a customer and the TelephoneCompany under which facilities, services and/or equipment for communication betweenspecified locations, for designated periods, and for the use of the customer and theauthorized users specifically named in the contract are furnished in accordance with theprovisions of the Telephone Company regulations and schedules.

COST

Wherever the words "Cost" or "Actual Cost" are used in this Tariff, they are intended tocover the cost of equipment and materials provided or used plus the cost of installationincluding engineering, labor, supervision, transportation, rights-of-way and other itemswhich are chargeable to the capital accounts. This also denotes the actual expense incurredby the Telephone Company relating to the call-out of Telephone Company Personnel.

Issued: Effective:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

CUSTOMER-PROVIDED TERMINAL EQUIPMENT

The term "Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment" denotes devices, apparatus and theirassociated wiring, provided by a customer, which are used with the network control signalingunit, data set or other station equipment furnished by the customer and does not includecustomer-provided communications systems. DATA ACCESS ARRANGEMENT

The term "Data Access Arrangement" denotes a protective connecting arrangement for use withthe network control signaling unit, or in lieu of the connecting arrangement, an arrangementto identify a central office access line and protective facilities and procedures todetermine compliance with criteria set forth in this tariff.

DATE OF PRESENTATION

The date upon which a bill or notice is mailed or otherwise delivered to the customer.

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE

When the Telephone Company makes a repair visit and determines that the trouble is causedby facilities for which the customer is responsible, the Telephone Company will inform thecustomer that the trouble is in facilities for which the customer is responsible. TheTelephone Company, however, will not provide repair to facilities for which the customeris responsible under this tariff. This diagnostic service is provided as a part of basicLocal Exchange Service, and the trip charge reflected on Sheet No. 8 of Section 13 relativeto service connections, moves and changes is not applicable and will not be assessed to thecustomer.

Issued: Effective:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

DIRECT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

Connection of terminal equipment to the telephone network by means other than acousticand/or inductive coupling, i.e., connected by electrically conductive metallic-paths.

DIRECTORY LISTING

(See Section 12)

Issued: Effective:



6th Revised Sheet No. 8

DEFINITION OF TERMS

EXCESS BURST SIZE (B(e))

The term "Excess Burst Rate (B(e))" denotes the data rate above Committed Information Rateat which customer data will be admitted to the Frame Relay network. All Excess Burst dataadmitted to the network will be designated discard eligible.

EXTENDED AREA SERVICE

A service arrangement whereby customer may place calls to other specified exchanges withoutincurring message toll charges.

EXTRA LISTING

See Section 12.

EXCHANGE ACCESS ARRANGEMENT

A telephone facility which permits access to and from the customer's premise and thetelephone exchange network point. A telephone exchange network point is also known as aserving central office.

EXCHANGE ACCESS RATE

The monthly rate which applies to the Exchange Access Arrangement.

Issued: Effective:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

FLAT RATE SERVICE

Unlimited exchange service furnished for a fixed periodic charge.

FOREIGN CENTRAL OFFICE SERVICE

Exchange service furnished to a customer in a multioffice exchange from a central officeother than the central office serving the area in which the customer is located.

FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE

Exchange service furnished by means of a circuit connecting the customer with a centraloffice outside of the exchange area in which the customer is located.

FOUR-WIRE CIRCUIT

Communication path using one channel for each direction of transmission.

HEADSET

The term "Headset" denotes a hands-free, multiwire device containing acoustic-to-electric(transmitter) and electric-to-acoustic (receiver) transducers, normally worn on the headof the user for close talking, which provides for the transmission of human speech.

Issued: Effective:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

HERTZ

An electrical term meaning one cycle per second.

HOUSEHOLD

Immediate family or group of individuals living together and having its own cookingfacilities and living quarters.

INSIDE MOVE

The term "Inside Move" denotes the transfer of telephone wiring from one location to anotherlocation within the same building or that portion of the building occupied by the samecustomer where there is no interruption of the service other than is incidental to the workinvolved.

INTEREXCHANGE

Telecommunications between two or more exchanges.

INTRAEXCHANGE

Telecommunications confined wholly within a single exchange.

ISLAND BASE RATE AREA

An area outside the Base Rate Area (BRA) of an exchange but not contiguous to the BRA andin which rates and services are the same as that offered in the BRA.

Issued: Effective:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

JACK

A fixed socket, designed to permit the establishment of electrical connections by means ofa plug inserted into a jack. The standard means of connecting individual line telephoneservice at the customer premises is by this arrangement.

KEY LINE SERVICE

A central office line (Manual Trunk) providing service to a key telephone or key telephonesystem.

KEY TELEPHONE

A telephone instrument possesses all three of the following characteristics: (1) capableof accessing more than one line, (2) having hold capability, and (3) using common equipmentor requiring wiring other than standard housewire or both of these.

KEY TELEPHONE SYSTEM

A service arrangement consisting of multiline telephone sets equipped with either rotarydial or touch call pads and may be self-contained or common equipment systems.

Issued: Effective:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

LINE

A circuit or channel extending from a central office to the customers location to providelocal exchange service.

LOCAL MESSAGE

A completed call between stations located within the same local calling area. LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE

Local Exchange Service is all telecommunications service between different customers whoare located within the local service area. Local Exchange Service will be terminated onthe Telephone Company's side of the demarcation point at the customer's premise, or wherethe customer-provided equipment involves "common equipment" at an alternate premises in thesame building, if requested by the customer and agreed to by the Telephone Company. As ofthe effective date of this tariff the provision of Local Exchange Service does not includethe installation, operation or maintenance of any customer-provided terminal equipment,protective circuitry, customer premise wiring and jacks, or communications systems.

Issued: Effective:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

MAIN STATION

A working central office or centrex telephone number that is assigned to a customer.

MANUAL TRUNK

See Key Line Service

MAXIMUM BURST RATE (MBR)

The term "Maximum Burst Rate (MBR)" denotes the maximum information rate at which customertraffic will be admitted to the Frame Relay network. Traffic rates in excess of MBR willbe automatically discarded on ingress to the network. Maximum Burst Rate is equal to thesum of Committed Information Rate (CIR) and Excess Burst Rate, B(e).

MEMBER OF A FIRM OR CORPORATION

Individuals, firms, companies, or associations engaged in the same business or professionon one premises, receiving service from the same facilities, are considered as members ofa firm or business if the individuals or members of the firm, company, or association filea joint income tax return and also if any individual member of a firm, company, orassociation substantially participates in the earnings of his fellow members of such firm,company, or association.

MESSAGE

A telephone conversation of any length between two telephone access lines.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:



Original Sheet 12.1

DEFINITION OF TERMS

MULTILINE SYSTEM

A switched (PBX/PABX) or nonswitched (key telephone system) telephone service arrangement.this term is not to be used interchangeably with or confused with PABX trunks or key systemslines.

NATIONAL SECURITY EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS (NSEP) SERVICES

This term "National Security Emergency Preparedness (NSEP) Services" denotestelecommunications services which are used to maintain a state of readiness or to respondto and manage any event or crisis (local, national or international), which causes or couldcause injury or harm to the population, damage to or loss of property, or degrades orthreatens the NSEP posture of the United States.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

NETWORK CONTROL SIGNALING

The term "Network control Signaling" denotes the transmission of signals used in thetelecommunications system which perform functions such as supervision (control, status andcharging signals), address signaling (e.g., dialing) calling and called numberidentification, audible tone signals (call progress signals indicating reorder or busyconditions, alerting, coin denominations, coin collect and coin return tones) to controlthe operation of switching machines in the telecommunications system.

NETWORK CONTROL SIGNALING UNIT

The term "Network Control Signaling Unit" denotes the terminal equipment furnished,installed and maintained by the customer for the provision of network control signaling.A rotary dial or touch call pad.

NONSWITCHED SYSTEM

Key Telephone System.

NONRECURRING CHARGE

The one time charge associated with miscellaneous service offerings which are in additionto the applicable service charge for work performed at the customer's request.

NSEP TREATMENT

The term "NSEP Treatment" denotes the provisioning and/or restoration of atelecommunications service before others based on the provisioning priority level assignedby the Executive Office of the President.

Issued: Effective:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

OPERATOR ACCESS TRUNKS

Operator Access Trunks are trunks furnished only to hotels, motels and hospitals whichterminate on the toll switchboard for the handling of long distance calls from thecustomer's switch. Such trunks will be subject to applicable rates and charges in the StateAccess Tariff when the service is interexchange. Intraexchange trunks are subject to ratesand charges contained in this tariff.

Issued: Effective:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

PARTY LINE SERVICE

Service which provides for two or more customers to share a single telephone line.

PERMANENT DISCONNECT

A discontinuance of service in which the facilities used in the service are immediately madeavailable for use for another service.

PERMANENT VIRTUAL CIRCUIT (PVC)

The term "Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC)" denotes a logical channel defined in software,that establishes a path from one customer port to another.

PERSON

A Natural Person and any partnership, corporation, agency of government, association, trustor other legal entity.

POINT OF CONNECTION

Denotes the location on a customer premise where facilities, provided by the TelephoneCompany, terminate at which point transmitting or receiving terminal equipment or switchingequipment used for communications with terminal equipment on the premise, may be connected.Also see "Demarcation Point" in this section.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

PORTABLE STATION

Telephones equipped with cord and plug for use in connection with jacks.

PREASSIGNED TELEPHONE NUMBER

A telephone number preassigned in the "Telephone Number Space" of the service order witha specific (predetermined) in-service date.

PREINSTALLED WIRING

The term "Preinstalled Wiring" denotes telephone wiring which is placed in a building duringthe construction of that building and prior to the installation of exchange service.

PREMISES

All the portions of the same building, or adjoining portions of a building, in which acustomer has the right of occupancy to the exclusion of others or shares the right ofoccupancy with others, provided that:

The building or buildings are located on a continuous plot of land not intersected bya public thoroughfare.

The portions are not separated from each other by intervening offices, rooms or suitesnot occupied by the customer.

The portions of floors are contiguous (that the portion on the upper floor is directlyabove the portion occupied by the customer on the lower floor).

Foyers, hallways and other space provided for common use of all occupants of abuilding are considered the premises of the operator of the building.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

PRIMARY SERVICE

That portion of the facilities necessary to communicate with a customer including centraloffice equipment and circuit equipment, excluding customer premises equipment. Thisincludes PBX/PABX trunks and Key Lines, but not common equipment or system options.Exchange Access Arrangements are provided in Section 6 of this tariff.

PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE

A communication system consisting of various stations, equipment and facilities to connectthese stations to central office lines or to other stations in the system either manuallyor automatically.

PRIVATE LINE

A circuit provided to furnish communication only between the two or more telephones directlyconnected to it, and not having connection with either central office or PBX switchingapparatus.

PRIVATE RADIO

The transmission of voice messages from a privately owned and operated radio transmitterto selected individuals or business firms.

PUBLIC RADIO

The transmission of voice messages, tones or signals to general public.

PUBLIC TELEPHONE SERVICE

An individual line service equipped with a coin collection telephone installed for use ofthe general public in locations where the general public has access to these telephones.

Issued: Effective:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

PUBLIC THOROUGHFARE

A road, street, highway, way, lane or alley under the control of and kept by the public.

PUSHBUTTON

A device located on or in association with a key telephone set enabling the user to accessand hold services terminating within the system.

REGRADE

A application for a different class and/or grade of service.

RESALE

An activity wherein one entity subscribes to the communications services and facilities ofanother entity and then reoffers communications service and facilities to the public (withor without adding value) for profit.

RESERVED TELEPHONE NUMBER

A telephone number reserved for use by the customer at some undetermined future date.Usually so noted in the "Remarks Space" of the service order.

RURAL LINE SERVICE

A type of service furnished the customers outside the Base Rate Area, the facilities beingowned and maintained by the Telephone Company, except that in some cases the customer maybe required to bear a part of the excessive construction cost of providing the service.

Issued: Effective:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

SERVICE CHARGE

The one time charge intended to cover, in part, the expense incurred by the TelephoneCompany for work performed at the customer's request associated with Service Order, LineConnection, Trip, Wiring, Station Handling, and Jack.

SERVICE LINE

Those facilities owned and maintained by a customer or group of customers, which lines areconnected with the facilities of a telephone utility for communication service.

SERVICE DROP

Facilities used to connect the circuits of an open-wire lead, aerial-cable orunderground-cable terminal to the point of entrance to the building where connection is madewith the inside wires of a customer's telephone.

SERVICE POINT

The term "Service Point," when used in connection with Customer-Provided CommunicationChannels, denotes the point on the customer's premises where channels provided by orfurnished to the customer are terminated in switching equipment used, at least in part, forcommunications with stations or customer-provided terminal equipment. The service pointand interface in this instance are considered to be the same.

Issued: Effective:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

SHARING

Sharing is a nonprofit arrangement in which several users, perhaps having no community ofinterest other than to communicate between the same two geographic points or to communicatewith each other, collectively use communications services and facilities obtained from anunderlying carrier or a resale carrier, with each user paying the communications-relatedcosts associated with subscription to and collective use of communications services andfacilities according to its prorata usage of such communications services and facilities.

SINGLE-ENDED TERMINAL DEVICE

The term "Single-Ended Terminal Device" denotes a terminal device which terminates only oneline at a given time (e.g., headset).

Issued: Effective:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

SPECULATIVE PROJECTS

Projects that experience shows are of a type subject to frequent sale or in which theproprietor has only a minor financial interest, and which present more than the usualliability of loss.

STANDARD TRANSMISSION LIMITS

Standard transmission limits as used herein means an airline distance of one-half milemeasured from the primary station or private branch exchange switchboard.

SUBDIVISION

Improved or unimproved land under a definite plan of development wherein it can be shownthat there are reasonable prospects within the next three years for five or morenontemporary main telephones and/or PBX trunk line terminations at a density of at leastone per acre.

SUBURBAN AREA

That portion of the exchange area located outside the base rate area.

SUBURBAN SERVICE

Rural service furnished within a suburban area or a special rate area without applicationof mileage charges.

SUPERSEDURE

A supersedure of a service means the transfer of total service, including the telephonenumber, from one party to another.

Issued: Effective:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

SPECIAL RATE AREA

An area outside the Base Rate Area (BRA) of an exchange, but not contiguous to the BRA inwhich rates for exchange access arrangements are offered at the applicable rate for theexchange in which they are located plus an incremental zone additive. These rates arelisted in Section 6 as Special Rate Area flat rates. Rural service is not offered withinthe Special Rate Area boundary.

Effective May 13, 1992, new Special Rate Areas will not be offered.

Issued: Effective:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

SWITCHED SYSTEM

A Private Branch Exchange.

TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE PRIORITY (TSP) SYSTEM

The term "Telecommunications Service Priority (TSP) System" or "TSP System" refers to theregulatory, administrative and operational system authorizing and providing for prioritytreatment (i.e., the provisioning and restoration) of National Security EmergencyPreparedness (NSEP) services.

TELEPHONE SERVICE

A service including both exchange and toll service.

TEMPORARY DISCONNECT

A service is temporarily disconnected when service is denied or suspended by the TelephoneCompany, but the telephone facilities are held available for the customer of the service.

TEMPORARY SERVICE

Service definitely known to be required for a short period (in general less than twelveconsecutive months), such as that furnished to contractors for use during construction ofa building, service to a convention, circus, resort, guests at resorts, election serviceor other services of a similar nature where it is definitely known that service will be ofa temporary nature.

Issued: Effective:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

TERMINATION CHARGE

A charge made to a customer upon termination of contract for service before the expirationof the contract period.

TIE LINE

A circuit connecting two PBX systems for the purpose of intercommunicating between thestations connected with such PBX switching apparatus.

TOUCH CALLING SERVICE

A service arrangement permitting use of telephone instruments equipped with keys/buttons,each of which generates a distinctive tone, for the origination of calls. Touch Callingservice is offered for use with customer lines served from a central office equipped tofurnish the service.

TRACT OR SUBDIVISION

Improved or unimproved land under a definite plan of development wherein it can be shownthat there are reasonable prospects within the next three years for five or more maintelephones at a density of at least one per acre.

TRENCHING COSTS

Cost of excavating, backfilling and compacting, and where necessary, cost of breaking andreplacing pavement and of restoring landscaping.

TRUNK

An "Access Line Arrangement" (Automatic Trunk) providing service for a PBX or PABX.

Issued: Effective:




DEFINITION OF TERMS

UNDERGROUND SUPPORTING STRUCTURE

Conduit, manholes, handholes, and pull boxes, where and as required, plus trenching costsas defined above.

URBAN AREA

That portion of the exchange located inside the base rate area.

Issued: Effective:




GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS

Sheet No.

Application of Tariff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Advance Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Applications for Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Application of Residence Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Assignment or Transfer of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Alterations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Availability of Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Base Rate Boundary Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Bells -(Ringers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2

Cancellation of Application for Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3

Closing Suspended Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Court Ordered Discontinuation of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Customer Premises Wire and Cable (CPWC) Provided by the Customer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1Defacement of Premises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1

Directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Extended Absence Payment Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1Extended Due Date Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1

Hybrid Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2

Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Interconnection of Customer-Provided Equipment and Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1

Liability of the Telephone Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Maintenance, Repair, and Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Issued: Effective:


ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 5 3rd Revised Sheet No. Index 2 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC dba CenturyLink (T) GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS INDEX PSC File Mark Only

GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS Sheet No. Natural Disaster Relief for Customers 8.1 (N) Neutralizing Transformers 8.1 Ownership of Facilities 9 Obligation of Customer 9 Obsolete Service and/or Arrangements 9 Order of Precedence for Establishing Service 10 Payment for Service 10 Post Billing Toll Block 10.2 Preemption of Service 10.1 Promotional Offering 10.1 Provision of Facilities 10.1 Resale and Sharing of Service 11 Restricted Service 11 Rights-of-Way (Special or Private) 12 Secrecy of Communication 12 Special Equipment and/or Arrangements 12.1 Supersedure 12.2 Telephone Numbers 13 Temporary Facilities 13.1 Terms of Payment 13.1 Tracing of Harassing Calls 13.1 Transmitting Messages 14 Transfer of Contracts 14 Unauthorized Attachments or Connections 14 Use of Connecting Company Lines 14 Use of Customer Telephone Service 15 Use of Party Line Service 16 Effective: June 13, 2011




APPLICATION OF TARIFF

This tariff contains regulations and charges applicable to the provision of intrastateservice and facilities within its operating territory in the state of Arkansas by GeneralTelephone Company of the Southwest hereinafter referred to as the Telephone Company. Theregulations specified herein are in addition to the regulations contained in other sectionsof this tariff.

Regulations and charges contained in tariffs in which this company concurs apply inconnections with specific service and facilities furnished under such tariffs.

The regulations covering the connection of equipment, accessories, or facilities providedand maintained by the customer are contained in other sections of this tariff.

ADVANCE PAYMENTS

When making application for service, an applicant who has a previous balance with theTelephone Company may be required to pay at the time application is accepted, theconstruction charge, if applicable, and the first month's charges for exchange service.Advance payments are not deposits and are credited to the initial bill rendered thecustomer.

APPLICATIONS FOR SERVICE

Application for service, or requests from customers for additional service, equipment orchanges in the grade or class of service become contracts when received by the Company andare subject to the minimum contract term.

Any change in rates, rules, or regulations lawfully made effective by the Telephone Companyshall, to that extent, act as modification of all contracts without further notice.

The initial minimum period for which charges shall apply will be 30 days, unless otherwisestipulated in this tariff.

Issued: Effective:





Issued: Effective:





APPLICATION OF RESIDENCE RATES

Residence rates apply at the following locations:

In quarters occupied by lodges, clubs and civic organizations where there is only anoccasional use for the service, where the principle use is not for administrative purposesand the telephone is not available for use by the general public.

In Fire Department dormitories or sleeping quarters where the telephone number is notpublished and the telephone is not available for use by the general public.

ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER OF SERVICE

See transfer of contracts (supersedure)

Issued: Effective:





ALTERATIONS

The customer agrees to notify the Telephone Company promptly whenever alterations or newconstruction on premises owned or leased by him will necessitate changes in the TelephoneCompany's wiring and facilities; and the customer agrees to pay the Telephone Company'scurrent charges, if any, for such changes.

AVAILABILITY OF FACILITIES

The Telephone Company's obligation to furnish telephone service is dependent upon itsability to secure and retain without unreasonable expense, suitable facilities and therights for the construction and maintenance of such facilities.

BASE RATE BOUNDARY ADJUSTMENTS

Normally the BRA should encompass all of the contiguous urbanized development of acommunity. In some instances, continuous development may be separated by a small areawhich is not developed due to bad terrain, ownership, development, etc.; however, areas ofthis nature which separate urban development may be included in the BRA. All BRA's willbe reviewed and examined on a periodic basis to determine if expansion is necessary. Thefollowing criteria will be used in determining expansion:

Issued: Effective:





BASE RATE BOUNDARY ADJUSTMENTS (Continued)

All existing urban developments presently outside the BRA will be included in the BRAproviding a minimum of one-half the acreage has been fully developed. The area must becontiguous to the existing BRA with the exceptions mentioned above such as bad terrain,development, ownership, etc.

All subdivisions will be included in the BRA providing construction is under way on at leastfifty percent of the Lots and is contiguous to the existing BRA with the exceptions above.The fifty percent factor can be applicable to the first plat or addition of the subdivision.The BRA may be extended to include the second plat or addition of the same subdivision atthe same time the first section is included.

All sections brought into the BRA will be provided the same type of graded services offeredin the BRA. No rural service will be offered in the BRA and all existing rural service inthe area being included new in the BRA must be upgraded to a service offered inside the BRA.

Issued: Effective:





BELLS-(RINGERS)

The numbers of bells/ringers connected to an exchange access line may not exceed the limitsof central office ringing capability. Additional rates and charges will apply based uponequipment used when:

More than six bells/ringers (REN-1) are to be used on single loop;

Two local loops are bridged in the central office and more than four bells/ringers(REN-1) are to be used;

Three or more loops are bridged in the central office and more than two bells/ringers(REN-1) are to be used;

Note: No more than 4 loops can be bridged in the central office unless a conferencebridge is used.

Five or more bells/ringers (REN-1) are used or for arrangements requiring numerousmoves and changes, a central office conference bridge will be provided. Customer willbe billed for common equipment wired for 20 lines (one input and nineteen outputs) andfor each line used.

Division T&P Engineering or in some instances Customer Services Engineering will advise asto what equipment is used when the above arrangements are used.

Issued: Effective:





BELLS-(RINGERS) (Continued)

Existing customers exceeding limits of central office ringing capability are grandfatheredto the existing installation. At such time as the grandfathered service is moved, changed,and/or rearranged applicable rates for equipment used will apply.

CANCELLATION OF APPLICATION FOR SERVICE

Where the customer cancels an application for service prior to the start of installationof service, or prior to the start of special construction, no charge applies. Whereinstallation of service has been started prior to the cancellation, a cancellation chargeequal to the costs incurred by the Telephone Company shall apply.

Where special construction has been started prior to the cancellation, a charge equal tothe costs incurred in the special construction, less net salvage, applies. In determiningthe charge, canceled service is treated as discontinued as of the date on which it was tohave been placed in service.

Installation or special construction for a customer is considered to have started when theTelephone Company incurs any expense in connection therewith or in preparation thereforwhich would not otherwise have been incurred.

Issued: Effective:





CLOSING SUSPENDED ACCOUNTS

If service is not restored within 10 days after suspension for nonpayment, the service maybe terminated by the Telephone Company without further notice to the customer. When servicehas been terminated, the customer will be required to make application for service underthe provisions contained in other sections of this tariff.

COURT ORDERED DISCONTINUATION OF SERVICE

The Company will discontinue service upon receipt of an order from any court directing theCompany to discontinue such service. The Company shall give notice to the customer at thetime of the discontinuance of service of its reasons for doing so, said notice to beaccompanied by a copy of the order from the court.

Issued: Effective:





CUSTOMER PREMISES WIRE AND CABLE (CPWC) PROVIDED BY THE CUSTOMER

When the customer provides multi-line CPWC, the Telephone Company will not be liable fordamages to property, bodily injury, and loss of life caused by the customer's acts, or thoseof anyone acting on his behalf, while the customer is installing or maintainingcustomer-provided CPWC. Additionally, the customer is responsible for any loss of telephoneservice or damage to telephone company-owned equipment caused by customer-provided CPWC.The Telephone Company will own and maintain and is responsible for provision of networkservices up to and including the multi-line jack or its equivalent (entrance facility, whichincludes protector or its equivalent, multi-line access cable, which includes the multi-linejack or its equivalent).

DEFACEMENT OF PREMISES

The Telephone Company shall exercise due care in connection with all work done on customer'spremises. No liability shall be attached to the Telephone Company by reason of anydefacement or damage to the customer's premises resulting from the existence of theTelephone Company's facilities on such premises, or by the installation or removal thereof,unless such defacement or damage is the result of the sole negligence of the TelephoneCompany.

Issued: Effective:





DIRECTORIES

It is the policy of the Telephone Company to publish a telephone directory annually. TheTelephone Company issues directories to assist in furnishing prompt and efficient serviceand it does not guarantee to its customers correct listings therein. Every precaution istaken to prevent errors in, and omissions of, directory listings. The Telephone Company'sliability for damages arising from errors or omissions in making up or printing of itsdirectories or in accepting listings as presented by its customers or prospective customersshall be limited to the actual impairment of the customer's service, and in no event shallit exceed the amount paid for the service during the period covered by the directory inwhich the error or omission occurs. The Telephone Company will not be a party tocontroversies arising between customers or others as a result of listings published in itsdirectories.

The Telephone Company will furnish directories to its customers in accordance with Rule 3.08B.(1) of the Commission's Special Rules - Telecommunications. Other directories will befurnished at the discretion of the Telephone Company at a reasonable charge.

The Telephone Company shall have the right to make a charge for directories issued inreplacement of directories.

Issued: Effective:





EXTENDED ABSENCE PAYMENT PLAN

Customers indicating an extended absence shall be offered the options listed below to avoidsuspension of service:

- Bank Draft- Payment in Advance- Alternate Billing Address

Bills coming due during the customer's absence may be paid in advance. The amount of theadvance payment will be based on the customer's average monthly bill for the most recenttwelve (12) months. If less than twelve (12) months usage history is available, the advancepayment will be based on the number of months of usage history available. If the advancepayment is more than the actual bill for service, the overpayment will be credited to thecustomer's account unless the customer requests a refund. If the advance payment is lessthan the actual bill for service, the balance due will be carried forward each month untilthe customer returns. Delayed payment agreements will be available for any underpayment.

The customer can arrange to have bills coming due during the period of absence mailed toan alternate address or third party during the absence.

EXTENDED DUE DATE POLICY

Customers who meet the following criteria should notify the Telephone Company to be assigneda new bill date so that the payment due date will coincide with or follow the customer'sreceipt of income.

The following customers qualify for an extended due date:

- Persons receiving Aid to Families with Dependent Children (AFDC), or Aid to theAged, Blind and Disabled (AABD);

- Persons receiving Supplemental Security income; or,- Persons whose primary source of income is Social Security or Veterans.

The Company may require verification of the above sources of income.

Issued: Effective:





HYBRID SYSTEMS

The method in which the hybrid system is arranged for operation determines if it is a PABXor Key System. The following guidelines are used when determining if key line rates ortrunk rates apply:

If the customer has the ability to individually select a specific central office trunk orline by either dialing or pulsing a preprogrammed digit or by pressing a button such as ona K6 instrument, then the "Key Line" ("Manual Trunk") rates will be applied for networkaccess purposes.

If the customer dials or pulses a digit, eg. "9" or pushes a trunk selection button and thesystem selects a trunk from the system group of trunks, then the system is performing aswitching function and the "PBX Trunk" ("Automatic Trunk") rate will be applied for networkaccess.

If the system at the option of the user has the capability of both system and specific trunkselection, then the PBX Trunk (Automatic Trunk) will be applied.

Issued: Effective:





INDEMNIFICATION

The customer indemnifies and saves harmless the Telephone Company against claims, losses,suits for injury to or death of any persons, or damage to any property which arises fromthe use, placement or presence of Telephone Company equipment, facilities and associatedwiring on the customer's premises and further, the customer indemnifies and saves harmlessthe Telephone Company against claims for libel, slander or the infringement of copyrightarising directly or indirectly from the material transmitted over the facilities of theTelephone Company or the use thereof by the customer; against claims for infringement ofpatents arising from combining with or using in connection with, facilities furnished bythe Telephone Company, and apparatus, equipment and systems provided by the customer; andagainst all other claims arising out of any act or omission of the customer in connectionwith the services or facilities provided by the Telephone Company.

Issued: Effective:





INTERCONNECTION OF CUSTOMER-PROVIDED EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES

All customer-provided interconnections are subject to full compliance with all requirementsof Part 68 of the FCC Rules and those contained in this tariff.

This tariff does not provide for interconnection of Miscellaneous Common Carriers.Interconnection of Miscellaneous Common Carrier Systems to the exchange and toll lines ofthe Company requires execution of a Miscellaneous Common Carrier Interconnection Agreement.

Customer-provided telephones, data and ancillary devices may be connected directly to thetelephone company lines (except coin telephone lines), without couplers if the devices areregistered by the FCC or the devices are listed on the FCC Grandfathered List. Devices notregistered or grandfathered by the FCC will be allowed connection to the network onlythrough registered or grandfathered couplers.

In all instances, including party line situations, the customer will, at his expense, beresponsible for assuring that his equipment is compatible with the telephone companynetwork. Repair visits which result from incompatibility of customer provided equipmentwill result in application of the appropriate service charges outlined in Section 13 and30 of this tariff.

Issued: Effective:





INTERCONNECTION OF CUSTOMER-PROVIDED EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES (Continued)

In those instances when customer provided instruments or ancillary equipment actually causetrouble which requires telephone company disconnection of service, the appropriate servicecharges from Section 13 of this tariff will apply.

To minimize invasions of privacy to customers on the same party line, only CPE with theappropriate frequency selective ringer or signaling device can be used.

The quantity of CPE on a line may be limited or a customer may be forced to use ringerisolation devices to avoid interference with other parties on the line.

Automatic equipment (i.e. alarm dialers) incapable of relinquishing the line in an emergencycannot be used in party line applications. All new connections will be made by industrystandard plug and jack.

While the Company's local exchange access line service may be used by the customer for dial-up access, the advertised speeds of the customer's modem may not be attainable with thisservice and are not guaranteed by the Company.

Issued: Effective:




GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS LIABILITY OF THE TELEPHONE COMPANY The liability of the Telephone Company for damages arising out of mistakes, omissions, interruptions, delays, errors, or defects in transmission occurring in the course of furnishing service or facilities and not caused by negligence of the customer shall in no event exceed an amount equal to the proportionate charges to the customer for the period of service during which such mistake, omission, interruption, delay, or defect in transmission occurs. Unauthorized Access and Hacking -Except for physical damage to Customer’s transmission (N) facilities or Customer premise equipment directly caused by the Company’s negligence or willful misconduct, the Company is not responsible for unauthorized access to, or alteration, theft, or destruction of, Customer’s equipment, data, programs or other information through accident, wrongful means or any other cause while such information is stored on or transmitted across Company-provided network facilities or Customer premise equipment. Customer is responsible for any Company service or usage charges resulting from any such unauthorized access, unless a tariff, schedule or other written agreement expressly states otherwise. (N) MAINTENANCE, REPAIR, AND LOSS The Telephone Company undertakes to maintain and repair the facilities which it furnishes to customers. The customer is assessed the actual cost of facilities or lines destroyed due to malicious, willful and negligent damage and loss due to theft. If facilities are rearranged, disconnected or removed, the Telephone Company shall have the right to make a charge sufficient to recover any losses experienced as a result of such unauthorized tampering. Any work done by the Telephone Company as a result of rearrangements, disconnect or removal of wire or facilities by other than the Telephone Company will be billed at the appropriate charges specified in the Service Charge section of this tariff. The customer may be billed based upon the applicable service charge contained in the service charge section of this tariff for each service call to the customer's premises where off-hook condition is found. Issued: March 11, 2010 Effective: April 1, 2010

By: Director - Tariffs PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211


SECTION 5 1st Revised Sheet No. 8.1


NATURAL DISASTER RELIEF FOR CUSTOMERS (N) In situations where customers’ telecommunications services are interrupted by natural disasters, the Company may offer alternative telecommunications services to customers in the immediate

affected area, and waive otherwise applicable charges for those services. The availability and details of the offers, including, but not limited to, the maximum duration of the offer or waiver of any applicable charges, will be determined by the Company in each instance of natural disaster. (N)

NEUTRALIZING TRANSFORMERS In the event neutralizing transformers or other protective equipment is required at the customer's locations where excessive ground potential exists, the following conditions shall apply.

Charges will apply for all future installations based on special assembly of equipment rates per location.

The customer may purchase his own equipment to be interconnected with Telephone Company lines under specifications of and supervision of the Telephone Company.

Should the customer not desire to provide such equipment, he should be advised in writing that he assumes liability

for personnel and equipment. Issued: June 10, 2011 Effective: June 13, 2011

By: Manager, Tariffs PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211




OWNERSHIP OF FACILITIES

Ownership of telephone system, including but not limited to wires, cables, telephone numberor numbers, and facilities furnished by the Telephone Company, and associated appurtenancesshall be in and shall remain with the Telephone Company.

OBLIGATION OF CUSTOMER

The customer shall permit employees of the Telephone Company to enter his premises at anyreasonable hour for the purpose of installing, inspecting, maintaining, or repairing thefacilities; making collections from coin boxes or removing such facilities when an accountis closed.

If service is requested at locations which are or may be hazardous or dangerous to theTelephone Company's employees, the Telephone Company may refuse to furnish such service.If such service is furnished by the customer, he may be required to indemnify and hold theTelephone Company harmless from any claims, loss, or damage by reason of his furnishing ofsuch service.

Unless specifically provided otherwise in this tariff, when commercial power is used forthe operation of Telephone Company equipment or facilities, the customer will provide thenecessary power wiring, power outlets, and commercial power. The customer assumes allresponsibility for the safe condition of the power wiring, power outlets, and commercialpower.

OBSOLETE SERVICE AND/OR ARRANGEMENTS

Obsolete service and/or arrangements may be offered at currently published rates providedsuch offering does not place undue burden on the Telephone Company. When such offeringplaces undue burden on the Telephone Company, such offering shall be restricted to existinginstallations only.

Issued: Effective:





ORDER OF PRECEDENCE FOR ESTABLISHING SERVICE

Applications for service in a particular exchange will be completed in accordance with thechronological order of their receipt depending upon the availability of facilities. Wherefacilities are limited, the following order of precedence shall apply.

The emergency provisioning and restoration of service shall be in accordance with Part 64,Subpart D, Paragraph 64.401, of the FCC's Rules and Regulations, which specifies thepriority system for such activities. Section 26 describes the service arrangement.

Installation where instrumentalities are in place and have not been reassigned to anothercustomer.

Applicants who have been customers at a different address within a one-month period of dateof application.

All others.

PAYMENT FOR SERVICE

The customer is responsible for payment of all charges for services furnished the customer,including charges for services originated and/or charges accepted at the customer'stelephone. The services and/or facilities furnished by the Telephone Company may besuspended for failure of the customer to pay any sum due in accordance with Rule 6.01. and6.04. of the Commission's General Service Rules.

Service Charges associated with local telephone service at a residential location excludingcontributions in aid of construction, shall be billed at the option of the customer in six(6) equal monthly installments over a period of six months in compliance with Act 810 of1983 of the regular session of the Arkansas General Assembly. Customers will be advisedof the option in accordance with Rule 3.01.(1)d. of the Arkansas Public Service Commission'sGeneral Service Rules.

Issued: Effective:



1st Revised Sheet No. 10.1Cancels Original Sheet No. 10.1


Preemption of Service

In certain instances, i.e., when spare facilities and/or equipment arenot available, it may be necessary to preempt existing services toprovision or restore National Security Emergency Preparedness (NSEP)Services. If, in its best judgement, the Telephone Company deems itnecessary to preempt, then the Telephone Company will ensure that:

(1) A sufficient number of public switched services are availablefor public use if preemption of such services is necessary toprovision or restore NSEP Service.

(2) The service(s) preempted have a lower or do not contain NSEPassigned priority levels.

(3) A reasonable effort is made to notify the preempted servicecustomer of the action to be taken.

(4) A credit allowance for any preempted service shall be made inaccordance with the provisions set forth in this tariff.

Promotional Offering

At least 30-days prior to the beginning of each promotional period, aletter of intent will be filed with the Arkansas Public ServiceCommission advising of the service involved, the term and location ofthe promotion, the dates of the promotion and referencing to Docket No. 01-115-TF . This letter of intent will be filed in Docket No.86-033-A (C)

Provision of Facilities

The standard method of provision of facilities, as outlined in theGeneral Rules and Regulations in this tariff will be "exchange"facilities routed through the central office. In some instances theDivision Manager can approve construction of "direct route" facilitieswhen provision of such facilities is economically beneficial to theCompany.

Issued: Effective:

By: John Jones, Vice President Government RelationsPO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 5 1st Revised Sheet No. 10.1.1 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS


(RT) (RT) Effective: May 15, 2008



POST BILLING TOLL BLOCK

A. GENERAL

Post Billing Toll Block (PBTB) is a process whereby the Company will initiate tollblocking on high and medium risk residential accounts. A grace period of threebusiness days from the "Please Pay Date" or due date will be given to the applicantfor service or the existing customer to make payment prior to the toll block beinginitiated. This service is designed to minimize the Company's network exposure fromuncollectible accounts and to act as an enhancement to the normal late paymenttreatment process.

B. DESCRIPTION

1. A risk level assessment process determines applicants for service and customerswith high or medium risk accounts and is based as a result of either CreditScoring for applicants or Behavioral Scoring (Company payment history) forcustomers.

a. Risk level assessment is categorized for applicants for service viaCredit Scoring whereby the Company will be provided information throughthe use of a third party credit reporting service. A credit score iscomputed on the inquiry date by utilizing a credit scoring model plusinformation contained in the applicant's credit files. The applicant'sscore is delivered by the National Credit Bureau at the time of serviceapplication. Credit Scoring allows the Company to assign a low, medium,or high credit risk rating to all applicants for service.

1) A high risk level assessment is assigned to applicants for servicehaving the following criteria:

- Collection judgements- Charge (Written off accounts)- Outstanding collection accounts- Various degrees of delinquency history from 30-180 days, and

not paid in full or current at time of scoring- The customer provides positive identification to Company

following a "No Match" or "No Record Found" on a creditinquiry.

Issued: Effective:





B. DESCRIPTION (Cont'd)

1. (Cont'd)

a. (Cont'd)

2) A medium risk level assessment is assigned to applicants forservice having the following criteria:

- No collection judgements- Collection accounts have been paid- No or minimal (3) charge-off accounts- Various degrees of delinquency history from 30-180 days, but

paid in full or current at time of scoring.

3) After six (6) months of service, risk level assessment will bedetermined by Behavioral Scoring.

b. Behavioral Scoring, based on Company payment history, will establish arisk assessment for existing residential customers. Applicants forservice will be assessed using Behavioral Scoring after a six (6) monthservice period has been established. Existing customers, for the purposeof this tariff, are those customers with an active account on theeffective date of this tariff.

Issued: Effective:






1. (Cont'd)

b. (Cont'd)

1) A high risk level assessment is assigned to existing customers forservice having the following criteria:

- Six (6) or more telephone bills not paid by the due date orin full during the preceding 12 months

- Three (3) or more Non-Sufficient Fund (NSF) checks fortelephone bill payments during the preceding 12 months

- Two (2) or more service denials due to nonpayment during thepreceding 12 months

- Six (6) or more reminder notices on account during thepreceding 12 months

2) A medium risk level assessment is assigned to existing customershaving the following criteria:

- Telephone bills not paid on time and in full five (5) or moretimes during the preceding 12 months

- No more than two (2) NSF checks for telephone bill paymentsduring the preceding 12 months

- No more than one (1) service denial due to non-payment duringthe preceding 12 months

- No more than 5 reminder notices on account during preceding12 months

2. A residential customer with a delinquent account will be given a grace periodof three business days from the "please pay date" or due date of the bill tomake payment before Post Billing Toll Block is initiated.

Issued: Effective:



Original No. 10.5



3. The following access will be blocked: - 0+ - 1+900/976/700 - 000 1+ - 1+555+1212 - 1+NPA+555+1212 - All Incoming Collect Calls - All Collect, Third Number, and Credit Card Calls Billed to Blocked Number

4. Access to local calling area, including Extended Area Service (EAS), emergency services (911), information service (1+411), 1+800/888+, and Operator (0-) will not be blocked.

5. A recording will advise the customer that toll blocking has been imposed when dialing or billing attempts are initiated. Once the customer has been blocked, the block will only be removed if the delinquent amount is paid.

6. A reconnection charge is not applicable when the customer's toll service is unblocked.

7. After the Post Billing Toll Block is initiated, the normal late payment treatment notices will be sent, and if payment is not received or payment arrangements made, a temporary suspension and finally a permanent disconnect service order will follow in accordance with the Company's established tariff policies and the Commission's rules.

8. Any applicant for service who disputes his or her rating as determined by the National Credit Bureau will be referred to that Bureau to review their personal credit assessment.

Issued: Effective:





RESALE AND SHARING OF SERVICE

Services provided by the Telephone Company, other than Customer Premises Equipment (CPE),shall not be shared nor utilized in performing any part of the work of transmitting,delivering, or collecting any communication where any payment, direct or by means ofcollecting device, or consideration has been or is to be paid any party other than theTelephone Company, except as otherwise provided in this tariff and/or tariffs in which thisTelephone Company concurs.

RESTRICTED SERVICE

Restricted service or service that is restricted to local messages only is not generallyprovided.

Issued: Effective:





RIGHTS-OF-WAY (SPECIAL OR PRIVATE)

The Telephone Company shall not be liable for failure to furnish service, unless thepurchase price and costs expended by the Telephone Company in acquiring such special orprivate right-of-way by purchase or condemnation be paid or guaranteed to the TelephoneCompany by the customer. The rights-of-way here referred to are only those right-of-wayleading from the main line to the premises of the customer.

SECRECY OF COMMUNICATIONS

The customer has the right to absolute privacy of his communications and the TelephoneCompany shall at all times safeguard this right in dealing with the customer'sConversations, communications; or records. Secrecy of communications is a fundamentalpolicy of the Company and is protected by federal and state laws.

Issued: Effective:





SPECIAL EQUIPMENT AND/OR ARRANGEMENTS

For special arrangements furnished in connection with service, charges equivalent to theestimated cost of furnishing such arrangements apply. Estimated cost consists of an estimateof the cost of maintenance; cost of operation; depreciation on the estimated cost installed ofany facilities provided, based on the anticipated useful service life of the facilities withan appropriate allowance for the estimated net salvage; administration, taxes and uncollectiblerevenue on the basis of reasonable average charges for these items; any other specific itemsof expense associated with the particular situation; and a reasonable amount, computed on theestimated cost installed of any facilities provided for return and contingencies.

Estimated cost installed as mentioned in the above includes cost of equipment and materialsspecifically provided or used plus the estimated cost of installing--including engineering,labor, supervision, transportation, rights-of-way and any other items which are chargeable tothe capital accounts.

Issued: Effective:





SUPERSEDURE

See Transfer of Contracts in Section 5, Sheet No. 14 of this tariff.

Issued: Effective:





TELEPHONE NUMBERS

The customer has no property right in the telephone number and the Telephone Company maychange any number or central office name associated with such number in accordance with Rule3.09 of the Commission's Special Rules - Telecommunications.

When two or more persons who are shown as "responsible persons" on the Telephone Companyrecords regarding a telephone number cannot agree on the disposition of that number in theevent of, e.g., a divorce, partnership split, corporation dissolution, or other divisiveoccurrence, the Telephone Company may, in its sole discretion, take the disputed number outof service for a period of ninety (90) days or the life of the directory, whichever islonger, unless no other numbers are available to provide service to new customers. If thedisputed number is taken out of service, the Telephone Company will, upon request of thecustomer, issue a new number at the present location of the disputed number, and serviceconnection charges will not be assessed for this number change. Normal service connectioncharges will apply to the establishment of service at any other location. No referral willbe made from the out-of-service number to the new number or to any other number. If thedispute is settled prior to the disputed number being reassigned by the Telephone Company,and written proof of such settlement is presented to the Telephone Company, signed by allclaimants to the disputed number, the disputed number may be reestablished, upon the paymentof normal service connection charges.

Issued: Effective:


CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC dba CenturyLink (T) ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF SECTION 5

1st Revised Sheet No. 13.1

GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS TEMPORARY FACILITIES The Telephone Company may require the customer to execute a contract agreeing that service be retained for a period longer than one month. TRACING OF HARASSING CALLS The Telephone Company will install equipment for the purpose of tracing harassing telephone calls to a customer, provided that before such tracing shall be undertaken the customer presents a court order finding that probable cause exists to believe that harassing telephone calls have been made. The Telephone Company shall leave the equipment in place for a period no longer than seven days. Should a harassing call be made during this period, the Telephone Company shall trace the call and report the results to the proper authorities for legal handling. TERMS OF PAYMENT The due date of the bill shall not be less than fourteen (14) calendar days after the date the bill is mailed. Bills not (C) paid within the first twenty-two (22) calendar days after the date that the bill is mailed will be subject to a late (C) pay charge. The amount of that charge shall not exceed 10% of the first $30 of the customer's bill and 2% of the remaining balance. These terms of payment apply to all services contained in this tariff. Issued: April 19, 2011 Effective: April 21, 2011

By: Anthony Prestarri PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211




TRANSMITTING MESSAGES

The Telephone Company does not transmit messages but offers the use of its facilities forcommunications between its customers.

TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS (SUPERSEDURE)

An applicant who otherwise qualifies for the immediate establishment of service maysupersede the service of a customer discontinuing that service when the applicant is to takeservice on the premises where that service is being rendered provided an arrangement,acceptable to the Telephone Company, is made to pay outstanding charges against the service.

UNAUTHORIZED ATTACHMENTS OR CONNECTIONS

Except as provided in Part 68 of the FCC Rules, The Telephone Company shall not be requiredto attach its facilities to facilities not owned and installed by it, nor shall facilitiesnot furnished by the Telephone Company be attached to or connected with facilities furnishedby the Telephone Company, whether physically, acoustically, by induction, or otherwise,unless provided elsewhere in the tariff or unless written permission is obtained from theTelephone Company.

USE OF CONNECTING COMPANY LINES

When suitable arrangements can be made, lines of other telephone company may be used inestablishing wire connections to points not reached by this Telephone Company's lines. Inestablishing connections with the lines of other companies, the Telephone Company is notresponsible or liable for any action of the Connecting Company.

Issued: Effective:





USE OF CUSTOMER TELEPHONE SERVICE

Customer telephone service, as distinguished from public and semipublic telephone service,is furnished only for use by the customer, his family, employees, guests or persons residingin the customer's household as a member of the family unit. The Telephone Company has theright to refuse to install customer telephone service (or permit such service to remain)on the premises of a public or semipublic location or business establishment when theinstrument is so located so that the public in general or patrons of the customer may makeuse of the service.

When the telephone service to the public is impaired by a customer's use of telephoneservice, the Telephone Company shall have the right to require the customer to contract foradditional service and facilities adequate to serve the customer's requirements, or withproper notice, suspend the service of the customer in question in accordance with Rule 6.01of the Arkansas Public Service Commission's General Service Rules.

Separate households in the same building or in different buildings on the same premises,except for hotels, motels or apartments with PBX service, are required to have main stationservice.

Issued: Effective:





USE OF PARTY LINE SERVICE

Applications for party line service are accepted by the Company with the understanding thateach customer will so use the service as not to interfere with an equitable proportionateuse of the service by other customers on the same line. The Company reserves the right tolimit the continuous use of a party line for a local message to five minutes.

Upon receipt of a complaint regarding misuse of a party line, the Company will notify eachcustomer on the party line in writing. If the problem is not resolved, the Company shallhave the right to require the customer to contract to a higher grade of service.

EMERGENCY CALLS ON PARTY LINES--WARNING: State law requires a telephone user to hang upthe receiver of a party-line telephone immediately when told the line is needed for anemergency, fire, or police call or for medical aid or ambulance service. It is alsounlawful to take over a party line by stating falsely that the line is needed for anemergency.

Issued: Effective:




LOCAL RATE SCHEDULES

Sheet No.

Application of Tariff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Central Office Operator Access Trunks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Digital Central Office Additive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Exceptions to Group Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-20Exchanges with Extended Area Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Extended Area Service Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1General Service and Equipment Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Lifeline Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Rate Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Reclassification of Exchanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 28Schedule of Exchanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Surcharge, Telecommunications Relay Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Tax Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Telecommunication Equipment Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Issued: Effective:





GENERAL

This section applies to local exchange telephone service offered by CenturyTel of CentralArkansas, LLC in the State of Arkansas (excluding Texarkana, Arkansas) and is governed bythe Rules and Regulations as contained in other sections of this Tariff and the Rules ofthe Arkansas Public Service Commission.


Rate Group Classifications are based on the number of exchange access arrangements withinthe local calling area of an exchange and the minimum grade of service offered in eachexchange. Where local calling includes different exchanges of CenturyTel of CentralArkansas, LLC and another telephone company, the total exchange access arrangements of allexchanges involved will be used to determine the basis for grouping. The minimum contractperiod is one month. Rate Bands are as follows:

Total Exchange Access Exchange Arrangements in LocalRate Group Calling Area

Group I From 1 To 3,000Group II From 3,001 To 18,000Jacksonville --

One Local Exchange Rate Schedule is included herein.

Schedule "A" encompasses the exchanges in which the minimum classes and grades of serviceoffered are Business Individual Line and Residence Individual Line Service.

Issued: Effective:





APPLICATION OF TARIFF (Continued)

Issued: Effective:





RATES

The rates shown in this section are for exchange access only and do not include instrumentsexcept that the rate for semipublic coin service includes a Telephone Company-provided cointelephone. The rates and charges in other sections of this Tariff will apply for cointelephones. Customer-provided telephone equipment may be connected with all services otherthan coin lines as provided in Part 68 of the FCC Rules and Regulations.

SERVICE UPGRADES

Only Individual Line Service is available. The rates shown for Rate Schedule "A" willapply.

TAX ADJUSTMENTS

All street, rentals, gross receipts or franchise fees, or other similar charges imposed upon the Telephone company by any municipality or municipal taxing authority, whether by statute, ordinance, franchise or otherwise, will be passed through to customers residing in the municipality levying such rental, fee or other similar charge. The amount passed through will be identified on the customers' bill as local feel.

The effective percentage rate of the charges described above shall be exclusively applied to revenues derived from exchange access rates contained in Section 6 of this tariff; revenues derived from services and equipment listed elsewhere in the tariff shall be exempt from such charges.

All rentals, taxes or charges passed through to customers as described above, except ad valorem and income taxes, will be increased or decreased in proportion to the amount said charges are increased or decreased by the levying municipality. The amount and manner of recovery of the charges passed through to the customer shall be the same as are incurred by the Telephone Company.

Issued: Effective:


PSC File Mark Only



Schedule "A" - Improved Exchanges

Local Calling Scope Rates (1)

Rate Groups 1 to 3,000 3,001 to 18,000 Jacksonville I II WITHIN/OUTSIDE BASE RATE AREA Business Service

One-Party $34.10 (CR) $38.10 (CR) $38.10 (CR) Manual Trunk 41.95 (CR) 47.65 (CR) 47.65 (CR) Automatic Trunk:

Two Way 41.95 (CR) 47.65 (CR) 47.65 (CR) One Way In 41.95 (CR) 47.65 (CR) 47.65 (CR) One Way Out 41.95 (CR) 47.65 (CR) 47.65 (CR)

Customer Owned Pay Telephone 26.80 (CR) 29.89 (CR) 29.89 (CR) Coin Line 32.35 (CR) 35.44 (CR) 35.44 (CR) Residence Service

One-Party 17.15 (CR) 18.80 (CR) 18.80 (CR) Manual Trunk 17.15 (CR) 18.80 (CR) 18.80 (CR)

(1) Rates listed do not include a telephone instrument (except as noted) or an Extended Area Service

(EAS) additive.


Effective: January 1, 2004

Section No. 6

1st Revised Sheet No. 4 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC




MAMMOTH SPRING

WITHIN/OUTSIDE BASE RATE AREA MONTHLY RATE

Business ServiceOne-Party $13.00Four-Party 13.00PBX Trunk 16.25Key Line 16.25

Customer Owned Pay Telephone 26.95

Residence Service

One-Party 6.50Two-Party 5.20Four-Party 4.23Key Line 6.50

(1) Rates listed do not include a telephone instrument (except as noted) or an ExtendedArea Service (EAS) additive.

Issued: Effective:





Issued: Effective:





Extended Area Service RatesRates listed below are in addition to the Local Calling Scope Rates for exchanges havingE.A.S. See Schedule of Exchange in this section for applicable Local Calling Scope Rate Groups and Extended Area Service Rate Groups.

Rate Groups 1 to 3,000 3,001 to 18,000 I II Jacksonville

SCHEDULE "A" - IMPROVED EXCHANGES

Business Service $8.75 $10.50 $13.50 Residence Service 3.40 3.75 5.75

EAS RATE

MAMMOTH SPRING 1.65

Issued: Effective:


PSC File Mark Only


LOCAL RATE SCHEDULES Monthly CENTRAL OFFICE OPERATOR ACCESS TRUNKS Rate Trunks terminating on the toll switchboard or TSPS located within the same exchange for handling long distance telephone calls for the customer(1)(2) $ 36.90 (CR) (1) Applicable service charge in Section 13. (2) For interexchange trunks terminating on the tolls switchboard or TSPS see the National Exchange Carrier Association Tariff F.C.C. No. 5, Access Services.



Section No. 6

2nd Revised Sheet No. 8 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC




Digital Central Office Additive

This rate applies to each exchange access line served from an electronic digital centraloffice. The touch call line rate shown in Section 16 of this tariff does not apply tocustomers paying the Digital Central Office Additive. Following is the list of exchangesin Arkansas that receive service from an electronic digital central office and the effectivedates of this charge:

Exchange Effective Date

Jacksonville 10-14-88Wheatley 10-14-88Stuttgart 11-10-88Cabot 12-12-88Pocahontas 10-25-89Prescott 11-11-89Taylor 12-09-89Piggott 12-14-89Imboden 09-27-90 Jesup 09-27-90England 10-18-90Biggers-Reyno 11-29-90Maynard 11-29-90De Witt 08-29-91Hazen 09-19-91Corning 10-10-91McCrory 11-14-91Judsonia 09-24-92Blevins 09-30-92Carryville 11-11-92Augusta 12-16-92McRae 08-19-93Des Arc 10-22-95

Issued: Effective:


CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF SECTION 6



Digital Central Office Additive (Cont'd)

Exchange Effective Date

Hickory Plains 11-04-95Roe-Ulm 11-10-95Coy Humnoke 11-16-95Gillett 12-16-95DeValls Bluff 01-16-96Pollard 03-22-96Knobel-McDougal 05-04-96Waterloo 05-10-96Leonard 05-28-96Marvell 06-16-96Little Rock Air Force Base 06-22-96Carlisle 07-28-96Rector 07-28-96Marmaduke 08-04-96Success 09-01-96Blooming Grove 09-10-96Waldo 10-04-96Delaplaine 11-04-96Bradford 11-25-96Griffithville 11-28-96Kensett 01-28-96Almyra * 06-01-97Humphrey * 06-02-97St. Charles * 06-16-97Cotton Plant * 06-28-97

* Digital rates not applicable until actual conversion.

Issued: Effective:





Digital Central Office Additive (Continued)

Rate

MonthlyGSEC Rate

Digital Central Office Additive per exchange access line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DGEL CO ADD $ 2.50

Issued: Effective:





Issued: Effective:





RESERVED FFOR FUTURE USE

Issued: Effective:





Arkansas exchanges which have Extended Area Service:

Exchange Extended Area ServiceAlmyra Humphrey

StuttgartRoe-Ulm

Augusta McCroryBiggers-Reyno Maynard

PocahontasBlooming Grove Leonard

MarmadukeRector

Carryville PiggottPollard

Corning DelaplaineKnobel-McDougalSuccess

Coy-Humnoke EnglandDelaplaine Corning

Knobel-McDougalSuccess

Des Arc Hickory PlainsDe Witt Gillett

St. CharlesEngland Coy-HumnokeGillett De Witt

St. CharlesGriffithville Kensett

Issued: Effective:



1st Revised Sheet No. 23Cancels Original Sheet No. 23


Arkansas exchanges which have Extended Area Service: (Continued)

Exchange Extended Area Service

Hickory Plains Des ArcHumphrey Almyra

Roe-UlmStuttgart

Imboden JesupJacksonville Capehart

Little RockScottSylvan Hills

Jesup ImbodenKensett Griffithville

SearcyKnobel-McDougal Corning

DelaplaineSuccess

Leonard Blooming GroveMarmadukeRector

Mammoth Spring ThayerMarmaduke Blooming Grove

LeonardRector

Maynard Biggers-ReynoPocahontas

McCrory Augusta

(N)(N)

Issued: December 20, 2000 Effective: January 20, 2001





Arkansas exchanges which have Extended Area Service: (Continued)

Exchange Extended Area Service

Piggott CarryvillePollard

Pocahontas Biggers-ReynoMaynard

Pollard CarryvillePiggott

Rector Blooming GroveLeonardMarmaduke

Roe-Ulm AlmyraHumphreyStuttgart

St. Charles De WittGillett

Stuttgart AlmyraHumphreyRoe-Ulm

Success CorningDelaplaineKnobel-McDougal

Issued: Effective:




LOCAL EXCHANGE SCHEDULES

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES

Exchange Rate Group Rate Schedule ConversionLocal EAS "A" Date

Almyra............. I II A 04-01-94Augusta............ I I A 01-22-95Biggers-Reyno...... I II A 05-13-93Blevins............ I - A 01-07-94Blooming Grove..... I I A 01-10-97Bradford........... I - A 11-16-94Cabot.............. II - A 01-01-94

Carlisle........... I - A 11-28-94Carryville......... I I A 06-13-93Corning............ I II A 01-01-94Cotton Plant....... I - A 11-07-93Coy-Humnoke........ I I A 11-16-95Delaplaine......... I II A 02-04-97

De Valls Bluff I - A 01-16-96

De Witt............ I II A 01-04-96 Des Arc............ I I A 01-22-96 England............ I I A 01-19-94

Issued: Effective:







Gillett I II A 04-16-96Griffithville I I A 03-01-94Hazen I - A 01-01-94Hickory Plains I I A 11-04-95Humphrey I II A 06-04-94Imboden I I A 01-16-96Jacksonville (1) (1) A 01-01-94Jesup I I A 01-28-96

(1) The Jacksonville Local Calling Scope Rates and Extended Area Serviceadditives apply.


By: John Jones, Vice President Government Relations PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211






Judsonia........... I - A 09-04-94Kensett........... I II A 09-30-92Knobel-McDougal.... I II A 12-04-96 Leonard............ I I A 09-28-96 Little Rock AFB.... (1) (1) A 05-22-96 Mammoth Spring..... Mammoth SpringMarmaduke.......... I I A 10-04-96 Marvell............ I - A 11-16-96 Maynard............ I II A 01-10-97 McCrory............ I I A 01-10-95McRae.............. I - A 08-19-93Piggott............ I I A 02-16-97Pocahontas......... II II A 02-04-96

RECLASSIFICATION OF EXCHANGES

In the event any exchange exceeds or falls below the total exchange access arrangementsapplicable to its effective rate group classification for a period of 120 days, thecompany will give written notice to the Commission, setting forth the nature of thechange together with the revised Tariff, providing that the new rate classification beeffective on the next billing date.

(1) The Jacksonville Local Calling Scope Rates and Extended Area Service additivesapply.

Issued: Effective:







Pollard............ I I A 11-22-96 Prescott........... I - A 05-04-96 Rector............. I I A 09-30-92Roe-Ulm............ I II A 04-10-96St. Charles........ I II A 12-16-94Stuttgart.......... II II A 01-04-95Success............ I II A 11-10-96 Taylor............. I - A 02-10-96 Texarkana, Arkansas (1)Waldo.............. I - A 04-04-97Waterloo........... I - A 09-10-96 Wheatley........... I - A 05-13-93

RECLASSIFICATION OF EXCHANGES

In the event any exchange exceeds or falls below the total exchange access arrangementsapplicable to its effective rate group classification for a period of 120 days, thecompany will give written notice to the Commission, setting forth the nature of thechange together with the revised Tariff, providing that the new rate classification beeffective on the next billing date.

(1) Rates for Texarkana, Arkansas are contained in the Texas General Exchange Tariff.

Issued: Effective:


CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF d/b/a CenturyLink SECTION 6

2nd Revised Sheet No. 29 Cancels 1st Revised Sheet No. 29

LOCAL RATE SCHEDULES Telecommunications Relay Services Effective July 1, 1992, CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC concurs in Southwestern Bell Telephone Company's Telecommunications Relay Services, as set forth in the Southwestern Bell General Exchange Tariff. Telecommunication Equipment Fund The surcharge to provide Telecommunication Devices for persons who are deaf, blind, or speech impaired is $.01 per customer access line per month. (CR) Issued: September 21, 2011 Effective: December 1, 2011

By: Chantel Mosby Director, Tariffs


CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF d/b/a CenturyLink (T) SECTION 6

2nd Revised Sheet No. 30

LOCAL RATE SCHEDULES Lifeline Service General Lifeline Service is an offering designed to help qualified residential customers pay for their basic Local Exchange Service. Such qualified customers are charged a reduced rate for their local telephone service. Lifeline Service is a basic single line residential service that provides voice grade access to the public switched network and includes touch calling, a standard white page listing, access to emergency services (e.g., 911, E911), access to operator services, access to interexchange services, access to directory assistance, and toll restriction services. Lifeline Service is available only to Supplemental Nutritional Assistance Program (SNAP) formally known as Food (AT) Stamp, Medicaid (including Supplemental Security Income), Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), (CT) Federal Public Housing Assistance or Section 8, Low Income Home Energy Assistance Program (LIHEAP), (AT) National School Lunch Program Free Lunch Program, or if the Consumer’s household income is at or below (AT) 135% of the federal poverty guidelines. (AT) Application Lifeline Service applies a baseline credit equal to the amount of the federal End User Subscriber Line Charge as specified in the National Exchange Carrier Association federal access tariff, FCC No.5. An additional reduction in the amount of $1.75 per month will be made to the local single line residential rate of qualifying Lifeline Service customers. Lifeline Service is Local Exchange Service, and as such is subject to the regulations governing Local Exchange Service in this tariff. Issued: 9/12/11 Effective: 9/13/11




Lifeline Service (Continued)

Application (Continued)

Lifeline Service is Local Exchange Service, and as such is subject to the regulationsgoverning Local Exchange Service in this tariff. Lifeline Service is provided via aresidential Local Measured service (LMS) individual line. An interim flat rate LifelineService will be provided in non-measured service exchanges, until such time as the Companyis able to furnish LMS.

Lifeline Service is available only with residence services, excluding foreign exchangeservice. Lifeline Service is limited to one line per household at the customer's primaryresidence. No other Local Exchange Service may be provided on the same premises withLifeline Service to either the Lifeline Service customer or any other person.

In order to qualify for Lifeline Service, a customer must be certified in writing by theArkansas Department of Human Services.

Customers of Lifeline Service must notify the certifying agency and/or Company of anychanges which would affect eligibility. Verification of eligibility will take place on anongoing basis. When the customer is no longer eligible for Lifeline Service, the Lifelinediscount will be discontinued and regular tariffed rates and charges will apply.

CenturyTel will provide, at no charge, Toll Blocking Service to qualified Universal LifelineTelephone Service customers upon customer request. Toll Blocking Service blocks originatingcalls to all direct dialed 1+, 0+, 01+, and 011+ calls.

Issued: Effective:






Application (Continued)

Funding for Lifeline Service (Baseline and Supplemental) amounts is obtained from auniversal service support mechanism to which all telecommunications carriers that provideinterstate telecommunications services contribute on an equitable and nondiscriminatorybasis.

Lifeline Service may not be disconnected for non-payment of toll charges.

Issued: Effective:






Rates

A total credit amount applies to the Lifeline customers monthly bill as follows:

Rate Group IGSEC/ MonthlyIOSC Rate

Baseline Amount Equal to EUSLC * (T)Supplemental Amount (credit to local service 30041 1.75monthly rate)Additional Credit Amount 30042 4.25

(D)

Rate Group IIJacksonville

GSEC/ MonthlyIOSC Rate

Baseline Amount Equal to EUSLC * (T)Supplemental Amount (credit to local service 30041 1.75monthly rate)Additional Credit Amount 30042 5.05

______

(D)

Mammoth Spring Monthly

Rate

Baseline Amount Equal to EUSLC) * (T)

Supplemental Amount (credit to local service 1.75monthly rate)

(D)

* Credit will equal the End User Subscriber Line Charge as specified in National Exchange Carrier Association F.C.C. (N)Tariff No. 5. (N)

Issued: 12/04/01 Effective: 12/10/01





Rates (Continued)

Monthly charges for customers enrolled in Lifeline Service will be the R1 rate plus theapplicable EUSLC offset by the credit shown in this Section.

An existing customer, eligible for Lifeline Service may apply for such service withoutpaying a Service Ordering Charge. A Service Ordering Charge is not applicable for thediscontinuance of the Lifeline Service when that is the only work being done.

With the exception of the initial installation charges (See Link Up Service, Section 13,all recurring and nonrecurring charges for any service ordered by the customer shall bebilled at the tariffed rates.

When a customer is no longer eligible for Lifeline Service, the Lifeline credit amountspecified in this Section, will be discontinued and regular tariffed rates and charges willapply.

Issued: Effective:




ADVANCE PAYMENT

Sheet No.

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




ADVANCE PAYMENTS

Applicants for telephone service may be required to pay in advance, at the time ofapplication, all charges for the first month of exchange service and equipment plus any construction charges that may be applicable.

No advance payment will normally be required of present customers applying for additional telephone service. A history of deliquent payments may indicate thatan advance payment should be made for the additional service.

The amount of advance payment is credited to the customer's account and applied against any indebtedness under the contract.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


PSC File Mark Only


1st Revised Index Sheet No. 1 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC CHARGES RELATED TO CUSTOMER ACTIVITY

CHARGES RELATED TO CUSTOMER ACTIVITY Sheet No. Collection Fee.............................................................................................. 4 Copy of Bill................................................................................................... 5 (AT) Customer Account Record........................................................................... 4 Deposits....................................................................................................... 1 Finance Charge on Delayed Payment Agreements .................................... 4 Late Pay Charge.......................................................................................... 3 Multiple Copies of Customer Bills ................................................................ 5 Reconnection of Service.............................................................................. 3 Returned Checks ...................................................................................................... 4


Effective:


First Revised Sheet No. 1

CHARGES RELATED TO CUSTOMERS ACTIVITY

A. DEPOSITS

1. DEPOSIT FROM APPLICANT

a. Under certain conditions the company may require adeposit from an applicant in compliance with the Commission’s Telecommunications Providers Rules.

2. DEPOSIT FROM CUSTOMER

a. Under certain conditions the Company may require a newdeposit or an increase in the amount of a deposit from a customer in compliance with the Commission’s Telecommunications Providers Rules.

b. When the Company charges a new or additional deposit, thetotal amount on deposit at any time shall not be more thanthe total of the customer’s two highest bills during thelast twelve (12) months, except in instances of fraud ortampering, or bankruptcy.

3. DEPOSIT DUE TO BANKRUPTCY

a. In accordance with the United States Bankruptcy Code, U.S.C.A. Title 11 - 366, the utility may require a customer to furnish adequate assurance of payment in the form of a deposit or other security. This deposit may be in addition to all other deposits posted with the Company before the bankruptcy filing.


By: John Jones, Vice President Regulatory AffairsPO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

(CP)

(CP)



CHARGES RELATED TO CUSTOMER ACTIVITY

Issued: Effective:





LATE PAY CHARGE

The amount of the Late Pay charge shall not exceed 10% of the first $30 of the customer'sbill and 2% of the remaining balance.

RECONNECTION OF SERVICE

Service will be restored within a reasonable length of time during regular working hoursafter payment of all past-due charges, including any required deposit and a charge forrestoration.

Service ChargeRATES Residential Business

Restore service after suspension, each account.................................. (1) (1)

(1) Line Connection charge as shown in Section 13, Sheet No. 8 applies. Party linecustomers required to pay line connection charge and trip charge as shown in Section13, Sheet No. 8.

Issued: Effective:





Nonrecurring MonthlyGSEC Charge Rate

RETURNED CHECKS

Checks returned by the bank for reasons other than bank error . . . . . . $15.00 --

CUSTOMER ACCOUNT RECORD

Customers account records are provided at no charge.

FINANCE CHARGE ON DELAYED PAYMENT AGREEMENTS

There is no finance charge assessed on delayed payment agreements

COLLECTION FEE

The Company does not charge a collection fee.

Issued: Effective:


PSC File Mark Only


1st Revised Sheet No. 5 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC CHARGES RELATED TO CUSTOMER ACTIVITY

CHARGES RELATED TO CUSTOMER ACTIVITY Single Payment Monthly GSEC Option Rate MULTIPLE COPIES OF CUSTOMER BILLS Multiple copies of customer bills, not to exceed three extra copies, regardless of the number of sheets, per bill .................................................. MTPLCOPY -- 1.00 COPY OF BILL (AT)

A printed additional copy of regular monthly billing may be provided to customers upon request where such information is available and facilities permit.

A nonrecurring charge applies for each printed copy furnished. The customer shall be informed of the charge at the time of the request.

Residence Business

Charge per copy $ 4.00 $ 7.00 (AT)


Effective:



(RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE)

Issued: Effective:




Issued: Effective:




Reserved for Future Use

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




EXTENSION OF FACILITIES

Sheet No.

Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Charges for Unusual Installations

Construction Required for Temporary Service . . . . . . . . . . . 9Construction in New Real Estate Developments . . . . . . . . . . . 10Federal Government Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Construction ChargesConstruction of Facilities for Secretarial Answering Bureaus,Burglar Alarm Companies and Similar Services . . . . . . . . . . . 8Rearrangements of Existing Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Special Types of Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Underground Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Line Extensions for Special Services, One-Party Service, and

Rural AreasConstruction on Public Right-of-Way or Private Property . . . . . 4

Special Service or Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Issued: Effective:





APPLICATION

The provisions of this section relate to intrastate services, local exchange services andcompany-owned rural lines.

GENERAL

A special construction, installation and/or termination charge may be assessed as providedin this tariff to cover all or part of the costs of providing service. Construction chargesare applicable under certain conditions as hereinafter set forth and are in addition toother charges specified in this tariff.

When construction charges are quoted by the Telephone Company, the customer will be giventhe option of paying in a series of installments rather than in a lump sum. Deposits oradvance payments covering construction or termination charges may be required at the timeapplication for service is made. No deposit will be accepted by the Telephone Company untilconstruction charges are quoted to the applicant.

The word "cost," when used in this section, means the in-plant cost consisting of labor,materials, supervision and other overhead expenses associated with the construction.Estimated cost will be used; however, where the customer requests, actual cost will be usedwhere practicable.

The special charges and allowances specified herein are based on average conditions and willgenerally enable the Telephone Company to provide service to new customers at reasonablecharges without added burden to the general body of customers.

Except as otherwise provided herein, the regulations in this tariff contemplate that thetype of construction required to provide the quantity and class of service involved willbe determined by the Company. The applicant may be required to pay the additional costsinvolved where a different type of construction than that proposed by the Company isdesired.

When an applicant is so located that it is necessary to use private right-of-way to furnishservice and the Company is unable to obtain the required right-of-way without cost, theapplicant is required to pay the costs incurred in securing, clearing and retaining suchright-of-way.

Issued: Effective:




EXTENSION OF FACILITIESGENERAL (Continued)

Any construction charge payouts deferred in monthly installments will not exceed eighteen(18) months and will have an annual interest charge of the lesser of 17% or 5% over theFederal Reserve Discount Rate in effect at the time of the deferral applied to the deferredamount.

The construction charges set forth in this section are for one (1) two-wire circuit. Thecharges applicable for multicircuit construction will be computed by multiplying the costof one (1) circuit by the number of circuits requested.

The Telephone Company's obligation to furnish service is dependent upon its ability tosecure and retain without unreasonable expense suitable facilities and rights-of-way;however, the Telephone Company may refuse to furnish a service having a limited demandand/or involving large capital expenditures which are deemed not in the public interest orwhich would place an undue burden on the general body of customers.

The special charges and allowances specified herein are based on average conditions and willgenerally enable the Telephone Company to provide service to new customers at reasonablecharges without added burden to the general body of customers.

The standard method of provision of facilities, as outlined in the General Rules andRegulations in this tariff, will be "exchange" facilities routed through the central office.In some instances the Division Manager can approve construction of "direct route" facilitieswhen provision of such facilities is economically beneficial to the Company.

The customer does not obtain any rights of ownership in facilities provided by the TelephoneCompany.

Issued: Effective:





GENERAL (Continued)

The Telephone Company reserves the right to connect business and residence stations on thesame line. No keys for the purpose of cutting off all or a portion of the line from theCentral Office are permitted except in the case of an extension station where a key may beprovided for disconnecting it from the main station.

The term "pole line construction" means the extension of facilities by means of poles andwire or cable along public right-of-way or on private property where no facilities exist.Buried cable is always considered as pole line construction.

The term "augmenting existing facilities" means placing additional circuits on existingpoles.

Poles and circuits placed by the Telephone Company on private property are owned andmaintained by the Telephone Company.

Additional stations may be connected at the established rates for additional serviceprovided the maximum loop resistance and the maximum number of stations per line are notexceeded.

Issued: Effective:



Original Sheet No. 3A

LINE EXTENSIONS FOR SPECIAL SERVICES, ONE-PARTY SERVICE, AND RURAL AREAS(Continued)

Construction charges applicable to two or more individuals requesting service outside of the base rate where no facilities exist would be computed individually from the starting point of the new construction project to each respective location, less the 1/4 mile allowance.

Example: Two individuals requesting service

Allowance Individual Individual 1/4 mile A B

Existing facilities end 3/4 mile 1 1/2 mile

Individual Individual A B Construction Distance 3/4 9/4Less Allowance -1/4 -1/4 1/2 8/4Charge per 1/10 mile 5 X $275.00 20 X $275.00

Total Construction Charges $1,375.00 $5.500.00

Where both private property and public right-of-way construction are involved, thecustomer will be given only one allowance. Customers requiring private propertyconstruction are responsible individually for all excess costs associated with such construction.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





LINE EXTENSION FOR SPECIAL SERVICES, ONE-PARTY SERVICE, AND RURAL AREAS

Construction on Public Right-of-Way or Private Property

No construction charge is made for the provision of new plant on or along a publicright-of-way or other easement within the exchange base rate area or when the customer canbe served upon completion of a scheduled project budgeted by the Telephone Company.

No portion of construction will be assessed to the applicant for the provision of new plantwithin the exchange base rate area or outside the base rate area for the minimum grade ofservice offered where new plant parallels and reinforces existing plant except in thoseinstances where the applicant requests that facilities be constructed by other than thenormal service method.

When an applicant for service is located outside the base rate area where pole lineconstruction is required, the Telephone Company will provide the required facilities in oneof the following manners:

No construction charge will apply when the customer can be served upon completion of ascheduled project budgeted by the Telephone Company or;An allowance of 1/2 mile, route measurement per individual will be made for new facilityextensions without the application of a construction charge. For construction in excessof this allowance, an individual applying for service is required to pay a constructioncharge of $.50 per foot or fraction thereof, route measurement.

Construction charges are applicable to all new individuals served from a constructionproject during the initial two year period.

Issued: Effective:





LINE EXTENSIONS FOR SPECIAL SERVICES, ONE-PARTY SERVICE, AND RURAL AREAS (Continued)

Construction charges applicable to two or more individuals requesting service outside ofthe base rate where no facilities exist would be computed individually from the startingpoint of the new construction project to each respective location, less the 1/2 mileallowance.

Example: Two individuals requesting service

Allowance Individual Individual 1/2 mile A B

Existing facilities end 3/4 mile 1 1/2 mile

Individual Individual A B Construction Distance 3/4 9/4Less Allowance -1/2 -1/2 1/4 7/4Distance charges ($.50 per foot) 1,320 X $.50 9,240 X $.50

Total Construction Charges $660.00 $4,620.00

Where both private property and public right-of-way construction are involved, the customerwill be given only one allowance. Customers requiring private property construction areresponsible individually for all excess costs associated with such construction.

Issued: Effective:





Except as specifically provided in this tariff, no construction charges paid to theTelephone Company are refundable by it.

Issued: Effective:





CONSTRUCTION CHARGES

Underground Facilities

Underground cable facilities will be given first consideration in new residentialsubdivisions as standard construction at no cost; however, the type of construction, whetheraerial or underground, will be determined by the Telephone Company.

If special underground construction is requested by the customer or if undergroundfacilities are placed under adverse conditions, the customer will bear the excess cost ofsuch construction or provide the ditch and backfill. Excess cost is the difference betweenthe special construction cost and the standard construction cost.

When a special type of construction is furnished to a customer, such as underground serviceconnections, in an area normally served aerially, an additional charge is made equal to thedifference between the estimated cost of the special type construction and the average costof the standard construction. In the case of special construction, the customer is requiredto bear unusual maintenance costs.

Where, by ordinance or other legal requirements, existing facilities are required to berelocated underground in an area the Telephone Company would not, except for such ordinanceor other legal requirements, install its facilities underground, the Telephone Company maycharge the cost of such relocation to the customers (or others requiring such relocations)served by the relocated facilities.

Issued: Effective:





CONSTRUCTION CHARGES (Continued)

Construction of Facilities for Secretarial Answering Bureaus, Burglar Alarm Companies andSimilar Services

When facilities are constructed at the request of a customer for the purpose of havingadequate facilities to serve their prospective patrons a five-year termination contract tocover the nonrecoverable cost for providing outside plant facilities, i.e., exchange cablefrom the central office, cable from the terminal to the customers premises, etc., shouldbe executed on all new installations and/or F&T moves when the nonrecoverable costs exceeds$200. When the nonrecoverable costs are $200 or less, a termination contract will not berequired. Monthly rates in Section 20 will apply for applicable size cable. The cable willbe dedicated for use by the customer.

Special Types of Construction

When a special type of construction other than those covered preceding is desired by acustomer or when the individual requirements of a particular situation make the constructionunusually expensive, the customer is required to bear the excess cost of such construction.Any special maintenance expense that may from time to time occur will be borne by thecustomer except that maintenance of buried service wire, including associated trenchingwhere required, will be at the expense of the Telephone Company.

Rearrangements of Existing Plant

When the Telephone Company is requested to move or change existing plant for which nospecific charge is quoted in this tariff, the person at whose request such move or changeis made will be required to bear the costs incurred.

Issued: Effective:





CHARGES FOR UNUSUAL INSTALLATIONS

Construction Required for Temporary Service

When temporary facilities are necessary to provide service, the customer will be requiredto pay a special charge equal to the estimated cost of the facilities in place plus the costof removing the facilities less the salvage realized from the facilities.

Federal Government Installations

Facilities extended on Federal Government installations will be placed in accordance withprocedures required by the particular Department of the Federal Government involved.

Issued: Effective:





CHARGES FOR UNUSUAL INSTALLATIONS (Continued)

Construction in New Real Estate Developments

The construction charges, allowances and regulations previously specified in this tariffcontemplate extension of facilities into areas of normal growth and development. Wherefacilities are extended into new areas of real estate development which, in the opinion ofthe Telephone Company, are of a promotional or speculative nature, construction chargesequal to all or a portion of the costs of such construction will be assessed, the amountdepending upon the circumstances in each case.

Where completion of the real estate development would result in a reduction in theconstruction charge or in no construction charge at all, the developer may enter into acontractual agreement with the Telephone Company which will provide for a refund of all orpart of the initial construction charge when the area reaches the anticipated telephonedevelopment and other terms of the contract are met. The contract will specify theestimated telephone development within the area and the time required to complete theproject not to exceed three years. In accordance with the terms of the contract, theconstruction charge will be recomputed on the basis of regular tariff allowances andappropriate refund made to the developer. In the case of a new real estate developmentwhere the developer does not provide telephone facilities, the construction charges as shownon Sheet No. 3 of this tariff apply to each applicant for service.

SPECIAL SERVICE OR FACILITIES

When the customer requests a service arrangement which requires the installation of specialequipment or modification of standard equipment, for which provision is not otherwise madein this tariff, it will be furnished, when practicable, and rated in accordance with theSpecial Assemblies of Equipment section of this tariff.

Issued: Effective:




DIRECTORY LISTINGS

Sheet No.

Alternate Listings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Duplicate Listings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Extra Lines of Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Foreign Listings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Nonlisted Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Nonpublished Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Primary Listings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Regular Extra Listings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Residence, Family Plan Directory Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




DIRECTORY LISTINGS

GENERAL

These rates and regulations for directory listings apply only to the alphabetical section of the directory containing the regular alphabetical list of customers and do not apply to listings or advertising appearing in the classified section.

The alphabetical list of names of customers is solely for the purpose of informing calling parties of the telephone numbers of customers and those entitled to use the customer's service, and special sequence or arrangement of names not contemplated.

The Telephone Company has the right to limit the length of any listing to one line in the directory by the use of abbreviations when the clearness of the listing or the identification of the customer is not impaired thereby.

A listing must conform to the Telephone Company's specifications with respect to its directories.

Listings are regularly provided in connection with all classes of exchange service except public coin telephone service. A listing may be omitted from the directory upon request of a customer in writing and under the conditions specified for Non- published Service.

The length of the contract period for extra directory listings where the listing actually appears in the directory is the directory period, unless the main contract is cancelled prior to the end of the period. When the listing appears on information records only, the contract is for one month.

One listing is furnished without charge to each customer. Dual listings asso-ciated with the same surname, involving no more than two individuals given namesresiding at the same address may be provided without charge. Each given name forthe purpose of this tariff is defined as any combination, not to exceed two, firstnames, middle names, initials, nicknames or maiden names.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




DIRECTORY LISTINGS

PRIMARY LISTINGS

When two or more main access lines or private branch exchange trunk lines are consecutively operated (rotary), the first number of the rotary group is considered the primary listing. Where two or more main station lines or private branch exchange trunk lines are not consecutively operated, a primary listing may be made for each line.

REGULAR EXTRA LISTINGS

Business extra listings may be the names of partners or members of a partnership or firm, the names of officers of the corporation, or the names of business associates or employees of a business establishment. Business extra listings may be the bona fide names of individuals, firms, corporations which the customer owns or controls or is duly authorized to represent. Listings which are designed primarily to give publicity to a commodity or service are not accepted.

Residence extra listings may be the names of members of the customer's family or of other persons residing in the customer's household as part of the family unit.

Business extra listings in connection with semipublic coin stations are furnished under rates and regulations as specified for business extra listings.

Ordinarily, all extra listings must be of the same address and telephone number as the primary listing, except as provided for alternate listings. However, when in the opinion of the Telephone Company it appears necessary as an aid to the use of the directory and provided satisfactory service can be furnished, a listing may be permitted for business customers only under the address of a PBX station or additional telephone, installed on premises of the customer; but at an address different from that of the switchboard, or main station, using the telephone number of the primary listing.

Made effective pursuant to Docket U-3138, Order No. 8.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




DIRECTORY LISTINGS

REGULAR EXTRA LISTINGS (Continued)

In connection with Private Branch Exchange service at hotels, motels, retirement complexes, or boarding houses, residence extra listings at business extra listing rates may be provided in the names of permanent guests or tenants at that location, provided approval is obtained of the hotel or motel involved. However, no separate billing will be issued for these instances.

At the option of the customer, extra listings may be obtained upon the issuance of a directory or between issues of directories at which time they appear on information records only. Charges for extra listings date from the time the listings are posted on information records.

NONPUBLISHED SERVICE

A listing is considered to be nonpublished when, at the customer's request, there is no listing placed in the Telephone Company's telephone directories and operator directory assistance. This arrangement constitutes the customer agreement to save the Telephone Company harmless from any damages which might result because of the nonpublished listing and to absolve the Telephone Company from any responsibility for the failure of the customer to receive telephone calls because of the nonpublished listing. Nonpublished telephone numbers may be released to law enforcement authorities or other agencies in cases involving security, criminal investigations, and public safety.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF

SECTION 12 Original Sheet No. 4

DIRECTORY LISTINGS

NONPUBLISHED SERVICE (Continued)

The rate for nonpublished service does not apply to the following services:

When the customer has another published number for the same class of service in the same exchange

Public Telephone Service

Special Reversed Long Distance Service (Enterprise)

Foreign Exchange/Zone Service

Temporary Service (service provided for a period not more than 30 days)

Local Exchange Service for customers living in a hotel, hospital, retirement complex, apartment complex, or boarding house, or club provided the customer is listed under the telephone number of the establishment.

NONLISTED SERVICE

Nonlisted Service is the omission of a customer's listing from the Company's telephonedirectory. The listing is, however, maintained on directory assistance records and will befurnished upon request to the calling party.

SPECIAL TYPES OF EXTRA LISTINGS

Duplicate Listings

Duplicate listings, i.e., listing of nicknames, abbreviated names, names which arecommonly spelled in more than one way and rearrangements of names are permitted when, in the opinion of the Telephone Company, they are necessary for the proper identification of the customer, and are not desired to secure a preferential position in the directory or for advertising purposes.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




DIRECTORY LISTINGS

SPECIAL TYPES OF EXTRA LISTINGS (Continued)

Alternate Listings

Listing of an alternate telephone number to be called in case no answer is received is permitted for customers to all classes of service.

The alternate number may be that of a service not under contract with the customer in connection with whose name it appears. In such a case, the consent of the customer to the alternately listed service must be obtained before the alternate listing is furnished.

Extra Lines of Information

Listings of office hours or other lines of information which are not required by the Telephone Company in order to efficiently handle telephone traffic are not included in the regular charges for service. Regular extra listing rates apply tothe listing of office hours or other information desired by the customer in connection with his listing. A phrase directing the method of calling when a PBX operator is not on duty may be listed in the directory, at extra charges, whenever night connections are provided.

Foreign Listings

Foreign listings are listings appearing in a directory other than the directory inwhich local service is furnished. The minimum contract period for which charges will apply will be for the duration of the directory payable annually in advance.Foreign listings will be disconnected and a refund made based on the months remaining for the duration of the directory after main service has been discontinued.

Residence Family Plan Directory Listing Service

Residence Family Plan Directory Listing Service will include directory listings for the customer, his wife, all unmarried children eleven (11) years of age or over and the mother and/or father of the customer, if members of the same house-hold.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




DIRECTORY LISTINGS

Service MonthlyRATES (Exclude Mammoth Spring) GSEC Charge Rate

Primary Listings

Regular Exchange Service (one listing) . . . . . . . . . . . . - -

Joint User (one listing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - -

Regular Extra Listing (2)Residential, each . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALR - $ 1.10Business, each . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALB - 1.50

Alternate Call Number Listings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -Residential, each . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACR - 1.10Business, each . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACNL 1.50

Duplicate Listings DL - (1)

Extra Lines of Information, each line LIF - 1.50

Foreign Listings - (1)

Nonlisted Service, each NL - 1.60

Nonpublished Service, each NP - 1.60

Residence Family Plan Directory Listing Service ALF - 1.10

RATES (MAMMOTH SPRING)

a. Primary Listings $ --

b.Additional Listings1) Business

1.952) Residence

1.55

c. Foreign Exchange Listings1) Business

1.952) Residence

1.55

d. Nonlisted Service, each1.55

e. Nonpublished Service, each1.60

(1) Regular extra listing charge

(2) When the extra listing service is canceled prior to the full life of the directory, but main line service is not discontinued, the customer will be billed for the remaining directory period in which such extra listing appears.

Issued: Effective: By: G. Clay Bailey, Vice President Regulatory Affairs




SERVICE CHARGES

Sheet No.

Exceptions, Line Connection Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Exceptions, Service Order Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Expedited Due Date Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Jack Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Line Connection Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Link Up Arkansas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8ASchedule of Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Service Order Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Traffic Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Trip Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Issued: Effective:


CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF dba CenturyLink (T) SECTION 13 1st Revised Sheet No. 1

SERVICE CHARGES

GENERAL These service charges apply to service connections, moves and changes at the customer's request: Primary Service Order Charge Secondary Service Order Charge Line Connection Charge Trip Charge Service charges are in addition to all other applicable rates and charges associated with the service and equipment being provided. The service charges in this section apply only when the specific work function is actually performed. The charges specified herein do not contemplate work being performed by Company employees at a time when overtime wages apply, due to the request of the customer, nor do they contemplate work begun being interrupted by the customer. If the customer requests overtime labor being performed or interrupts work once begun, a charge in addition to the specific charges will be made equal to the additional cost involved. For active duty members of the United States military and their dependents with valid military ID cards, (N) all service charges typically applicable to central office reconnects will be waived when establishing local exchange access line service or transferring existing local exchange access line service from one location to another. Central office reconnects are defined as customer requests for service that do not require any physical work beyond the Company’s central office. (N) SERVICE ORDER CHARGE DEFINITIONS "Primary Service Order Charge" is for recording and processing information necessary to execute a customer request pertaining to telephone service for which a charge is applicable. The Primary Service Order charge applies on the following: (1) primary service requests, (2) move from one premise to another, (3) telephone number change at customer's request, (4) upgrade or downgrade at customer's request, (5) charge party line association at customer's request. The Secondary Service Order applies on all other service orders not included under initial service order charge. The Service Order Charge applies on all other services orders not included under initial service order charge. Issued: March 11, 2010 Effective: April 1, 2010

By: Director - Tariffs PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211



SERVICE CHARGES

EXCEPTIONS

The "Service Order Charge" will not apply in connection with the following service orders:

Telephone Number ChangeDue to threatening and/or harassing calls that were reported to and investigated by local law enforcement and/or Division Manager. Bill date change to effect mutual agreement between the Company and the cus-tomer.

Bill Date Change Bill date change to effect mutual agreement between the Company and the customer without a telephone number change (with telephone number change, see above).

Listings Primary listing change caused by death, marriage or divorce of the listed customer.

Removal of an extra listing.

Listing correction due to Telephone Company error.

Party Line Association Change party line association after contact by local management with all party line users has not resolved customer complaint.

Address ChangesBilling address change to insure delivery of bill for services provided. All changes to correct addresses for which the customer has no control (i.e., zip code; premises number; street name; rural routes).

Company Error/RequestAll service orders issued as a result of Company error or Company request.

Remove Equipment For Interconnect ReasonsAll service orders issued to remove telephone equipment and for noting of company records due to customer owned equipment being used by customer.

Made effective pursuant to Docket U-3138, Order No. 8.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




SERVICE CHARGES

EXCEPTIONS (Continued)

Station Billing

One "Service Order Charge" applies on multi-order requests involving "station billing" or"group billing."

LINE CONNECTION CHARGE

DEFINITIONS

The "Line Connection Charge" is for central office, testing and cross connect work toexecute a customer request pertaining to telephone service.

One "Line Connection Charge" is applicable to each central office line full period privateline circuit and/or off premise telephone line connected. This charge includes businessline - no instrument which terminates on a concentrator identifier answering service andalso full period private line services.

"Line Connection Charges" are applicable each time service is established or reconnectedat a customer's location, except when service and facilities are superseded. "Line Connection Charge" applies to each line restored or reconnected after denial fornonpayment. "Line Connection Charge" applies to all telephone number changes due to customer request.

"Line Connection Charge" applies for each drop moved, changed, or rearranged at customerrequest. "Line Connection Charge" applies to each line when changing from single line to rotary huntgroup or from rotary hunt group to single line. "Line Connection Charge" applies to each line when customer requests upgrade or downgradeand central office work is required.

Issued: Effective:




SERVICE CHARGES

EXCEPTIONS

The line connection charge will not apply in connection with the following service orders:

All regrades due to Company reasons.

Telephone number change due to threatening and/or harassing calls that were reportedto and investigated by local law enforcement and/or Division Manager.

To effect a bill date change agreed upon between Company and the customer. Change party line association after contact by local management with all party lineusers has not resolved customer complaint.

"Line Connection Charge" will not apply to service orders issued for Company reasonsor due to Company error.

To change from Rotary Dial lines to Touch Call lines or Touch Call lines to Rotary Diallines.

Issued: Effective:




SERVICE CHARGES

TRIP CHARGE

DEFINITIONS

"Trip Charge" is applicable when a Company employee goes to the drop and/or protector and/orto the cross connect box and/or to the customer premises to perform requested work. Onlyone "Trip Charge" applies when the Company employee goes to more than one of theabove-mentioned locations.

Only one "Trip Charge" applies in connection with work associated with the same customerrequest at one premise and/or drop and/or protector and/or cross connect box.

Exceptions to this charge are when the same customer's request involves more than onepremise. A trip charge applies for each premise; i.e., two business lines at two differentpremises or when the same request involves a trip to a different location as a result ofinstallation of an off-premise additional exchange access facility requested with originalorder. One trip charge will apply for each building where a trip is required in connectionwith PBX/PABX, Key Systems or CENTREX.

WIRING

The customer is responsible for providing and maintaining customer premises wiring.In-place wiring is considered to be provided by the customer.

Issued: Effective:




SERVICE CHARGES

JACK CHARGE

The customer is responsible for providing and maintaining jacks. In-place jacks are considered to be provided by the customer.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




SERVICES CHARGES ISAL BUSINESS KEY (INCLUDES LINES/SCHEDULE OF CHARGES RESIDENCE COIN) TRUNKS(Exclude Mammoth Spring)

Primary Service Order Charge,each.........................(1) $ 22.00 $ 22.00 $ 22.00Secondary Service Order Charge,each.........................(1) 12.00 12.00 12.00Line Connection Charge,each.........................(1) 14.70 14.70 14.70Trip Charge, each............(1) 20.00 21.50 21.50

Service Charges associated with local telephone service at a residential location excludingcontributions in aid of construction, shall be billed at the option of the customer in six(6) equal monthly installments over a period of six months in compliance with Act 810 of1983 of the regular session of the Arkansas General Assembly. Customers will be told ofthis option in accordance with Rule 3.01.E.(1)d.

MAMMOTH SPRING Nonrecurring Charge Business Residence

1. Service Ordering Charge

a. Initial $ 25.00 $ 13.00b. Subsequent 9.00 4.00

2. Line Connection Charge 14.00 7.60

3. Restoral Charge 23.00 11.60

4. Maintenance of Service Charge, per occurrence 25.00 (2) 25.00 (2)

(1) Includes station connection expensing service charge additives approved under DocketNo. 81-227-U, Order No. 3 dated October 1, 1981.(2) Applicable when it is determined that the service difficulty or trouble report resultsfrom customer provided terminal equipment and/or communications systems and/or inside wireconnected or arranged for connection to Company facilities. Normal working hours are from8:00am to 5:00pm, Monday through Friday, holidays excepted. Charge will be waived forcustomers who have not been equipped with a network interface jack and have not beeninstructed how to use the network interface jack to isolate their own trouble.

Issued: Effective:




SERVICE CHARGES

Link Up Arkansas - Assistance for Initiating Service

A. Applicability

Link Up Arkansas helps low income subscribers to initiate telephone service byproviding subsidized assistance to qualifying residential households as definedunder eligibility requirements below. These reduced charges described below shallbe assessed only for a single residential telephone line per eligible household.Link Up Arkansas is provided in all exchanges.

All tariffed service charges applied in initiating telephone service toresidential customers (Section 13 Sheet No. 8) shall either be reduced by onehalf of the amount required to connect the customer to the local telephonenetwork or thirty dollars, whichever is less.

A 6-month deferred payment schedule will be established for the charges forinitiation of local telephone service at the customer's option. The companyshall inform each customer of the availability of the 6-month deferred paymentschedule.

Issued: Effective:



Original Sheet No. 8B

SERVICE CHARGES

Link Up Arkansas - Assistance for Initiating Service

B. Eligibility Requirements

The following requirements shall be used by the company to determine theeligibility of a applicant for Link Up Arkansas assistance.

The applicant must meet the requirements for eligibility for either FoodStamps, Aid to Families with Dependent Children, Medicaid, or Home EnergyAssistance Program (including recipients of Supplemental Security Income).Additionally, persons who are eligible applicants, occupants, or subsidyrecipients of a Department of Housing and Urban Development subsidized housingprogram are also eligible for Link Up Arkansas assistance.

Of the eligibility requirements listed above, all will be certified by theDepartment of Human Resources or Department of Housing and Urban Development.

C. Rates and Charges

A reduction of service charges, as specified in this Section, equal to one halfof the amount charged a non-Link Up residential customer, or $30.00 whichever isless, applies for the establishment of basic residential service.

Issued: Effective:




SERVICE CHARGES

Link Up Arkansas - assistance for initiating service (Continued)

C. Rates (Continued) (Exclude Mammoth Spring) Link Up ArkansasPrimary Service Order Charge, each....................$11.00

Line Connection Charge, each.......................... 7.35Trip Charge, each..................................... 10.00

Mammoth SpringInitial Service Ordering Charge 6.50Line Connection Charge 3.80

EXPEDITED DUE DATE CHARGE

Priority Service Request applies only when the customer is unwilling to accept the existingdue date and demands immediate (24-hour) service:

Service Charge Residence or nonsystem business initialand subsequent installations................................ $20.00

Switched and nonswitched expeditedinstallation (dependent upon avail-ability of equipment and material)......................... Time and Material

TRAFFIC STUDY - CUSTOMER INITIATED

One company initiated traffic study per year, per customer is provided at no charge. Eachadditional customer initiated traffic study will incur the following charges. The lengthof each study will be three days and the data will be analyzed and submitted to the customerby letter.

Set up Charge, per request - $300.00 Line Charge, per line studied - 3.00

Issued: Effective:




SERVICE CHARGES

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION SECTION 14 4th Revised Index Sheet No. 1 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC dba CenturyLink PSC File Mark Only MISCELLANEOUS SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT

MISCELLANEOUS SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT Sheet No. Automatic Ringdown Circuit................................................................................... 1 Call Restriction 900 Service ...................................................................................................... 7 Toll Blocking Service........................................................................................ 14 Billed Number Screening Service (BNS) ......................................................... 15 Selective Class of Call Screening .................................................................... 16 Competitive Response Program(s).................................................................... 25 (AT) Conference Fire Reporting Systems...................................................................... 1 Conditioning Service............................................................................................. 8 Direct Inward Dialing (DID) Service ....................................................................... 11 Direct Inward - Outward Dialing (DIOD) Service ................................................... 12.1 Fire Reporting System - Tellabs ............................................................................ 2 IndividuLine Service............................................................................................... 5 Interrupt - Local Operator ...................................................................................... 4 Mileage Charges.................................................................................................... 3 Operator Assisted Local Calls ............................................................................... 9 Reserved Number.................................................................................................. 4 Residence Customer Referral Program................................................................. 22 Satisfaction Guarantee Program ........................................................................... 23 Special Billing Number Service.............................................................................. 4.1 Service Performance Guarantee ........................................................................... 13 Special Billing Numbers......................................................................................... 4 Telephones Sets - Semipublic Coin....................................................................... 4 Vacation Number Reservation............................................................................... 21 Verification - Operator............................................................................................ 3






MISCELLANEOUS SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT

AUTOMATIC RINGDOWN CIRCUIT (1)

For communications between two points whereby either station, upon picking up the receiverautomatically rings the other station.

Nonrecurring Monthly GSEC Option Rate Routed through central office:

One way or two way automatic signalling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTOSIGCO 20.00 11.75

CONFERENCE FIRE REPORTING SYSTEMS

Fire Reporting Line (Directory No). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FIRE RP LNE (2) 27.25

Each Station Bridged to ConferenceFire Reporting System Common Equipment(See EDP Code 928 in Section 40)

Each additional station bridgedin CO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FRE AD STA (2) 1.60

(1) See Section 20 for applicable local channel rates and charges.(2) Applicable service charge in Section 13. ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





FIRE REPORTING SYSTEM - TELLABS

Single Payment Monthly GSEC Option Rate

Common Equipment Capable ofaccommodating 1 Fire ReportingLine and 10 fireman's circuits(1) (2):

Level A/Single Payment Option FR RPT CE SPO $6,565.00 --Level A/5 Year Contract FR RPT CE 5A -- 137.00Level B FR RPT CE LB -- 58.25

Each additional fireman's linecircuit up to a maximum of 30line circuits bridged to the fireman's residence one-partyline in the Central Office (2):

Level A/Single Payment Option FR RPT ADL SPO 400.00 --Level A/5 Year Contract FR RPT ADL LNE 5A -- 8.35Level B FR RPT ADL LNE LB -- 2.45

(1) A $3.00 Central Office bridging nonrecurring charge applies to establish bridge from fireman's line circuit. (2) See Section 6 for fire reporting line.

Issued: Effective:




EMERGENCY CONFERENCE SERVICE (Mammoth Spring only)

A. General

1. Emergency Conference Service is furnished in the interest of the public safety bymeans of equipment located in a central office of the Company. TheseConference/Alerting Systems are multistation ringdown telephone conferencecircuits designed primarily for use in local emergency reporting and alertingapplications. These systems provide simultaneous access to up to 60 localstations either from a dedicated telephone (i.e., a "master" station) or from anylocal telephone via a listed directory number.

2. The systems, in their reporting and alerting capacities, provide volunteer firemenand other emergency teams with emergency conferencing capabilities.

B. Conditions

1. This service will normally be furnished in connection with individual lineservice. At the option of the Company when equipment and facilities permit,service may be furnished to party-line customers.

2. Emergency Conference Service will be contracted for a minimum service period offive years.

3. Such Emergency Conference equipment is not to be used for performing any functionother than the reporting or dissemination of information of an emergency nature.

4. Service Charges apply in addition to the nonrecurring charges.

5. To expand from one system to the next system, i.e. Type 10 to Type 20, thecustomer will be charged the difference between their previously paid nonrecurringcharge and the new nonrecurring charge.

Issued: Effective:






1. Service Charges apply in addition to the following rates and charges.

Monthly NonrecurringGSEC Rate GSEC Charge

a. Solid State - Type 10(Maximum, 10 Stations) FRCG $46.25 FRCGNRC $177.15

b. Solid State - Type 20(Maximum, 20 Stations) FRCB 71.05 FRCBNRC 272.05

c. Solid State - Type 30(Maximum, 30 Stations) FRCH 95.85 FRCHNRC 367.10

d. Options for Type 10, 20and 30 Solid State Systems

1) Siren Control FRCF 4.50 FRCFNRC 17.15 (1)2) Remote Answer

10 - 30 line system FRCE 1.15 FRCENRC 4.35 (1)

e. Solid State - Type 40(Maximum, 40 Stations) FR40 135.35 FR40NRC 518.35

f. Solid State - Type 50(Maximum, 50 Stations) FR50 165.35 FR50NRC 633.20

g. Solid State - Type 60(Maximum, 60 Stations) FR60 191.75 FR60NRC 734.30

(1) No nonrecurring charge applies on original installation.

Issued: Effective:





C. Rates and Charges (Cont'd)

1. Service Charges apply in addition to the following rates and charges.(Cont'd)

Monthly GSEC Rate GSEC

NRC

h. Options for Type 40, 50and 60 Solid State Systems

1) Siren Control FRCF $ 4.50 FRCFNRC $17.152) Manual Access

40 - 60 Line System FRCD .40 FRCDNRC 1.553) Automatic Access FRCK 3.15 FRCKNRC 14.15 4) Remote Answer

40 - 60 Line System FRCM 1.80 FRCMNRC 6.95

i. Automatic Type (1)

1) Up to 10 reporting stations FRSCONN10L 25.00 25.00

2) Up to 20 reporting stations FRSCONN11M 40.00 40.00

3) Control relay, per siren FRSB .50 5.004) Pushbuttons or keys, each,

including 50 feet of circuit wire FRSC .50 5.00

5) Each line or additional lines FRSL 2.00 -

6) Central Office CommonEquipment FASC 12.00 5.00

7) Additional CommonEquipment FASD 1.50 5.00

8) Pushbutton number term FASB .35 5.00

(1) Includes equipment and telephone number associated with the service.(L) Limited to existing customers at existing locations.

Issued: Effective:




MISCELLANEOUS SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT LIMITED OFFERING

MILEAGE CHARGES (1)

VERIFICATION - OPERATOR

When the customer requests Line StatusVerification by an operator todetermine if line is busy, trouble,etc., a charge will apply each time aline is verified.................. VERIFY $1.50 --

BUSY LINE VERIFY (MAMMOTH SPRING) .50 Per Occurrence

(1) All mileage charges are eliminated as of July 1, 1997, as ordered by the Commission in Order No. 3, Docket No. 95-255-R.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





Nonrecurring MonthlyGSEC Charge Rate

RESERVED NUMBER

Reserved Telephone Number, each . . . . . RSRV T NBR -- $5.00

TELEPHONE SETS - SEMIPUBLIC COIN

Coin Telephone - Semipublic

Touch Call Semipublic Coin Telephone,each . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CN TEL TC -- 1.25

SPECIAL BILLING NUMBERS (1)

For increments of 1-25 numbers or fraction thereof . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC BLN -- 3.15

INTERRUPT - LOCAL OPERATOR

At the customer's request the TelephoneCompany will interrupt a telephoneconversation. The interrupt chargeincludes verification. Each localinterrupt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTRUPT $ 2.50 --

BUSY LINE INTERRUPT MAMMOTH SPRING . . . . . . . . . . . . .95

(1) The availability of this offering is contingent upon available numbers.

Issued: Effective:





GENERAL SERVICES

SPECIAL BILLING NUMBER SERVICE (Available in Mammoth Spring Only)

A. General

1. Special Billing Number Service is the provision of a separate listing of tolltelephone messages each month for each special billing number used in placingcalls.

B. Conditions

1. Special Billing Number Service may be provided in conjunction with PBX/PABXService.

2. The minimum period for which this service may be offered is two months.

3. Each special billing number will be issued with the same billing name as thecustomer's main telephone number.

4. A telephone calling card may be issued on each special billing number for thecustomer's convenience.


1. In addition to the following monthly rates, Service Charges apply.

MonthlyGSEC Rate

a. Special billing numbersissued as go-togethernumbers on the customer's main telephone number:

1) First number SBN1 $ 2.002) Each additional number SBN2 1.15

b. Special billing numbers whichare billed separately:

1) Each number SBN3 4.25

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





INDIVIDULINE SERVICE

General

IndividuLine Service provides the customer with a telephone number having the digits the customer specifically requests. This number may consist of seven letters, seven digits, or a combination of letters and digits.

All requested IndividuLine Service telephone numbers are subject to availability, and are provided at the discretion of the Telephone Company. The Telephone Company may make reasonable changes in the telephone number as the requirements of service may demand.

Existing customers who have a specific number prior to the establishment of this service will not be charged for IndividuLine Service.

If the Telephone Company finds it necessary to change the IndividuLine Service customer's telephone number, the IndividuLine Service customer will be granted a refund of the nonrecurring charge associated with the service (See Rates following.)

Applicable service charges in Section 13 will apply when changing from an IndividuLine Service telephone number to a nonspecific number at the customer's request.

IndividuLine Service includes a standard directory listing consisting of the customer's name, address, and telephone number. It does not include a directory listing printed in alphabetical characters.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





INDIVIDULINE SERVICE (Continued)

Rates

IndividuLine Service will include a nonrecurring charge and a monthly rate as shown below:

Nonrecurring Monthly GSEC Charge(1) Rate

Business IND LNE B $ 50.00 $3.50Residence IND LNE R 25.00 1.50

(1) In addition to applicable service charges in Section 13. ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF SECTION 14 Original Sheet No. 7


900 CALL RESTRICTION

Regulations

900 Call Restriction is a central office service which allows customers to restrict certain types of outgoing calls from being placed over their exchange access lines. 900 Call Restriction is activated when a dialed number is preceded by a 900 prefix. Restricted calls are directed to a central office announcement.

900 Call Restriction will be provided in conjunction only with residence and business single party flat rate, message, and measured local exchange services. 900 Call Restriction will be furnished only from central offices equipped to provide this service and where facilities permit.

The minimum contract period for this service is one month.

Non-payment of 900 call charges will not alone be the cause to disconnect local exchange service.

A customer subscribing to this service may not access any 900 telephone numbers.

The following charges apply in addition to the established rates and charges for the services with which this service is associated.

Nonrecurring Charge

900 Call Restriction, per residence line equipped (1) No Charge

900 Call Restriction, per business line equipped (2) $ 8.00

(1) Includes residential customer, churches, schools, and charitable organizations. (2) In addition to the secondary service order charge from Section 13 of this tariff. ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:



MISCELLANEOUS SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT Conditioning SERVICE

General

Conditioning Service is an enhancement to Residential and Business single line service to provide higher quality transmission standards than normally provided for voice transmission. It is designed for customers requesting a better grade of service for data transmission. Lines conditioned with this level of service may also be used for normal voice communication. This service is offered subject to the availability of suitable facilities.

Regulations

The parameters of Conditioning service are designed to support transmission of data up to 4800 bits per second on the local loop from the point of demarcation to the serving central office switch.

The quality of the line is guaranteed only between the customer point of demarcation and the serving central office switch. No guarantee is made for a transmission level over the entire circuit.

Conditioning Service is not offered in conjunction with the following:

• Foreign Central Office Service • Foreign Exchange Service • Call Waiting • Smart Ring • Off-Premises Extensions • PBX trunks and stations • Outward WATS

Rates

Monthly GSEC NRC(1) GSEC Rate (2)

Business DDLB-IC $ 25.00 DDLB $ 5.00Residence DDLR-IC 25.00 DDLR 5.00

(1) In addition to applicable service charges in Section 13.(2) In addition to Local Service Rates in Section 6. ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





OPERATOR ASSISTED LOCAL CALLS

General

Operator assisted local calling is furnished to customers upon their request to completelocal calls.

There are three classes of Operator Assisted Local Calls offered: Calling Card Calls,Operator Station Calls and Person-to-Person.

Calling Card Calls

Customer dialed "0+" calls are completed by the caller and billed to the caller'scalling card instead of the telephone originating the call.

Operator Station Calls

Customer dialed "0-" calls are completed by the operator who also arranges billing. Calls may be billed to the originating telephone number, calling card, collect or toa third number.

Person-to-Person Calls

Customer dialed "0-" calls are completed by the operator who also arranges billing. Calls may be billed to the originating telephone number, calling card, collect or toa third number.

In addition to the service charge, all local coin calls utilizing operator handling serviceswill be at the local coin rate.

The following operator assisted local calls are exempt from the service charges:

Calls to designated Company numbers for official telephone business.

Emergency calls to recognizable authorized civil agencies.

Those cases where a Company Operator provided assistance to:

Reach the called number where problems prevent subscriber dial completion.

Reestablish a call which has been interrupted after the called number has beenreached.

Place a non-coin, sent-paid call for a calling party who identifies himself as beinghandicapped and unable to dial the call because of his handicap.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





OPERATOR ASSISTED LOCAL CALLS

General (Cont'd)

Rates

The following service charges for operator assisted local calls apply in addition to theapplicable local dial rate.

Per Call

Customer Dialed Calling Card $ .35Operator Station (including operator assisted .90 sent-paid, collect, third number and credit card calls)Person-to-Person 2.50

Per CallMAMMOTH SPRINGCustomer Dialed Calling Card $ .60Operator Station (including operator assisted 1.15 sent-paid, collect, third number and credit card calls)Person-to-Person 2.40

Basic Intercept Service (Mammoth Spring only)


1. The following rate is in addition to any other applicable charges shown inthe Company tariffs of this Company. The nonrecurring charge applies inaddition to all other Service Charges when this service is ordered inconjunction with other services.

NRC Bus. Res.

a. The Company will provide Basic Intercept Servicewithin the exchange, at no charge, for a period of 30 days, upon request by the customer

b. Each number intercepted for each 90 day period orfraction thereof $10.00 $10.00

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFFSection 14

Original Sheet 11


DIRECT INWARD DIALING (DID) SERVICE

General

Direct Inward Dialing Service to customer-premises located switching systems is furnishedsubject to the availability of facilities and the availability of telephone numbers.

The service includes the central office switching equipment necessary for direct inwarddialing from the exchange and toll network directly to the demarcation point associated withswitching equipment located at the customer's premises.

The service must be provided on all lines in a trunk or network access line group arrangedfor inward service. Routing of calls to selected numbers within the direct inward dialingnumber group over a separate trunk or network access line group is not contemplated.

The rates and charges for the service are in addition to all applicable charges for PBXservice with which this service is associated and the applicable network access line andconnecting arrangement charges.

The operational characteristics of the interface signals between the Company providedconnecting arrangements and the customer-provided switching equipment must conform to therules and regulations the Company considers necessary to maintain proper standards ofservice.

The Company shall not be responsible to the customer if changes in protection criteria orchanges in any of its facilities, operations or procedures render any facilities provided bythe customer obsolete.

Directory listings will be provided in accordance with the regulations for PBX trunks. DIDnumbers furnished herein are not entitled to free directory listings.

The customer-premises located switching equipment must be arranged to provide for theintercepting of unused numbers transmitted to the switching equipment.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFFSection 14

Original Sheet 12


DIRECT INWARD DIALING (DID) SERVICE (Continued)

General (Continued)

The rates and charges shown below are based on the use of standard Company equipment andserving arrangements. When equipment or service arrangement of a special type is requestedand provided, rates and charges will be based on the costs incurred to meet the individualrequirements of the customer.

The minimum contract period for DID Service is one year. In the event of discontinuance ofDID Service, a termination charge equal to the monthly rate for the remainder of the minimumcontract period is due.

In addition to the rates and charges specified below, appropriate service connection, move,change and installation charges are applicable to the establishment or rearrangement oftrunks and stations in connection with providing DID Service.

Rates and Charges

Monthly Nonrecurring

Rate Charge

DID Trunk Terminations,per trunk $25.00 $150.00

DID Station NumbersBlock of 20 numbers(1) 8.00Block of 100 numbers(2) 22.00

MAMMOTH SPRINGMonthly InstallationRate Charge

1. Per block of 100 numbers

a. Assigned, each block $32.00 --b. Reserved, each block 32.00 --

2. Per block of 20 numbers*

a. Assigned, each block 18.00 --b. Reserved, each block 18.00 --

3. DID, per trunktermination charge 35.00 --

(applies in addition to PBX trunk rate)

(1) Blocks of 20 DID numbers are only available when served by a digital central office.

(2) Blocks of 100 DID numbers are available when served by a non-digital central office.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





DIRECT INWARD - OUTWARD DIALING (DIOD) SERVICE

1. General

Direct Inward-Outward Dialing (DIOD) Service is a Central Office basedservice that permits incoming calls to reach customer provided equipment,without the assistance of an attendant, and allows the trunk to be used toplace outgoing calls. This service is provisioned with a two- or four-wireconnection at the customer’s premises. Touch Calling is a required featureof this service. Rotary hunt does not apply.

2. Conditions

The assignment of telephone numbers and the sequence of numbers assigned toa customer are made at the discretion of the Company. Telephone numberrules, regulations, and charges for DID service apply to DIOD service.

The customer is responsible for providing intercept on assigned unusedtelephone numbers associated with DIOD service.

Trunks arranged for DIOD service may not be combined with trunk groupsarranged to provide Direct Inward Dialing (DID) service. Overflow of callsbetween the two arrangements is not permitted.

DIOD service is provided from Central Offices equipped to provide thisservice and subject to the availability of facilities.

Issued: Effective:






2. Conditions (Continued)

If a customer's normal serving Central Office is not equipped to provideDIOD service or the customer so requests, the service may be provided wherefacilities permit, from a Company Central Office different than that whichnormally serves the customer, but still within the same LATA, at theadditional prices specified herein and under the regulations applicable forForeign Exchange (FX), or Foreign Central Office (FCO) service in Section19.

When DIOD service becomes available or is subsequently requested from theCentral Office that normally serves the customer, the service may betransferred to the normal serving Central Office. If the customer requestssuch a transfer, the customer will be subject to a change in telephonenumbers and will also incur initial non-recurring charges and servicecharges as appropriate.

A change in Central Office equipment could require the customer todiscontinue the service or obtain service from another Central Office.CenturyTel makes no guarantees and assumes no liability for loss of serviceto the customer, resulting from the conversion or upgrade of Central OfficeEquipment.

The combining of flat rate, or message rate service is prohibited.

DIOD service works in conjunction with Direct Inward Dialing (DID) service,and the charges specified in 3. below are in addition to applicable ratesand charges for DID Service.

Issued: Effective:






2. Conditions (Continued)

Contract Termination Liability:

In the event of early termination, the customer will be required to pay apenalty of 90% of the term monthly rates applied to the initial orderedquantities, for the number of months remaining in the term.

If, before the end of a term agreement, the customer wants to change to alonger term or a different service of the same or greater value with thesame or longer term, no termination liability will apply to this change inservice. A new termination agreement, based on the new service or term,will replace the original termination agreement.

If, before the end of a term agreement, CenturyTel files and gainsappropriate approvals for lower rates for the contracted service,CenturyTel will apply the new lower rates, but the original terminationliability remains and will be calculated on the original rates.

Issued: Effective:






3. Rates

Equipment arrangement in Utility Central Office necessary to provide in-outdialing from the exchange and message toll network directly to dialswitching equipment installed on the customer's premises:

DID Numbers - Refer to Sheet No. 12 in this section of the tariff.

Monthly Rate ISOC

Each Trunk Equipped*Month-to-month $ 25.00 22200One year contract 8.00 22201Three year contract 6.00 22202

NRC IOSC

Service Installation Charge ** $100.00 22203

* In addition to the charges and rates for other services and facilitiesincluding charges and rates applicable to PBX trunks as shown in Section 6and DID Service as shown in this Section. When this service is provided froma foreign exchange, rates and charges for Foreign Exchange trunks andapplicable mileage rates as shown in Section 19 will apply.

** The $100 Non-recurring Charge applies to an initial database set-up. ServiceCharges also apply as appropriate for primary and subsequent orders (Refer toSection 13).

Issued: Effective:





SERVICE PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

BUSINESS SERVICE CUSTOMERS

If a business customer requests installation or repair of Company owned facilities used toprovide exchange access, private line or enhanced services offered under this Tariff and theinstallation or repair is not completed as agreed, the customer will be eligible for and canchoose between the following two options:

1) Receive a credit of $100.00; or2) Receive a pre-paid calling card (of equal face value in place of the standard SPG

credit.)

One credit or pre-paid calling card per order or trouble report may be applied for the affectedservice to which the customer subscribes within the following categories:

• Exchange network services including Centrex Service, Custom Calling Services andEnhanced Services

• Directory services including additional listings• Local private line services

RESIDENCE SERVICE CUSTOMERS

If a residence service customer requests installation or repair of Company owned facilities usedto provide service offered under this Tariff, and the installation or repair is not completedas agreed, the customer will be eligible for and can choose between the following two options:

1) Receive a credit of $25.00; or2) Receive a pre-paid calling card (of equal face value in place of the standard SPG

credit.)

One credit or pre-paid calling card per order or trouble report may be applied for the affectedservice to which the customer subscribes within the following categories:

• Exchange network access services, including Custom Calling Services and EnhancedServices

• Directory services including additional listings and nonpublished listings

Issued: Effective:





SERVICE PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE (Cont'd)

GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS - BUSINESS AND RESIDENCE

Each credit shall be limited to the amount described above for the particular line or linesassociated with the service to be installed or repaired.

The Company's failure to install or repair service under this tariff shall be excused by customernegligence or willful destruction, labor difficulties, governmental orders, civil commotions,acts of God and other circumstances beyond the Company's reasonable control.

Credit will be provided in accordance with the above conditions at the request of the customer.

Issued: Effective:




MISCELLANEOUS SERVICE & EQUIPMENT

CALL RESTRICTION SERVICES

Toll Blocking Service is a central office service that restricts one plus (1+), International(011+), zero plus (0+) and/or zero minus (0-) calling. Calls to 800 Service will not berestricted (1+800+XXX-XXXX). Restricted calls are directed to a central office announcement.

Two Toll Blocking Service options are available:

a) Option 1 - Restricts any direct dialed one plus (1+ and 10XXX+) or direct dialedInternational (011+) calls, including directory assistance (1+411, 1+555-1212,1+NPA+555-1212). This option includes Originating Line Screening which allowsoutgoing intraLATA toll calls to be charged to the called telephone, a third number,or a credit card account.

b) Option 2 - Restricts any direct dialed one plus (1+) or direct dialed International(011+) calls, including directory assistance (1+411, 1+555-1212, 1+NPA+555-1212). This option also restricts local or long distance zero plus (0+) or zero minus (0-)calls. If 9-1-1 service is not available in an exchange, zero minus (0-) calls willbe restricted to Local Operator assisted emergency calls.

Toll Blocking Service will be provided to individual residence, business, and trunk accessline customers, both flat rate and measured service. Toll Restriction Service will not beprovided on party lines or Centrex lines.

Toll Blocking Service is offered subject to the availability of suitable facilities and islimited to central offices specifically equipped to provide this service.

The customer agrees fully and completely to indemnify and save harmless the Company, itssuccessors and assigns, from and against any and every claim, loss, damage, suit or liabilityarising from the restriction of telephone calls made from the customer's access line.

The minimum contract period for this service is one month.

RATES Monthly Mammoth Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . NRC (1) Rate NRC(1) Monthly Rate

Option 1 - Blocks all 1+ calls,per line/trunk . . . . . . . . . 10.00 $3.00 8.00 $4.10

Option 2 - Blocks all 1+, 0+, and 0- calls,

per line/trunk . . . . . . . . . 10.00 3.00 8.00 4.10

(1) The Secondary or Subsequent Service Order Charge in Section 13 of the General ExchangeTariff applies when adding Toll Blocking to existing service.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





CALL RESTRICTION SERVICES (Cont'd)

Billed Number Screening Service (BNS) is available to subscribers of the Company's localexchange services. BNS prevents the billing of incoming collect and/or third number billedcalls to a customer's telephone account.

The customer agrees fully and completely to indemnify and save harmless the Company, itssuccessors and assigns, from and against any and every claim, loss, damage, suit or liabilityarising out of the furnishing Billed Number Screening Service.

Billed Number Screening Service is offered subject to the availability of suitablefacilities. It is available to all classes of business and residence services.

The minimum contract period for Billed Number Screening Service is one month.

RATES Monthly Nonrecurring GSEC Rate GSEC Charge (1)

Option 1 - Collect and Third Number Billing,per line/trunk . . . . . . INSCREEN1 $3.00 INSCREENNRC $10.00

Option 2 - Third Number Billing,per line/trunk . . . . . . INSCREEN2 3.00 INSCREENNRC 10.00

Option 3 - Collect Billingper line/trunk . . . . . . INSCREEN3 3.00 INSCREENNRC 10.00Nonrecurring

MAMMOTH SPRING

Option 1 - Collect and Third Number Billing,per line/trunk . . . . . . $4.10 (1)

Option 2 - Third Number Billing,per line/trunk . . . . . . 4.10 (1)

Option 3 - Collect Billingper line/trunk . . . . . . 4.10 (1)

(1) The Secondary or Subsequent Service Order Charge in Section 13 of the General ExchangeTariff applies when adding Billed Number Screening to existing service.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:






Selective Class of Call Screening is an optional service available to the Company's localexchange service customers and is offered on a per line basis. The service is offered toprovide customers with a choice of originating screening options. The screening providesinformation that will allow the restriction of originating toll calls to be billed to acredit card, a third number or to the called party.

The customer will specify, at the time of the order, the restriction or restrictions desired. The customer may specify any combination of the following to restrict the billing of outgoingtoll calls to:

- A Credit Card- A Third Number- Collect to the Called Number

Selective Class of Call Screening service is offered subject to the availability of suitablefacilities.

Customers subscribing to Selective Class of Call Screening service are responsible for alltoll charges.

The customer agrees fully and completely to indemnify and save harmless the Company, itssuccessors and assigns, from and against any and every claim, loss, damage, suit or liabilityarising out of the furnishing Selective Class of Call Screening Service.

The minimum period for Selective Class of Call Screening service is one month.

RATES Monthly Nonrecurring GSEC Rate GSEC Charge (1)

Per line equipped . . . . . . . . . . SCCS PL $ 3.00 SCCSNRC $10.00

Per trunk equipped . . . . . . . . . . SCCS PT 10.00 SCCSNRC 10.00

Per line equipped (Mammoth Spring) . . . . . . . . 4.10 (2)

(1) The Secondary Service Order Charge in Section 13 of the General Exchange Tariff applieswhen Selective Class of Call Screening is added to existing service.

(2) The Subsequent Service Order Charge in Section 13 applies when Selective Class of Call Screening is added to existing service.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:






E. 700, 900, or 976 Blocking Service (Mammoth Spring only)

1. 700, 900, or 976 Blocking Service provides residence and business customers withthe ability to block access from a particular network access line to all telephonenumbers for which the 700, 900, or 976 NPA must be dialed.

The service is classified as a local exchange telecommunications service.

2. The Company's obligation to furnish network facilities for 700, 900, or 976Blocking Service is dependent upon the availability of suitable facilities. Because of central office and other facility limitations, it may not be possiblefor the Company to provide all of the services that may be requested.

3. 700, 900, or 976 Blocking Service is available only for blocking access to all 700,900, or 976 NPA telephone numbers from a particular network access line, and notfor blocking access to a specific 700, 900, or 976 NPA telephone number.

4. Rates and Charges

a. The Subsequent Service Order Charge as stated in this Tariff is applicable tothe initial business line blocked. Each additional line is subject to anadditional charge as follows:

Nonrecurring GSEC Charge

1) Business, per NPA blocked per additional line NBLK $ 4.00

2) Residence, per additional line - -

b. If 700, 900, or 976 Blocking Service are ordered at the same time only oneSubsequent Service Order Charge or Nonrecurring Charge applies per line.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:






CUSTOMIZED NUMBER SERVICE (Mammoth Spring only)

A. General

1. Customers of the Company may request assignment of specific telephone numbers. If the telephone number or numbers requested by the customer are available, theCompany may assign the number to the customer.

2. The Company will do its utmost to protect specific number assignments requestedby the customer from changing. However, unavoidable circumstances may arisewhere the number assignment may need to be altered. In these instances, theCompany reserves and retains the right:

a. To discontinue, change or reassign telephone numbers in any exchange areawhenever it deems it necessary or appropriate in the conduct of itsbusiness, or in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Company. Ifthis should occur, the Customized Number Service Charge will not be refundedto the customer.

b. To reject any request for specific telephone numbers for any reason,including but not limited to: relocation of a central office, limitedcentral office capacity, or numbers that may, in the Company's sole opinion,be offensive to the public.

c. Of ownership of all telephone numbers and prohibits the assignment of atelephone number by or from any customer to another, except as otherwiseprovided in this Tariff.

B. Conditions

1. The Customized Number Service charge applies whenever a customer:

a. Requests a telephone number other than the next available number from theallocation list, and such requested number is placed into service within sixmonths of the date of the request.

b. Requests a number change from their present number to a customized telephonenumber.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:






CUSTOMIZED NUMBER SERVICE (Mammoth Spring Only)

B. Conditions (Cont'd)

2. The Customized Number Service charge does not apply whenever a customer:

a. Requests assignment of the same telephone number that had been previouslyassigned to that customer.

3. Customized Number Service includes a standard directory listing consisting of thecustomer's name, address and telephone number. It does not include a directorylisting where the number is reflected in alphabetical characters.

4. The Company shall not be liable to any customer for direct or indirect orconsequential damages caused by a failure of service, change of number orassignment of a requested number to another customer whether prior to or afterestablishment of service. In any case the Company shall not be liable to anyperson, firm or corporation for an amount greater than such person, firm orcorporation has actually paid to the Company for the Customized Number Service.


1. The Service Charges as specified in this Tariff will apply in addition to thefollowing monthly rates.

Monthly GSEC Rate Bus. Res. Bus. Res.

a. Each Customized Number requestedand placed into service CNSB CNSR $ 3.50 $1.50

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:



Original Sheet No.20


TOLL TAPES

A.Magnetic Toll Tapes give the customer a breakdown of long distance or WATS calling on anonrecurring or monthly basis.

Monthly NonrecurringGSEC Rate Charge

1. Toll Tape MAGTAPE $32.65 --

2. Toll Tape on request MAGTAPENRC -- $40.65

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION SECTION 14 Original Sheet No. 21 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC PSC File Mark Only MISCELLANEOUS SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT VACATION NUMBER RESERVATION (AT)

A. General

Vacation Number Reservation provides for temporary suspension of service at customer request for a period of not less than one (1) month and not to exceed nine (9) months in a twelve (12) month period. Vacation Number Reservation applies only to residential and business access line rates. It does not apply to Key, PBX, Centrex lines, or Trunks, calling features or bundled services. The customer’s account must be current to be placed on Vacation Number Reservation. After service has been restored, there will be a minimum of one (1) month’s charge for full service before the service can again be put on Vacation Number Reservation.

B. Conditions

1. Telephone service will be completely disconnected during the period of

Vacation Number Reservation; there will be no dial tone. 2. If the customer has not requested that the service be restored after nine

(9) months of Vacation Number Reservation, the service will revert back to the standard rate; however, full service (dial tone) will not be restored until the customer requests such by contacting the Telephone Company. The customer will be notified of the date of the discount expiration in advance.

3. There will be no charge to activate Vacation Number Reservation.

Applicable nonrecurring charges will apply each time Vacation Number Reservation is restored to full service.

C. Rates

The charge for Vacation Number Reservation is Fifty (50) percent of the regular flat rated monthly access line rate. (AT)

Effective: October 12, 2006

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION SECTION 14 Original Sheet No. 22 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC dba CenturyLink PSC File Mark Only MISCELLANEOUS SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT RESIDENCE CUSTOMER REFERRAL PROGRAM (N) A. TERMS AND CONDITIONS Existing residence customers may be eligible for a one-time $50 bill credit when they submit a

referral via the Company’s Internet website that results in the establishment of a new customer account for service that includes residential local exchange service. To be eligible, referred customers must establish a new customer account for service that includes residential local exchange service, and provide the Company with the billing account number of the Company’s existing referring customer who generated the on-line referral under this program. Once confirmed, this one-time $50 bill credit will be applied to the referring customer’s account within sixty days. This bill credit is limited to one bill credit per customer referral and unused credits will roll over to future months. Each customer is limited to a maximum of $600 in referral credits per calendar year.

New residence customers may be eligible for a $10 bill credit for six consecutive months. To be

eligible, referred customers must establish a new customer account for service that includes residential local exchange service, and provide the Company with the billing account number of the Company’s existing referring customer who generated the on-line referral under this program. Once confirmed, the $10 bill credits will be applied to the referred customer’s account during each of the referred customer’s first six bill cycles with the Company. If the referred customer discontinues the local exchange service prior to the end of the six month period, no additional credits will be applied although the referred customer will not be required to refund the Company for previously acquired bill credits. (N)




ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION SECTION 14 Original Sheet No. 23 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC dba CenturyLink PSC File Mark Only MISCELLANEOUS SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT SATISFACTION GUARANTEE PROGRAM

1. General

a. A Satisfaction Guarantee Program is available to business customers who subscribe to any of the following qualifying services:

Individual Business Line Key Trunk PBX Trunk Centrex

b. When business customers notify the Telephone Company within thirty (30) days after

installation of a qualifying service(s) that they are not satisfied with their service(s) and subsequently request disconnection of that service(s), they are eligible to receive a full credit of all nonrecurring charges directly associated with the establishment of the qualifying service(s) and the monthly charges billed for the service(s) through the date of disconnection.

c. To receive credit, the customer must submit a cancellation notice to the Telephone Company

via a web based on-line form within thirty days of the service installation date and at least 5 days before the Telephone Company receives a disconnection request from the customer or the customer’s new service provider.

d. When the last day of the thirty-day period falls on a weekend or legal holiday, the customer

must submit the web-based cancellation notice no later than the first business day following the weekend or legal holiday, to be eligible for credit.

e. Customers who request disconnection under this program will not be assessed an early

termination fee or payment of any minimum service period amounts that would otherwise apply for early disconnection of the service(s).

f. Reimbursements will be issued in the form of a bill credit or check. The customer is

responsible for payment of all invoices issued prior to the date of disconnection and for payment of the final invoice rendered by the Telephone Company.



ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION SECTION 14 Original Sheet No. 24 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC dba CenturyLink PSC File Mark Only MISCELLANEOUS SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT SATISFACTION GUARANTEE PROGRAM

2. Limitations

a. This program is not available to customers who cancel service(s) and replace the service(s) with another

service provided by the Telephone Company. This program also is not available to customers for whom installation of the Telephone Company’s tariffed services required special construction or special configurations.

b. If the customer who cancels the service(s) provided by the Telephone Company obtains service from a

local service provider, the Telephone Company will not reimburse the customer for any installation charges passed on by that provider to establish service.

c. Each customer will be entitled to the credit one time per service.

d. The Satisfaction Guarantee Program only applies to services provided under the regulations and rates specified in this Tariff and does not apply to services offered under a separately negotiated contract.

e. The Telephone Company is not liable for any outage, damages or inconvenience encountered by the

customer when switching to an alternative local service provider.



ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION SECTION 14 Original Sheet No. 25 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC dba CenturyLink PSC File Mark Only MISCELLANEOUS SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT COMPETITIVE RESPONSE PROGRAM(S)

1. $5/$10 Bill Credit Offer Existing business customers may be eligible for consecutive bill credits when they contact the Company to inform them that they have received a better priced offer for the same or comparable service(s) from a competitor, or when they contact the Company to disconnect service(s) and agree to retain their service(s) with the Company. To be eligible, the customer must be subscribed to any business local exchange service and must agree to retain the service(s) for one year after receiving the bill credit. Eligible customers who are subscribed to any local exchange service will receive a $5.00 per line bill credit for six months when they agree to retain their service(s) for a minimum of twelve additional months, or will receive a $5.00 per line bill credit for twelve months when they agree to retain their service(s) for a minimum of twenty-four additional months. Customers may receive the credits for a maximum of ten lines. Eligible customers who are subscribed to any bundled service will receive a $10.00 bill credit per bundle for six months when they agree to retain their bundled service(s) for a minimum of twelve additional months, or will receive a $10.00 bill credit per bundle for twelve months when they agree to retain their service(s) for a minimum of twenty-four additional months. Customers may receive the credits for a maximum of ten bundles. The credits will begin appearing on customer bills the first month bill following the customer’s acceptance of this program. The benefits awarded under this program may be combined with the benefits of other currently available programs or promotions. If the customer discontinues service(s) prior to the twelve or twenty-four month commitment period, the credits issued under this promotion will be rescinded and charges for the credit amounts will be reflected on the customer's final bill. Customers are also liable for 50% of the remaining monthly recurring charges for the service(s) disconnected.





ADDITIONAL EXCHANGE ACCESS FACILITIES

Sheet No.

Application of Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Bells - (Ringers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Mileage Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Off Premises PABX Stations and PABX

Additional Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Tie Lines, General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Tie Lines, Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





Additional telephones (instruments) will not be provided in connection with public telephone service.

Additional exchange access arrangements will not be extended off "premises" except where two or more "premises" are used in the conduct of one establishment or business, "off-premises" additional exchange access facilities are permitted on individual-line service.

The provision of additional exchange access facilities required to connect main and additional telephone is subject to "Mileage Charges" shown in this section of the Tariff. This mileage is to be computed air line from the main location to the additional telephone location.

The number of additional telephones which may be permitted with any main line is subject to bell limitations and is limited to such number as, in the judgment of the Telephone Company, will not interfere with the efficient operation of the service.

Separate telephone numbers or any other distinctive designations are not assigned to additional telephones, nor is code or separate ringing permitted.

Off premises additional exchange access facilities will be provided where answering service is required when the customer is not available at the main line telephone. Such arrangement may not be furnished in lieu of main line service. For instance, a customer subscribing to business main line service will not be allowed to extend that service to a place of residence without subscription to residential main line service.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:



SECTION 15Original Sheet No. 2


DEFINITION OF ADDITIONAL EXCHANGE ACCESS FACILITIES

Additional exchange access facility service is the extending of main line service to other locations for the convenience of the customer.

Following are the various types of additional exchange access facility service offered by this Company:

"Business" Additional exchange access facility - are those associated with and having full access to the business main station.

"Residence" Additional exchange access facility - are those associated with and having full access to the residential main station service.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





DEFINITION OF ADDITIONAL EXCHANGE ACCESS FACILITIES (Continued)

"Off-Premises" Additional exchange access facility - are those associated with individual-line service only and having full access to the same service as the main station with which it is associated.

"Detached" Additional exchange access facility - are associated with foreign exchange service only and are located in the serving exchange with full access to the service. The serving exchange is the exchange in which the central office switching facilities are located.

"Semipublic Service" Additional exchange access facility - are those associated with semipublic telephone service. Additional stations are furnished only within the same building as the main station and without coin-collecting devices or dials.

"Secretarial Answering Service" arrangements will be provided as outlined under special service arrangements. The service is provided only for individual-line customers.

"Private Branch Exchange" Additional exchange access facility - are those associated with PBX station lines and having full access to the same service as the PBX station.

"Rural Multiparty" additional exchange access facility - will be furnished within the Exchange Area Boundary provided they are located on the same premises as the associated main station.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




ADDITIONAL EXCHANGE ACCESS FACILITY

DEFINITION OF ADDITIONAL EXCHANGE ACCESS FACILITY (Continued)

Residential Additional Exchange Access to Other Households - on same or other premises will be furnished only for answering purposes. Separate local access service is also required on those other premises.

Residential Additional Exchange Access to Other Buildings - on the same premises will be furnished only for use by the customer, his family, employees, or persons residing in the customer's household as a member of the family unit.

APPLICATION OF RATES

The monthly rates for exchange access facilities are provided in this section of the Tariff.

Where an additional exchange access facility telephone has access to two or more lines to which different local exchange access arrangement rates apply, it takes the highest of such rates.

Business rates apply to the entire service if the use of the service at either location is primarily of business character.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





MILEAGE RATES GSEC Rate Per Month

Additional Telephone (Also applies to PBX andPABX Station Lines)

Between points not in the same buildingbut in the same central office area as themain access line, computed airline betweenthe main access line and the off premise additional telephone location per 1/4 mileor fraction thereof (1)(2)............. 1/4 EXT MI $1.30

OFF PREMISES PABX STATIONS AND PABX ADDITIONAL LOCATIONS

In addition to applicable mileage charges for off-premises PABX Stations and additional PABX Locations, special loop treatment will apply due to more stringent loss design requirement over regular off-premises additional exchange access facilities.

Division T&P Engineering will advise as to what equipment is required when the following arrangements are used.

Existing off-premise PABX stations and/or PABX additional locations are grandfathered to the existing installation. At such time as the grandfathered service is moved, changed, and/or rearranged, applicable rates for special loop treatment equipment used will apply.

Nonrecurring Monthly Special Loop Treatment GSEC Charge Rate

Loop Extender, each......... LOOP EXTP $ 25.00 $ 5.35Bridge Lifter, each......... BRDGLFTRP 3.00 .40VF Repeater, each........... VFRPTRP 25.00 10.25Long Line Adapter, each..... LGLNADPP 25.00 8.75

(1) When multiple central offices are required, these rates pertain only to the portion from the serving (foreign) central office to the location of the extension. Foreign switching office service rates from Section 19 would also apply between the central offices. (2) Special Loop Treatment charges also apply for off-premise PABX stations and off-premise PABX additional exchange access facilities. ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





BELLS-(RINGERS)

The number of bells/ringers connected to an exchange access line may not exceed the limits of central office ringing capability. Additional rates and charges will apply based upon equipment used when:

More than six bells/ringers (REN-1) are to be used on single loop;

Two local loops are bridged in the central office and more than four bells/ringers (REN-1) are to be used;

Three or more loops are bridged in the central office and more than two bells/ringers (REN-1) are to be used;

Note: No more than 4 loops can be bridged in the central office unless a conference bridged is used.

Five or more bells/ringers (REN-1) are used or for arrangements requiring numerous moves and changes, a central office conference bridge will be provided. Customer will be billed for common equipment wired for 20 lines (one input and nineteen outputs) and for each line used.

Division T&P Engineering or in some instances Customer Services Engineering will advise as to what equipment is used when the above arrangements are used.

Existing customers exceeding limits of central office ringing capability are grandfathered to the existing installation. At such time as the grandfathered service is moved, changed, and/or rearranged applicable rates for equipment used will apply. 3-Year Minimum Nonrecurring Rate Per Terminating GSEC Charge Month Liability

Loop Extender, each.............LOOP EXT 25.00 $ 5.35 -Bridge Lifter, each.............BRDG LIFTR 3.00 .40 -VF Repeater, each...............VF REPTER 25.00 10.25 -Long Line Adapter, each.........LGLN ADPT 25.00 8.75 -Conference Bridge - Required when five or more loops are being bridged: Common Equipment for 20 lines..................CNF BRDGCE - 110.00 $3,500.00 Line Equipment per line..................LN EQUIP 25.00 10.65 -

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





TIE LINES (For Terminating Company-Owned Lines)

GENERAL

Tie lines are furnished subject to the availability of circuits and provided no unusual expense is involved. If unusual expenses are involved, the circuits will be priced as a special assembly of equipment.

Tie lines may terminate in switched system switchboards of the same customer and on the same or different premises. For mileage charges applicable to tie line, see below.

Tie lines connecting switchboards of different customers are furnished with the understanding that such tie lines are to used only for communication between stations directly connected to and located on the same premises as the switchboards involved. Such tie lines are provided only if each of the switchboards involved is connected to the central office by central office trunks.

Tie lines connecting switchboards located on premises of the customer (except where standard operation and transmission can be obtained on all connections) are furnished for the communication between stations directly connect to and located on the same premises as the switchboards involved. Tie lines are used in connection with central office trunks, off-premises stations, or other tie lines.

Tie lines connecting switchboards of the same customer contemplate connection between any two stations connected to and on the same premises as the switchboards in which the tie line terminates. In addition, such a tie line may be connected (at either end, but not both ends simultaneously) to a central office trunk for a through communication between a station connected to and located on the same premises as the switchboard in which the tie line terminates and any other station to which the central office trunk has access via local exchange or the toll network.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFFMULTILINE SERVICES



TIE LINES (For Terminating Company-Owned Lines) - (Cont'd)

RATES Nonrecurring Rate Per GSEC Charge Month Intraexchange

Tie Line MileageBetween points in the samebuilding..............................TIE LN MI SP $12.00(1) $1.60

Between points in differentbuildings on the same premises,per 300' or fraction thereof(minimum monthly charge ($3.00)......LN MI 1/300 12.00(1) 1.60

Between points not on the same premises, per 1/4 mile orfraction thereof (minimummonthly charge ($3.00)...............TIE LN MI 1/4 12.00(1) 1.60

Interexchange

See Private Line and Channel Services Tariff for voice grade circuit.

(1) Applies to both ends of the tie line.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


PSC File Mark Only


8th Revised Index Sheet No. 1 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC dba CenturyLink CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES

SHEET NO.

General .............................................................................................................................................. 1 Description of Services Call Forward Busy - Fixed ................................................................................................... 2B Call Forward Busy/No Answer - Fixed ................................................................................ 2B Call Forward Busy/No Answer - Variable ............................................................................ 2A Call Forward - Variable - Multipath ..................................................................................... 2A Call Forward No Answer - Fixed ......................................................................................... 2B Call Forwarding .................................................................................................................. 2 Call Waiting/Cancel Call Waiting ........................................................................................ 2A Choice PAC .......................................................................................................................... 5E Custom Calling Local Area Signaling Service (CLASS ) .................................................... 7C Distinctive Ring .................................................................................................................... 2C Flexible Packaging................................................................................................................ 5C Last Number Redial .............................................................................................................. 2B Remote Call Forwarding ....................................................................................................... 8 Rotary Hunting Line Service ................................................................................................ 4 Saved Number Redial ........................................................................................................... 2C Speed Calling ........................................................................................................................ 2D Tel-Teen Service ................................................................................................................... 10 3-Way Calling ....................................................................................................................... 2D Toll Control .......................................................................................................................... 3 Outbound Call Block Feature ............................................................................................... 2D Packaged Services Select Pak/Business Select Assist 1....................................................................................... 18 Simple Choice™/Business Assist Advantage ....................................................................... 15 Simple Choice™ One 1 and Simple Choice™ Two 1............................................................ 12 Voice Mail Complementary Services Package ..................................................................... 14 Caller ID Extra ...................................................................................................................... 19 Caller ID Plus ....................................................................................................................... 19 Prepaid Local Telephone Service (PLTS) ............................................................................ 20 Business Unlimited ............................................................................................................... 22 Pure Broadband Bundle ........................................................................................................ 24 Core Connect ....................................................................................................................... 25 (N) Satisfaction Guarantee.................................................................................................................... 3.1 Service Charge Application ....................................................................................................... 3.1 Usage Sensitive Calling Features .............................................................................................. 7K 1 Grandfathered to existing customers at their present location. CLASS is a Registered Servicemark of Bellcore.




2nd Revised Index Sheet No. 2Cancels 1st Revised Index Sheet No. 2

CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES

SHEET NO.

RatesDeluxe Package .................................................................................................... 7Flexible Packaging ................................................................................................ 5DIndividual Services ............................................................................................... 5Remote Call Forwarding ....................................................................................... 9Rotary Hunting Line Service ................................................................................. 4Calling Plan Services ............................................................................................ 7ASimple Choice™ ........................................................................................................... 13Standard Package ................................................................................................. 6Tel-Teen Service .................................................................................................. 11Usage Sensitive Calling Features ........................................................................... 7K (AT)Voice Mail Complementary Services Package ........................................................ 14

Issued: April 23, 2002 Effective: May 23, 2002

By: Jeffrey Glover, Vice President, External RelationsPO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211




GENERAL

Custom Calling Services, with exception of Touch Call, is furnished only inconnection with individual line service.

Custom Calling Services, with exception of Touch Call, is only offered inconnection with a GTD #5 Switch or another digital electronic switch with thecapability of providing the service.

Other facilities, miscellaneous and supplemental equipment, requested bycustomers and not detrimental to this service or other services of theTelephone Company will be furnished in accordance with regulations and at therates specified in the applicable sections of this Tariff.

Call Waiting is not offered with rotary hunting lines. Call Forwarding can be provided onrotary hunting key lines and the manner in which it functions will be reviewed with each customer. Nonrotary hunting key lines will be consideredas regular business lines for calling service purposes.

Except as specifically provided herein, Custom Calling Services are subject tothe regulations, rates and charges applicable to other types of customerservice. Custom Calling Services rates and charges are in addition to thebasic rates and charges for the service with which it is associated.

Custom Calling Services will be provided in connection with individual and multi-line residence and business lines. Party line, PBX and Centrex customersand Public and Semipublic telephone services are excluded.

Custom Calling Services are furnished only in central office areas where adequate and suitable facilities are available. Central offices will be equipped for Custom Calling Services at the discretion of the Telephone Companyand in accordance with regular engineering practices.

Custom Calling Services are restricted in Foreign Exchange and Foreign CentralOffice applications.

Custom Calling Services is furnished subject to availability of facilities andcentral office capability and subject to limitations of such equipment.

Flat rate services equipped for Call Forwarding are assessed regular longdistance message charges for each call transferred on a long distance basis.

Issued: Effective:



2nd Revised Sheet No. 2Cancels 1st Revised Sheet No. 2


GENERAL (Continued)

Custom Calling Services are offered, on an Individual Services basis or on a Package Services basis at thecustomer's option:

A) Individual Service - Items on individual billed basis.B) Flexible Packaging(1)(3) - Four or more qualifying services.C) Choice PAC(4)(3) - Three or more qualifying features.D) Other Packages:

1) Standard Package - any two services (3).2) Deluxe Package - any three services (3).3) Calling Plan 1 - Call Waiting, Cancel Call Waiting , Call Forwarding (3).4) Calling Plan II - Call Waiting, Cancel Call Waiting, Call Forwarding, Speed Call 8, 3 -Way

Calling (3).5) Calling Plan III - Call Waiting, Cancel Call Waiting, Call Forwarding, Speed Call 8, Last

Number Redial, Saved Number Redial, 3 -Way Calling (3).E) Simple Choice™ - selections of features including a flat rate access line for business and residential

customers.

Custom Calling Services are optional telephone service arrangements which provide one or more of the followingservices:

Call Forwarding - Permits a customer to transfer all incoming calls to another telephone number within the exchange or on the LongDistance Telecommunications Network where facilities permit. The Call Forwarding customer is responsible forthe payment of charges for each call between his Call Forwarding equipped telephone and the telephone to whichthe call is being forwarded. The transmission may vary depending on the distance and routing necessary,therefore, transmission may not meet normal standards. Call Forwarding is also available on a usage sensitive (AT)basis. The rates and conditions for Usage Sensitive Call Forwarding appear in Section 16, Sheet Nos. 7K and 7L. (AT)

(1) Offered to Residential customers only.(3) Existing customers at existin g locations only.(4) Offered to business single line customers only.




1st Revised Sheet No. 2ACancels Original Sheet No. 2A


GENERAL (Continued)

Call Forward Busy/No Answer - (CT)

This service allows calls to either a party who does not answer or a busy line to be routed to an alternate specifieddirectory number. The alternate specified directory number may be in the same switching office or may be reached vialocal toll trunks. This service is a customer activated service and the number to which calls are forwarded can be changedby the customer. Outgoing calls may be made as usual.

Call Forwarding - Variable - Multipath

Allows a Call Forwarding - Variable customer the capability to specify the number of calling paths to be made availableto forward calls simultaneously to the destination directory number. This allows customers who are forwarding callsintended for a group of lines arranged in a hunt group, to control the number of simultaneous calls that can be forwardedto a target number. In order to use the Multipath service, the "call forwarded to" number must be in a hunt group.

Call Waiting/Cancel Call Waiting

When a customer is talking on the telephone, a short spurt of tone signals him that a call is waiting. The tone is heardonly by the Call Waiting customer, while the incoming caller hears a regular ringing signal.

Flashing the hook switch "holds" the first call while the second is answered. The customer can alternate between calls byflashing the switch hook.

Issued: January 31, 2002 Effective: March 1, 2002

By: Jeffrey Glover, Vice President External RelationsPO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211


1st Revised Sheet No. 2BCancels Original Sheet No. 2B


GENERAL (Continued)

Call Waiting/Cancel Call Waiting (Continued)

Cancel Call Waiting which provides the customer the ability to disable the Call Waiting service for the duration of onecall will also be provided as an adjunct service where available. The service is activated by dialing a special code prior toplacing a call or during an established call. It is automatically deactivated when the customer disconnects from the call.When Cancel Call Waiting is activated, anyone calling the number will receive the normal busy treatment.

Last Number Redial (1)

The dialed digits of the last call originated by the customer are always stored in the digital electronic switch. A customerwishing to reinitiate a call to the last called number dials a repeat number dialed access code and the call is placedautomatically to the last called stored number.

Call Forward - Fixed (CT)

This service, permanently activated, provides customers the ability to redirect incoming calls to a preselected line numberwhen such incoming calls encounter a normal busy line condition.

Call Forward No Answer - Fixed (CT)

This service, permanently activated, provides customers the ability to redirect incoming calls to a preselected line numberwhen such incoming calls encounter a no answer condition after a specific number of rings.

Call Forward Busy/No Answer - Fixed (CT)

This service, permanently activated, provides customers the ability to redirect incoming calls to a preselected line numberwhen such incoming calls encounter either a normal busy line condition or a no answer condition.

(1) Restricted to existing customers at existing locations.



PSC File Mark Only


Section No. 16

1st Revised Sheet No. 2C

ALL EXCHANGES

CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC


GENERAL (Continued)

Saved Number Redial (1)

At any point during a call, or upon encountering a busy or no answer condition, a customer can flash thehookswitch, receive distinctive dial tone, and dial an access code. The digital electronic switch stores thecalled number, returns confirmation tone to the station user, and returns the station to the call. The customermay place and receive any number of calls in the normal manner after a number is stored by this method. Acustomer wishing to reinitiate a call to the stored number party goes off-hook and dials the access code; thecall is placed automatically.

Distinctive Ring

This service allows distinctive ringing to be applied to an individual line, where each of two numbers, a mainnumber and a "Distinctive Ring" number, will have a uniquely different ring for customer identification. Becausetwo telephone numbers are associated with one telephone line, only one conversation can be conducted at atime.

Regulations for Directory Listings set forth in Section 12 of this tariff will apply for the main number. Thecustomer is entitled to one free listing in the alphabetical section of the telephone directory for the "DistinctiveRing" number, regardless of the class of service.

Privacy Protector (AT)

Privacy Protector works to intercept unidentified callers. Calls that can be identified by Caller ID are completedas normal calls. Calls that cannot be identified are intercepted and routed to an announcement, which statesthat the caller does not accept calls from telemarketers. Callers are advised to hang up if they are atelemarketer or press 1 if they are not a telemarketer. Callers pressing 1 will have the call completed to thecalled number. The Privacy Protector feature can be activated and deactivated by the subscriber. This featurerequires that the subscriber must also subscribe to Caller ID. (AT)


PO Box 4065Monroe, Louisiana 71211

Effective: March 5, 2003

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION SECTION 16 3rd Revised Sheet No. 2D ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC dba CenturyLink (T) CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (Cont'd) PSC File Mark Only

CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES GENERAL (Continued) Speed Call 8 and Speed Call 30 Enables a customer to place calls to other telephone numbers by dialing a one- or two-digit code rather than the complete telephone number. Customer may subscribe to only one of either the 8-Code capacity or 30-Code capacity on the same line. 3-Way Calling Permits a customer to add a third party to an existing conversation. When a customer is on a call and wishes to call a third party, he depresses the hook switch. This places his first call on hold and three short tones are heard signifying the 3-Way Calling mode has been accessed. The customer will receive dial tone and may dial the telephone number of the desired third party. When the third party answers, the second party remains on hold, permitting private conversation between the customer and the third party. The three-way connection can then be established by flashing the switchhook once, permitting the customer, the second party and the third party to converse. The transmission may vary depending on the distance and routing necessary, therefore, transmission may not meet normal standards. 3-Way Calling is also available on a usage sensitive basis. The rates and conditions for Usage Sensitive 3-Way Calling appear in Section 16, Sheet Nos. 7K and 7L. Outbound Call Block Feature (N) Blocks all outbound dialing with the exception of abbreviated dialing for 911 (Emergency Reporting Services) and 711 (Service for Telecommunications Relay Services). In addition, all pay-per-use features are blocked. All other Custom Calling Services and Advanced Calling Services are prohibited with the use of this feature and lines equipped with this feature will not have a directory listing. This feature is subject to the availability of facilities and is only available to flat rate business and residence Individual Line Local Exchange Service customers. (N)







GENERAL (Continued)

Toll Control

Prevents unauthorized persons from making calls to toll points. Toll Control will not beable to access any "1+" numbers or operator assisted numbers ("0+" and "0-"). The TollControl service is offered with Tel-Teen Service only.

Touch Calling

Touch Calling Service provides for the origination of telephone calls through the use oftelephones equipped with tone generators. The service requires special equipment and willbe furnished only where the necessary facilities and equipment are available.

The service is furnished in connection with individual line service.

Issued: Effective:



1st Revised Sheet No. 3.1 Cancels Original Sheet No. 3.1


GENERAL (Continued)

SERVICE CHARGE APPLICATION

Upon conversion of a "Stored Program Control" switch in an exchange or during special promotional offerings, a 90 daygrace period will follow to allow those customers wishing to subscribe to calling services without application of servicecharges.

For a sixty-day period after a customer establishes service, a customer may add Custom Calling Services withoutincurring Service Order Charges.

After the sixty-day period, when a customer adds or changes custom calling services, only the secondary service ordercharge applies. (DR)(CP)

(DR)(CP)SATISFACTION GUARANTEE

If at anytime the customer notifies CenturyTel that he/she is not satisfied with Custom Calling Service, the customer willbe entitled to a full refund on one (1) month's Monthly Recurring Charge (MRC). If the subscription period is less than 30days, the amount of the refund will be prorated for the appropriate portion of the Monthly Recurring Charge. This refundwill be applied as a credit on the customer's bill. Each customer will be entitled to the credit one time per service.CenturyTel will also disconnect the feature(s ) which did not satisfy the customer.






INDIVIDUAL SERVICES

ROTARY HUNTING LINE SERVICE

Rotary Hunting Lines are groupings of exchange access arrangements arranged for completion of calls when a line is busy by overflowing to a vacant line in the same group that is available to receive a call.

Rotary Hunting Line Charge, inaddition to rate in Section 6for exchange access arrangement...................HUNT LN CHG 3.00

Issued: Effective:


ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION SECTION 16 4th Revised Sheet No. 5 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (Cont'd) PSC File Mark Only

CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES INDIVIDUAL SERVICES (Continued) Rate Per Month Call Waiting/Cancel Call Waiting, Per Line (1) One Feature:

Business $6.00 (CR) Residence 4.20 (CR) Residence (Mammoth Spring) 3.96 (CR)

Call Forwarding , Per Line (1)(2) One Feature:

Business 4.80 (CR) Residence 3.60 (CR)

Call Forwarding - Variable - Multipath, Per Calling Path


Privacy Protector (1) One Feature:

Business 3.95 Residence 2.95

(1) Appropriate service charges from Section 13 apply. (2) Multiple Feature Discounts do not apply to Usage Sensitive Calling Feature Issued: June 2, 2008 Effective: June 2, 2008

By: Chantel Mosby, Director, Tariffs and Compliance PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION SECTION 16 2nd Revised Sheet No. 5A ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (Cont'd) PSC File Mark Only

CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES INDIVIDUAL SERVICES (Continued) Rate Per Month Speed Call 8, Per Line (1) One Feature:

Business $4.80 (CR) Residence 3.60 (CR)

Speed Call 30, Per Line (1) One Feature:


3-Way Calling (1) One Feature:

Business 4.80 (CR) Residence 4.20 (CR) Residence (Mammoth Spring) 3.60 (CR)

Last Number Redial and Saved Number Redial, Per Line (1)(2) One Feature:

Business 3.50 Residence 3.50

Call Forward Busy/No Answer - Variable Per Line (1) One Feature:

Business 3.50 Residence 4.20 (CR)

(1) Appropriate service charges from Section 13 apply. (2) Restricted to existing customers at existing locations. Issued: June 2, 2008 Effective: June 2, 2008


ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION SECTION 16 3rd Revised Sheet No. 5B ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC dba CenturyLink (T) CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (Cont'd) PSC File Mark Only

CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES INDIVIDUAL SERVICES (Continued) GSEC Rate Per Month Distinctive Ring, Per Line (1) One Feature:

Business SMART RING B $7.20 Residence SMART RING R 7.20

Call Forward Busy Line - Fixed, Per Line (1)

Business FCF-BY 1.50 Residence FCF-BY 1.50

Call Forward No Answer - Fixed, Per Line (1)

Business FCF-NA 1.50 Residence FCF-NA 1.50

Call Forward Busy Line/No Answer - Fixed, Per Line (1)

Business FCF-AC 1.50 Residence FCF-AC 1.50

Outbound Call Block Feature Business 5.00 (N) Residence 5.00 (N) (1) Appropriate service charges from Section 13 apply. Issued: January 21, 2010 Effective: January 22, 2010




1st Revised Sheet No. 5CCancels Original Sheet No. 5C


FLEXIBLE PACKAGING (2) (CP)

Flexible packaging offers a monthly discount on specific Custom Calling Services.

Flexible packaging is available to residence individual line customers only.When a customer orders four (4) or more of the eligible services, a discount applies to all of the eligible services. Thediscount percentage is applied to the total of the individual service rates subscribed to by the customer. All servicesordered by the customer must be billed on the same residence account.

Any service may be substituted for another, or additional services may be ordered at a later date. The combination ofservices is not important to qualify for the discount, only the number of services (four).

When a customer subscribes to the quantity of four (or more) of the eligible services, the discount will automaticallyapply to his/her account.

If the customer removes an eligible services (or services) so that the total number is less than four (4), the discountpercentage no longer applies. Instead the billing of those services will revert back to the individual service rate.

The following services are eligible for the flexible packaging discount offering :(1)

Automatic Busy Redial Automatic Call Return Call Block Call Forwarding-Variable Call Waiting/Cancel Call Waiting Caller ID-Name and Number Caller ID-Number Distinctive Ring Special Call Acceptance Special Call Forwarding Speed Calling (8-Code) Speed Calling (30-Code) Three-Way Calling VIP Alert

(1) Anonymous Call Block is not included toward the threshold for the discount. However, if the threshold quantity ismet, this feature will also be discounted.(2) Restricted to existing customers at existing locations only. (CP)




1st Revised Sheet No. 5D Original Sheet No. 5D


FLEXIBLE PACKAGING (2) (Continued) (CP)

The applicable monthly discount for flexible packaging is forty percent (40%) off rates in Section 16.

Service charges are NOT applicable, when:- an order is placed which qualifies the customer for the Flexible Packaging discount, or- when a flexible packaging customer rearranges his/her services, provided at least four (4) of the eligible service are

retained.

(2) Restricted to existing customers at existing locations only. (CP)




1st Revised Sheet No. 5E Cancels Original Sheet No. 5E


Choice PAC - Business (2) (CP)

Choice PAC offers a monthly discount on specific Custom Calling Services.

Choice PAC is available to business single line customers only. When a customer orders three (3) or more of the eligibleservices, a discount applies to all of the eligible services. The discount percentage is applied to the total of the individualservice rates subscribed to by the business. All services ordered by the customer must be billed on the same businessaccount.

Any service may be substituted for another, or additional services may be ordered at a later date. The combination ofservices is not important to qualify for the discount, only the number of services (three).

When a customer subscribes to the quantity of three (or more) of the eligible services, the discount will automaticallyapply to his/her account.

If the customer removes an eligible service (or services) so that the total number is less than three (3), the discountpercentage no longer applies. Instead the billing of those services will revert back to the individual service rate.

The following services are eligible for the discount offering :(1)

Automatic Busy Redial Automatic Call Return Call Block Call Forwarding/Busy/No Answer/Variable Call Forwarding - Variable Call Waiting/Cancel Call Waiting Caller ID-Name and Number Caller ID-Number Distinctive Ring Special Call Acceptance Special Call Forwarding Speed Calling (8-Code) Speed Calling (30-Code) Three-Way Calling VIP Alert

(1) Anonymous Call Block is not included toward the threshold for the discount. However, if the threshold quantity ismet, this service will also be discounted.





1st Revised Sheet No. 5F Original Sheet No 5F


Choice PAC - Business (2) (Continued)

The applicable monthly discount for Choice PAC is thirty percent (30%) off rates in Section 16.

Service charges are NOT applicable, when:- an order is placed which qualifies the customer for the Choice PAC discount, or- when a Choice PAC customer rearranges his/her services, provided at least three (3) of the eligible service are

retained.

(2) Restricted to existing customers only at existing locations. (CP)






Rate Per STANDARD PACKAGE (1) GSEC Month

Standard Package consists of any two services, Call Waiting, Call Forwarding,Speed Call 8 or SpeedCall 30.

Call Waiting and Call Forwarding:Business, per line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TC CW CF B $ 3.00Residence, per line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TC CW CF R 3.00

Call Waiting and Speed Call 8:Business, per line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TC CW SC8 B 3.00Residence, per line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TC CW SC8 R 3.00

Call Waiting and Speed Call 30:Business, per line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TC CW SC30 B 4.00Residence, per line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TC CW SC30 R 4.00

Call Forwarding and Speed Call 8:Business, per line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TC CF SC8 B 3.00Residence, per line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TC CF SC8 R 3.00

Call Forwarding and Speed Call 30:Business, per line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TC CF SC30 B 4.00Residence, per line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TC CF SC30 R 4.00

(1) Restricted to existing customers only.

Issued: Effective:





Rate PerDELUXE PACKAGE (1) GSEC Month

Deluxe Package consists of anythree services, Call Waiting, CallForwarding, Speed Call 8 or SpeedCall 30.

Call Waiting and Call Forwarding,and Speed Call 8:

Business, per line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TC CW CF SC8 B $ 5.00Residence, per line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TC CW CF SC8 R 5.00

Call Waiting, Call Forwarding, andSpeed Call 30:

Business, per line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TC CW CF SC30 B 6.00Residence, per line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TC CW CF SC30 R 6.00

(1) Restricted to existing customers only.

Issued: Effective:


ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION SECTION 16 2nd Revised Sheet No. 7A ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (Cont'd) PSC File Mark Only


Rate Per Calling Plan I (1) (2) (3) GSEC Month Call Waiting, Call Forwarding: Business, per line. SMART BUS $6.00 (CR) Residence, per line SMART RES $4.80 (CR) Calling Plan II (1) (2) (3) Call Waiting, Call Forwarding, Speed Call 8, 3-Way Calling: Business, per line SMARTER BUS 7.20 (CR) Residence, per line SMARTER RES 6.00 (CR) Calling Plan III (1) (2) (3) Call Waiting, Call Forwarding, Speed Call 8, Last Number Redial, Saved Number Redial, 3-Way Calling: Business, per line SMARTEST BUS 8.40 (CR) Residence, per line SMARTEST RES 7.20 (CR) (1) (1) Appropriate service charges from Section 13 apply. (2) (2) All packages include the touch call feature. (3) (3) Restricted to existing customers only at existing locations. Registered Servicemark Issued: June 2, 2008 Effective: June 2, 2008


ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION SECTION 16 2nd Revised Sheet No. 7B ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (Cont'd) PSC File Mark Only


Rate Per Distinctive Ring (1) (2) GSEC Month with a PAK Business, per line (2) $ 3.60 (CR) Residence, per line (2) 3.60 (CR) (1) Applicable Distinctive Ring rate when the customer has a PAK. (2) Restricted to existing customers only at existing locations. Issued: June 2, 2008 Effective: June 2, 2008



2nd Revised Sheet No. 7C Cancels 1st Revised Sheet No. 7C


CUSTOM CALLING LOCAL AREA SIGNALING SERVICE

General

Custom Calling Local Area Signaling Service (CLASS) is a group of Custom Calling Services offered to singleline residential and single line business customers subscribing to one party local exchange service.

The service is subject to available facilities and limited to central offices specifically equipped to provide suchservice. CLASS services are applicable only to calls placed to/from compatible central offices within thecustomer's Signaling System (SS7) calling area offering the service.

Operator assisted calls are designed to override the service calls for emergency purposes.

Coin phones will not be enabled with CLASS services just as they are not enabled with other Custom CallingServices. They will operate with the Custom Calling Local Area Signaling Service system, however, andinteraction with all the services will be permitted.

CLASS will not be offered to customers in conjunction with hunt line service, foreign exchange, Centrex or directinward dial service. CLASS calls received from or placed to these customers may have the capability to interactwith all the services.

Description

Busy Redial *66 is an arrangement which permits the customer to redial automatically the last number dialed. Ifthe called line is found to be busy, a 30-minute queuing process begins. The customer is then given an indicationthat the network will attempt to set up the call when the called line is idle. The network periodically tests thebusy/idle status of the called line until both lines are found idle , the customer cancels the request, or the queuingprocess expires. If both lines are found to be idle, the calling party is alerted with a distinctive ring signifying thatthe call can now be completed. Busy Redial *66 is also available on a usage sensitive basis. The rates and (AT)conditions for Usage Sensitive Busy Redial *66 appear in Section 16, Sheet Nos. 7K and 7L. (AT)

Call Return *69 allows a customer to automatically return the last incoming call whether it is answered or not.Upon activation of the feature, the number of the most recent party who called is dialed automatically. If thecalled line is found to be busy, a 30-minute queuing process begins. The customer is given an indication that thenetwork will attempt to set up the call when the called line is idle. The network periodically tests the busy/idlestatus of both parties until both lines are found idle, the customer cancels the request, or the queuing processexpires. If both lines are found to be idle, the calling party is alerted with a distinctive ring signifying that the callmay now be completed. Call Return *69 is also available on a usage sensitive basis. The rates and conditions for (AT)Usage Sensitive Call Return *69 appear in Section 16, Sheet Nos. 7K and 7L. (AT)

NOTE: CLASS is a registered service mark of Bellcore.



ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION SECTION 16 2nd Revised Sheet No. 7D ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC CUSTOM CALLING LOCAL AREA SIGNALING SERVICE (Cont'd) PSC File Mark Only Description (Cont'd) Call Block allows a customer to block incoming calls from a maximum of 12 telephone numbers. The customer also can block incoming calls placed from the last calling number even if the number is unknown to the customer. Blocked calls are routed to a recorded announcement which specifies that the called party is not accepting calls. Call Trace *67 allows the customer to immediately and automatically trace the last incoming call received from a local service are in which Custom Local Area Signalling Services (CLASS ) features are offered. Upon the customer's request the trace information will be provided to law enforcement agencies by the Company but will not be released directly to the customer. To initiate the call trace, the customer must contact the Company at the number provided in the voice announcement within ten (10) days of the incident. Call Trace *67 performs the function of recording call information, but in no way identifies the person(s) actually placing the call(s). By accepting the Service, customer agrees that CenturyTel shall not be liable for damages due to an inability to trace the call(s). Call Trace *67 will be the only nuisance call tracing service available to residential one party and business one party customers where this CLASS feature is offered. Selective Call Accept *64 allows a customer to select up to 12 customer telephone numbers from which calls are to be received. All other calls are intercepted and routed to a recorded announcement that informs the caller the customer is not accepting calls. Calls from numbers outside the specified exchanges will ring normally. Selective Call Forward *63 is an arrangement which permits a customer to prespecify telephone numbers (maximum of (12) from which incoming calls are to be forwarded. During the period that Selective Call Forward *63 is activated, only calls from the prespecified numbers will be forwarded. Selective Call Rejection*60 permits the customer to select a list of up to twelve (12) directory numbers from (AT) which calls are to be rejected. Calls from all directory numbers on the list route to a rejection announcement. SCR is activated or deactivated by dialing the appropriate codes. Standard call completion will occur if a call originates from a central office that is not equipped for Advanced Calling Service Feature functions. (AT) Special Call Waiting(1) allows a customer to choose up to 12 numbers which can activate Call Waiting. Incoming calls placed from numbers not selected by the customer receive busy signals when the customer's line is busy. Customers may not subscribe to Call Waiting, as shown in Section 16, Sheet No. 2, and Special Call Waiting on the same line. VIP Alert allows a customer to program up to twelve (12) telephone numbers of selected callers enabling the customer to distinguish certain incoming calls from all others by a distinctive ring tone. If a customer also subscribes to Call Waiting, calls from the selected numbers will be distinguished by a special Call Waiting tone. (1) Restricted to existing customers at existing locations. Effective: October 13, 2004


ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION SECTION 16 4th Revised Sheet No. 7E ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (Cont'd) PSC File Mark Only

CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES Rates Nonrecurring Rate Per Charge(1) Month Busy Redial *66, per line (3)

Business $7.20 (CR) Residence 6.00 (CR)

Call Return *69, per line (3)


Call Block, per line


Selective Call Accept *64, per line


Selective Call Forward *63, per line


Selective Call Rejection *60, per line

Business 7.14 (CR) Residence 4.95

Special Call Waiting, per line (2)

Business 6.00 Residence 6.00 (CR)

VIP Alert, per line


(1) Appropriate Service Charges from Section 13 of the General Exchange Tariff apply. (2) Restricted to existing customers at existing locations. (3) Multiple Feature Discounts do not apply to Usage Sensitive Calling Features. Issued: June 2, 2008 Effective: June 2, 2008


ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION SECTION 16 1st Revised Sheet No. 7F ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (Cont'd) PSC File Mark Only


CUSTOM CALLING LOCAL AREA SIGNALING SERVICE (Cont'd) Rates Nonrecurring Rate Per GSEC Charge(1) Month Calling Plan 4400, each line (2)

(Includes Call Waiting, Automatic Busy Redial, Automatic Call Return and Call Block) Residence SMTCALL4400R $10.50 (CR)

Calling Plan 4900, each line (2)

(Includes Call Waiting, Call Forwarding, Speed Call 8, 3-Way Calling, Automatic Busy Redial, Automatic Call Return, VIP Alert and Call Block) Residence SMTCALL4900R 15.90 (CR)

(1) In addition to the appropriate Service Charges from Section 13 of the General Exchange

Tariff. (2) Restricted to existing customers at existing locations. Issued: June 2, 2008 Effective: June 2, 2008



1st Revised Sheet No. 7GCancels Original Sheet No. 7G


CUSTOM CALLING LOCAL AREA SIGNALING SERVICE (Cont'd)

Caller ID - Number Only (1) (CP)(CT)

Caller ID - Number Only is an arrangement which permits a customer with local exchange service, other than foreigncentral office service, to be immediately apprised of the calling telephone number of a call placed to the customer.

At the time the incoming call is placed, the calling telephone number is forwarded from the terminating central office tocustomer provided display equipment associated with the customer's local exchange service. The calling telephonenumber is then delivered to the display device during the first silent interval of ringing.

For calls originating from a line with a multiline hunt group, ordinarily the main telephone number is delivered. Thecalling telephone number is unavailable from calls made through some large PABX systems, from most cellular radiocalls, and currently from interexchange carrier calls. Nor is the calling telephone number made available when incomingcalls have been handled by an operator or charged to credit cards.

Customers subscribing to Caller ID - Number Only will be responsible for the provision of compatible display equipment. (CT) The Telephone Company assumes no liability for any incompatibility of the customer provided display equipment.Telephone numbers transmitted via Caller ID - Number Only are intended solely for the use of the Caller ID - Number (CT)Only subscriber. Resale is prohibited by this tariff. (CT)

Selective Block (Per Call) (CT)

Allows customers, in areas where Caller ID-Number is available, to inhibit the delivery of their telephone number to anidentification device, by activating blocking immediately prior to a call.

Complete Block (Per Line) (CT)

Allows a single line customer to make all calls with the delivery of the calling number identification marked as "private"to the people being called. If the preassigned access code is dialed, the calling number will be delivered on the next callplaced. This option is only available to law enforcement agencies and private domestic violence intervention agencies.

These services are available to only single line business and residence customers, where facilities permit.





1st Revised Sheet No. 7HCancels Original Sheet No. 7H



Caller ID - (CT)

Caller ID - is an arrangement that permits a customer to receive the name, as well as the telephone number, associated (CT)with the calling party for calls placed to the customer. The calling telephone number and name will be forwarded fromthe terminating central office to compatible customer -provided display equipment associated with the customer's LocalExchange Service.

If the calling telephone number and name are not available for forwarding to the called party, a message indicatingunavailability will be forwarded. The calling party can prevent the Caller ID customer from seeing the calling name and (CT)telephone number display by activating Selective Block (Per Call). Complete Block (Per Line) also functions the same as (CT)previously described in this section of the tariff.

Anonymous Call Reject *77 (CT)

Anonymous Call Reject *77 allows customers to automatically reject incoming calls when the call originates from a (CT)telephone number which has invoked a blocking feature that prevents the delivery of their number to the called party.When Anonymous Call Reject *77 is activated on the customer's line and an incoming call marked private is received, the (CT)called party's telephone will not ring. The call will be routed to an announcement and subsequently terminated. Theannouncement informs the calling party that the person he or she is trying to reach will not accept the call as long as thecalling number is not delivered.

A maximum of 15 characters is allowed for transmission of the calling party Directory Name.




1st Revised Sheet No. 7ICancels Original Sheet No. 7I



Call Waiting ID alerts the customer that there is another call by providing a call waiting tone and the display unit orscreen phone will display the number of the calling party. At that time, the customer can decide whether to answer thecall or not.

(a.) Utilization of this feature requires the use of a Call Waiting-ID compatible display unit or screen phone station atthe customer's premises. The installation and maintenance of this customerprovided equipment is the responsibility of the customer.

(b.) The Company assumes no liability, and will be held harmless, for any incompatibility between the customer'sequipment and this service.

(c.) All terms and conditions, including rates, for the other services associated with the line are as described in t heservice-specific sections of this Tariff. Those services must be ordered separately.

(d.) This service is furnished on a where-available basis and is subject to the availability of facilities. The service isonly available to single-line business and residence customers. It is not available to Centrex, DID or CoinTelephone services. It will be available only to certain types of PBX systems depending on the customer'sequipment, as well as the central office limitations.

(e.) To use this service, the customer must not have Cancel Call Waiting activated.

(f.) Customers wishing to have Call Waiting ID must also subscribe to Call Waiting/ Cancel Call Waiting and CallerID-Number or Caller ID-Name and Number.

(g.) The customer must request Call Waitin g ID although there are no additional charges for this service.

(h.) Service charges as specified in Section 13 will apply if the customer orders Call Waiting/Cancel Call Waitingand/or Caller ID Number Only or Caller ID. If the customer already subscribes to both services (Call (CT)Waiting/Cancel Call Waiting and Caller ID- Number Only or Caller ID), no service charges shall apply. (CT)



ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION SECTION 16 2nd Revised Sheet No. 7J ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (Cont'd) PSC File Mark Only


CUSTOM CALLING LOCAL AREA SIGNALING SERVICE (Cont'd) RATES Rate per GSEC/IOSC Month (1) Caller ID - Number Only (4)

Business CALLNUMIDB $ 9.54 (CR) Residence CALLNUMIDR 7.14 (CR)

Selective Block (Per Call) 0.00 Complete Block (Per Line) (2) 47034 0.00 Caller ID -

Business CNNDB 10.74 (CR) Residence CNNDR 8.28 (CR)

Anonymous Call Reject *77 ACRJB 1.20 (CR) ACRJR 1.20 (CR) Call Waiting ID - (per line)(3)

Business 40439 0.00 Residence 40432 0.00

(1) Appropriate Service Charges from Section 13 of the General Exchange Tariff apply. (2) Restricted to law enforcement agencies and private domestic violence intervention

agencies. (3) Customer will also pay existing tariff rates for both Call Waiting and either Caller ID-

Number or Caller ID-Name and Number. (4) Restricted to existing customers at existing locations. Issued: June 2, 2008 Effective: June 2, 2008


ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION SECTION 16 1st Revised Sheet No. 7K ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (Cont'd) PSC File Mark Only


USAGE SENSITIVE CALLING FEATURES Charges for usage sensitive calling features are in addition to any tariffed usage charges associated with the line. If applicable, such usage may include, but is not limited to, toll charges, local measured service charges, exception calling plan rates, etc. Terms and conditions of these charges are covered in tariff sections specific to that particular call type, and are not impacted by the application of a per use charge. Multiple feature discounts do not apply to usage sensitive calling features. RATES Features Minimum Charge Per Activation or Use * Res/Bus Busy Redial *66 $0.95 Call Forwarding $0.95 Call Return *69 $0.95 Call Trace *57 $7.14 (CR) 3-Way Calling $0.95 * Usage sensitive rates for all features except Call Trace *57 will not exceed $7.60

per month. Call Trace *57 will not exceed $29.75. Issued: June 2, 2008 Effective: June 2, 2008



Original Sheet No. 7L


USAGE SENSITIVE CALLING FEATURES (Cont'd)

CONDITIONS

Call Trace *57 -The total monthly charge for each usage sensitive feature except Call Trace *57 will not exceed$7.60. The total monthly rate for Call Trace *57 will not exceed $29.75.

Call Trace *57 permits the customer to initiate an automatic trace of the last completed incoming call immediatelyafter the call is terminated. Call Trace *57 is billed per successful trace invoked by the customer.

If the call originates from a station served by a PBX or multi-line hunt group, only the main number will beidentified by the trace.

If the trace is successful, the Company's equipment will record the incoming call detail. Call detail does notinclude recording the telephone conversation. The Company will not provide any call detail which results from atrace to the customer subscribing to Call Trace *57. The Company will provide the call detail of a successful traceonly to the appropriate law enforcement authorities when the Company receives a proper request.

If a customer wishes that further action be taken regarding a successful trace, the customer is responsible toinitiate contact with the appropriate law enforcement agencies who, in turn, should contact the Company'sbusiness office during normal business hours to obtain the specific records for that customer.

At its option, or upon receipt of a proper request from a law enforcement agency, the Company will set up atemporary tracing arrangement using Manual Call Tracing. This may occur when, in the judgment of theCompany or law enforcement agency, the unwanted call(s) present a serious threat of bodily harm or destructionof property. When the customer is located in an office that is not equipped for Custom Calling Local AreaSignaling Service features or linked to appropriate facilities, Manual Call Tracing may be invoked.

3-Way Calling - The per use charge is applied only when a second call is completed and bridged to the first call.Completed calls include, but are not limited to those calls terminated to telephones, voice messaging systems,answering machines, facsimile machines, modems, etc. Access to the per use capability can be restricted at thecustomer's request at no charge.





REMOTE CALL FORWARDINGGeneral

Remote Call Forwarding (RCF) is a service whereby a call placed from a station (the originating station) to a customer's (the RCF customer) telephone number (the call forwarding location) is automatically forwarded by Telephone Company Central Office equipment to another station designated by the RCF customer (the Terminating station). The RCF customer does not have any premises service associated with the RCF number. Terminating stations must have incoming-call capability.

Regulations

Remote Call Forwarding service is offered subject to availability of suitable facilities and provided no unusual expense is involved.

Remote Call Forwarding service is not offered where the terminating station is a coin telephone.

The Telephone Company will not provide identification of the originating telephone number to the Remote Call Forwarding customer.

Transmission characteristics may vary depending on the distance and routing necessary to complete the remotely forwarded call.

Remote Call Forwarding is not represented as suitable for satisfactory transmission of data.

Remote Call Forwarding is available between the call forwarding location and another station within the same exchange or in another exchange and may be used in conjunction with EAS, Long Distance Telecommunications Service and Interstate or Intrastate Inward WATS lines. The RCF customer is responsible for payment of any charges for calls forwarded from his RCF telephone number. Remote Call Forwarding is programmed in the Telephone Company's central office. The calls will be forwarded to any number the customer specifies.

Remote Call Forwarding is provided on the condition that the customer subscribe to sufficient RCF services and facilities to adequately handle calls to the RCF customer without interfering with or impairing any services offered by the Telephone Company.

Issued: Effective:


CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF SECTION 16 Original Sheet No. 8A


REMOTE CALL FORWARDINGRegulations (Cont'd)

The Remote Call Forwarding terminating telephone or line may not be equipped with the CallForwarding or Remote Call Forwarding feature.

Remote Call Forwarding (RCF) service cannot be used for toll bypass.

RCF service shall not be used in association with Discount or Optional Toll Calling Plans.

Each Remote Call Forwarding service allows for forwarding one call at a given time. Anadditional service is necessary for each additional call to be forwarded simultaneously.

Remote Call Forwarding Service in association with international calling is restricted.

Directory Listings

One listing without charge, covering the exchange in which the call forwarding Central Office is located, is provided. Additional directory listings may be obtained under Tariff rates; see Section 12 of this Tariff.

Issued: Effective:


ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION SECTION 16 1st Revised Sheet No. 9 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (Cont'd) PSC File Mark Only

CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES REMOTE CALL FORWARDING - (Continued) Rates and Charges The following charges are for the Remote Call Forwarding service only and are in addition to applicable charges for service and equipment with which it is used. Nonrecurring Monthly Charge (2)(3) Rate Remote Call Forwarding, first access path (1) -- $21.60 (CR) Additional access paths, each (1) -- 21.60 (CR) Message Charges The message charges applicable to remotely forwarded calls shall be comprised of two separate charges; (1) a charge for that portion of the call from the originating station to the call forwarding location and (2) a charge for that portion of the call from the call forwarding location to the terminating station. The respective charge for each portion shall be as follows:

Between the originating station and call forwarding location. The charge for this portion of a remotely forwarded call shall be the charge specified in this Tariff, or any other applicable Tariff, for the type of call involved.

Between the call forwarding location and the Terminating station. The Remote Call Forwarding

customer is responsible for the applicable customer-dialed station-to-station charges or WATS charges specified in interstate, intrastate/intralata, or intrastate/interlata Long Distance Message Telecommunications Service Tariffs and Wide Area Telecommunications Service Tariffs. The aforementioned charges apply to all calls answered at the terminating station, including person-to-person and collect calls, even though such calls might not be accepted at the answering location.

(1) Minimum charge, 6 months service. (2) The service charge(s) will not apply on outside moves of customer's other service if there is no telephone number change. (3) Applicable line connection and service order charge in Section 13 applies. Issued: June 2, 2008 Effective: June 2, 2008





TEL-TEEN SERVICE (1)

GENERAL

Tel-Teen Service is a flat rate second residential line which includes flat rate local usage, directory listing, and a choice of one of four custom service packages.

The four custom service packages include:

A. Touch Call, Three-Way Calling, Speed Call 8, and Toll ControlB. Touch Call, Call Waiting, Speed Call 8, and Toll ControlC. Touch Call, Three-Way Calling, and Toll ControlD. Touch Call, Call Waiting, and Speed Call 8

Tel-Teen Service will be offered where facilities and operating conditions permit.

In order to subscribe to Tel-Teen Service, there must be primary residential service at the same location and the Tel-Teen Service will be billed to the primary customer. Service may be denied on both lines for nonpayment of bills associated with either line.

Tel-Teen Service may not be converted to a regular residential one-party line for six months after establishment of the service.

Normal toll charges are applicable for Tel-Teen Service without Toll Control. The primary customer will be responsible for all third party and collect calls charged to the Tel-Teen Service which includes Toll Control.

All normal tariff restrictions on provision, availability of service, and liability of the Telephone Company will apply.

Substitutions of other than the offered calling services will not be permitted; however, other calling services are available for use with this service at the rates and charges specified in this tariff.


Issued: Effective:


ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION SECTION 16 1st Revised Sheet No. 11 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE (Cont'd) PSC File Mark Only


TEL-TEEN SERVICE (Continued) (4) RATES Tel-Teen Service is offered at the residential one-party rate (plus the Extended Area Service rate if applicable) for the exchange in which the service is located. Tel-Teen Service includes one of the following custom service packages.

Tel-Teen Service Monthly Custom Service Package GSEC (1) Rate Touch Call, Three-Way Calling, Speed Call 8, Toll Control (2)(3) TEEN TC TWC SC8 TLC $3.50 Touch Call, Call Waiting, Speed Call 8, Toll Control (2)(3) TEEN TC CW SC8 TLC 3.60 (CR) Touch Call, Three-Way Calling, Toll Control (2)(3) TEEN TC TWC TLC 2.40 (CR) Touch Call, Call Waiting, Speed Call 8(2) TEEN TC CW SC8 3.60 (CR) (1) Service Orders must include the GSEC's for the R1 and the Custom Feature Package. (2) Applicable Service Charges in Section 13 apply. (3) The Toll Control Code option is offered at no additional charge in offices where available. (4) Restricted to existing customers at existing locations. Issued: June 2, 2008 Effective: June 2, 2008


PSC File Mark Only


3rd Revised Sheet No. 12 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES

PACKAGED SERVICES

SIMPLE CHOICE™ ONE 1 AND SIMPLE CHOICE™ TWO 1 DESCRIPTION

Simple Choice™ One 1 and Simple Choice™ Two 1 are packages of features available to both residential and business customers. Simple Choice™ One 1 includes the features specified following and a flat rate access line. Simple Choice™ Two 1 includes two flat rate access lines. Customers subscribing to Simple Choice™ One 1 and Simple Choice™ Two 1 are entitled to unlimited use of the service/features specified.

FEATURES Following are the eligible call features. All features may be not be available in all areas: • Caller ID Number Only 1 • 3-Way Calling • Caller ID • Distinctive Ring • Call Waiting • Busy Redial *66 • Cancel Call Waiting • Call Return *69 • Call Waiting ID • Anonymous Call Reject *77 • Call Waiting Disposition • Selective Call Accept *64 • Call Forwarding • Selective Call Forward *63 • Call Forward No Answer • Selective Call Rejection *60 (AT) • Call Forward Busy • Speed Call 8 • Call Forward Busy/No Answer • Speed Call 30 • Selective Call Rejection*60 • Long Distance Alert • Call Forward Remote Access • Subscriber Activated Blocking/PIN • Home Intercom • Call Transfer • Message Waiting Indicator • VIP Alert 1 Grandfathered to existing customers at their present location. Effective: October 13, 2004


PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 16 1st Revised Sheet No. 12.1 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC


PACKAGED SERVICES

SIMPLE CHOICE™ ONE 1 AND SIMPLE CHOICE™ TWO 1 (Continued) (CT) TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. A customer may select an unlimited number of compatible services and features from the Features list. All terms and conditions as specified elsewhere in this tariff shall apply.

2. Nonrecurring charges as specified elsewhere in this tariff do not apply for transactions

involving additions, deletions, or changes to the services/features requested as part of Simple Choice™ One 1 and Simple Choice™ Two 1. However, appropriate nonrecurring (CT) charges do apply for installation of, moves, and changes to the access line.

3. Customers subscribing to the Simple Choice™ Two 1 may select different features for (CT)

each line. All lines must be billed to the same account and located at the same premise. 4. Simple Choice™ One 1 and Simple Choice™ Two 1 features must be activated by the (CT)

customer before they can be used without incurring usage charges. 5. All recurring charges applicable to an access line apply to Simple Choice™ One 1 and (CT)

Simple Choice™ Two 1. Among other things, these can include but are not limited to, (CT) EAS charges, surcharges, subscriber line charges, and taxes.

6. If access line rates for residence and business service, as listed elsewhere in this tariff,

increase, Simple Choice™ One 1 and Simple Choice™ Two 1 rates may also increase (CT) (upon Commission approval).

1 Grandfathered to existing customers at their present location. (CT)



PSC File Mark Only


2nd Revised Sheet No. 13 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC


PACKAGED SERVICES

SIMPLE CHOICE™ ONE 1 AND SIMPLE CHOICE™ TWO 1 (Continued) (CT) RATES (by rate group as defined in Local Rate Schedules Section ) MONTHLY RATES SIMPLE CHOICE™ ONE 1 SIMPLE CHOICE™ TWO 1 (CT) RESIDENCE: Mammoth Spring $24.95 $44.95 All other exchanges $34.95 $64.95 BUSINESS: Mammoth Spring $29.95 $54.95 All exchanges $44.95 $84.95

NONRECURRING

A nonrecurring charge will not apply for installation of the features for Simple Choice™ One 1 and (CT) Simple Choice™ Two 1. Installation, moves, and changes to the access line(s) will incur the (CT) appropriate nonrecurring charges found in Schedule 2.

1 Grandfathered to existing customers at their present location. (CT)






PACKAGED SERVICES

VOICE MAIL COMPLEMENTARY SERVICES PACKAGE (NR)

DESCRIPTION

The Voice Mail Complementary Services Package provides a group of basic network services(generally used in conjunction with voice mail services) at one monthly rate. The package consists ofthe following services (where available):

Call Forward No AnswerCall Forward Busyor, Call Forward Busy/No AnswerMessage Waiting Indication - Audible or Visual

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. All regulations and restrictions that normally apply to the services when they are individuallyprovided also apply when they are provided as part of this package.

2. All services are provided only from central offices that have been arranged to provide theseservices. The services are provided subject to availability of facilities.

3. This package is available only to individual line residence and business customers.

RATES

Monthly RatePer Line

Residence $2.00

Business $3.00

(NR)



PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 16 2nd Revised Sheet No. 15 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC


PACKAGED SERVICES

SIMPLE CHOICE™/BUSINESS ASSIST ADVANTAGE DESCRIPTION

Simple Choice /Business Assist Advantage is a package of features available to both residential and business customers. Simple Choice /Business Assist Advantage includes the features specified following and a flat rate access line with Touch Calling. Customers subscribing to Simple Choice /Business Assist Advantage are entitled to unlimited use of the service/features specified.

FEATURES Following are the eligible call features. All features may be not be available in all areas: • Caller ID Number Only 1 • 3-Way Calling • Caller ID • Distinctive Ring • Call Waiting • Busy Redial *66 • Cancel Call Waiting • Call Return *69 • Call Waiting ID • Anonymous Call Reject *77 • Call Waiting Disposition • Selective Call Accept *64 • Call Forwarding • Selective Call Forward *63 • Call Forward No Answer • Selective Call Rejection *60 (AT) • Call Forward Busy • Speed Call 8 • Call Forward Busy/No Answer • Speed Call 30 • Selective Call Rejection*60 • Long Distance Alert • Call Forward Remote Access • Subscriber Activated Blocking/PIN • Home Intercom • Call Transfer • Message Waiting Indicator • VIP Alert • Privacy Protector (Where Available) • Voice Mail (Where Available) 1 Grandfathered to existing customers at their present location. Effective: October 13, 2004


PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 16 1st Revised Sheet No. 16 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC


PACKAGED SERVICES

SIMPLE CHOICE™/BUSINESS ASSIST ADVANTAGE (CONTINUED) (CT) TERMS AND CONDITIONS 1. A customer may select an unlimited number of compatible services and features from the

Features list. All terms and conditions as specified elsewhere in this tariff shall apply. 2. Nonrecurring charges as specified elsewhere in this tariff do not apply for transactions

involving additions, deletions, or changes to the services/features requested as part of Simple Choice /Business Assist Advantage. However, appropriate nonrecurring (CT) charges do apply for installation of, moves, and changes to the access line.

3. Simple Choice /Business Assist Advantage features must be activated by the customer (CT)

before they can be used without incurring usage charges. 4. All recurring charges applicable to an access line apply to Simple Choice /Business (CT)

Assist Advantage. Among other things, these can include but are not limited to, EAS (CT) charges, surcharges, subscriber line charges, and taxes.

5. If access line rates for residence and business service, as listed elsewhere in this tariff,

increase, Simple Choice /Business Assist Advantage rates may also increase (upon (CT) Commission approval).



PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 16 3rd Revised Sheet No. 17 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC


PACKAGED SERVICES

SIMPLE CHOICE™/BUSINESS ASSIST ADVANTAGE (CONTINUED) RATES (by rate group as defined in Local Rate Schedules Section ) MONTHLY RATES SIMPLE CHOICE™ BUSINESS ASSIST RESIDENCE: ADVANTAGE RESIDENCE: Mammoth Spring $27.95 --- All other exchanges $39.95 --- (CR) BUSINESS: Mammoth Spring --- $37.95 (CR) Rate Group 1 --- $56.95 (CR) Rate Group 2 --- $55.95 NONRECURRING

A nonrecurring charge will not apply for installation of the features for Simple Choice™/Business Assist Advantage. Installation, moves, and changes to the access line(s) will incur the appropriate nonrecurring charges found in Schedule 2.


Effective: August 27, 2008

PSC File Mark Only



PACKAGED SERVICES

SELECT PAK/BUSINESS ASSIST SELECT 1 (CT) 4.1 CONDITIONS

Select Pak/Business Assist Select consists of the following features only. Charges for other services offered by CenturyTel, such as an access lines, are in addition to this package rate. Customers who subscribe to Select Pak/Business Assist Select may choose any or all of the following services (where available): Caller ID Call Waiting Call Waiting ID Call Forwarding 3-Way Calling

4.2 RATES Select Pak Business Assist Per Line Select

Monthly Rate Residence $14.95 --- Monthly Rate Business --- $14.95

1 Grandfathered to existing customers at their present location. (AT)


Effective: February 1, 2008

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION SECTION 16 1st Revised Sheet No. 19 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES (Cont'd) PSC File Mark Only


PACKAGED SERVICES

CALLER ID EXTRA

The Company will offer a feature plan to residential customers who subscribe to Caller ID, Call Waiting, Call Waiting ID and Call Forwarding for a package price of $10.95 per month. In addition, all applicable nonrecurring charges will be waived.

CALLER ID PLUS

The Company will offer a feature plan to residential customers who subscribe to Caller ID, Call Waiting and Call Waiting ID, where available, for a package price of $10.74 per month. In addition, all (CR) applicable nonrecurring charges will be waived.

Issued: June 2, 2008 Effective: June 2, 2008


PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 16 Original Sheet No. 20 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC


PACKAGED SERVICES

7. PREPAID LOCAL TELEPHONE SERVICE (PLTS) (AT)

7.1. Description

Prepaid Local Telephone Service (PLTS) is a residential payment plan where the customer agrees to pay for service one month in advance. Upon establishment of the PLTS plan, the customer will be billed for one month service. The Company will require payment of these charges prior to establishment of service. Thereafter, the customer will be required to pay one month's service on a monthly basis. Once payment for service is received, one month’s service will be provisioned and is non-refundable if the customer cancels service prior to the end of the month. No deposits or non-recurring charges apply.

7.2. PLTS is configured as follows:

7.2.1. Voice grade residential flat rate line, or local measured service line, if available. 7.2.2. All mandatory services, including extended area service, expanded local calling, etc. (all

tariffed charges applicable). 7.2.3. Tone Dialing (Tariffed tone dialing/touch tone charges are applicable). 7.2.4. Ability to dial 911. 7.2.5. Ability to report service problems seven days a week. 7.2.6. Ability to dial CenturyTel Customer Service. 7.2.7. Primary directory listing (nonpublished/nonlisted available at tariffed charges). 7.2.8. Access to Directory Assistance. 7.2.9. Toll blocking/usage sensitive services blocking (tariff charges applicable). 7.2.10. Call Waiting, Caller ID, and Call Forwarding included.

7.3. Customers who are unable to pay the required charges to maintain their present service may activate

a PLTS plan, but may be required to agree to a repayment plan for their current charges. 7.4. New customers who do not qualify for service due to a poor credit history may subscribe to PLTS. 7.5. The monthly rate for PLTS shall be in addition to any surcharges and fees established or authorized

by a government entity, including but not limited to 911, subscriber line charge, sales tax and municipal fees. (AT)

Effective: May 15, 2008

PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 16 Original Sheet No. 21 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC


PACKAGED SERVICES

7. PREPAID LOCAL TELEPHONE SERVICE (PLTS) (Continued) (AT)

7.6. Subscribers to PLTS are required to have mandatory toll blocking and usage sensitive blocking placed on their telephone line. It is the customer's responsibility to not make or receive calls, except for Directory Assistance, for which additional charges are billed to the customer's telephone number. After the first three directory assistance calls, tariffed rates for directory assistance will apply.

7.7. The Company may disconnect PLTS service with notice, for any of the following reasons:

7.7.1. Failure to make monthly payments to maintain the PLTS balance.

7.7.2. Use of the service in a manner that interferes with the service of others.

7.7.3. If the customer accrues new billable charges for toll or other service on their telephone bill.

7.8. The Company may disconnect PLTS service without notice for any of the following reasons:

7.8.1. Where a known dangerous condition exists. 7.8.2. Where service is connected without authority by a person who has not applied for the

service, or who has reconnected service without authority following termination of service.

7.9. If the PLTS customer is disconnected due to failure to comply with any terms of PLTS, they will no longer be eligible for PLTS. The customer can return to basic local telephone service if they meet the requirements for service, including payment of outstanding essential charges if applicable and payment of a deposit if their credit history is such that a deposit would normally be required.

7.10 RATES Residential Monthly Rate $39.95 (AT) Effective: May 15, 2008

PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 16 Original Sheet No. 22 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES

PACKAGED SERVICES 8. BUSINESS UNLIMITED (AT) A. DESCRIPTION

Business Unlimited is a package of features available to business customers. The Business Unlimited bundle includes one line of Unlimited Local & Long Distance Calling and choice of calling features.

B. TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Business customers with 1-10 lines will be eligible for discounted unlimited calling services. Additional lines of Unlimited Local and Long Distance calling, up to a maximum of ten (10) lines, may be added plus all other applicable monthly service charges. For Customers with 4-10 lines, a 12 month minimum service commitment is required. An early termination fee of $500 will be applied if the service is canceled before the 12 month minimum service commitment period has expired. Unlimited Local Calling does not apply to metered/measured line services, PBX, Key, or Centrex accounts. Toll and EAS services are not included in Local Calling plan. Unlimited Long Distance does not apply to metered/measured line services, PBX, Key, or Centrex accounts. Unlimited Long Distance services are provided by CenturyTel Long Distance, LLC. To receive Unlimited Long Distance plan rates, customer must choose CenturyTel Long Distance, LLC as their IntraLATA and InterLATA toll carrier. The Unlimited Calling plan is for typical domestic voice usage only, and cannot be used for any purpose inconsistent with typical domestic voice usage. If usage under this plan is not consistent with typical domestic voice usage, as determined in CenturyTel’s sole discretion, CenturyTel reserves the right to move customer to an alternative plan or may suspend, restrict or cancel customer’s service. Further, calls that do not fall within the Unlimited Long Distance plan include but are not limited to fax and data calls (billed at 10 cents per minute; includes calls to long distance dial-up Internet providers), calls to 900 numbers, directory assistance, calling card, operator services, international calling, toll free calling services, commercial facsimile, auto-dialing, resale, call centers and direct telemarketing centers. Additional costs apply for operator services, international calls, directory assistance, calling card rates and payphone surcharges. Long distance plan rates apply to direct dialed U.S. calls including Alaska, U.S. Puerto Rico, Guam and U.S.V.I. (AT)

Effective: November 7, 2008

PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 16 Original Sheet No. 23 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES

PACKAGED SERVICES 8. BUSINESS UNLIMITED (Cont’d) (AT) D. RATES Monthly Charge Monthly Charge for primary for each additional EXCHANGE Access Line Access Line

JACKSONVILLE $69.95 $40.00 ALL OTHER EXCHANGES $69.95 $50.00 (AT)



Section No. 16 Original Sheet No. 24 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC dba CenturyLink (T) CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES

PSC File Mark Only

PACKAGED SERVICES

9. PURE BROADBAND BUNDLE (N) 9.1. DESCRIPTION

Pure Broadband Bundle includes flat rate Residence or Business Individual Line Local Exchange Service and features as specified, and requires subscription to the Company’s High Speed Internet (1.5 Mbps or greater).

9.2. FEATURES Outbound Call Block Feature Non-Published Service Billed Number Screening (Optional) 9.3. TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Pure Broadband Bundle is available to residential and business customers in all exchanges within the

Company where technically feasible, subject to availability of facilities. This bundle is only available with One-Party Local Exchange Service. Lines equipped with Pure

Broadband Bundle will not have a directory listing and will not be included in the Company’s directory assistance records. Extended Area Service (EAS) charges do not apply.

The bundle rate will include the Subscriber Line Charge, Telecommunications Relay Service (TRS)

Charge, E911 Charge and Local Number Portability (LNP) Charge.

Service Charges or nonrecurring charges do not apply. 9.4. RATES Residence Business Mammoth Springs, per month $14.36 ** 20.86 ** All other exchanges, per month $26.66 ** 45.95 **

**Rates applicable for non-regulated High Speed Internet also apply. (N)




PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 16 Original Sheet No. 25 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC dba CenturyLink (T) CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES

PACKAGED SERVICES 10. CORE CONNECT A. Description 1. CORE CONNECT is an optional enrollment plan that permits business customers who subscribe

to qualifying products and services to receive Local Exchange Service and additional features and services for a flat monthly rate. CORE CONNECT is available under month to month, one-year, two-year or three-year term plans.

2. CORE CONNECT customers must subscribe to a qualifying long distance plan and to the

Company’s non-regulated High-speed Internet (HSI) service. 3. CORE CONNECT includes the following services and features:

• Business Flat Rate One-Party or Key Line Service

• Hunting (optional)

• Choice of the following features and services:

Caller ID with Name Call Forwarding Call Forward Busy Call Forward No Answer Call Forward Remote Access Call Waiting/Cancel Call Waiting Call Waiting ID Three-Way Calling Call Transfer Call Return Distinctive Ring Busy Redial Message Waiting Indicator Voicemail (1)

(1) Deregulated service. Issued: December 7, 2011 Effective: December 16, 2011



PSC File Mark Only


PACKAGED SERVICES 10. CORE CONNECT B. Regulations 1. CORE CONNECT customers must subscribe to the CenturyTel Long Distance, LLC Business

Unlimited long distance plan for each CORE CONNECT line or trunk subscribed.

Customers must also subscribe to the Company’s non-regulated 1.5 Mbps or greater High-speed Internet at each CORE CONNECT location. In locations where 1.5 Mbps is not available, customers may alternatively subscribe to the Company’s non-regulated 768 Kbps HSI. These qualifying services must be billed on the same invoice as CORE CONNECT, but may be provisioned on access lines or trunks other than CORE CONNECT.

2. Customers may subscribe to a maximum of ten (10) CORE CONNECT business lines at each customer location.

3. There is no minimum service period for CORE CONNECT. Customers who discontinue services

within thirty days after establishment of service will be charged only for the number of days CORE CONNECT was in service.

4. CORE CONNECT lines cannot terminate into a PBX or other line trunking device except as

otherwise indicated herein. 5. Components of CORE CONNECT will be converted to ala carte rates for the remaining services if

customers remove any of the qualifying services. 6. All terms and conditions specified elsewhere for the respective services/features requested as part

of this plan shall apply.

7. Services selected as part of this plan can only be provided where technically available and compatible with other services the customer may choose to order.

8. CORE CONNECT cannot be combined with any other discounts unless otherwise specified. 9. This plan is not available to customers who are or become toll restricted. Service Charges will not

apply for those existing lines converted, in-place, to business exchange service due to company-initiated toll restrictions. Such customers will not be permitted to re-enroll in this plan until such time as all associated unpaid balances are satisfactorily paid in full.




PSC File Mark Only


PACKAGED SERVICES 10. CORE CONNECT C. Term Discount Plan 1. A Term Discount Plan (TDP) provides customers with discounts when the customer subscribes to

CORE CONNECT under a one, two or three-year term agreement. 2. Any CORE CONNECT line(s) added subsequent to establishment of a TDP must be added under a

separate TDP commitment period. 3. The rates and discounts in effect when customers subscribe to CORE CONNECT under a TDP

will apply until expiration of that TDP. CORE CONNECT lines that are subsequently added under a separate TDP will receive the tariffed rates and discounts in effect when those lines are added.

4. Upon expiration of a TDP, the TDP discounts specified in 10.E. following will expire, and the

customer will be charged at the then prevailing monthly rate. If the customer renews the TDP or signs up for a new TDP, the tariffed rates and discounts then in effect will apply for the new or renewed TDP.

5. If the Company terminates service for cause or if the customer discontinues the service in whole or

in part without cause prior to the expiration date, no termination liability charges will apply for the regulated portion(s) of CORE CONNECT. However, if customers remove any of the qualifying services prior to the TDP expiration date, the remaining components of CORE CONNECT will be converted to ala carte rates and the TDP discount will not apply.




PSC File Mark Only


PACKAGED SERVICES 10. CORE CONNECT D. Rates and Charges 1. The monthly rates include the Local Exchange Service, flat rate EAS, and features only. These

rates do not include the monthly charges for the qualifying long distance plan or HSI.

2. Service Charges, as described in Section 13 apply for new and additional CORE CONNECT lines, and moves of existing lines. Service Charges may be waived for customers who move services from another telecommunications service provider to CORE CONNECT under a one, two or three-year TDP.

3. Service Charges do not apply when CORE CONNECT replaces existing Local Exchange Service.

Service Charges do apply when Customers request a change from CORE CONNECT back to Local Exchange Service.

4. The following rates apply in addition to the monthly rates applicable for companion long distance

and HSI services.

Monthly Rate (1) “A” Exchanges

“B” Exchanges

“C” Exchanges

Initial bundle, per location

$80.00

$70.00

$60.00

2nd through 10th bundle (each), per location

50.00

40.00

30.00

E. TDP Discounts The following discounts will apply to the monthly rates specified in 10.D.4. preceding for each CORE

CONNECT bundle under a TDP.

Commitment Period

Monthly Discount, per bundle

Initial bundle 2nd through 10th bundle (each)

One-Year Term Plan No discount $ 5.00 Two-Year Term Plan No discount 7.50 Three-Year Term Plan No discount 10.00

(1) See A.6. following for listing of “A”, “B”, and “C” Exchanges. Issued: December 7, 2011 Effective: December 16, 2011



PSC File Mark Only


PACKAGED SERVICES 10. CORE CONNECT F. “A”, “B”, and “C” Exchange Classifications

“A” Exchanges

Augusta Delaplaine Judsonia Prescott Almyra Des Arc Jesup Roe-ULM Biggers-Reyno De Valls Bluff Kensett Rosston-WTRLO Blevins De Witt Knobl-McDouglas St. Charles Blooming Grove England Leonard Stuggart Bradford Griffithville Mammoth Springs Success Carlisle Gillett Marmaduke Taylor Carryville Hazan Maynard Wheatley Coy-Humnoke Hickory Plans McCrory Corning Humphrey McRae Cotton Plant Imboden Pollard

“B” Exchanges

Marvell Rector Waldo

“C” Exchanges

Cabot Jacksonville Little Rock AFB Pocahontas Piggott





AUTOMATIC ANSWERING AND RECORDING SERVICE

Sheet No.

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





GENERAL

Automatic answering and recording service is a service which provides for the automatic answering of telephones, the transmission of a prepared message to the calling party and may also provide for the automatic recording of a message from the calling party.

Automatic answering and recording service is available for use with all exchange and private branch exchange stations, except Public Telephone Service, where full selective ringing is employed. The service is intended for use on one-party service only.

The automatic answering and recording equipment automatically disconnects the called telephone after the completion of the period provided by the equipment for recording incoming messages.

Since the customer and calling parties have exclusive control over the quality and characteristics of speech used in the messages recorded, the Telephone Company has no liability for the quality of, or defects in, the recording of such messages.

The customer indemnifies and saves the Telephone Company harmless against all claims arising from the material transmitted over facilities furnished hereunder, including claims for libel, slander, fraudulent or misleading advertisements, infringement of copyright, or any other claims, and against all claims arising out of any act or omission of the customer or of the calling party in connection with facilities provided by the Telephone Company.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





RESTRICTIONS

This service will not be permitted in locations where in the judgement of the Telephone Company service will be impaired to the general public as provided in the General Rules and Regulations section of this Tariff.

Where Automatic Announcement Services are associated with local exchange telephone services, indentities of customers and their addresses will be furnished to all persons requesting such information, provided that the inquiring parties specifically identify the telephone numbers for which customers' names and addresses are desired.

A distinctive recorder tone that is repeated at intervals of approximately fifteen seconds when the recorder equipment is in use is required for recording of two-way conversation. Such distinctive tone need not be produced when the recording of the conversation is preceded by verbal or written consent of all parties to the telephone conversation, or when the recording equipment is used as follows:

With private line service which has no connection or means of connection with the exchange line facilities;

When the recording equipment is used by a Federal Communications Commission licensed broadcast station customer for the recording of two-way telephone conversations solely for broadcast over the air. (Filed in compliance with Memorandum Opinion and Order of Federal Communications Commission adopted December 13, 1972

In lieu of the requirement for a connecting arrangement set forth above, customer-provided recording equipment may be directly connected with local exchange service in compliance with the Federal Communication's Memorandum Opinion and Order released April 18, 1976, in Docket 19528 and Order of the United States Court of Appeals of the Fourth Circuit, in Case Number 76-1002, et al, entered June 16, 1976.

Automatic Answering and Recording Service shall not be used for the transmission of prerecorded announcements concerning weather, time, temperature, or other information of a general public interest. Such service will be provided by utilizing the equipment specified as to type and capacity in the Announcement Systems Section of this tariff.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




SECRETARIAL ANSWERING BUREAU SERVICE(Telephone Answering Bureaus)

Sheet No.

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




SECRETARIAL ANSWERING BUREAU SERVICE (TELEPHONE ANSWERING BUREAUS)

GENERAL

Equipment and facilities for telephone secretarial answering service are furnished to permit the answering at one location of incoming calls on the central office lines of patrons receiving secretarial answering service by means of switching equipment and secretarial lines connecting the central office lines to the secretarial equipment. The customer will furnish customer-owned secretarial answering equipment in compliance with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and Regulations.

All equipment operating at the patron's premises by the patron to the secretarial answering service and the customer furnishing secretarial answering service is performed at the expense of the customers and must conform to whatever rules and regulations the Telephone Company may consider necessary to maintain proper standards of service.

The customer furnishing the secretarial answering service shall contract with the Telephone Company for the secretarial central office lines. The patron receiving secretarial answering service shall contract with the Telephone Company for the facilities which may be required to furnish service.

Secretarial equipment may be arranged for the interconnection of lines terminated therein. The bridging arrangement shall not be used in connection with foreign exchange lines, WATS or on lines which are extended to other attendants' positions. Calls may be extended beyond the Bureau's local service calling area over the Long Distance Telecommunications Network only. The Telephone Company reserves the right to disconnect all service to any telephone answering bureau which fails to comply with this regulation.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





GENERAL (Continued)

In accordance with the provisions of the General Rules and Regulations section of this General Exchange Tariff dealing with use of service, residence service extended to or terminated at answering bureau locations will be reviewed to insure that the use of such service is not for business purposes. Otherwise, the customer (patron) will be required to contract for business individual line service.

The patron's telephone or private branch exchange switching equipment must be so located that transmission will be satisfactory for exchange and toll service from the secretarial equipment via the secretarial line.

Firms offering secretarial service are required to have business service listed in their own names.

Tie line mileage charges for the tie line trunks apply.

Service Arrangements for Answering Bureau Patrons

Except for the Alternate Call-Number Listing provisions, the following arrangements are provided only to individual line customers (patrons) who desire to have their incoming calls answered by a secretarial answering bureau.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





GENERAL (Continued)

Secretarial Line

An extension of a main service to a secretarial answering bureau location where it is terminated in the equipment at the bureau. Secretarial line mileage is measured airline from the patron's location to the bureau location.

Exchange Access Arrangement

An arrangement whereby a patron's exchange access arrangement service is terminated at a secretarial answering bureau location.

Alternate Call-Number Listing

A directory listing instructing calling parties to call the regular business service number of the secretarial answering bureau when the customer's (patron's) telephone does not answer.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE AND FOREIGN SWITCHING OFFICE SERVICE

Sheet No.

Foreign Exchange ServiceGeneral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A

Foreign Switching Office ServiceGeneral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE AND FOREIGN SWITCHING OFFICE SERVICEGENERAL

Foreign exchange service is exchange service furnished from a switching office of an exchange other than that normally serving the area in which the customer is located. The foreign exchange is the exchange from which foreign exchange service is furnished. The normal exchange is the exchange normally serving the area in which the customer is located.

Foreign exchange service between exchanges located wholly within the state of Arkansas and exchanges intersected by the state line will be considered as intrastate services.

Foreign exchange service is not in accord with the general plan of furnishing telephone service and will be furnished only under special conditions where the service is warranted by the circumstances involved. The Telephone Company does not obligate itself to furnish this service, particularly where it involves undue expense or impairment of the service furnished to the general public.

Foreign exchange service will not be used to extend Automatic Inward and Outward Dialing (AIOD), Direct Inward and Outward Dialing (DIOD), or any other special central office features from one exchange to another (custom calling features excepted). Any of these services now being provided via FX arrangements are grandfathered (effective with the date of this tariff sheet) and restricted to "Existing Customers Only".

REGULATIONS

Foreign exchange service is furnished only on an individual line or access trunk basis.

When foreign exchange service is furnished by means of a central office trunk line, connections to the central office trunk at the switched system switchboard are restricted to the stations connected with and in the immediate vicinity of the switched system switchboard.

This service may be used to supplement regular customer's residence or business service and may be installed in a residence for the use of the customer, his immediate family, employees or representatives of the customer's business.

If transmission and signalling conditions will permit, extension stations within the local exchange area may be connected to foreign exchange circuits at the extension station rate applicable in the local exchange area.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





REGULATIONS (Continued)

Should the foreign exchange be operated by another telephone company, foreign exchange service will be provided after satisfactory arrangements are made with the connecting company to provide its portion of the circuit.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


PSC File Mark Only


1st Revised Sheet No. 2A ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC

FOREIGN CENTRAL OFFICE AND FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE

REGULATIONS (Continued) Channels are furnished subject to the condition that additional costs to the Telephone Company may be necessary to provide a type of signalling suitable for operation with the exchange from which service is furnished or to provide, at the customer's request, a type of signalling other than the type the Telephone Company would elect to furnish. In such cases, additional charges based upon the costs incurred shall apply. RATES Where CenturyTel is providing the open end of Foreign Exchange Service, it will be provided at the rates in Section 17 of the National Exchange Carrier Association Tariff F.C.C. No. 5, Access Services for: (C) * End Office Local Switching (1) (C) * Information Surcharge (1) In addition, the following basic elements from Section 17 of the National Exchange Carrier Association (C) Tariff F.C.C. No. 5, Access Services are applicable to each Foreign Exchange Service: (C) * Voice Grade Channel Termination (2 or 4 wire - per termination) (C) * Voice Grade Channel Mileage Termination (per termination) (C) * Voice Grade Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) (C) Where CenturyTel is providing the closed end of Foreign Exchange Service, it will be provided at the rate in Section 17 of the National Exchange Carrier Association Tariff F.C.C. No. 5, Access Services for: (C) * Voice Grade Channel Termination Two-Wire Special Access Line (1) (C) (1) Revenues associated with these elements will be considered as local revenue. Issued: October 15, 2003 Effective: October 22, 2003

By: Jeffrey Glover, Vice President External Relations PO Box 4065

Monroe, Louisiana 71211



FOREIGN SWITCHING OFFICE AND FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICES

FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE (Continued)

RATES (Continued)

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




FOREIGN SWITCHING OFFICE AND FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICES

FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE (Continued)

When four-wire channel-terminal equipment is required, the following rates and charges will apply:

Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Date

Four-wire channel terminal equipment . . . . . . . . . . 4WCHN TERM 1656 $ 10.00 $ 50.00

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





FOREIGN SWITCHING OFFICE SERVICE

General

Foreign switching office service is exchange service furnished from one switching office of a multioffice exchange to a customer located in the serving area of another switching office of that same multioffice exchange.

When facilities are available and service conditions will permit, the Telephone Company may furnish foreign switching office service subject to the following regulations.

Regulations

Foreign switching office service is furnished only on an individual line or switched system trunk basis.

If transmission and signalling conditions permit, extension stations within the local exchange area may be connected to an individual line at the applicable extension station rate in the local exchange area.

In the event that modifications of a switched system or switchboard are required to terminate a foreign trunk, the customer may be required to pay an additional charge (nonrecurring) based upon the cost involved.

Use of service, as defined in the "General Rules and Regulations" section of this General Exchange Tariff, also applies to the use of foreign switching office service.

If facilities are not available and unusual expenditures are involved in making them available, the customer may be required to pay an additional charge to cover the unusual expenditures or to contract for service beyond the initial period, or both.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





FOREIGN SWITCHING OFFICE SERVICE (Continued)

Rates

The regular monthly rate for individual line main station service or switched system trunk line, applicable within the base rate area of the multioffice exchange:

Foreign switching office mileage charges, based upon the airline distance between the foreign switching office and the switching office normally serving the area in which the customer is located, apply to each individual line or switched system as follows:

If the customer is located outside the base rate area of the exchange from which he normally would be served, excess mileage charges will apply.

Rate Per GSEC Month

First 1/4 mile or fraction thereof... . . . . . . . . . . . . FCO MI $ 2.00Each additional 1/4 mile or fraction thereof...... . . . . . ADD FCO MI 1.00

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




INTRAEXCHANGE PRIVATE LINE SERVICES AND CHANNELS

Sheet No.

Application of Tariff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Channels for Data Purposes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Channels for Miscellaneous Purposes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Description of Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Four Wire Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Full Period Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Mileage Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 4Rates

Channels for Remote Operation of Mobile Radio Systems . . . . . . . . . . . 8Dedicated Cable Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6A

Full Period ServiceCommon Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Magneto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

High Capacity DS1 (1.544 Mbps) Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Intraexchange Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Recorded Music and Speech Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Special Broadcast Exchange Access Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8AStation Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Telemetering or Signaling Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Digital Data and Network Service (Mammoth Spring only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:






Intraexchange services contained in this section are exceptions to the National ExchangeCarrier Association Tariff, F.C.C. No. 5.

REGULATIONS

The regulations contained in this section are in addition to the General Rules and Regulations, Section 5 of this tariff.

Full Period Service

For each multipoint channel, the total mileage is the sum of the direct airline distances to the nearest building served at each premise to its serving office, plus the shortest combination of airline distances between the serving central offices. The rates apply to the total mileage so obtained. When an off-premises channel terminates in more than one building on the same premise, the on-premise rates apply.

Channels for Miscellaneous Purposes

In addition to the regulations and definitions as set forth in this Tariff, the following regulations apply to channels for remote metering, supervisory control, telewriting, and miscellaneous signaling purposes.

Channels for Data Purposes

See Arkansas Private Line Tariff.

Mileage Measurement

When the channel is totally within a central office location the measurement is "point to point."

Channels from a customer location in one central office to a customer location in another central office are measured from customer location "A" to central office "A," from central office "A" to central office "B," and from central office "B" to the customer locaton "B."

Four Wire Channel

When a channel is four wire the rate included in this section is doubled. ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





TELEMETERING OR SIGNALLING CIRCUITS

Channels are furnished on a seven-day week, twenty-four hour per day basis only.

Channels furnished under this section of the General Exchange Tariff may not be connected with facilities furnished for exchange or message toll telephone service or facilities furnished for any other classification of private line service or channels.

Station equipment and station wiring for remote metering supervisory control and miscellaneous signalling purposes, other than equipment necessary for the suitable termination of the channel on the customer's premises, shall be provided by the customer, except that the Telephone Company, upon request, will provide signalling and selecting arrangements for Grade III channels.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





REGULATIONS

Description of Channels

The following types of channels are furnished between specified locations for such purposes as to indicate the readings of meters at other locations, to operate switches which in turn perform some desired operation, to transmit and receive longhand written material, or to operate signals:

Grade I - Low frequency channels suitable for the transmission of direct current mark-space signal pulses at a constant level up to a rate of 30 baud. These channels are not suitable for the transmission of alternating current tones and are not provided with line battery.

Grade II - Unconditioned channels having transmission characteristics similar to those channels furnished for 60-speed (45 baud), 75-speed (55 baud) and 100-speed (75 baud) private line teletypewriter services. These channels are capable of transmitting direct current mark-space signals and are not suitable for the transmission of alternating current tones. These channels are equipped with line battery.

Grade III - Channels having transmission characteristics similar to those channels furnished for private line telephone service. These channels are not suitable for the transmission of direct current mark-space signal pulses. (These channels are suitable for telewriting purposes.)

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:






Description of Channels (Continued)

The channels specified in Grade I, Grade II, and Grade III above are furnished for half-duplex or duplex service.

Channels furnished under this section may be used by the customer, in accordance with the normal transmission characteristics of such channels, for remote meter-ing, supervisory control, and miscellaneous signaling purposes only.

Station Equipment

Station equipment other than any equipment necessary for the suitable termination of the channel on the customer's premises, shall be provided by thecustomer.

Mileage Measurement

Two-Point Channels:

For each two-point channel, mileage is the direct airline distance between points.

Multipoint Channels:

For each multipoint channel between buildings on different premises, the total applicable mileage is the sum of the direct airline distance from each building to the serving central office.

For multiple channels between buildings on the same premises, the total applicable per channel mileage is the shortest combination of airline distances between buildings.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





FULL PERIOD SERVICE

Nonrecurring Rate PerRates GSEC Charge Month

Common Battery Service (with Central Office Battery on paired circuit)

Between buildings including one point of termination at each end:

On different premises airline, 0-3/4 mile per channel.................... MI CB DB/DP $7.50 $ 13.50

Each additional 1/4 mile or fractionthereof............................ PLLCHL MI/4 - 4.50

Between buildings on same premises, airline 0-1200 feet per channel MI CB DB/SP 7.50 4.60

Each additional 300 feet or fractionthereof............................ PL CHL-DB - 1.15

Within the same building, including two points of termination each..... MI CB SB - 2.25

Additional points in the same building, each............................... MI ADDNL CB SB 3.75 1.15

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





FULL PERIOD SERVICE (Continued

Nonrecurring Rate Per

Rates GSEC Charge Month

Magneto Service (Paired Circuit withoutCentral Office Battery)

Between buildings including one point oftermination at each end:

On different premises, airline, 0-3/4 mile per channel................. MI MG DB/DP $7.50 $6.75Each additional 1/4 mile or fractionthereof................................ MI ADDNL MG DB/DP - 2.25

Between buildings on same premises, airline 0-1200 feet per channel........ MI MG DB/SP 7.50 2.40Each additional 300 feet or fractionthereof................................ MI ADDNL MG DB/SP - .60

Within the same building, including two points of termination each............. MI MG SB 7.50 2.25

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





Nonrecurring Rate Per

DEDICATED CABLE FACILITIES GSEC Charge Month

Facilities constructed at therequest of the customer forthe purpose of having adequatefacilities for the customersspecific and exclusive use: 50 pair facility, per 1/4 mile..... PR FAC 50 (1) $100.00100 pair facility, per 1/4 mile..... PR FAC 100 (1) 130.00200 pair facility, per 1/4 mile..... PR FAC 200 (1) 200.00

(1) Applicable Service Charge in Section 13 for each channel when bridged in the Central Office. When channel is connected at the Central Office, no additional monthly rate applies for the channel. ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





CHANNELS FOR MISCELLANEOUS PURPOSES

Rates

Intaexchange Service

Nonrecurring Rate PerGrade I (1)(2) GSEC Charge Month

Simplex, per channel: 0-4/4 mile........................ MI G $7.50 $9.00Each additional 1/4 mile or fractionthereof........................... MI ADDNL G1 - 2.65

Duplex: 0-2/4 mile........................ MI GI DX 7.50 6.80Each additional 1/4 mile or fractionthereof........................... MI ADDNL G1 DX - 3.40

Grade II (1)(2)

Simplex: 0-4/4 mile........................ MI G2 7.25 9.00Each additional 1/4 mile or fractionthereof........................... MI ADDNL G2 - 2.25

Duplex: 0-2/4 mile........................ MI G2 DX - 6.80Each additional 1/4 mile or fractionthereof........................... MI ADDNL G2 DX - 3.40

Grade III (1)(2)

Simplex: 0-3/4 mile........................ MI G3 7.50 6.75Each additional 1/4 mile or fractionthereof........................... MI ADDNL G3 - 2.25

(1) Multipoint channels will be priced out in the foregoing rates by totaling the direct airline distances from each building to its serving central office, plus the shortest combination of airline distances between the serving central offices, fractional 1/4 mile being treated as full 1/4 mile for each two-point segment of distance. (2) Additional Points of Termination in Buildings, per point of Termination are at rates as specified for Full Period (Common Battery) Service. (3) Service Order and Trip Charge also applies. ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


PSC File Mark Only




RECORDED MUSIC AND SPEECH CHANNEL Nonrecurring Rate Per Local Channels Charge Month (T) Channel from music station to music customer: 0-3/4 mile $7.50 $6.75 (T) Each additional 1/4 mile or fraction thereof, airline - 2.25 (T) Channel from bridging amplifier to music customer per 1/4 mile or fraction thereof 7.50 2.25 (T) Equilizing charge, per channel Bridging amplifier installed in central office 15.00 - To accommodate 50 terminals 7.50 70.50 (T) To accommodate 100 terminals 7.50 70.50 (T) To accommodate 150 terminals 7.50 79.75 (T) CHANNELS FOR REMOTE OPERATION OF MOBILE RADIO SYSTEMS (Existing Customers Only) Local Remote Channel, Off -Premise, per 1/4 mile or fraction thereof 7.50 2.50 (T) Local Remote Channel, same premise, per 1/4 mile or fraction thereof 7.50 2.25 (T) HIGH CAPACITY DS-1 (1.544 Mbps) FACILITIES This service may be obtained from the National Exchange Carrier Association Tarif f F.C.C. No. 5, (C) Access Services. (C) Issued: October 15, 2003 Effective: October 22, 2003






SPECIAL BROADCAST EXCHANGE ACCESS SERVICE

GENERAL

Special Broadcast Exchange Access Service is a special local exchange service terminated in jacks used with Telephone Company-provided portable 85B Telephone and Voice Coupler for radio broadcasts. The radio station will be responsible for all calls made and billed on this service. Visiting radio stations may use the line provided their 85B Telephone and Voice Coupler is provided by the Telephone Company.

Nonrecurring Rate PerRate GSEC Charge Month

Broadcast Exchange Access Service,per day............................ BDCST ACC LN (See Note 3) $27.00

Per Month.......................... (1) (2)

Service Charge

New install including jack......... $40.00 (3)

Reconnect access service line and jack inplace.............................. 22.50 (3)

(1) Applicable service charges in Section 13. (2) Applicable B1 Rate. (3) Applies in lieu of service charges in Section 13. ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





DIGITAL DATA AND NETWORK SERVICES - MAMMOTH SPRING ONLY

MILEAGE CHARGES INTRA-EXCHANGE

A. General

1. Mileage charges apply to line extensions. All mileage is measured on an airlinebasis unless otherwise indicated.

B. Conditions

1. Applicable line extension mileage will be determined in the following manner:

a. Off-premises mileage charges are assigned to telephone stations not locatedon the same contiguous property as the central office access line or PBXframe. Routing of facilities will be provided in such manner as the Companymay select. Mileage applications include but are not limited to extensionsfor services such as Telephone Answer Bureau Service.

b. If the loop of the additional station is bridged at the Central Office withthe loop of the central office access line, the airline distance between thecentral office and the additional station is the mileage measurement. Themileage measurement includes inter-central office airline mileage if the twopoints are located in different central office areas of the same multi-officeexchange. If the additional station is connected with the central officeaccess line by a nonloop, the airline distance between the central officeaccess line and additional station is the mileage measurement.

c. If the circuit connecting a PBX station with a PBX frame is routed throughthe central office in a loop, the airline distance between the demarcationpoint for the PBX station and PBX frame via the central office is the mileagemeasurement. If the circuit connecting the PBX station and PBX frame is notrouted through the central office, the airline distance between thedemarcation points for the PBX station and PBX frame is the mileagemeasurement.

d. Mileage charges are made on the basis of quarter mile airline units betweenthe demarcation points for the station and the central office access line orPBX frame, with each fractional quarter mile unit counting as an additionalfull quarter mile unit.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:








3. Special equipment or arrangements in addition to that regularly provided may beprovided at charges and/or rates based upon costs incurred.

4. When facilities must be constructed to provide service to applicant beyond theBase Rate boundary, charges shall be determined as set forth under Line ExtensionMileage filed in this Tariff.

5. Off-Premise service may be located on the premises of another customer, providedthe other customer has their own primary service at the same location.

6. Customers of Off-Premise service are required to maintain a separate business orresidence class of primary service at the same location of the Off-Premiseservice.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:








1. In addition to the following rates, Service Charges apply.

Monthly Ratea. Line Extension Mileage

1) Single pair first 1/4 mile $2.05(MIOFFPX)

Each additional 1/4 mile 1.85(MIOFFPXAQ)

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:






PRIVATE LINES - LOCAL

A. General

1. Charges are assigned to communications services which meet the followingconditions:

a) Private line service is an intraexchange voice grade service between theserving wire center and customer designated locations.

b) The service cannot access nor be accessed by message services provided to thegeneral public.

c) The service is furnished for the exclusive use of a customer and thecustomer's authorized users between specified points in the same LocalExchange Service Area.

d) The service does not qualify for intrastate toll or interstate tollregulation.

B. Conditions

1. Private Line Service provides a transmission path for voice grade signals betweentwo customer designated locations within an exchange.

2. Private Line Service is furnished for duplex operation on a full-time basis (24hours a day, seven days per week).

3. Private Line Service can only be provided within the same exchange where existingfacilities and equipment permit.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:








4. There are two types of facility configurations over which Private Line Service isprovided, two-point and multipoint.

a. Two-Point

A two-point configuration is a circuit which is provided to connect two CDLs.

b. MultiPoint Service

A multipoint configuration is a circuit that is provided to connect three ormore CDLs through a telephone company hub wire center. Multipoint PrivateLine Service is provided in the following manner:

(1) Special Access Line per CDL to their respective serving wire centers.

(2) Special Transport facility between hub wire centers.

(3) Special Transport facility between the serving wire centers associatedwith the customer designated locations and the hub wire center.

(4) Supplemental Features - Bridging equipment charges for each bridginglocation and other Supplemental Features when applicable.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:







C. Element Descriptions

1. General

There are three basic rate elements which may apply to Private Line Service:

- Special Access Line (SAL)- Special Transport (ST)- Supplemental Features

2. Special Access Line

A Special Access Line (SAL) provides the transmission facilities to a customerdesignated location (CDL) or the facilities between a CDL and the serving wirecenter.

One SAL charge applies per CDL at which the facility is terminated. This chargeapplies even if the facilities to the CDL do not transit a serving wire center. This charge also applies even if the CDL and the serving wire center arecollocated in a telephone company building.

3. Special Transport

Special Transport provides the transmission facilities between the serving wirecenters associated with two CDLs. This rate element is per airline mile. Fractional miles are rounded to the next whole mile.

The Special Transport rate will not apply if both CDLs are in the same servingwire center.

4. Supplemental Features

a. Private Line Service Bridging

Provides for a multi-junction unit (MJU) arrangement to bridge facilities. This function is provided on a per port basis.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:







D. Rates and Charges

Monthly Rate

1. Special Access Line (SAL)per customer location

a. Two-wire(EUC2X-L) $ 9.40

b. Four-wire(EUC4X-L) 18.80

2. Special Transport

Interoffice facilities

a. Per intraexchange mile (or fraction)(1LF2X-L) 5.00

3. Supplemental Features

a. Bridging, per port(BCNV2-L) 8.00

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:







D. Rates and Charges (Cont'd)

3. Supplemental Features (Cont'd)

b) Local Analog - Circuit Conditioning

1) Local private line within same exchange used for data transmission on atwo-point or multipoint circuit application of these charges shall meanthat the circuit shall meet the following specifications: Envelope delaydistortion shall not exceed between 1000 and 26000 Hz, a max differenceof 500 micro sec, between 600 and 2600 Hz, a max difference of 1500 microsec, between 500 and 2800 Hz, a max difference of 3000 micro sec. Theloss deviation with frequency from 1004 Hz reference shall not exceedbetween 500 and 2800 Hz, -1db to +3db, between 300 and 3000 Hz, -2db to+6db (+ means more loss).

Monthly Installation Rate Charge

a) Per Circuit Termination(X1CPT-L, NX1CPT-L) $19.00 $46.65

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




MOBILE TELEPHONE SERVICE

Sheet No.

Application of Tariff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Service Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:






This tariff applies to the exchange mobile telephone service furnished by the General Telephone Company of the Southwest, or furnished jointly with other carriers, within the mobile telephone service areas specified in this tariff.

REGULATIONS

Definition

Mobile Telephone Service is a communication service furnished through a mobile telephone base station between a mobile telephone unit and wire line telephone or between two mobile telephone units.

Availability of Service

Mobile Telephone Service is available to mobile telephone units equipped for this service when within range of a mobile telephone base station through which such service is furnished and subject to transmission, atmospheric and like limitations.

The Telephone Company reserves the right to terminate or reassign the service of any mobile telephone unit which regularly places more calls through one particular foreign base station than through its exchange base of registry.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:






Provision of Equipment

The radio equipment on the mobile telephone unit will be provided by the customer, as desired. The equipment shall be suitable for the proper operation of the service as offered in this tariff and must be properly licensed by the customer. The customer owning his equipment is required to subscribe to Mobile Base Station Service and Local Exchange Access Service for each mobile unit which he has in service on the system.

Obligation of Customer

The customer's use of the radio transmitter on the mobile telephone unit shall at all times be subject to the control of the automatic equipment or the operator at the mobile telephone base station of the Telephone Company.

Limited Conversation

The Telephone Company reserves the right to limit the length of conversation when necessary in times of emergency resulting in a shortage of facilities.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





MOBILE TELEPHONE SERVICE AREAS - Exchange of Registry

Mobile telephone service areas will be the area within range of the mobile telephone base station.

The exchange of registry is the exchange where mobile telephone customers may receive or place local calls on a flat rate basis.

The exchange of registry is the exchange within the mobile service area in which the major portion of local land line telephone calls are originated or terminated in conjunction with the mobile telephone base station.

Exchanges of Registry are as follows:

150 MHz SYSTEMS

Stuttgart, Arkansas

McCrory, Arkansas

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





RATES

General

Mobile Telephone Service is furnished at monthly charges shown below regardless of the number of messages. The specified rates apply to both 150 MHz and 450 MHz Systems.

Local calls for Roamers within the exchange of registry of the operating base station will be made available to mobile telephone sets operating in the area but not licensed in said exchange of registry.

Nonrecurring Monthly GSEC Charge Rate

Base Station Service, Per Unit........MBL SVC N.C. $11.50

Local Exchange Access, Per Unit.......MBL ACC (1) (2)

(1) Line connection charge and business service order charge from Section 13.(2) Monthly rate for business one-party service applicable in the exchange of registry for the calling scope provided.

Local Message ChargeLocal Message Charge (Roamer), first five (5) minutes or fraction thereafter.... $.50 each minute thereafter..................... .10

NOTE: 150 MHz Service includes up to 11 channels equipped at the customer's option.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:



SECTION 22Original Index Sheet No. 1

SWITCHED DATA SERVICE

Sheet No.

Application of Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Description of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Optional Feature Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Optional Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Standard Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Issued: Effective:





GENERAL

This section contains the application, definitions, description, regulations, and ratesapplicable to Switched Data service. This service is furnished by the Telephone Companywhere technological capabilities exist.

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE

Switched Data service is a network service which provides the capability for switcheddigital end-to-end data transport.

Switched Data Individual Line Loop Extension

An extended loop capability which transports Switched Data usage between the customerpremises and the local serving central office. Each Switched Data Individual Line LoopExtension provides one channel which supports data transmission only. Each channel cantransmit up to 56,000 bits per second, or up to 64,000 bits per second, depending ontechnology.

Switched Data Channel Access (DS1)

A 1.544 Megabits per second high capacity digital facility which transports Switched Datausage between the customer premises and the local serving central office on a channelizedbasis. Each Switched Data Channel Access provides 24 digital channels which support datatransmission only. On a per channel basis, the customer can transmit data up to 56,000 bitsper second.

Issued: Effective:





DEFINITIONS

Asynchronous

A method of transmitting data in which each transmitted character is preceded by a startbit and followed by a stop bit, thus permitting the interval between characters to vary.

Bit

A binary digit. The smallest unit of information in the binary system of notation.

Bits Per Second

The number of bits transmitted per second. A measure of the speed of transmission of digital information.

Centrex

Allows intercom (IC) calling (abbreviated calling) between stations in the same customergroup without incurring usage.

DS1

A digital transmission facility which transmits data at 1.544 Megabits per second (Mbps).The DS1 is divided into 24 voice grade channels capable of carrying a transmission speedof 56 Kilobits per second (Kbps).

Digital

Information which is expressed in discrete or noncontinuous form.

Issued: Effective:





DEFINITIONS (Cont'd)

Full Duplex

Type of communication that supports the transmission of signals in both directionssimultaneously. This is not associated with simultaneous transmission of voice and datacommunications.

Half Duplex

Type of communication that supports transmission of signals alternately in both directions,but is not capable of simultaneous and independent transmission and reception. This is notassociated with simultaneous transmission of voice and data communications.

Hunting

A search through a group of numbers until an idle station is found or the last number ofthe group is reached.

Speed Calling

Permits faster calling of frequently used numbers by pressing a button or dialing one tothree digits.

Issued: Effective:





DEFINITIONS (Cont'd)

Synchronous

A method of transmitting data in which the data characters (bits) are transmitted in acontinuous stream with the beginning of one data character (bit) being contiguous with theend of the preceding one thus eliminating the need for individual start bits and stop bits.

STANDARD FEATURES

Data Line Security

This feature prevents a call from being interrupted by override tones, such as a callwaiting tone, or other test or busy verification tests that would interrupt the flow ofdata.

Intercom Dialing

This feature allows customer group stations to complete calls to other stations without theassistance of an attendant, by dialing a 2 through 7 digit number. Usage rates will notapply to intercom dialing. This feature is applicable to Centrex customer groups only andis restricted to the serving wire center only.

Direct Dialing

This feature allows the user to place local and long distance calls without the assistanceof an attendant by using the standard 7 through 10 digit dialing methods.

Issued: Effective:





OPTIONAL FEATURES

Data Direct Connect

This feature provides an automatic connection between a Switched Data calling line that goesoff-hook and a predetermined location.

Data Closed User Group

This feature, restricted to Centrex lines, provides partitioning of Switched Data lines intogroups where calls within such a group are allowed, but calls between such groups aredenied.

OPTIONAL FEATURE PACKAGE

The following feature packages are available for use with Switched Data service:

Feature Package Data 1000 includes:

Data Toll Restriction - This feature will restrict toll calls from being placed overSwitched Data lines.

Data Sequential Hunt Group - This feature assigns a lead telephone number to the hunt group.Hunting is sequential, i.e., starting at the first line assigned to the lead telephonenumber and ending at the last line within the hunt group.

Issued: Effective:





REGULATIONS

In addition to the following regulations, the appropriate regulations in other sections ofthis tariff will also apply.

Switched Data Service is comprised of the following rate elements:

- Switched Data Customer Line- Service Connection Charges- Optional Features- Software Reconfiguration Charge- Network Usage Charge

The minimum billing period for which service is provided is one month.

FCC Subscriber Line Charges as specified in the National Exchange Carrier Association TariffFCC No. 5, will apply to Switched Data service.

For Presubscription to an Interexchange Carrier, the rates and regulations as set forth inSection 6 of the General Telephone Operating Companies Tariff, FCC No. 1 will apply toSwitched Data Service.

A directory listing for Switched Data service will be provided, upon request, in accordancewith Section 12 of this tariff.

Issued: Effective:


PSC File Mark Only




REGULATIONS (Cont'd) Switched Data Individual Line Loop Extension can be provided where: - A customer's local serving ce ntral office is capable of providing Switched Data.

- A customer's local serving central office is not capable of providing Switched Data. The Telephone Company will determine the nearest designated central office capable of providing Switched Data Service. Interoffice digital data service (DDS) mileage will apply from the noncapable central office to the central office capable of providing Switched Data at the rates shown in the appropriate tariff. (See Note 1) In this situation, the dialing plan as sociated with the central office that will be providing the Switched Data service to the customer will be utilized.

Switched Data Channel Access Service can be provided where: - A customer's local serving central office is capable of providing Switched Data. - A customer's local serving central office is not capable of providing Switched Data. The

Telephone Company will determine the nearest central office capable of providing Switched Data Service. Interoffice digital high capacity mileage (1.544 Mbps) will apply from the noncapable central office to the central office capable of providing Switched Data at the rates shown in the appropriate tariff. (See Note 2) In this situation, the dialing plan associated with the central office that will be providing the Switched Data Service to the customer will be utilized.

Note 1: National Exchange Carrier Association Tariff F.C.C. No. 5, Access Services, (C) Section 17, (56 Kbps) . Note 2: National Exchange Carrier Association Tariff F.C.C. No. 5, Acce ss Services, Section 17, (DS1) . (C) Issued: October 15, 2003 Effective: October 22, 2003






REGULATIONS (Cont'd)

Dialing Method

Access to Switched Data service is obtained through a dial-up connection via the publicswitched telephone network using the standard 7 through 10 digit methods.

Origination of calls for 800, 900, 976, 0- (intraLATA) and 0+ (intraLATA) is restricted.

APPLICATION OF RATES

Rates and charges specified in other sections of the tariff for services provided inconjunction with Switched Data service (i.e., Smart Call features, Centrex features, etc.)are in addition to the monthly rates for Switched Data service.

Customer Premises Channelization is an optional component of Switched Data Channel Access.The customer has the option of supporting premises channelization with its own customerprovided equipment devices or having the Telephone Company do so at the tariffed ratesspecified in this tariff for such support. Both the Customer Premises Termination peraccess and the Customer Premises Channelization per channel will apply if provided by theTelephone Company.

Issued: Effective:





RATES

Nonrecurring MonthlyGSEC Charge (1) Rate

SWITCHED DATA INDIVIDUALLINE LOOP EXTENSION

Switched Data - IndividualLine Loop Extension Access - SWDALNLE-IC $50.00 Single Line SWDALNLE $50.00(2)

SWDALNLEFX(3)

Switched Data - IndividualLine Loop Extension Access - SWDALNCNTLE-IC 50.00 Centrex SWDALNCNTLE 50.00(2)

SWDALNCNTLEFX(3)

Switched Data Individual LineLoop Extension Channel, per lineSingle Line SWDLE-IC 50.00

SWDLE 12.00

Centrex SWDCNTLE-IC 50.00SWDCNTLE 15.00

Switched Data - Interoffice Mileage SWDLEMI (4)

(1) In addition to the applicable Service Order Charge in Section 13 of this tariff.(2) This rate is in addition to the FCC Subscriber Line Charge from the National Exchange

Carrier Association Tariff FCC No. 5(3) Use this GSEC when interoffice mileage applies.(4) Digital Data Service (56 Kbps) mileage charges in the National Exchange Carrier

Association Tariff FCC No. 5.

Issued: Effective:


PSC File Mark Only




RATES (Cont'd) Nonrecurring Monthly Charge (1) Rate (T) SWITCHED DATA CHANNEL ACCESS

Switched Data Channel Access (DS1), (2) (T) (24 channels) (2) (3) (T) Switched Data Central Office Termination, per Access Arrangement $125.00 (T) $150.00 (T) Switched Data Central Office Channelization - 0.00 per channel activated 5.00 (T) Switched Data Interoffice Milea ge (4) (T)

(1) In addition to the applicable Service Order Charge in Section 13 of this tariff. (2) The DS1 Special Access Line Rate, as set forth in the National Exchange Carrier Association (C) Tariff FCC No. 5, will apply. (C) (3) This rate is in addition to the FCC Subscriber Line Charge from the National Exchange Carrier

Association Tariff FCC No. 5. (4) DS1 mileage as set forth in the National Exchange Carrier Association Tariff FCC No. 5. Issued: October 15, 2003 Effective: October 22, 2003






RATES (Cont'd)

Nonrecurring MonthlyGSEC Charge (1) Rate

OPTIONAL FEATURES, PER LINE

Data Direct Connect SWDDDC $ 1.00

Data Closed User Group SWDDCUG 1.00

SOFTWARE RECONFIGURATION CHARGE

Rate Per Occurrence SWDRC $12.75

This charge is applicable for any software changes that are required to make changesto Optional Features (e.g., changing Speed Call Lists, Data Direct Connect destination,etc.) of Feature Packages.

(1) In addition to the applicable Service Order Charge in Section 13 of this tariff.

Issued: Effective:





RATES (Cont'd)Nonrecurring Monthly

GSEC Charge (1) Rate OPTIONAL FEATURE PACKAGES

Data 1000, per line SWD1000(1) (2) $ 3.00SWD1000TR

(1) This GSEC to be utilized when the customer selects not to utilize data tollrestriction.

(2) If ordered on subsequent activity, the appropriate Service Order Charge in Section13 of this tariff will apply.

Issued: Effective:





RATES (Cont'd)

NETWORK USAGE

Switched Data Network Usage will be billed to the originating end of the Switched Datacall which terminates within the local calling area only. Intercom dialing will not besubject to the usage rate. The network usage charge does not apply to calls placed overthe long distance telecommunications service (toll) network. For Switched Data callsterminating outside the local calling area the applicable toll charges will apply.Switched Data Network Usage Detail will be provided at the rate as set forth in Section6 of this tariff.

Switched Data Network Usage

Rate Period

Distance Airline EachBands Miles Set-up Minute

Local --- $0.02 $0.01A 1-10 $0.03 $0.03B 11-16 $0.04 $0.05C 17-22 $0.05 $0.08D 23-30 $0.06 $0.09E 31-40 $0.07 $0.11

DISCOUNTS

From not including DiscountsUp to but

Everyday 9 p.m. 8 a.m. 40%

Saturday, Sunday and 8 a.m. 9 p.m. 40%certain holidays*

* Holiday discounts apply on New Year's Day (January 1), Independence Day (July 4), Labor Day(the first Monday in September), Thanksgiving Day (the fourth Thursday in November), andChristmas Day (December 25).

Issued: Effective:




COIN TELEPHONE SERVICESheet No.

Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1Customer Owned Pay Telephone Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Coin Line Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Issued: Effective:




COIN TELEPHONE SERVICE

Issued: Effective:





B. RATES

Telecommunications Relay Service Local Calls . . . . . . . . . No Charge

Issued: Effective:





Issued: Effective:




COIN TELEPHONESERVICE

Issued: Effective:





CUSTOMER OWNED PAY TELEPHONE SERVICE

General

Customer Owned Pay Telephone Service (COPTS) is an exchange line service provided at therequest of a certified COPT provider for telecommunication use.

Customer Owned Pay Telephone Service is provided for use with Individual Line Service.

The carriage and completion of local and intraLATA toll messages are provided by theCompany.

Customer Owned Pay Telephone Service (COPTS) is provided subject to the condition thattelephone messages (local and long-distance) placed from stations which are accessible tothe public are completed over COPTS lines (or other Public or Semipublic lines). WhereCOPTS is provided, any type or grade of business service offered regularly at that locationmay be furnished in addition, provided such business service is confined to locations solelyfor use by the particular establishment.

Customer owned pay telephone instruments may not be attached to other types of access lines.A subscriber must use a separate COPTS line for each customer owned pay telephone installedexcept for inmate telephone service as specified on Sheet No. 7. Off-premises extensionsto customer owned pay telephones are not permitted.

Responsibility of the Subscriber

The subscriber shall be responsible for the installation, operation, and maintenance of anycustomer owned telephone instruments used in connection with this service. In addition,the subscriber is responsible for meeting all federal, state, and local statutes withrespect to the provision of customer owned telephone instruments in accordance with allhearing-impaired an handicapped person requirements.

Issued: Effective:






Responsibility of the Subscriber (Continued)

Customer owned pay telephone instruments must be connected to the Company network incompliance with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and Regulations and have the following operationalcharacteristics except as specified for Inmate Service on Sheet No. 6. (1) Must be capable of providing access to all locally available long-distance companies

where provisions for interexchange calling is provided.

(2) Must be able to access the "Operator" where 911 is not available at no charge to thecalling party.

(3) Must be able to access 911 Emergency Service, when available, at no charge to the calling party.

(4) For calls to 1411 or 1+555-1212 Directory Assistance, the COPTS Subscriber will be charged the rate specified in Section 38 of this Tariff.

(5) The appropriate emergency number (Operator, 911) must be clearly posted at each location of a customer owned pay telephone.

(6) Must clearly indicate procedures for obtaining a refund from the subscriber and that

the customer owned pay telephone is not being provided by the Company. (The Company is not responsible for refunds of coins deposited in customer owned public pay telephones).

(7) Must be equipped to return the coins to the caller in the case of an incomplete call.

(8) The telephone number of the line must be displayed on each instrument.

Violations of Regulations

Where any customer owned pay telephone is used and/or connected in violation of this Tariff,the Company will promptly notify the customer of the violation.

Failure of the subscriber to discontinue such use or to correct the violation will result inthe suspension or disconnection within five business days after written notification of thesubscriber's service until such time as the subscriber complies with the provision of thisTariff.

Issued: Effective:






Optional Service Features

1. Selective Class of Call Screening/Billed Number Screening

Where facilities permit, the customer may subscribe to Selective Class of CallScreening or Billed Number Screening at the rates below in this tariff.

Selective Class of Call Screening provides customers with a choice of originating callscreening options when an operator services system is involved in the processing of acall. Options include screening toll calls to be billed to a credit card, a thirdnumber or collect to prevent operator assisted sent-paid calls from being processed.

Billed Number Screening prevents the billing of collect and/or third number billedcalls to the customer's telephone number.

2. Answer Supervision

Answer Supervision is the line side functionality that provides an electrical signalto the calling end of a switched telephone connection when the called line goes off-hook. COPTS Answer Supervision will be provided for use with COPT Service as specifiedin this tariff schedule to assist in determining when billing for a specific callshould commence.

3. International Blocking Service

The Telephone Company, upon request, will provide end office blocking of only end userdirect dialed 011+ and 10XXX+011+ calls from the coin customer's location. Thisoptional service is offered on a per line basis where facilities permit.

NonrecurringCharge

(GSEC) (INTLBLK) International Blocking Service, per line or trunking $19.95

Note 1 - Billing GSEC - COPT

Issued: Effective:






Rates and Charges

4. 900 Call Restriction

The Telephone Company, upon request, will provide blocking of all. Intrastate numbers that are preceded by a 900 prefix.

NonrecurringCharge

900 Call Restriction, per line N/A

Issued: Effective:






Rates and Charges

1. Customer Owned Pay Telephone Service will be offered for business individual lineservice at the rates shown in Section 6 of this tariff for Business Service, One-Party. (See Note 1.)

2. Service charges as shown in Section 13 of this tariff are applicable.

3. Listings in connection with Customer Owned Pay Telephone Service are furnished underthe same rates and regulations as other business service.

4. Directory Assistance charges are applicable as specified in Section 38 of thistariff.

5. Optional Features

Monthly Rate

a) Answer Supervision, per line $ 5.55(COPTANS/20232)

b) Billed Number Screening $1.00

c) Selective Class of Call Screening $1.76

Note 1 - Billing GSEC - COPT

Issued: Effective:






COPTS Inmate Telephone Service

The customer has the option to connect customer provided line concentrator terminalequipment to this service. Customer Provided Line Concentrator Terminal equipment areinterconnect devices which provide the customer with the capability to connect more thanone customer owned pay telephone to a single Customer Owned Pay Telephone access line. Thistype of terminal equipment is to be connected to the Customer Owned Pay Telephone accessline in accordance with the provisions of Section 30, Connection with Customer-ProvidedEquipment and Facilities found in this tariff.

Subject to other applicable provisions of this tariff, the following provisions also applyto COPTS Inmate Telephone Service:

- May be arranged by the administrator to restrict or block incoming calls, blockaccess to certain telephone numbers, limit the telephone numbers inmates may call,and limit the duration of the calls.

- May be arranged to block Directory Assistance (1411) and 911 calls.

- Shall be programmed to allow only "0+" collect calls for local, and intraLATA andinterLATA toll calls and to block all other calls.

Issued: Effective:






COIN LINE SERVICE

A. General

1. Customer-Owned Pay Telephone (COPT) Coin Line Service is a coin voice gradeexchange line that provides switch based dial tone first (DTF) coin linefunctionalities for non-local Exchange Company customer-owned paytelephones.

2. COPT Coin Line Service is provided at the request of a COPT provider thatprovides pay telephone service with switch based coin line functionalitiesto the public on a resale basis.

3. A COPT Coin Line subscriber must use a separate COPT Coin Line for each paytelephone instrument installed and will be billed the tariffed rate for eachline. Off-premise extensions to a COPT Coin Line are not permitted.

4. Where COPT Coin Line Service is provided, any type or grade of residence orbusiness service offered regularly at that location may also be furnished,provided such residence or business service is confined to locations solelyfor use by the particular establishment.

5. The Company shall not be liable for shortages of coins deposited and/orcollected from the COPT Coin Line subscriber' s equipment.

6. The Company shall not be liable for end-user fraud associated with failureof the subscriber's equipment to perform.

7. COPT Coin Line Service will be provisioned where technically andeconomically feasible.

Issued: Effective:





CUSTOMER OWNED PAY TELEPHONE SERVICE (Continued)

COIN LINE SERVICE (Continued)

A. General (Continued)

8. The carriage and completion of local and intraLATA toll messages areprovided by the Company.

9. COPT Coin Line Service will be provided from central offices wherefacilities are available.

B. Features

1. Service is provided in equal access Stored Program Control (SPC) centraloffices where coin line control equipment is available.

2. Service is provided on a one-way or a two-way basis at the customer'soption.

3. Coin signaling, including coin collect and coin return, is provided by thenetwork. Coin collect identifies when a call is completed. Coin returnoccurs when a no answer or busy signal is encountered.

4. Billed Number Screening (BNS) is provided for the automatic blocking viavalidation data bases of third number billing, collect billing, or both tothe line.

5. Selective Class of Call Screening is provided to alert operator servicessystems (live and mechanical) that a call is originating from a COPT CoinLine which may require special handling and billing treatment.

6. Central office 900 and 976 blocking is provided.

Issued: Effective:







B. Features (Continued)

7. Standard recorded announcements used for calls from the Company's PublicTelephone Service pay telephones are used for calls that originate from aCOPT Coin Line.

8. All 0-, 0+ and 1+ intraLATA toll calls and 0+ local calls are handled bythe Company's operator services system.

9. All 0+ interLATA calls are routed to the presubscribed carrier.

10. Coin sent paid InterLATA calls from COPT Coin Lines may be routed to anyInterexchange Carrier selected by the customer who has the requested coinsignaling capabilities (i.e., coin recognition, coin control, etc.) whichare required to complete the call.

C. Responsibility of the Subscriber

1. The subscriber is subject to the requirements for COPT Service as set forthpreviously.

2. The subscriber is responsible for the payment of all charges for outgoingsent-paid local calls and message toll telephone service calls.

3. Special billing and coin sharing arrangements between a COPT Coin LineSubscriber and another carrier are the responsibility of the COPT Coin Linesubscriber.

4. It is the subscriber's responsibility-to ensure instruments used inconjunction with the COPT Coin Line Service are compatible with theCompany's network.

Issued: Effective:







D. Rate Regulations

1. No charge will be imposed for incoming calls.

2. Sent-paid local calls will be rated by the Central Office.

3. Operator assisted sent-paid local calls will be rated to the end-user plusthe appropriate additive operator service charges as specified in Section14 of this Tariff. Non-sent paid local calls will be rated to the end-userplus any appropriate additive operator service charges as specified inSection 14 of this Tariff.

4. Operator assisted sent-paid toll calls will be rated to the end-user at thelong distance rate, plus any appropriate additive operator service charges. Non-sent paid Long Distance Service calls will be rated to the end-user atthe long distance rate plus any appropriate additive operator servicecharges.

5. The appropriate service charges as specified in Section 13 of this Tariffare applicable for each COPT Coin Line installed, moved, or changed.

6. Rates for Verification/Interrupt Service are as specified in Section 14 ofthis Tariff.

7. Calls to 1411 or 1+555-1212 Directory Assistance will be charged the ratespecified in Section 38 of this Tariff.

8. Subscribers to Customer-Owned Pay Telephone (COPT) Coin Line Service may belisted in the directory as specified in Section 12 of this Tariff.

Issued: Effective:







E. Rates and Charges

1. COPT Coin Line Service is provided on a fixed monthly rate, per line basis.

The rates are found in Section 6 of this tariff.

Issued: Effective:




SPECIAL ASSEMBLIES OF FACILITIES

Sheet No.

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





GENERAL

Special assemblies of facilities consist of modifications of standard service arrangements for which provision is not otherwise made in this Tariff. They will be furnished, when practicable, by the Telephone Company at charges equivalent to the estimated cost of furnishing such arrangements if in connection with and not detrimental to any of the services furnished under the Company's tariffs.

RATES

Computation

Rates for special assemblies are equivalent to the estimated costs of furnishing the special assembly.

Estimated cost consists of an estimate of the total cost to the Telephone Company in providing the special assembly including:

Cost of maintenance.

Cost of operation.

Depreciation on the estimated cost installed of any facilities used to provide the special assembly based on the anticipated useful service life of the facilities with an appropriate allowance for the estimated net salvage.

General administration expenses, including taxes on the basis of average charges for these items.

Any other item of expenses associated with the particular situation.

An amount, computed on the estimated cost installed of the facilities used the provide the special assembly, for return on investment.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





RATES (Continued)

Estimated cost installed mentioned above includes cost of equipment and materi- also provided or used plus the estimated cost of installing, including engineering, labor, supervision, transportation, rights-of-way and other items which are chargeable to the capital accounts.

In computing the rates for special assemblies, one of the three rate treatments is used:

Monthly rental and termination agreement with or without an installation charge.

Monthly rental with an installation charge.

Installation charge only.

Special Assembly rates are subject to review and revision conditioned upon changing costs.

At such time as a special assembly item becomes a tariff offering, the tariff rates will apply.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




TELEPHONE CONCESSION SERVICE

INDEX SHEET NO.

Employee Concession Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Official Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Other Network Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Provisions of Employee Concession . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Issued: Effective:




TELEPHONE CONCESSION SERVICE GENERAL The Telephone Company, upon proper official approval, will grant concession service in connection with certain telephone service. This service may be classified as Official Service and Employee Concession Service. OFFICIAL SERVICE Official Service is service furnished for the conduct of the Company's business, and is generally furnished through stations located in offices of the Company, or in residences of employees or agents whose duties require that they be readily accessible to call at any time. Official Service is furnished at l00% concession rate on all exchange access service and on all associated service charges. EMPLOYEE CONCESSION SERVICE The same rules and regulations are applicable to employees and retirees of the Company as are (C) applicable to the general public. Certain telephone services will be furnished to Company employees and Company retirees at reduced rates as authorized by Company practices and procedures. (C) (D) (D) Issued: August 2, 2010 Effective: August 3, 2010

By: Director Tariffs PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211



TELEPHONE CONCESSION SERVICE (D) (D) Issued: August 2, 2010 Effective: August 3, 2010





Sheet No.

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Obligations of the Customer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Obligations of the Telephone Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Obtaining TSP Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Provisioning Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Rates and Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Restoration Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





Description of the Service

The TSP System is a service that provides for the priority provisioning and/or restoration of National Security Emergency Preparedness (NSEP) telecommunications services. The TSP System applies only to NSEP services, includes local exchange service, Foreign Exchange Service, and Private Line Service and Channels, and provides the Telephone Company with a guide to the sequence in which services are to be provisioned and/or restored.

All facilities that can be identified by a unique circuit identifier can be provisioned for NSEP service by the Telephone Company.

Obtaining TSP System Service

The Executive Office of the President through the TSP Program Office, is empowered with the authority to receive, evaluate and process requests for NSEP services. The TSP Program Office makes the priority level assignments and issues the TSP authorization code reflecting the priority assignment associated with a request. The customer provides the TSP authorization code, in addition to all the other details necessary to complete the order to the Telephone Company to obtain TSP System service.

The TSP authorization code, assigned on a per order basis, consists of a 12-character field consisting of a nine-character control ID followed by a dash and a two-character field specifying the priority level assignment. Its structure is as follows:

TSPxxxxxn-yy

The "x"s represent a sequence of numbers unique to each TSP authorization code and the "n" is a one character alphanumeric check digit. The first "y" contains the provisioning priority level assignment and the second "y" contains the restoration priority level assignment.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





Provisioning Priority

If the customer requires service within a shorter time interval than the Telephone Company can provide, and the requested service qualifies for National Security Emergency Preparedness (NSEP), the customer may elect to invoke NSEP Treatment and obtain the appropriate provisioning priority assignment from the TSP Program Office. Acceptable assignment code values are: E, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 0.

The assignment of the value "E" denotes Emergency Provisioning and implies the service has the most critical provisioning requirements and the Telephone Company will respond accordingly. The Telephone Company will take immediate action to provide the requested service at the earliest possible date.

The assignment values of 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 are treated as essential service priorities and the Telephone Company will adjust its available resources to meet the customer's requested due date. The value "0" implies no provisioning priority.

Restoration Priority

A TSP authorization code for restoration priority classifies the service as being among the nation's most important NSEP telecommunications services. The Telephone Company will restore these services before services without restoration priority assignments in the order of priority assignments. Acceptable values are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 0 with the value "1" being the highest priority.

When the Telephone Company recognizes a TSP as being out of service, unusable or receives a trouble report, available resources will be dispatched to restore the service as quickly as practicable. A priority value of 1, 2, or 3 requires dispatch outside normal business hours if necessary to restore the service. A priority value of 4 or 5 only requires dispatch outside of normal business hours if the next business day is more than 24 hours away. If the value "0" has been assigned, then no restoration priority is applicable to this service.

The minimum period for service in one month.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





Obligations of the Customer

In all instances, the customer is responsible for obtaining the appropriate TSP authorization code and providing that code to the Telephone Company.

The TSP System service customer must also be the customer for the facilities with which TSP service is associated. Only the customer is allowed to order TSP System service.

All points of a multipoint service configuration must have the same restoration priority assignment and must satisfy the requirements of that assignment.

In obtaining TSP System service, the customer consents to the release of certain information by the Telephone Company to the federal government in order to maintain and administer the TSP System. Such information includes: the customer's name, telephone number and mailing address, the TSP authorization code and the circuit or service ID number associated with the National Security Emergency Preparedness (NSEP) service.

When a customer invokes NSEP Treatment, the Telephone Company will attempt to notify the customer of expected charges. However, the customer when invoking NSEP Treatment must recognize that quoting charges beforehand may not be practicable. Therefore, the customer grants the Telephone Company the right to quote and bill charges after the provisioning of the service.

During certain emergencies, the customer may request TSP assignments verbally and the Telephone Company will accept such verbal notification. The customer must submit a written order to the Telephone Company within two working days following the verbal request. If the written order is not received within two working days, all applicable rates and charges accumulated to date to provision TSP System service, become immediately due and payable and the requested TSP priority is revoked.

The customer must request and justify revalidation of all priority level assignments at least every three years as required by the TSP Program Office.

Additionally, the NCS Manual 3-1-1, "Telecommunications Service Priority (TSP) System for National Security Emergency Preparedness (NSEP) Service User Manual", dated July 9, 1990 prescribes specific conditions which warrant NSEP Treatment and related procedures.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 26 1st Revised Sheet No. 4 ALL EXCHANGES



Obligations of the Telephone Company The Telephone Company will allocate resources to ensure best efforts to provide National Security Emergency Preparedness (NSEP) services by the time required. The Telephone Company will work TSP System services in the order of their priority level assignments. The priority sequence is as follows: - Restore NSEP services assigned restoration priority 1 - Provision Emergency (E) NSEP services - Restore NSEP services assigned restoration priority 2, 3, 4 or 5 - Provision NSEP services assigned provisioning priority 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5. The Telephone Company will work cooperatively with other providers of NSEP service when only a portion is provided by the Telephone Company to ensure "end-to-end" service. Additionally, TSP System service will be provided in accordance with the guidelines set forth in NCS Handbook 3-1-2, "Telecommunications Service Priority (TSP) System for National Security Emergency Preparedness (NSEP) Service Vendor Handbook" dated July 9, 1990. Rates and Charges The following rates and charges are in addition to all other rates and charges that may apply for other services offered under this tariff which operate in conjunction with the TSP System. Establishment of TSP System Service

The establishment of TSP System service charge is a nonrecurring charge (NRC) specified below which applies when an access line and/or circuit is ordered with provisioning and/or restoration priority. If both (provisioning and restoration) are ordered at the same time, only one NRC is applicable. The NRC is also applicable for orders changing priority levels. There is no charge to remove a TSP assignment.

Nonrecurring Charge (RT) Per Access Line/Circuit $ 15.00 (RT)(CR) Issued: September 19, 2008 Chantel Mosby Effective: September 19, 2008 Director, Tariffs and Compliance Docket No. PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 26 1st Revised Sheet No. 5 ALL EXCHANGES



Rates and Charges (Continued) Provisioning Priority There are two basic levels of priority provisioning, Emergency (provisioning priority "E") and Essential (provisioning priority 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5).

(1) Emergency Provisioning The Telephone Company will take immediate action to provide the requested service at the earliest possible date. The rates and charges will apply as set forth in Section 11, Charges Applicable Under Special Conditions. (2) Essential Provisioning The Telephone Company will adjust its available resources to meet the customer's requested due date. The rates and charges will apply as set forth in Section 13, Expedited Due Date Charge.

Restoration Priority Restoration Priority is a monthly rate per access line and/or circuit for the ongoing administration and maintenance of the TSP System. This monthly rate only applies when a restoration priority code (1, 2, 3, 4 or 5) is specified in position 12 of the authorization code. Monthly Rate (RT) Per Access Line/Circuit $ 5.00 (RT)(CR) Issued: September 19, 2008 Chantel Mosby Effective: September 19, 2008 Director, Tariffs and Compliance Docket No. PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211



ANNOUNCEMENT SYSTEM SERVICE

Sheet No.

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




ANNOUNCEMENT SYSTEMS

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





The Time/Weather/Temperature equipment will be located on the customer's premise. Local exchange access trunk arrangements (local and EAS as applicable)will be furnished by the Telephone Company at the applicable PBX trunk rate in Section 6 of this tariff.

In order to avoid excessive utilization of commonly used facilities, the length of any announcement is subject to approval of the Telephone Company.

The customer must suitably terminate all facilities provided by the Telephone Company.

The customer may not transmit over facilities furnished by the Telephone Companyany material the transmission of which is prohibited by law or which is deemed objectionable by the Telephone Company.

The customer indemnifies and saves the Telephone Company harmless against claimsfor libel, slander, or infringement of copyright arising from the material transmitted over facilities furnished hereunder; and against all other claims arising out of any act or omission of the customer in connection with facilitiesprovided by the Telephone Company.

The furnishing of the Local Exchange Access Arrangements (local and EAS as applicable) for this service contemplates that the distribution of the calls placed to the telephone number assigned to such a service will be such that the volumes received at any time will not cause impairment, disruption, ordeterioration of the quality of other exchange service or messagetelecommunications service furnished for use by its customers. In the event that the use of this service causes such impairment, disruption, or deterioration, the Telephone Company shall have the right to discontinue such service without prior notification to the customer.

Because of the volume of incoming traffic, the type access to a customer's Time/Weather/Temperature equipment will be determined by the Telephone Company.Assignment of telephone numbers for this service will be at the discretion ofthe Telephone Company.

RATES

Nonrecurring Monthly

GSEC Charge Rate

Local Exchange Access Arrangement... AA CO LN - See PBX Trunk

Section 6

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





Nonrecurring Monthly GSEC Charge Rate Digit-Eater Trunk,Per Trunk (1)(2)..................... DGTEATTK $200.00 $4.50

(2) In addition to applicable PBX trunk rate in Section 6. (3) Requires RJ21X jack to be furnished by the customer.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




NETWORK SERVICES

INDEX

Sheet No.

GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

REGULATIONS AND CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

RATE AND CHARGE REGULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

RATES AND CHARGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




NETWORK SERVICES

General

This tariff section contains regulations, rates and charges applicable to the provision ofcertain functional network capabilities. These network capabilities are provided byCenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC, hereinafter referred to as the Telephone Company.

Services in this section of the tariff:

• are furnished only in central office areas where facilities and equipment areavailable, as determined by the Telephone Company.

• cannot be utilized in conjunction with the provisioning of interexchange access.

Definitions and Service Descriptions

Customer

The term "Customer(s)" denotes any individual, partnership, association, joint-stockcompany, trust corporation, or governmental entity or any other entity whichsubscribes to the services offered under this section of the tariff.

Customer Bill Option

An ordering and billing option that allows a customer, on behalf of that customer'send user, to order and pay for the provisioning and monthly recurring charges of onlythose services necessary to establish a call forwarding service or a forwarded callinformation service. Should an end user dispute authorization for the exercise ofthis option in conjunction with his/her service, the customer will be held liable fororders involving end users for whom no agency agreement exists.

Issued: Effective:




NETWORK SERVICES

Definitions and Service Descriptions (Continued)

Customer Controllable Ringing (CCR)

This service provides customers with the ability to adjust the number of ring cyclesthat are used prior to forwarding a call in a "No Answer" situation. To select thenumber of rings desired (1-9), the customer will dial a special access code and theninput a digit that corresponds to the number of ring cycles desired before theforwarding takes place.

Data Link

The facility that connects the customer's location to the Telephone Company's centraloffice. This facility provides the capability of delivering to the customerinformation such as the called number, the call forwarded number, and the conditionof the call being forwarded by each central office serving area in which the customerwishes to offer these services. (Requires subscription to Forwarded Call Information- Intraoffice). Delivery of calling number identification shall be blocked asdescribed below under definition and service description of Forwarded Call InformationIntraoffice.

End User

The term "end user" denotes any individual, partnership, association, joint-stockcompany, trust corporation, or governmental entity or any other entity whichsubscribes to the services offered by the customer utilizing those services providedunder this section of the tariff.

Five Feature Package

This is a package consisting of individual features of Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer-Fixed (CFBNAF), Message Waiting Indication-Audible (MWI), Forwarded Call Information(FCI), Audible Ring Burst (ARB), and Customer Controllable Ring (CCR).

Issued: Effective:




NETWORK SERVICES

Definitions and Service Descriptions (Cont'd)

Forwarded Call Information - Intraoffice

A feature which provides to the customer the customer's end user line number, thecustomer's network service number to which redirected calls are forwarded, and thereason calls were forwarded or placed. This feature requires subscription to Data Link.The reasons for forwarding information may include when an end user line is:

• busy;• not answered;• either busy or not answered; or• used to call the customer directly

The Telephone Company shall block the delivery of a calling party's telephone numberand all calling number identification from any customer ordering Forwarded CallInformation - Intraoffice and Data Link. Only calls which are not forwarded (i.e.,calls to the customer from the customer's end user to retrieve messages) and callswithin that end user's business group will be delivered to the customer ordering thesenetwork services.

Message Waiting Indication - Audible

A feature which provides the customer with the ability to send, and a customer's clientline to receive through customers premises equipment, an alerting signal in the form ofan audible stutter dial tone to its end user line. This alerting signal may be used bythe customer to inform its end user that information is waiting to be retrieved. Thisservice is used in conjunction with Forward Call Information - Intraoffice.

Issued: Effective:




NETWORK SERVICES


Message Waiting Indication-Audible Ring Burst (ARB)

In addition to the stutter dial tone that lets a customer know that a message iswaiting, the telephone company can also provide ringing at a special cadence to signalthe customer that a message is waiting. This reminder will be repeated at a specificinterval programmed by the telephone company.

Message Waiting Indication - Visual

A feature which provides the customer with the ability to send, and a customer's clientline to receive through customer premises equipment, an alerting signal in the form ofan audible stutter dial tone to its end user line. This alerting signal may be used bythe customer to inform its end user that information is waiting to be retrieved. Thisservice is used in conjunction with Forwarded Call Information - Intraoffice.

Queuing

A feature which provides customers subscribing to PBX Automatic Trunks or Centrex linesarranged in a multiline hunt group the capability to place inbound calls in an idlecondition until facilities to answer the call are available. Inbound calls made to amultiline hunt group equipped with this feature will complete immediately if there isan idle terminal in the hunt group. However, if all terminals in the hunt group arebusy, the inbound call is placed on hold and waits its turn to be served.

Issued: Effective:




NETWORK SERVICES


User Transfer

A feature which provides the ability to temporarily hold an established call, originateanother call to a third party, and then redirect the first call to the third party. When a call has been transferred, the original line/trunk is cleared to place orreceive another call.

Regulations and Conditions

Undertaking of the Telephone Company

The limitation of the Telephone Company's liability is set forth in Section 5 of thistariff.

The Telephone Company may disconnect the customer's service for failure to comply withany provision(s) of this tariff or any tariff of the Telephone Company.

The Network Services billed to the customer on behalf of the end user can only beaccepted if the end user line is specified and available for provisioning.

If the Telephone Company finds the provision of Network Services as outlined herein, isadversely affecting or would adversely affect the Telephone Company's ability toprovide, complete, or maintain the level of or quality of its other services to itsexchange telephone customers, the Telephone Company may refuse to provide or maydiscontinue providing such services.

Late payment charges as defined in Section 5 of this tariff will apply to all servicescontained in this section.

Network Services, as outlined herein, will not be provided in connection with PublicCoin Telephone Service, Semipublic Coin Telephone Service, Private Pay TelephoneService, or Party Line Service.

Charges for calls between the originating location and the call forwarded equipped lineare applicable in accordance with regularly filed tariffs for dial station, operatorstation, or person toll.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




NETWORK SERVICES

Regulations and Conditions (Cont'd)

Customer Obligations

Customer services as outlined herein and the promotion and provision thereof mustcomply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations.

The customer shall indemnify, defend, protect, and save harmless the Telephone Companyagainst any and all losses, claims, demands, suits, causes of action, damages, costs,or liability in law or in equity of every kind and nature whatsoever, includingattorney's fees, arising directly or indirectly from the service or in connectiontherewith, including but not limited to any loss, damage, expense, or liabilityresulting from any infringement or claim or infringement of any patents, trademarks, orcopyright, or resulting from any claim of libel or slander.

The customer is responsible for all provisioning charges and monthly recurring ratesfor the network services including those situations in which the customer's end userand/or the Telephone Company have temporarily suspended or disconnected that end user'sservice.

The customer has exclusive responsibility and control over the content, quality, andcharacteristics of services or conversations conducted over the customer's equipment. The Telephone Company assumes no liability for the quality, defects in, or content ofthose services. The customer shall exclude from its services any matter, thedissemination of which is prohibited by law, or by rules, regulations, or order of anygovernmental agency.

The customer shall not publish or use any advertising, sales promotion material, orother publicity relating to the subject matter of their services wherein the TelephoneCompany's name or language, signs, markings, or symbols are used, from which theconnection of the Telephone Company's name therewith may be, in the Telephone Company'sjudgment, reasonably inferred or implied without the prior written approval of theTelephone Company.

The customer is financially responsible for all facilities required to connect thecustomer's equipment to the Telephone Company's serving wire center, in accordance withall applicable rates and charges under the Telephone Company's tariffs.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




NETWORK SERVICES

Regulations and Conditions (Cont'd)

Customer Obligations (Cont'd)

The customer's premises equipment shall be interconnected in accordance with theGeneral Conditions and applicable rates as set forth in Section 30 of this tariff. Ifthe customer violates this requirement, the Telephone Company may disconnect thecustomer's services.

Customers subscribing to the services outlined in this section of the tariff, arerequired to subscribe to Automatic Trunk facilities or Centrex lines capable ofsupporting the Network Service(s) being offered. Also, they may be required tosubscribe to as many additional Automatic Trunk or Centrex lines as, in the judgment ofthe Telephone Company, are required to adequately handle calls without impairingservice to others.

The customer is responsible for disconnecting Network Services ordered on behalf of itsend user(s), including those situations where the customer's end user(s) no longer hasservice with the Telephone Company.

The customer is responsible for the payment of applicable charges for each forwardedcall completed in conjunction with User Transfer Service.

Billing and Remittance

The Telephone Company will not make adjustments resulting from poor transmissionquality caused by the customer's equipment.

The customer's services may be discontinued pursuant to the procedures set forth inSection 5 of this tariff for failure to make full payment for the Telephone Company'sservices provided under this tariff.

Rate and Charge Regulations

The Customer Bill Option as defined on Sheet No. 1 of this section of the tariff mayonly be exercised by a customer who is planning to utilize the services found in thissection of the tariff to offer their services.

The Automatic Trunk lines utilized to provide network services will be billed at therates shown in Section 6 of this tariff.

The Centrex lines utilized to provide network services will be billed at the ratesshown in the Centrex tariff (Section 47).

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




NETWORK SERVICES

Rates and Charges

Nonrecurring MonthlyCharges (1) Rate GSEC

Customer Controllable RingingPer End User Line Arranged $ 1.00 ESPCCR

Data Link(Requires subscription toForwarded Call Information)Per Data Link Arranged $500.00(2) 300.00 ESPLINK

Five Feature PackagePer End User Line Arranged 2.75 ESPVMPKG2

Forwarded Call Information Intraoffice(Requires subscription to Data Link)Per End User Line Arranged 1.00 ESPFCI

Message Waiting Indication-AudiblePer End User Line Arranged .50 ESPMWI

Message Waiting Indication-Audible Ring Burst (ARB)Per End User Line Arranged 1.50 ESPARB

Message Waiting Indication-VisualPer End User Line Arranged .50 ESPMWIV

1. Appropriate service charges from Section 13 of the General Exchange Tariff apply.2. Billing GSEC - ESPLINKNRC.

Issued: Effective:




NETWORK SERVICES

Rates and Charges (Cont'd)

Nonrecurring MonthlyCharges (1) Rate GSEC

Three Service Package(Fixed Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer,Message Waiting Indication, ForwardedCall Information)(Requires subscriptionto Data Link) Per End User Line Arranged $ 2.00 ESPVMPKG

QueuingPer Line or Trunk Arranged 1.50 ESPQUE

User TransferPer Line or Trunk Arranged 1.50 ESPTRANS

1. Appropriate service charges from Section 13 of the General Exchange Tariff apply.

Issued: Effective:


CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFFSECTION 28A

Original Index No. 1

ADVANCED DIGITAL SERVICE

INDEX

INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)

Advanced Digital Service 1 (NR)

Primary Rate Interface 1

Basic Rate Interface 8 (NR)

Issued: March 12, 2002 Effective: March 26, 2002


PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 28A


ADVANCED DIGITAL SERVICE A. Primary Rate Interface (PRI) 1. General Description Advanced Digital Service-PRI is a digital business service that provides access from a customer premises to

the Company's circuit switched voice and circuit switched data via a 1.544 Mbps central office termination and a 1.544 Mbps channel to the customer's premises.

ISDN-PRI and other local services are offered on an end user basis only. Use of such services (AT) for transmitting interexchange traffic that does not either originate or terminate at the customer premises is prohibited. Nothing herein precludes resale of ISDN-PRI, including to customers who are deemed to be "end users" under the rules of the Federal Communications Commission, so long as provision of the service at the resold level is consistent with the limitations stated in this paragraph. (AT)

The channel may be a DS1 or other suitable facility. The rates and charges for the channel and multiplexing, where applicable, are in addition to those for the Advanced Digital Service-PRI termination. Advanced Digital Service-PRI is provided in base capacities of twenty-three 64 Kbps "B" channels and one 64 Kbps "D" channel (23 B+D). The "D" channel is used for out of band signaling and control of the "B" channels. Where technology permits, "D" channels can be shared by additional Advanced Digital Service-PRI's for the same customer. "B" channels can be dedicated to either circuit switched data (CSD) or circuit switched voice (CSV) services, or they may alternate these service types by using the Call-by-Call feature as described in Section 28A, Sheet 2-3 following.

Advanced Digital Service PRI National Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Standards-PRI provides for the following ISDN Lines:

PRI lines provide for features and capabilities that are standardized and available from Central Office

switches so equipped. PRI lines utilize Customer-Provided Equipment that is standard and as such is not dependent on the type of serving Central Office switch.

2. Definitions "B" Channel - (Bearer Channel) is a 64 Kbps digital channel capable of transporting circuit switched data and

circuit switched voice. "D" Channel - (Delta Channel) is a 64 Kbps digital channel used to transport signaling and control

information. Out of Band Signaling - is a signaling that is separated from the channel carrying the circuit switched data

and voice services. Issued: July 21, 2004 Effective: August 2, 2004

By: Chantel Mosby, Manager, Tariffs and Compliance PO Box 4065




ADVANCED DIGITAL SERVICE (Continued) (NR)

A. Primary Rate Interface (PRI) (Continued)

3. Standard Features For Circuit Switched Data and Voice Services

Caller Number Identification - allows the caller's number, if not blocked, to be displayed on compatible CPE when anincoming call is received, including calls made to Direct Inward Dialing (DID) Service telephone numbers.

Call-By-Call - allows the circuit switched data and voice services enabled over the Advanced Digital Service-PRI toshare "B" channels and arrange them as a single trunk group. This allows incoming and outgoing voice and CircuitSwitched Data calls to utilize "B" channels on a call by call basis. Without this feature, each service type, circuitswitched data or voice, must have a dedicated "B" channel.

Clear Channel Capability - is a characteristic of the transmission paths on the "B" channels for ADS-PRI service thatallows the full bandwidth on each "B" channel, 64 Kbps, to be available to the customer. However, depending on thetelecommunications network configuration, customer information may be transmitted at either 56 Kbps or 64 Kbps.

"D" Channel Control of Multiple ADS-PRI lines - provides the capability for a single "D" channel to provide thesignaling and control information for several ADS-PRI's. This arrangement allows the twenty-fourth channel on oneor more ADS-PRI's to be available for incoming or outgoing voice and circuit switched data.

Dedicated Trunk Groups - allow all 23 "B" channels (24 where technology permits) to be used as stand alone trunkgroups. Each "B" channel is capable of handling incoming or outgoing voice and circuit switched data.

Direct Inward Dialing (DID) - permits incoming dialed calls from the exchange network to reach a specific numberserved by the customer premises equipment without the assistance of an attendant or otherwise provides for uniqueidentification of the call based on digits sent to the customer premises equipment by the Central Office. ADS-PRIwill outpulse digits to the customer premises equipment which can further process the calls as desired.

Equal Access - allows the customer to preselect an interexchange carrier for each trunk group enabled for circuitswitched data and voice services.

(NR)





ADVANCED DIGITAL SERVICE (Continued)(NR)


4. Optional Features for Circuit Switched Data and Voice Services

Call-By-Call for FX - allows Foreign Exchange calls to be directed to and originated from ADS-PRI "B" Channels.This provides Call-by-Call Service selection for incoming and outgoing Circuit Switched and Private Facilityservices.

Call-By-Call for Tie Lines - allows Tie Line calls to be directed to and originated from ADS-PRI "B" Channels. Thisprovides Call-by-Call Service selection for incoming and outgoing Circuit Switched and Private Facility services.

"D" Channel Backup - provides for a backup "D" channel for a failed "D" channel. This arrangement can be usedwhere multiple ADS-PRI's share a single "D" channel. A predetermined channel on another ADS-PRI automaticallytakes over the signaling and control functions for circuit switched data and voice calls.

Network Ring Again - enables station users whose Digital PBX is connected to a Central Office by ADS-PRI tocomplete calls to a busy station line in another system without redialing. The system may be in the same or adifferent Central Office.

Network Name Display - allows the name of a station user calling over ADS-PRI to be forwarded for display on aproperly equipped customer-provided set. The terminating system may be in the same or a different Central Office.

System Intercommunication Service - is an arrangement that allows the ADS-PRI "B" channel(s) to connect to aCentrex System or to another ADS-PRI that is located in the same Central Office. This optional feature is onlyavailable on per "B" Channel Circuit for Switched Data/Voice.

(NR)







5. Regulations

a. Provision of Service

ADS-PRI is provided at the option of the Company and can only be provided from digital Central Officesequipped and programmed to provide such service.

The availability, functionality and capabilities of ADS-PRI features may vary by serving Central Office.

Except as specified in 5 f following for Government Entity, ADS-PRI shall not be used for any purpose for whichany consideration is rendered to pay any party other than the Company.

b. Advanced Digital Service Primary Rate Interface Specifications

All customer-provided equipment used to interface with ADS-PRI is required to conform with TechnicalReference Specifications as used by the Company.

c. Payment for Service

Monthly or Contract - ADS-PRI is offered under a monthly plan or a contractual basis commencing on the dateservice is established.

Temporary Suspension of Service is not offered with ADS-PRI.

(N)







5. Regulations (Continued)

d. Cancellation of Service Prior to Establishment of Service

In the event that ADS-PRI is terminated by the customer prior to completion of the customer's contract period, atermination charge will be paid by the customer to the Telephone Company for the unexpired portion of theapplicable contract period. The applicable termination charge will be developed by the Telephone Company andbilled to the customer based on the formula and criteria specified below:

If the customer elects a 12, 36 or 60 month contract and terminates the contract prior to the expiration of theapplicable contract period, the termination charge shall be equal to the applicable monthly rate specified in A-7. Charges and Rates times the number of ADS-PRI lines initially in service, times the number of months inthe unexpired portion of the applicable contract period.

In addition to the termination charges specified above, the customer shall also be liable for any unpaid anddeferred system and line installation charges.

e. In the event a customer initiates cancellation of equipment and facilities before completion, or after installation iscompleted, but prior to service being established, the loss on equipment and facilities in process of building orbeing installed, cost of installation labor, cost of removal and other expenses, not to exceed the installationcharge(s), will apply.

f. Government Entity

Any Government Entity may authorize any other government entity to use its ADS-PRI. In such cases, the initialprimary user will be considered the customer and will be responsible for the payment of all the incurred non-recurring charges and monthly rates. (NR)







6. Application of Charges and Rates

The rates and charges shown herein apply in addition to all other applicable rates and charges shown elsewhere in theCompany's tariff.

The channel may be a DS1 or other suitable facility. The rates and charges for the channel and multiplexing, whereapplicable, are in addition to those for the Advanced Digital Service-PRI termination.

Circuit Switched Voice calls will be subject to Extended Community Calling Local Message charges or LongDistance Message Telecommunications Service charges as specified elsewhere in this tariff, if applicable.

Circuit Switched Data calls will be subject to Local Usage sensitive rates based on minutes of use for local andExtended Community Calling Service or Long Distance Telecommunications Service charges if applicable asspecified elsewhere in this tariff.

(NR)







7. Charges and RatesInstall MonthlyCharge Charge 12-Month 36-Month 60-Month

ADS-PRIAccess Line, each $1,500.00 $595.00 $585.00 $565.00 $545.00

Optional

"D" ChannelBackup, each $210.00 $130.00 $125.00 $120.00 $115.00

System Inter-CommunicationService

Per "B" ChannelSwitched Data/Voice $150.00 $35.00

Call-By-Call forFX, each $75.00 $25.00

Call-By-Call forTie Lines, each $75.00 $25.00

Network RingAgain

Per ADS-PRIEquipped $300.00 $75.00 $72.50 $70.00 $67.50

Network Name DisplayPer ADS-PRI $300.00 $75.00 $72.50 $70.00 $67.50

Additions, Deletions,Rearrangements and Changes of one ormore trunks to existing trunk groups

Per Interface,Per Occasion,Per Trunk Group $50.00

Circuit Switched DataLocal Usage Per Minuteafter 30 hours of service $.04

(NR)






B. Basic Rate Interface (BRI)

1. General Description

Advanced Digital Service Basic Rate Interface is a Single Line Exchange Service that provides access to CircuitSwitched Voice Service and Circuit Switched Data Service.

ADS-BRI consists of Central Office facilities, including the outside plant facilities, extended from the Company'sswitching equipment to the customer's premises.

For customers requesting ADS-BRI in a Foreign Serving Office, rates found in Section 19 of this tariff apply inaddition to ADS rates.

ADS-BRI utilizes an ADS basic rate interface that provides for two 64 Kbps "B" channels and one 16 Kbps "D"channel (2B+D).

BRI provides for the following Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Lines:

BRI lines provide for features and capabilities that are standardized and available from Central Office switches soequipped. BRI lines utilize Customer-Provided Equipment that is standard and as such is not dependent on thetype of serving Central Office switch.

2. Service Descriptions

Circuit Switched Voice Service per "B" Channel

Circuit Switched Voice Service provides the ability to originate and receive circuit switched voice calls over the 64Kbps "B" channel.

a. Standard Circuit Switched Voice Service Features

Analog Line Pickups - an arrangement that allows analog lines to have a line appearance on a customer-providedKey Line set. This arrangement is limited to analog lines that are terminated in the same Central Office switch.This feature may limit the use of other features and/or functionality on the analog line.

Call Hold - allows the user to hold one call for any length of time provided neither party goes on-hook. With acall on Call Hold, the station user holding the call can place another call.

Call Transfer Individual - All Calls - this feature allows a station user to contact a third party while on a call,establish a three-way conversation and then drop off allowing the two other parties to remain connected.

Call Number Display - the called number is displayed on compatible customer premises equipment when anoutgoing call is placed.

(NR)






B. Basic Rate Interface (BRI) (Continued)

2. Service Descriptions (Continued)

a. Standard Circuit Switched Voice Service Features (Continued)

Caller ID - provides for the display of the incoming telephone number on a Customer-provided device attached tothe Customer's access line or on a telephone or answering machine equipped with a built-in display screen. CallerID Service will forward the calling number from the appropriately equipped terminating Central Office to theCustomer-provided display device. The Company will forward all telephone numbers subject to technicallimitations.

Denied Origination - allows call terminations, but prevents the origination of a call.

Denied Termination - allows call origination, but prevents the termination of a call.

Hunting - Incoming calls to a busy line appearance are redirected to a predetermined telephone number to searchfor a line on which to complete the call. This may be another circuit switched voice channel, another ADS stationor an analog line. The types of hunting are limited to sequential, circular and multiline. This feature may impactthe use of Shared Call Appearance and Multiple Call Appearance in certain serving Central Offices.

Sequential - each line of the hunt group has its own unique directory number. Hunting starts at the number dialedand ends at the last number in the hunt group.

Circular - each line of the hunt group has its own unique directory number. All lines in the hunt group will huntregardless of which number was dialed.

Multiline - only a pilot number is associated with a Multiline Hunt Group. Hunting starts at the pilot directorynumber and ends at the last line in a sequential fashion.

Multiple Call Appearances - provides up to four appearances of the station's primary directory number orsecondary telephone number on the same instrument. These appearances may provide additional access from thepublic network, and/or may originate unique dial tone for additional outgoing access (see Additional MultipleCall Appearance for applications that require more than four call appearances on the same device). This featuremay impact the use of Shared Call Appearance in certain Central Offices.

Shared Call Appearance - provides the capability to terminate telephone numbers from one ADS station toanother. These numbers will be configured in a Single Call Arrangement (SCA). SCA allows only one set to beactive (either originating or terminating) on the Shared Call Appearance at any given time. Manual Exclusioncapabilities are available in this arrangement.

(NR)








a. Standard Circuit Switched Voice Service Features (Continued)

Three Way Conference Calling - permits the customer to add a third party to an established connection withoutthe aid of an operator. The quality of transmission on three-way calls may vary depending on the distance androuting necessary to complete the call.

b. Optional Circuit Switched Voice Features

Additional Call Offering - provides notification to an ADS user that a call directed to that user is present at theservice switch, even though no B Channel can be allocated for the call. Once notified, the user may free up a BChannel (by clearing another call or placing another call on hold) in order to accept the additional call. Thisfeature provides similar functionality as that provided by Call Waiting for the analog telephone user.

Additional Multiple Call Appearances - provides additional call appearances, beyond the initial four appearancesof a station's primary directory number or secondary telephone number on the same instrument. Theseappearances may provide additional access from the public network and/or may originate unique dial tone foradditional outgoing access.

Call Forwarding - Busy Line - provides the option of fixed forwarding of a station's incoming calls to apredetermined number if the station is in a busy condition. This is established and changed by the TelephoneCompany. Charges and rates for this optional feature are specified in SECTION 16 of this tariff.

Call Forwarding - Does Not Answer - provides the option of fixed forwarding of a station's incoming calls to apredetermined number if the station does not answer. This is established and changed by the TelephoneCompany. Charges and rates for this optional feature are specified in SECTION 16 of this tariff.

Call Forwarding - Variable - provides the option of forwarding all the station's incoming calls to variable stations.This feature is established and changed by the station user. Charges and rates for this optional feature arespecified in Section 16 of this tariff.

(NR)








b. Optional Circuit Switched Voice Features (Continued)

Call Return - enables a customer to place a call to the telephone number associated with the most recent callreceived, whether or not the call was answered or the number is known. The customer can then dial a code torequest the network to place the call. If the called line is not busy, the call is placed. If the called line is busy, aconfirmation tone or announcement is heard, the customer hangs up, and a queuing process begins. For the nextthirty (30) minutes, both the calling and the called lines are checked periodically for availability to complete thecall. If, during the queuing process the called line becomes idle, the customer is notified via a distinctive ring thatthe network is ready to place the call. When the customer picks up the telephone, the call will be placedautomatically.

Charges and rates for this optional feature are specified in Section 16 of this tariff.

Intercom Calling - allows a voice user to be able to call another voice user within the electronic key telephoneservice (EKTS) intercom group without affecting the busy/idle status of any of the directory numbers (DNs) of thecalling voice user. Intercom groups can consist of just one other voice user, requiring no intercom address, canconsist of two to ten voice users, requiring a one-digit intercom address, or can consist of two to one hundred voiceusers, requiring a two-digit intercom address. This is a form of abbreviated dialing in that one voice user can dialanother by simply hitting the intercom button and then dialing no digits, one or two digits respectively.

Message Waiting Indicator - provides the ability to indicate to the ADS station user that they have a voice orelectronic message waiting at their Message Storage and Retrieval (MSR) System. The Message WaitingIndicator may be used to present either a visual or audible signal to the user as determined by the customer'sequipment.

Automatic Busy Redial - when activated, this feature automatically redials the last number the customerattempted to call. If the called line is not busy, the call will be placed.

If the called line is busy, a confirmation tone or announcement is heard, the customer hangs up and a queuingprocess begins. For the next thirty (30) minutes, both the calling and called lines are checked periodically foravailability to complete the call. If, during the queuing process the called line becomes idle, the customer isnotified via a distinctive ring that the network is ready to place the call. When the customer picks up thetelephone the call will be placed automatically.

Charges and rates for this optional feature are specified in Section 16 of this tariff.(NR)








b. Optional Circuit Switched Voice Features (Continued)

Secondary Telephone Number - provides an additional telephone number and one call appearance which is notphysically terminated, but exists in the programming of circuit switched voice. The additional directory number,while not terminated on a dedicated facility, may be accessed from the network, and may originate uniqueoutgoing dial tone from one instrument that has another directory number as its primary directory number.

Station-Controlled Conference (6 Port) - allows a station user to establish a conference call consisting of amaximum of six conferees, including the originator of the call.

Speed Calling - permits the customer to establish a group of eight or thirty separate seven or ten digit telephonenumbers which she/he may then call by keying abbreviated codes rather than the complete telephone numbers.Charges and rates for this optional feature are specified in SECTION 16 of this tariff.

c. Circuit Switched Data Service Per "B" Channel

Provides the ability to originate and receive circuit switched data calls over the 64 Kbps "B" channel. Data linespeeds up to 64 Kbps are permitted. Circuit switched data calls will be usage sensitive based on minutes of use orLong Distance Message Telecommunications charges.

Standard Circuit Switched Data Service Features:

Caller ID - provides for the display of the incoming telephone number on a Customer-provided deviceattached to the Customer's access line or on a telephone or answering machine equipped with a built-indisplay screen. Caller ID Service will forward the calling number from the appropriately equippedterminating

Central Office to the Customer-provided display device. The Company will forward all telephone numberssubject to technical limitations.

(NR)








c. Circuit Switched Data Service Per "B" Channel (Continued)

Standard Circuit Switched Data Service Features:

Clear Channel Capability - is provided since all signaling and control functions are handled by the "D"Channel. This allows all 64 Kbps on each "B" Channel to be used for customer information over the ADS-BRI access line. Calls may be either 56 or 64 Kbps depending on the network capabilities in place betweenADS-BRI access line and the distant end of the call.

Denied Origination - allows call terminations, but prevents the origination of a call.

Denied Termination - allows call origination, but prevents the termination of a call.

Hunt Group for Shared Data Access - provides the automatic search of a group of shared ports to find anavailable port in response to a connection request. The types of hunting are limited to Sequential, Multilineand Circular.

Optional Circuit Switched Data Service Features:

Additional Call Offering - provides notification to an ADS user that a call directed to that user is present at theservice switch, even though no B Channel can be allocated for the call. Once notified, the user may free up aB Channel (by clearing another call or placing another call on hold) in order to accept the additional call. Thisfeature provides similar functionality as that provided by Call Waiting for the analog telephone user.

Call Forwarding - Busy Line - provides the option of fixed forwarding of a station's incoming calls to apredetermined number if the station is in a busy condition.

This is established and changed by the Telephone Company. Charges and rates for this optional feature arespecified in SECTION 16 of this tariff.

(NR)








c. Circuit Switched Data Service Per "B" Channel (Continued)

Optional Circuit Switched Data Service Features:

Call Forwarding - Does Not Answer - provides the option of fixed forwarding of a station's incoming calls toa predetermined number if the station does not answer. This is established and changed by the TelephoneCompany. Charges and rates for this optional feature are specified in SECTION 16 of this tariff.

Call Forwarding - Variable - provides the option of forwarding all the station's incoming calls to variablestations. This feature is established and changed by the station user. Charges and rates for this optionalfeature are specified in SECTION 16 of this tariff.

d. Alternate Circuit Switched Voice Service/Circuit Switched Data Service Per "B" Channel

Alternate Circuit Switched Voice Service/Circuit Switched Data Service provides the ability to originate andreceive either Circuit Switched Voice calls or Circuit Switched Data calls over a single "B" channel but notsimultaneously. This arrangement is available where technology permits. Circuit Switched Data calls will beusage sensitive based on minutes of use or Long Distance Message Telecommunication Charges.

The Standard and Optional features that are applicable to Circuit Switched Voice Service and Circuit SwitchedData Service are also applicable to this service.

3. Regulations

a. Provision of Service

ADS-BRI is provided at the option of the Telephone Company and is furnished subject to Central Officeswitching capacity and the availability of outside plant facilities.

Where facilities are not available or unusual expenditures are involved in making them available, the customermay be required to pay additional charges to cover the unusual expenditure or to contract for services beyond thenormal service term or both. (These notes and charges will be determined on an individual case basis)

Distance Extension Charges as set forth in Section 2sA, 5c of this tariff will apply to customers who are withinthe serving central office and who are located more than 18,000 feet (cable route) from the central office.

Where available, a maximum of 8 services, two of which may be "B" channel services, are permitted for eachADS-BRI line.

The availability, functionality and capabilities of the ADS-BRI features may vary by type of serving CentralOffice switch.

(NR)







3. Regulations (Continued)

b. Directory Listings

The Telephone Company will furnish without charge one primary directory listing for each ADS-BRI line.Additional listings may be provided as specified for Additional Listing Service in Section 12 of this tariff.

c. Transmission Specifications

An ADS-BRI line consists of non-loaded two-wire facility.

The standard transmission parameters for an ADS-BRI line consists of a maximum of 40dB loop loss at a 40KHz test tone terminated into a 135 ohm impedance.

d. Interface Specifications for Customer-Provided Equipment (CPE)

All customer-provided equipment used to interface with ADS-BRI is required to conform with TechnicalReference Specifications as used by the Telephone Company.

e. Payment for Service

Monthly or Contract - ADS-BRI is offered under a monthly plan.

Temporary Suspension of Service - Temporary Suspension of Service is not offered with ADS-BRI.

f. Cancellation of Service Prior to Establishment of Service

In the event a customer initiates cancellation of equipment and facilities before completion, or after installation iscompleted, but prior to service being established, the loss on equipment and facilities in process of building orbeing installed, cost of installation labor, cost of removal and other expenses, not to exceed the installationcharge(s), will apply.

g. Government Entity

Any Government Entity may authorize any other government entity to use its ADS-BRI. In such cases, the initialprimary user will be considered the customer and will be responsible for the payment of all the incurred non-recurring charges and monthly rates.

(NR)





ADVANCED DIGITAL SERVICE (Continued) (NR)


4. Application of Charges and Rates

Circuit Switched Voice calls will be subject to Extended Community Calling charges or Long Distance MessageTelecommunications Service charges as specified elsewhere in this tariff, if applicable.

Circuit Switched Data calls will be subject to usage sensitive rates based on minutes of use for local and ExtendedCommunity Calling, or Long Distance Telecommunications Service charges as specified elsewhere in this tariff.

5. Charges and Rates

The following charges and rates are in addition to the charges and rates for any other services to furnish acommunications system. The monthly rate includes the BRI access line.

Install Month toCharge Month

a. ISDN, Basic RateAccess Line (2B+D) $75.00 $134.20

b. Optional Service Features:

Additional Call Offering $5.00 $2.50

Additional Multiple Call Appearance, each $5.00 $2.00

Intercom Calling $5.00 $2.00

Message Waiting Indicator, each $5.00 $3.00

Secondary Telephone Numbers, each $5.00 $2.00

Station Controlled Conference - 6 Port $5.00 $4.50

c. Distance Extension Charge: N/A $25.00

(NR)





FRAME RELAY SERVICE

Page

FRAME RELAY SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

(A) Service Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

(B) Service Provisioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

(C) Obligations of the Telephone Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

(D) Obligations of the Customer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

(E) Rate Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6

(1) Minimum Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6(2) Rate Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6(3) Rate Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9(4) Optional Payment Plan (OPP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

(F) Rates and Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

(1) Standard Arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 (a) Frame Relay with UNI Port and Access Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

(b) Frame Relay with UNI Port Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18(c) Frame Relay Private NNI Port Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19(d) Frame Relay Public NNI, based on CIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20(e) Frame Relay Permanent Virtual Circuit CIR Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . 21(f) Burst Size B(e) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.1(g) Subsequent Order Charge [CIR, B(e)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.1

(2) Optional Payment Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27(a) Frame Relay UNI Port and Access line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27(b) Frame Relay UNI Port Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29(c) Frame Relay Private NNI Port Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION (CT) Section No. 29 1st Revised Sheet No. 1 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC FRAME RELAY SERVICE

(CT) FRAME RELAY SERVICE (A) SERVICE DESCRIPTION

Frame Relay Service (FRS) is a "fast packet" network service that permits the transmission of data at speeds of 56/64* Kbps, 128 Kbps, 256 Kbps, 384 Kbps, 512 Kbps, 768 Kbps, DS1, or (AT) DS3 using Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVCs).

Clear Channel Capability is available as set forth in the National Exchange Carrier Association tariff FCC No. 5, and will be provided upon request, and where deemed applicable by CenturyTel.

PVCs are logical circuits that define a specific path for data sent by the customer to another location. These circuits are virtual because they are established in software tables and do not tie up capacity when not in use. This also allows multiple PVCs to be defined on any given port, thereby providing a single access line the capability to transmit data to multiple destinations.

In operation of Frame Relay Service, customer premises equipment, such as routers, encapsulate arriving data into variable length frames. These frames contain information identifying which PVC in the network should be used to forward the frame to the proper destination. The customer premises equipment then sends the frame into the Frame Relay network. The Frame Relay switch reads identifying information and routes the frame to the proper destination based on a pre-established PVC.

The statistical multiplexing Frame Relay switches are able to provide shared network resources to end users of this service.

Frame Relay Service conforms to ITU-T (Telecommunication Standardization Bureau of the International Telecommunication Union, formerly Consultative Committee for International Telegraph and Telephone ([CCITT]) and American National Standards Institute (ANSI) publications T1.602, T1.606, T1.617 and T1.618.

The Committed Information Rate (CIR) and the Excess Burst Rate B(e) are traffic management parameters that allow the customer to fine tune implementation of Frame Relay Service.

* Upon request and where available.


By: Chantel Mosby Manager, Tariffs and Compliance PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

PSC File Mark Only


(CT) FRAME RELAY SERVICE (Continued) (B) SERVICE PROVISIONING

Frame Relay is a transport service that facilitates the exchange of variable length information units (frames) between end user connections by way of assigned virtual connections. Each frame is passed to the Frame Relay network with an address that specifies the virtual connection. Variable frame length capability is useful in communications between asynchronous Local Area Networks (LANs) and for transport of synchronous data traffic. Frame Relay is capable of handling the requirements of bursty data sources because of the ability of the service to allocate additional bandwidth when not in use by other sources. Frame Relay is provided to the customer in the form of the Frame Relay User-to-Network Interface (UNI) Port with Access Line, or Frame Relay UNI Port Only, Frame Relay Network-to-Network (NNI) Port Only, Frame Relay NNI Public Access based on Committed Information Rate (CIR), and CIR-based Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVCs). The Frame Relay Access Line forms the component which provides the customer access to the customer's serving wire center and interoffice transport from the customer's serving wire center to the Frame Relay Switch. The Frame Relay Access line is provided for use only with Frame Relay Service and where pre-established by the Telephone Company. Frame Relay Service is not offered bundled with the Frame Relay Access Line. DS3 is available on a UNI or NNI port only basis and the DS3 access line is obtained from the National Exchange Carrier Association Tariff FCC No. 5. The Frame Relay UNI and NNI Port Only offerings are provided for digital special access line connections to the network supporting Frame Relay Service. Channel Terminations are available from the National Exchange Carrier Association Tariff FCC No. 5.



PSC File Mark Only


(CT) FRAME RELAY SERVICE (Continued) (B) SERVICE PROVISIONING (Continued)

PVCs are provisioned on either 56/64 Kbps, 128 Kbps, 256 Kbps, 384 Kbps, 512 Kbps, 768 Kbps, (AT) DS1 or DS3 ports, depending upon the customer's networking requirements. The actual throughput of aggregated PVC bandwidths in use at the same time on the same port cannot exceed the port speed. Since all PVCs need not be in use at the same time, it is possible for the total bandwidth of all CIR-PVCs associated with one Frame Relay Access Line to exceed the bandwidth of that Frame Relay Access Line. This is referred to as over-subscription and when this occurs, there can be no guarantee that the CIR defined for that port and PVC will be available at any point in time. No PVC can have a CIR greater than the lower of the two port speeds connected by the PVC segment. A PVC must be associated with at least one Frame Relay Port. A Frame Relay Port can be associated with multiple PVCs. A customer subscribing to a FRS port or port with access line will be referred to as the Controller of the Frame Relay Port. A separate entity may subscribe, with written authorization from the Controller, to a PVC which allows communication between entities. A disconnect of a PVC does not result in the disconnect of the underlying access line and port. Only the Controller may order the disconnect of the Frame Relay Access Service. Both customers must have a Frame Relay Service. The Controller of each Frame Relay Access Service must have written permission from the Controller(s) of each of the Frame Relay Services to which a PVC is requested. The Frame Relay Port with CIR-PVC capacity may be ordered and billed separately from an associated frame relay port and PVC and can have different customers as Controllers.



PSC File Mark Only


(CT) FRAME RELAY SERVICE (Continued) (B) SERVICE PROVISIONING (Continued)

The Committed Information Rate (CIR) and Excess Burst Size B(e) are traffic management-parameters that allow the customer to fine tune implementation of Frame Relay Service. Occasionally, in order to perform software updates and other maintenance, it may be necessary to take the Frame Relay Switch out of service, during the predetermined maintenance window of 12:01 a.m. - 6:00 a.m. In these cases, all attempts will be made to notify the customer in advance as to the time and duration of these outages. The Telephone Company reserves the right to temporarily interrupt Frame Relay Service at other times in emergency situations. The Telephone Company does not undertake to originate data, but offers the use of its service components, where available, to customers for the purpose of transporting customer-originated data. Frame Relay Service is available where facilities and conditions permit.

(C) OBLIGATIONS OF THE TELEPHONE COMPANY

When a customer orders a PVC which is related to other Local Exchange Carriers, Interexchange Carriers or other Frame Relay networks, the Telephone Company will provide assistance in establishing this PVC. The Telephone Company has the service responsibility up to and including the network interface.



PSC File Mark Only


(CT) FRAME RELAY SERVICE (Continued) (E) RATE REGULATION

(1) Minimum Period

The minimum period for Frame Relay Service is one month, except when provided under an Optional Payment Plan (OPP) arrangement. The regulations applicable to Frame Relay Service provided under an OPP arrangement are specified under 29(E)(4). CIR based PVCs and Public NNI Access are not offered under an OPP. When PVCs are added to existing Frame Relay Service, the minimum period for the added PVCs is one month.

(2) Rate Elements (a) Frame Relay UNI Port and Access Line

A nonrecurring charge and a monthly rate, based on the speed of the port connection (i.e., 56/64 Kbps, 128 Kbps, 256 Kbps, 384 Kbps 512 Kbps, 768 Kbps or DS1), apply (CT) per port for each Frame Relay access line or digital private line connection to the network supporting Frame Relay Service. Each port can accommodate multiple PVCs.

(b) Frame Relay UNI Port Only The User-to-Network Interface (UNI) port provides for an end user to carrier connection. A nonrecurring charge and monthly rate, based on the speed of the port connection, apply per port for each Frame Relay Access Line or digital private line connection to the network supporting Frame Relay Service. The digital private line connection can be provided via a special access line and special transport to the nearest Telephone Company Frame Relay capable serving wire center, if applicable, offered in the National Exchange Carrier Association Tariff FCC No. 5.



PSC File Mark Only


(CT) FRAME RELAY SERVICE (Continued) (E) RATE REGULATION (Continued)

(2) Rate Elements (Continued)

(c) Frame Relay Private NNI Port Only

The Private Network-to-Network Interface (NNI) port provides for connecting two networks together for Frame Relay Service, which is dedicated to one customer. A nonrecurring charge and monthly rate, based on the speed of the port connection, apply per port for each digital private line connection to the network supporting Frame Relay Service. The digital private line connection can be provided via a special access line and special transport, if applicable, offered in the National Exchange Carrier Association Tariff FCC No. 5.

(d) Frame Relay Public NNI Access The Public Network-to-Network (NNI) access connections are shared among several customers, whose data traffic traverse the link. The monthly rate is applied based on the CIR requested by the customer. Public NNI Access will be provisioned where facilities and conditions permit and where pre-established.

(e) Frame Relay CIR-PVC A monthly rate applies for each PVC based on the CIR requested by the customer. If no CIR indicated, the CIR will be set at the default of 50% of the associated Frame Relay port. One hundred percent CIR will be allowed when conditions and infrastructure permit. Customers may purchase Express PVC-1 or Express PVC-2 to prioritize PVCs at a higher rate than CIR-PVCs. Express PVC will help ensure maximum performance and satisfaction for applications such as voice over Frame Relay. The above CIR conditions apply to Express PVC.



PSC File Mark Only


(CT) FRAME RELAY SERVICE (Continued) (E) RATE REGULATION (Continued)

(2) Rate Elements (Continued)

(f) CIR-PVC Subsequent Order Charge

When a customer orders additional PVCs or B(e), or changes PVC or B(e) assignments on a Frame Relay port after the initial port installation, the CIR-PVC Subsequent Order Charge shall apply per order.

(g) Excess Burst Size B(e) For port size of 256 Kbs or higher, a burst size monthly recurring charge may be applicable. B(e) is uncommitted data.



PSC File Mark Only


(CT) FRAME RELAY SERVICE (Continued) (E) RATE REGULATIONS (Continued)

(3) Rate Application

A customer may access Frame Relay Service via a Frame Relay Access Line or via Telephone Company provided digital access facilities offered in the National Exchange Carrier Association Tariff FCC No. 5. If a customer utilizes a special access line to access FRS, the associated regulations, rates and charges for such facilities shall apply in addition to the rates and charges associated with the FRS rate elements. A customer utilizing special access facilities to access FRS would incur the monthly rate and nonrecurring charge associated with the Frame Relay UNI or NNI Port Only charge set forth under 29(F)(1)(b) or 29(F)(1)(c) respectively for standard arrangements. The UNI Port provides for a user to frame relay switch connection; the NNI Port provides for a frame relay switch to frame relay switch connection. The Frame Relay Access Line with CIR-PVC capacity may be ordered and billed separately from an associated frame relay port and PVC and can have different Controllers, as discussed under 29(B). A request by one customer to discontinue a PVC does not result in the disconnection of the Frame Relay Access Line and Port. Only the Controller of a Frame Relay Access Line may authorize a disconnect of that line.



PSC File Mark Only



(3) Rate Application (Cont'd)

Administrative changes to existing service will be made without charge(s) to the customer. Administrative changes are as follows: Change of customer name, i.e., the customer or record does not change but rather the name of record changes its name, e.g., XYZ Company to XYZ Communications, Change of customer premises address when the change of address is not a result of a physical relocation of facilities, Change in billing data (name, address, or contact name or telephone number), Change of customer contact name or telephone number, and Change of customer service element identification.

(4) Optional Payment Plan (OPP) (a) General

(1) The terms and conditions specified herein are applicable to Frame Relay Service

and are in addition to other regulations as specified in this tariff. (2) The Frame Relay UNI Port with Access Line, the Frame Relay UNI or NNI Port

Only rate elements are available under an OPP. CIR-PVC capacity is not offered under an OPP. Digital special access lines and additional features are available at their tariffed rates and regulations, as set forth in the National Exchange Carrier Association Access Tariff FCC No. 5

(3) Frame Relay OPP rates will not be greater than standard month-to-month Frame

Relay rates, for the same rate elements. Issued: December 9, 2005 Effective: January 8, 2006


PSC File Mark Only



(4) Optional Payment Plan (OPP) (Cont'd)

(a) General (Cont'd)

(4) Three year and five year OPP rates will be equal to or less than the one year

OPP rates. Decreases to the one year OPP rates will flow through to the three year and five year OPP rates.

(5) Payment periods of one year, three year, and five year are available to all

customers at the applicable rates set forth in 29(F)(2) regardless of when they subscribe to an OPP arrangement. Rate elements must be ordered under the same OPP period.

(6) The customer must designate on the order the payment period for the OPP. (7) Inside moves, provided in accordance with Section 5.6.4(A), will not incur

termination liability charges. (8) Outside moves, provided in accordance with Section 5.6.4(B), will allow the

customer to retain the same OPP payment period. Any other move will be treated as a disconnect of the service and termination liability charges will apply.



PSC File Mark Only




(b) Changes in Length of OPP Period

Prior to the completion of the selected OPP period, the customer may elect to convert to a new OPP period of the same or different length, subject to the following conditions: - No credit toward the new payment period will be given for payments made under

the original OPP arrangement. - Nonrecurring charges will not be reapplied for existing service(s). - If the new OPP period is shorter in length that the time remaining under the

existing OPP, the change to the new OPP period constitutes a discontinuance of the existing OPP service and termination liability charges apply.

(c) Renewal Options

(1) At the expiration of a OPP period, the Telephone Company will automatically

renew the service at the same OPP period unless the customer chooses to convert to a different OPP period, convert to month-to-month rates or discontinue service.

(2) Conversion to a different OPP period at the time of renewal will require the

customer to submit a change order. Conversion of existing OPP service to a different OPP period will be allowed without application of any nonrecurring or ordering charges.



PSC File Mark Only



(4) Optional Payment Plan (OPP) (Continued)

(c) Renewal Options (Continued)

(3) Conversion to month-to-month rates will be treated as a disconnect of service

and establishment of new service. However, if no other changes are ordered, no charge will apply.

(d) Notification of Discontinuance

An order for discontinuance of an OPP arrangement must be submitted in writing and received by the Telephone Company at least thirty (30) days prior to actual disconnect of service. Monthly charges will apply for a period of thirty (30) days from the date the Telephone Company receives disconnect notification or until the requested disconnect date, whichever period is longer.



PSC File Mark Only




(e) Upgrade to Higher Speed Service

Customers may elect to upgrade service(s) to a higher speed during an OPP period, subject to the following conditions: - The order to discontinue a service at an existing speed or capacity and the order

for the upgraded service are received by the Company at the same time. - The fixed-period plan for the upgraded service(s) meets or exceeds the

remaining length of the existing fixed-period plan. - The total monthly rate of the new agreement is equal to or greater than the total

monthly rate of the existing agreement period. - The monthly rates for the upgraded services and/or service elements will be

those in effect at the time of the service upgrade. - Termination liability charges will not apply as long as the upgraded service

remains connected at the same points of termination(s) or meets the requirements set forth in National Exchange Carrier Association Access Tariff FCC No. 5 and is provided by the Telephone Company.

- Nonrecurring Charges will not apply to the upgraded Port or Port and Access

Wire. - Nonrecurring Charges will apply for all other services.



PSC File Mark Only




(f) Termination Liability

When an OPP arrangement is discontinued prior to the end of the period, termination liability charges, as set forth below, will apply based on the remainder of the OPP period in effect at the time of disconnect. Termination charges for Frame Relay Service (port only or port and access) will also apply if the minimal amount defined in the contract is not retained. Charges are set forth below with the penalty assessed for each service that falls below the minimum number. One Year OPP - 50% of any remaining portion of the first year's recurring charges for the in service quantity. Three Year OPP - 50% of any remaining portion of the first year's recurring charges. In addition, for any remaining portion of the second and third years, the customer will be liable for 20% of the total monthly recurring charges in that time period for the in service quantity. Five Year OPP - 50% of any remaining portion of the first year's recurring charges. In addition, for any remaining portion of the second through fifth years, the customer will be liable for 20% of the total monthly recurring charges in that time period for the in service quantity.



PSC File Mark Only




(g) Termination Without Liability

During an OPP period, should the currently effective rate for a customer's service increase, the customer may, at his/her option, terminate the OPP arrangement without penalty or liability.

(h) Credit of Termination Liability Credit of termination liability charges for Frame Relay services may be applicable in the case of re-establishment of similar Frame Relay Service of equal to or higher speeds with six months of termination for the same length of the OPP. The amount of credit will be one-sixth of the penalty times the number of months service is re-established until the sixth month.



PSC File Mark Only


(CT) FRAME RELAY SERVICE (Continued) (F) RATES AND CHARGES

(1) Standard Arrangements

(a) Frame Relay UNI Port and Access Line, each

56/64# Kbps 128 Kbps Nonrecurring Monthly Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate Charge Rate

(RT) $295.00 $110.00 $395.00 $200.00 256 Kbps 384 Kbps Nonrecurring Monthly Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate Charge Rate

(RT) $395.00 $280.00 $395.00 $365.00

512 Kbps 768 Kbps (NR) Nonrecurring Monthly Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate Charge Rate $395.00 $420.00 $395.00 $460.00 (NR)

DS1 Service Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate

(RT) $395.00 $530.00

# Upon request and where available.



PSC File Mark Only


(CT) FRAME RELAY SERVICE (Continued) (F) RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)

(1) Standard Arrangements (Cont'd)

(b) Frame Relay UNI Port Only, each@

56/64# Kbps 128 Kbps Nonrecurring Monthly Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate Charge Rate (RT) $80.00 $45.00 $150.00 $80.00 256 Kbps 384 Kbps Nonrecurring Monthly Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate Charge Rate (RT) $150.00 $115.00 $150.00 $160.00 512 Kbps 768 Kbps (NR) Nonrecurring Monthly Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate Charge Rate $150.00 $210.00 $150.00 $250.00 (NR) DS1 Service DS3 Service Nonrecurring Monthly Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate Charge Rate (RT) $395.00 $300.00 $395.00 $1,180.00 # Upon request and where available. @ Refer to Section7 of National Exchange Carrier Association Tariff F.C.C. No. 5 for the appropriate

Special Access Line and Transport Rate. Issued: December 9, 2005 Effective: January 8, 2006


PSC File Mark Only




(c) Frame Relay Private NNI Port Only, each@

56/64# Kbps 128 Kbps Nonrecurring Monthly Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate Charge Rate (RT) $55.00 $30.00 $95.00 $45.00 256 Kbps 384 Kbps Nonrecurring Monthly Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate Charge Rate (RT) $95.00 $65.00 $95.00 $78.00 DS1 Service DS3 Service Nonrecurring Monthly Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate Charge Rate (RT) $295.00 $180.00 $595.00 $800.00

@ Refer to the National Exchange Carrier Association Tariff FCC No. 5.



PSC File Mark Only




(d) Frame Relay Public NNI, based on CIR

1-32 Kbps 33-64 Kbps Nonrecurring Monthly Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate Charge Rate (RT) $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 $25.00 65-96 Kbps 97-128 Kbps Nonrecurring Monthly Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate Charge Rate (RT) $20.00 $30.00 $20.00 $35.00 129-192 Kbps 193-256 Kbps Nonrecurring Monthly Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate Charge Rate (RT) $20.00 $40.00 $20.00 $50.00 Issued: December 9, 2005 Effective: January 8, 2006


PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION (CT) Section No. 29 1st Revised Sheet No. 20.1 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC FRAME RELAY SERVICE



(d) Frame Relay Public NNI, based on CIR (Cont'd)

257-320 Kbps 321-384 Kbps Nonrecurring Monthly Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate Charge Rate (RT) $20.00 $55.00 $20.00 $60.00 385-512 Kbps 513-768 Kbps Nonrecurring Monthly Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate Charge Rate (RT) $20.00 $70.00 $20.00 $80.00 769-1152 Kbps 1,153-1,536 Kbps Nonrecurring Monthly Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate Charge Rate (RT) $20.00 $90.00 $20.00 $105.00 Issued: December 9, 2005 Effective: January 8, 2006


PSC File Mark Only





1,537-4,000 Kbps 4,001-10,000 Kbps Nonrecurring Monthly Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate Charge Rate (RT) $20.00 $135.00 $20.00 $290.00 10,001-15,000 Kbps 15,001-20,000 Kbps Nonrecurring Monthly Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate Charge Rate (RT) $20.00 $410.00 $20.00 $510.00 20,001-25,000 Kbps 25,001-30,000 Kbps Nonrecurring Monthly Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate Charge Rate (RT) $20.00 $610.00 $20.00 $700.00 Issued: December 9, 2005 Effective: January 8, 2006


PSC File Mark Only





30,001-35,000 Kbps 35,001-40,000 Kbps Nonrecurring Monthly Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate Charge Rate (RT) $20.00 $775.00 $20.00 $875.00 40,001-45,000 Kbps Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate (RT) $20.00 $975.00 Issued: December 9, 2005 Effective: January 8, 2006


PSC File Mark Only




(e) Frame Relay Permanent Virtual Circuit CIR Capacity, each

Based on CIR Requested

1-32 Kbps 33-64 Kbps 65-96 Kbps 97-128 Kbps (RT) Monthly Rate $8.00 $15.00 $22.00 $27.00 1-32 Kbps 33-64 Kbps 65-96 Kbps 97-128 Kbps (RT) ExpressPVC-1 Monthly Rate $10.00 $18.75 $27.50 $33.75 1-32 Kbps 33-64 Kbps 65-96 Kbps 97-128 Kbps (RT) Express PVC-2 Monthly Rate $8.80 $16.50 $24.20 $29.70 Issued: December 9, 2005 Effective: January 8, 2006


PSC File Mark Only




(e) Frame Relay Permanent Virtual Circuit CIR Capacity, each (Cont'd)

Based on CIR Requested (Cont'd)

129-192 Kbps 193-256 Kbps 257-320 Kbps 321-384 Kbps (RT) Monthly Rate $36.00 $42.00 $48.00 $54.00 129-192 Kbps 193-256 Kbps 257-320 Kbps 321-384 Kbps (RT) Express PVC-1 Monthly Rate $45.00 $52.50 $60.00 $67.50 129-192 Kbps 193-256 Kbps 257-320 Kbps 321-384 Kbps (RT) Express PVC-2 Monthly Rate $39.60 $46.20 $52.80 $59.40 Issued: December 9, 2005 Effective: January 8, 2006


PSC File Mark Only




(e) Frame Relay Permanent Virtual Circuit CIR Capacity, each(Cont'd)


385-512 Kbps 513-768 Kbps 769-1152 Kbps 1153-1536 Kbps (RT) Monthly Rate $60.00 $70.00 $80.00 $90.00 385-512 Kbps 513-768 Kbps 769-1152 Kbps 1153-1536 Kbps (RT) Express PVC-1 Monthly Rate $75.00 $87.50 $100.00 $112.50 385-512 Kbps 513-768 Kbps 769-1152 Kbps 1153-1536 Kbps (RT) Express PVC-2 Monthly Rate $66.00 $77.00 $88.00 $99.00 Issued: December 9, 2005 Effective: January 8, 2006


PSC File Mark Only






1,537 Kbps - 4,001 Kbps - 10,001 Kbps - 4,000 Kbps 10,000 Kbps 15,000 Kbps (RT) Monthly Rate $120.00 $250.00 $330.00 1,537 Kbps - 4,001 Kbps - 10,001 Kbps - 4,000 Kbps 10,000 Kbps 15,000 Kbps (RT) Express PVC-1 Monthly Rate $150.00 $312.50 $412.50 1,537 Kbps - 4,001 Kbps - 10,001 Kbps - 4,000 Kbps 10,000 Kbps 15,000 Kbps (RT) Express PVC-2 Monthly Rate $132.00 $275.00 $363.00 Issued: December 9, 2005 Effective: January 8, 2006


PSC File Mark Only








PSC File Mark Only




Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Rate (RT) (f) Burst Size B(e) 250 Kbps N/A $2.00 (RT) 1 Mbps N/A $5.00 (RT) (g) Subsequent Order Charge [CIR, B(e)] $20.00 N/A (RT) Issued: December 9, 2005 Effective: January 8, 2006


PSC File Mark Only



(2) Optional Payment Plan (OPP)

(a) Frame Relay UNI Port and Access Line, each

(1) 56/64# Kbps

One Year Three Year Five Year Nonrecurring Monthly Monthly Monthly Charge Rate Rate Rate (RT) $295.00 $105.00 $95.00 $85.00

(2) 128 Kbps One Year Three Year Five Year Nonrecurring Monthly Monthly Monthly Charge Rate Rate Rate (RT) $395.00 $180.00 $165.00 $160.00

(3) 256 Kbps One Year Three Year Five Year Nonrecurring Monthly Monthly Monthly Charge Rate Rate Rate (RT) $395.00 $250.00 $235.00 $220.00

# Upon request and where available. Issued: December 9, 2005 Effective: January 8, 2006


PSC File Mark Only


(CT) FRAME RELAY SERVICE (Continued) (F) RATES AND CHARGES (Continued) (2) Optional Payment Plan (OPP) (Continued) (a) Frame Relay UNI Port and Access Line, each (Cont'd) (4) 384 Kbps One Year Three Year Five Year Nonrecurring Monthly Monthly Monthly Charge Rate Rate Rate (RT) $395.00 $345.00 $335.00 $320.00 (5) 512 Kbps (NR) One Year Three Year Five Year Nonrecurring Monthly Monthly Monthly Charge Rate Rate Rate $395.00 $410.00 $395.00 $375.00 (6) 768 Kbps One Year Three Year Five Year Nonrecurring Monthly Monthly Monthly Charge Rate Rate Rate $395.00 $445.00 $430.00 $415.00 (NR) (7) DS1 Service (CT) One Year Three Year Five Year Nonrecurring Monthly Monthly Monthly Charge Rate Rate Rate (RT) $395.00 $510.00 $490.00 $470.00 Issued: December 9, 2005 Effective: January 8, 2006


PSC File Mark Only




(b) Frame Relay UNI Port Only, each@*

(1) 56/64# Kbps

One Year Three Year Five Year Nonrecurring Monthly Monthly Monthly Charge Rate Rate Rate (CT) $80.00 $43.00 $41.00 $38.00

(2) 128 Kbps One Year Three Year Five Year Nonrecurring Monthly Monthly Monthly Charge Rate Rate Rate (CT) $150.00 $75.00 $70.00 $68.00

(3) 256 Kbps One Year Three Year Five Year Nonrecurring Monthly Monthly Monthly Charge Rate Rate Rate (CT) $150.00 $110.00 $105.00 $100.00 # Upon request and where available. @ Refer to the National Exchange Carrier Association Access Tariff FCC No. 5 Special Access Line

rate and transport charge. Issued: December 9, 2005 Effective: January 8, 2006


PSC File Mark Only




(b) Frame Relay UNI Port Only, each@ (Cont'd)

(4) 384 Kbps (CT)


(5) 512 Kbps (NR) $150.00 $200.00 $185.00 $170.00

(6) 768 Kbps $150.00 $240.00 $225.00 $210.00 (NR)

(7) DS1 Service (CT) (RT) $395.00 $285.00 $265.00 $245.00

(8) DS3 Service (CT) $395.00 $1140.00 $1090.00 $1050.00

@ Refer to the National Exchange Carrier Association Access Tariff FCC No. 5 for Special Access Line rate and transport charges.



PSC File Mark Only



(2) Optional Payment Plan (OPP) (Cont'd) (c) Frame Relay Private NNI Port Only, each@

(1) 56/64 Kbps

One Year Three Year Five Year Nonrecurring Monthly Monthly Monthly Charge Rate Rate Rate (CT) $55.00 $27.00 $23.00 $20.00



@ Refer to the National Exchange Carrier Association Tariff FCC No. 5 for the appropriate Special Access Line rate and transport charges.



PSC File Mark Only



(2) Optional Payment Plan (OPP) (Cont'd) (c) Frame Relay Private NNI Port Only, each@

(4) 384 Kbps


(5) DS1 Service

(RT) $295.00 $170.00 $160.00 $150.00

(6) DS3 Service (RT) $595.00 $750.00 $725.00 $700.00

@ Refer to the National Exchange Carrier Association Tariff FCC No. 5 for the appropriate Access Line rate.





CONNECTION WITH CUSTOMER-PROVIDEDEQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES

Sheet No.

Basis of Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Cancellation of Application for Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Connection with Certain Facilities of:

Hazardous or Inaccessible Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Power, Pipe Line, and Railroad Companies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10U. S. Army, Navy, Air Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11U. S. Government Executive Department and Agencies . . . . . . . . . 13

Connection of a Conforming Answering Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Connections of Customer Provided Communications Systems . . . . . . . . . 6Connection with Recording, Reproducing and Automatic

Answering and Recording Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Field Line Terminations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Network Protection Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Obligation of the Customer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Responsibility of the Customer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Responsibility of the Telephone Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Terminal Equipment

Acoustic, Inductive Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Data Access Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Data Transmitting and/or Receiving Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Network Control Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Voice Transmitting and/or Receiving Equipment and

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Violation of Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




CONNECTION WITH CUSTOMER-PROVIDED EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Customer-provided equipment and facilities may be connected to facilities of the Telephone Company, subject to the provisions of the "General Regulations" contained in Section 5 of this General Exchange Tariff and the regulations, rates and charges specified herein.

Certain items provided in this section may require the use of commercial power. The rates quoted contemplate the use of standard equipment designed to operate on 110 volts, 60 cycles a.c. power. When special equipment, designed to operate on other voltages or frequencies, is required, the Telephone Company may make a reasonable additional charge. The commercial power, power wiring and outlets necessary for the operation of the equipment will be furnished by the customer.

Basis of Connection

The operation, maintenance and operating characteristics of the customer-provided equipment and the magnitude and character of the voltages and currents delivered to the Telephone Company connecting equipment shall be such as not to interfere with any of the services offered by the Telephone Company or interfere with the service of others. Such equipment shall operate in such a manner as to avoid hazard and/or damage to Telephone Company plant or injury to Telephone Company employees or customers because of the character or location of the customer- provided apparatus and power source to which it is connected. Upon notice from the Telephone Company that the equipment of the customer is causing or is likely to cause hazard or interference, the customer shall make such changes as may be necessary to remove or prevent such hazard or interference.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





GENERAL REGULATIONS (Continued)

Obligation of the Customer

The customer indemnifies and saves the Telephone Company harmless against libel, slander or the infringement of copyright or patents arising from the improper use of material transmitted over its facilities or from combining with or using in connection with, facilities of the Telephone Company, apparatus and systems of the customer; and against all other claims arising out of any act or omission of the customer in connection with facilities provided by the Telephone Company.

Responsibility of Telephone Company

The Telephone Company shall not be responsible to the customer for damages arising out of mistakes, omissions, interruptions, delays or errors or defects in transmission (except those caused by its failure to furnish facilities suit-able for ordinary telephone service or its failure to maintain and operate such facilities in a manner proper for telephone service). The liability of the Telephone Company for damages caused by its failure to furnish facilities suit-able for ordinary telephone service or its failure to maintain and operate such facilities in a manner proper for telephone service is as set forth in the "General Regulations" contained in Section 5 of this general Exchange Tariff.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:






Responsibility of Telephone Company (Continued)

The Telephone Company shall not be responsible for the installation, operation or maintenance of any customer-provided terminal equipment. Exchange service is not represented as adapted to the use of customer-provided equipment and where such equipment is connected to Telephone Company facilities, the responsibility of the Telephone Company shall be limited to the furnishing of facilities suitable for long distance message telecommunications service and to the maintenance and operation of such facilities in a manner proper for such telecommunications service; subject to this responsibility the Telephone Company shall not be responsible for (1) the through transmission of signals generated by the customer- provided equipment or for the quality of, or defects in, such transmission, or (2) the reception of signals by customer-provided equipment.

The Telephone Company shall not be responsible to the customer or otherwise if changes in the criteria contained in this tariff, or in any of the facilities operations or procedures of the Telephone Company render any customer-provided equipment obsolete or require modification or alteration of such equipment or otherwise affect its use or performance.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:






Violation of Regulations

Where any customer-provided equipment is used with exchange service in violation of any of the provisions in this tariff, the Telephone Company will take such immediate action as necessary for the protection of the network and will promptly notify the customer of the violation. The customer shall discontinue such use of the equipment or correct the violation and shall confirm in writing to the Company within 10 days, following the receipt of written notice from the Company, that such use has ceased or that the violation has been corrected. Failure of the customer to discontinue such use or to correct the violation and to give the required written confirmation to the Telephone Company within the time stated above shall result in suspension of the customer's service until such time as the customer complies with the provisions of this tariff.

Cancellation of Application for Service

When a firm request for service which required a special assembly of equipment or special engineering, is cancelled in whole or in part before service is established, the applicant or customer is required, on demand, to reimburse the Telephone Company for all expense incurred in connection with the application for service and the installation of the required equipment and facilities before notice of cancellation is received.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





CONNECTION TO CUSTOMER-PROVIDED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS

Connections of Customer-Provided Communications Systems

Customer-provided communications systems may be connected at a service point of the customer, on a voice grade basis, with exchange service either through a network control signaling unit and connecting arrangement, furnished, installed and maintained by the Telephone Company or through customer-provided equipment which effects such connections externally to a Telephone Company network control signaling unit by means of an acoustic or inductive connection for transmitting and/or receiving. The customer-provided system shall comply with the minimum network protection criteria contained in this tariff.

The customer is responsible for specifying the connecting arrangement required to interconnect the customer-provided equipment. Customers requesting a connecting arrangement that is not specified in the applicable Bell System Technical reference will be advised that the requested connecting arrangement is not correct. When the customer insists that an incorrect connecting arrangement be installed, the Telephone Company will, at his request, provide such connecting arrangement. In such cases the customer will be advised that the Telephone Company does not guarantee that the connecting arrangement will function properly and thereby is released from any liability associated with such installation should the connecting arrangement not function properly. In such cases, the customer will be billed all expenses incurred in connecting with removal of such arrangement and installation of the appropriate connecting arrangement.

Network Protection Criteria

To protect the telecommunications network and the services furnished to the general public by the Telephone Company from harmful effects the signal from the customer-provided communications system to the network must comply with the following minimum network protection criteria:

Where the customer-provided communications system is connected with exchange and long distance message telecommunications service through a connecting arrangement and network control signaling unit furnished by the Telephone Company, the customer-provided communications system must comply with the following criteria:

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




CONNECTION WITH CUSTOMER-PROVIDED

EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES

CONNECTION TO CUSTOMER-PROVIDED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS (Continued)

Network Protection Criteria (Continued)

To prevent excessive noise and crosstalk in the network, it is necessary that the power of the signal at the central office not exceed 12db below one milli watt when averaged over any three second interval. To permit each customer, independent of distance from the central office, to supply signal power which approximates the 12db below one milliwatt limit at the central office, the power of the signal which may be applied by the customer-provided equipment to the Telephone Company interface located on the customer's premises will be specified for each customer's location, but in no case shall it exceed one milliwatt.

To protect other services, it is necessary that the signal which is applied by the customer-provided equipment to the Telephone Company interface located on the customer's premises meets the following limits:

The power in the band from 3,995 Hertz to 4,005 Hertz shall be at least 18db below the power of the signal as specified preceding.

The power in the band from 4,000 Hertz to 10,000 Hertz shall not exceed 16db below one milliwatt.



The power in the band above 40,000 Hertz shall not exceed 5db below one milliwatt.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:







To prevent the interruption or disconnection of a call, or interference with network control signaling, it is necessary that the signal applied by the customer-provided equipment to the Telephone Company interface located on the customer's premises at no time have energy solely in the 2450 to 2750 Hertz band. If signal power is in the 2450 to 2750 Hertz band, it must not exceed the power present at the same time in the 800 to 2450 Hertz band.

Where the customer-provided communications system is connected with exchange and long distance message telecommunications service through customer-provided equipment which effects such connections externally to a Telephone Company network control signaling unit by means of an acoustic or inductive connection for transmitting and/or receiving the customer-provided communications system must comply with the following criteria:

To prevent excessive noise and crosstalk in the network, it is necessary that the power of the signal which is applied by the customer-provided equipment to the network control signaling unit located on the customer's premises be limited so that the signal power at the output of the network control signaling unit (i.e., at the input of the Telephone Company line) does not exceed 9db below one milliwatt when averaged over any three-second interval.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:







To protect other services, it is necessary that the signal which is applied by the customer-provided equipment to the network control signaling unit located on the customer's premises meet the following limits at the output of the network control signaling unit (i.e., at the input to the Telephone Company line):

The power in the band from 3,995 Hertz to 4,005 Hertz shall be at least 18db below the power of the signal as specified preceding.


The power in the band from 10,000 Hertz to 25,000 Hertz shall not exceed 24bd below one milliwatt.


The power in the band above 40,000 Hertz shall not exceed 50db below one milliwatt.

To prevent the interruption or disconnection of a call, or interference with network control signaling, it is necessary that the signal applied by the customer-provided equipment to the network control signaling unit located on the customer's premises be limited so that the signal at the output of the network control signaling unit (i.e., at the input to the Telephone Company line) shall at no time have energy solely in the 2450 to 2750 Hertz band. If there is signal power at the output of the network control signaling unit in the 2450 to 2750 Hertz band, it must not exceed the power present at the same time in the 800 to 2450 Hertz band.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





CONNECTION TO CUSTOMER-PROVIDED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS (Continued) Connections with Certain Facilities of Power, Pipe Line and Railroad Companies

Telephone facilities of an electric power company of oil, oil products or natural gas pipe line company, or railroad company provided primarily to communicate with points located along a right-of-way (including premises of such company anywhere in cities, towns or villages along the right-of-way) owned or controlled by such company, may, in lieu of the provisions of this tariff preceding, be connected with exchange service, for the following purposes: (a) (1) in cases of emergency involving safety of life or property; (2) in addition, in cases of calls originated by railroad employees under circumstances indicating need for prompt action to secure or maintain the safety, continuity, or reliability of railroad service to the public, and related to the movement of passengers, mail, property, or equipment by railroad, or the repair, maintenance or construction of railroad right-of-way, structures, or equipment; (b) in cases where the customer facilities serve locations where it is impracticable because of hazard or inaccessibility for the Telephone Company to furnish its facilities; (c) during an interim period in cases where the customer has arranged for replacement of said customer facilities with facilities of the Telephone Company.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:






Connections with Certain Facilities of Power, Pipe Line and Railroad Companies (Continued)

Telephone circuits of such companies will be connected to a local or toll central office access line to form a through connection only through manual switching equipment, or an attendant's position of dial private branch exchange equipment furnished to the customer by the Telephone Company. Such equipment or position may be located at either or both ends of the customer's circuit.

Connection of a telephone circuit of such companies as specified in this tariff preceding may be established at either end of such circuit, but shall not be established at both ends simultaneously.

Connection with Certain Facilities of the U. S. Army, Navy and Air Force

Facilities of a telephone system of the U. S. Department of the Army, Navy or Air Force which serves an establishment operated and administered under the direction of the Department and commanded by authorities of such establishment, may, in lieu of the provisions of this tariff preceding, be connected with exchange service where the Secretary of the Department certifies in writing that reasons of military necessity require that the establishment be served by a telephone system of the Department. In addition, the facilities of a temporary telephone system of such Department located at a permanent establishment of the Department for maneuvers, mobilization tests or technical service tests will be so connected.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:






Connection with Certain Facilities of the U. S. Army, Navy and Air Force (Continued)

Telephone facilities of the U. S. Department of the Army, Navy or Air Force, other than those described above, may, in lieu of the provisions of this tariff preceding be connected by means of switching or connecting equipment furnished by the Telephone Company, to a private branch exchange switchboard or other telephone switching or terminal equipment, where the Secretary of the Department or his authorized representative notifies the Telephone Company in writing that such connection is required for reasons of military necessity. Such Department telephone facilities will be connected with exchange service only in cases of emergency involving safety of life or property, unless the aforesaid Department facilities are in locations where it is impracticable for the Telephone Company to furnish its facilities.

Connections of Service Station Lines and Facilities Furnished by the Customer Which Involve Hazardous or Inaccessible Locations

Service station lines and facilities furnished by the customer may be connected with exchange facilities furnished by the Telephone Company as specified in the Service Station section of this General Exchange Tariff.

Telephone circuits owned and maintained by a mining company or a powder manufac- turing company and located on the property of such company in inaccessible or hazardous locations may be connected with a private branch exchange furnished the customer by the Telephone Company.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:






U. S. Government Executive Department and Agencies

Equipment of a Department or Agency of the Executive Branch of the U. S. Govern- ment used for the purpose of disguising or concealing the contents or meaning of communications may be connected to Telephone Company facilities in lieu of such station equipment, subject to the regulations and conditions stated below:

The head of the Department or Agency whose equipment is to be connected, or his authorized representative, shall notify the Telephone Company in writing that such connection is necessary to safeguard official information which requires protection in the interests of national defense, or other confidential official information disclosure of which to unauthorized persons would be detrimental to the public interest.

The connection shall be made by means of connecting equipment or arrangements furnished by the customer.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





CUSTOMER-PROVIDED TERMINAL EQUIPMENT

Customer-provided terminal equipment may be used with the facilities furnished by the Telephone Company, for exchanges telecommunications service, as specified in the following paragraphs.

Terminal Equipment

Data Transmitting and/or Receiving Terminal Equipment

Customer-provided data transmitting and/or receiving terminal equipment which involves direct electrical connection to the facilities furnished by the Tele- hone Company may be used with such facilities for exchange and long distance message telecommunications service either through a data set, or a data access arrangement. Use of such service is on a two-point basis.

Data Set - Customer-provided data transmitting and/or receiving terminal equipment with a data set shall perform the functions of:

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





CUSTOMER-PROVIDED TERMINAL EQUIPMENT (Continued)

Terminal Equipment (Continued)

Network Control Signaling

Conditioning the data signals generated by the customer-provided equipment to signals suitable for transmission by means of Telephone Company facilities, and

Conditioning signals transmitted by means of Telephone Company facilities to data signals suitable for reception by customer-provided equipment.

Teletypewriter equipment when used with a data set will be provided by the customer.

Data Access Arrangement - Customer-provided data transmitting and/or receiving terminal equipment used through a data access arrangement:

The customer shall furnish the equipment which performs the functions of data signal conditioning referred to above.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:







Data Access Arrangement

The customer shall furnish the data access arrangement for use with the network control signaling unit.

Acoustic, Inductive Connections

Customer-provided data transmitting and/or receiving terminal equipment may be acoustically or inductively connected with Telephone Company network control signaling unit.

Voice Transmitting and/or Receiving Terminal Equipment and Accessories

Customer-provided voice transmitting and/or receiving terminal equipment and accessories, devices and/or miscellaneous terminal equipment which involves direct electrical connection to the facilities furnished by the Telephone Company for exchange service may be used with such facilities in accordance with the following:

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:







Voice Transmitting and/or Receiving Terminal Equipment and Accessories (Continued)

The connection shall be made through a Telephone Company network control signaling unit and a connecting arrangement which shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the Telephone Company. As provided in accordance with the regulations pertaining to Terminal Equipment Attested by a Manufacturer or Supplier, a connecting arrangement is not required for the connection of certain classes of attested customer-provided terminal equipment.

Customer-provided voice transmitting and/or receiving terminal equipment may be acoustically or inductively connected with Telephone Company facilities for exchange service provided the acoustic or inductive connection is made externally to a Telephone Company network control signaling unit.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





CONNECTION OF CUSTOMER-PROVIDED RECORDING, REPRODUCING AND AUTOMATIC ANSWERING AND RECORDING EQUIPMENT

Customer-provided recording, reproducing and automatic answering and recording equipment may be used in connection with facilities of the Telephone Company for the following purposes and subject to the following conditions:

RECORDING OF TWO-WAY CONVERSATIONS

Direct Electrical Connection

Connection of customer-provided voice recording equipment with facilities of the Telephone Company for the recording of two-way telephone conversations is, except as provided under acoustic or inductive connections following, permitted only by means of a direct electrical connection through a connecting arrangement which contains a recorder tone device (recorder connector) which automatically produces a distinctive recorder tone that is repeated at intervals of approximately fifteen seconds when the recording equipment is in use. Such distinctive tone need not be produced when the recording equipment is used as follows:

With private line service which has no connection or means of connection with the exchange line facilities.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





RECORDING OF TWO-WAY CONVERSATIONS (Continued)

Direct Electrical Connection (Continued)

When the recording equipment is used by a Federal Communications Commission licensed broadcast station customer for the recording of two-way telephone conversations solely for broadcast over the air. (Filed in compliance with Memorandum Opinion and Order of Federal Communications Commission adopted December 13, 1972.)

By a public fire and police service for the recording of two-way telephone conversations provided that proper public authority certifies that the service will be used exclusively for the receipt of emergency fire and police calls.

The customer-provided voice recording equipment shall be so arranged that at the will of the user it can be physically connected to and disconnected from the facilities of the Telephone Company or switched on and off.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





RECORDING OF TWO-WAY CONVERSATIONS (Continued)

Acoustic, Inductive Connections

Customer-provided voice recording equipment may be connected with facilities of the Telephone Company for the recording of two-way telephone conversations by means of acoustic or inductive connections without the distinctive recorder tone described under "direct electrical connection" preceding, only under the following conditions:

By a customer who has reason to believe that the call to be recorded will be a call or calls, anonymous or otherwise, if in a manner reasonably to be expected to frighten, abuse, torment or harass another; profane or obscene language; used for an unlawful purpose; and the call is recorded solely for the purpose of obtaining evidence of such violation. (Filed pursuant to the Federal Communications Commission's Memorandum Opinion and Order adopted December 19, 1973.)

Federal Communications Commission licensed broadcast station customers recording of two-way telephone conversations solely for broadcast over the air. (Filed in compliance with Memorandum Opinion and Order of Federal Communica- tions Commission adopted December 13, 1972.)

Such acoustic or inductive connections must be in accordance with regulations contained in this section.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





RECORDING OF INCOMING MESSAGES ONLY

Connection of nonregistered customer-provided recording equipment or automatic answering and recording equipment with the facilities of the Telephone Company for the recording of incoming messages only shall be made only through connecting equipment. Such connecting equipment, the recorder coupler, permits an attendent to use telephone sets furnished on the same line to monitor the recording of incoming messages but physically prevents recording during two-way telephone conversations. A recorder tone is not required.

TRANSMISSION OF PRERECORDED MESSAGES

Connection of nonregistered customer-provided reproducing equipment with facilities of the Telephone Company for the transmission of prerecorded messages shall be made only through connecting equipment.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:



SECTION 31Original Index Sheet No. 1

DSS SERVICE

PAGE

(A.) General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

(B.) Digital Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

(C.) Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

(D.) Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

(E.) Applications of Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

(F.) Rates and Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Issued: Effective:




DSS SERVICE

DSS SERVICE

(A) General

1). DSS Service provides network dial tone service between a customer's premisesand the local serving office on a channelized basis (DS0) over a single high-capacity (DS1) digital facility that terminates on the trunk side of the switchin the local serving office. DSS is available for data dialed access use.

2). DSS is provided in capacity increments of 24 digital channels within a singleDS1 (1.544 Mbps) signal.

3). DSS provides a trunkside DS1 connection with 24 channels. DSS does not providethe function of analog to digital (or vice versa) conversions, and no servicetypes can be specified on the DS1.

4). DSS is comprised of a DSS Capacity component:

(a) The DSS Capacity will be at the rates and charges as specified in (F) ofthis Section.

(b) DSS customers will have to select capacity in increments of 24 digitalchannels.

5). Customers will be offered DSS on a month-to-month basis only.

Issued: Effective:




DSS SERVICE

DSS SERVICE (Continued)

(B) Digital Architecture

1). DSS differs in provisioning method and numbering format from end-to-endservices. These services will be available from the Company on a link basisrather than as an end-to-end service. This architecture is intended to promotemore efficient connectivity of analog and digital networks.

2). The time required to provision service is known as the service date interval. The service date interval for DSS and related network services connected to DSSwill differ from the normal guidelines applicable to end-to-end services.

3). DSS will be available on a digital basis at the network interface on acustomer's premises. Both the Company and the customer have jointresponsibilities to ensure the proper transmission of the provided services. Normal analog channel network interface specifications will be superseded bythe electrical specifications on the 1.544 Mbps (DS1) channel which is actuallyterminated. Each digital channel provided will have an identity only as a"time slot" within a DS1 Channel. Compatible digital to analog conversionequipment must be provided by the customer to derive the desired analogservices. Any Channel Service Units (CSUs) necessary for digital services arethe responsibility of the customer.

Issued: Effective:




DSS SERVICE


(C) Definitions

Channel Service Unit (CSU). The term CSU denotes network channel terminatingequipment provided by the customer to terminate digital channel facilities on acustomer's or user's premises.

DSS Capacity. A DS1 signal between the customer premises and the central office. This digital link can be used to transport switched data services. DSS is availablein increments of 24 digital channels.

DS0. The term DS0 denotes a channel service expressed in terms of its digitallyencoded data bit rate in accordance with the North American hierarchy of digitalsignal levels. It is generally referred to as having a 64 Kbps transmission bitrate signal; however, customer transmitted bit rates are limited to 56 Kbps. Therequired format and interface specifications are stated in Section 7000 of the GTETechnical Interface Reference Manual.

DS1. The term DS1 denotes a channel service expressed in terms of its digitallyencoded bit rate in accordance with the North American hierarchy of digital signallevels. It has a 1.544 Mbps transmission data rate and provides for the two-waysimultaneous transmission of isochronous timed bit stream format. Unframed signalformats are not permitted or compatible with Company equipment. The required formatand interface specifications are stated in Section 7000 of the GTE TechnicalInterface Reference Manual.

Issued: Effective:




DSS SERVICE


(D) Regulations

1). DSS is furnished subject to the availability of facilities from digital centraloffice equipment located in a central office building owned or leased by theCompany. Clear Channel Capability (B8ZS) will be provided where available.

2). DSS is available within an exchange where appropriate digital facilities areavailable as determined by the Company. Service inquiries will be necessary todetermine availability. Special Assembly Charges as specified in Section 24 ofthis Tariff may be applicable.

3). All DSS must be channelized in a single equipment location on a customer'spremises. DSS cannot be split between premises, or multiple locations within apremise. Standard network interfaces, without Integrated Services DigitalNetwork (ISDN) signaling and without any line type features, will be providedby the Company for analog and digital services consistent with existingpractices.

4). The technical specifications and standard network interface for DS1 andassociated channelized services are stated in Section 7000 of the GTE TechnicalInterface Reference Manual.

(E) Application of Rates

1). The DSS Capacity rate is applicable to each DSS.

2). The DSS Capacity element provides for the network facility to the customerpremises and the central office channelization.

3). DSS Service is available on a month-to-month basis only.

4). Transfer of service responsibility between customers is permitted subject tothe rules and regulations as specified in Section 5 of this Tariff.

5). Unless specified herein, rules and regulations contained elsewhere in thisTariff are also applicable to DSS Service.

Issued: Effective:





(F) Rates and Charges

Monthly NonrecurringRate Charge

DSS, each $750.00 $500.00





DIGITAL LINK DIGITAL CHANNEL SERVICE

Page


(A) General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

(B) Digital Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

(C) Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

(D) Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

(E) Application of Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

(F) Rates and Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Issued: Effective:





A. GENERAL

(1) DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service (DCS) is an intraexchange common lineservice which integrates the transport of switched and dedicated services betweena customer's premises and the local serving office. DIGITAL LINK DigitalChannel Service (DCS) is provided on a channelized basis (DSO) over a singlehigh-capacity (DS1) digital facility.

(2) DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service is provided in capacity increments of 24digital channels within a single DS1 signal.

(3) The following types of network services as specified in other tariffs areavailable on a channelized basis via DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service. Theseservices may be furnished on a link basis across multiple jurisdictions whenconnected with DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service.

(a) Analog Voice Service (exchange lines/trunks), and Centrex lines, foreignexchange, off-premises extensions, voice private lines and WATS.

(4) DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service is comprised of the following components:

- Digital Channel Capacity

- Service Activation

(a) The Digital Channel Capacity and Service Activation will be at the rates andcharges as specified in this Tariff.

(b) Customer Premises Channelization is to be provided with premises equipment bythe customer. Rules and regulations apply as specified in this Tariff.

(c) DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service customers will have to select capacityin increments of 24 digital channels. Customers will be offered a TermPayment Plan of 12, 36, or 60 months.

Issued: Effective:





(B) DIGITAL ARCHITECTURE

(1) DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service differs in provisioning method and numberingformat from end-to-end services. These services will be available from theCompany on a link (partial channel) basis rather than as an end-to-end service. This architecture is intended to promote more efficient connectivity of analogand digital networks in the future.

(2) The time required to provision service is known as the service date interval. The service date interval for DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service and relatednetwork services connected to DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service will differfrom the normal guidelines applicable to end-to-end services.

(3) DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service will be available on a digital basis at thenetwork interface on a customer's premises. Traditional analog services, likeoff-premises stations, and automatic access lines, can be provided on a digitalbasis to a customer's premises by the Company when a customer desires themencoded in a DS1 bit stream. Under those conditions, they will be provided asDSO channels by the Company. Both the Company and the customer have jointresponsibilities to ensure the proper transmission of the provided services. Normal analog channel network interface specifications will be superceded by theelectrical specifications of the 1.544 Mbps (DS1) channel which is actuallyterminated. Each digital channel provided will have identity only as a "timeslot" within a DS1 channel. Compatible digital to analog conversion equipmentmust be provided by the customer (optional) to derive the desired analogservices. Any Channel Service Units (CSUs) necessary for digital services arethe responsibility of the customer (optional).

Issued: Effective:





(C) DEFINITIONS

Digital Channel Capacity - A multifunctional DS1 signal between the customer premisesand the central office. This digital link can be used to transport switched anddedicated services. This element acts as the transport medium for the serviceactivations ordered by the customer. Digital Channel Capacity is available inincrements of 24 digital channels.

Service Activation - A Service Activation is the connection between DIGITAL LINKDigital Channel Service and the network service accessed.

Channel Service Unit (CSU) - The term CSU denotes network channel terminatingequipment provided by the customer to terminate digital channel facilities on acustomer's or user's premises.

DS0 - The term DSO denotes a channel service expressed in terms of its digitallyencoded data bit rate in accordance with the North American hierarchy of digitalsignal levels. It is generally referred to as having a 64 Kbps transmission bit ratesignal; however, customer transmitted bit rates are limited to 56 Kbps. The requiredformat and interface specifications are available from the Company. (Please refer toSection 7000 of the GTE Technical Interface Reference Manual.)

DS1 - The term DS1 denotes a channel service expressed in terms of its digitallyencoded bit rate in accordance with the North American hierarchy of digital signallevels. It has a 1.544 Mbps transmission data rate and provided for the two-waysimultaneous transmission of isochronous timed, Bipolar Return-to-Zero (BPRZ) bitstream format. Unframed signal formats are not permitted or compatible with Companyequipment. The required format and interface specifications are available from theCompany. (Please refer to Section 7000 of the GTE Technical Interface ReferenceManual.)

Issued: Effective:





(D) REGULATIONS

(1) DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service is furnished subject to the availability offacilities from digital central office equipment located in a central officebuilding owned or leased by the Company.

(2) This service is available within an exchange where appropriate digital facilitiesare available as determined by the Company. Service inquiries will be necessaryto determine availability. Special Construction Charges as specified elsewherein this Tariff may be applicable.

(3) Special Transport Mileage from the General Private Line Services and ChannelsTariff as filed by Southwestern Bell in the state of Arkansas will apply when acustomer's request for DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service is provisioned in acentral office other than the customer's local serving office.

(4) The customer may activate any number or combination of digital channels withinthe limitations as set forth in this Section. Digital channels may be activatedcoincident with installation or at any time subsequent to the Digital ChannelCapacity installation. Once activated, the type of service provisioned on adigital channel is subject to a minimum service period of one month.

(5) All DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service must be channelized in a singleequipment location on a customer's premises. DIGITAL LINK Digital ChannelService cannot be split between premises, or multiple locations within apremises. Extensions (as specified in other sections of this Tariff) may befurnished on a link basis between multiple locations. Standard networkinterfaces will be provided by the Company for analog and digital servicesconsistent with existing practices.

Issued: Effective:





(D) REGULATIONS (Continued)

(6) Individual digital channels may be activated and furnished on a link (partialchannel) basis with service offered in other sections of this Tariff. Theregulations, rates, and charges specified in this Tariff are applicable for theDIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service component of the customer's end-to-endservice. The regulations, rates, and charges in other sections of this Tariffare applicable to the customer's interconnected services (i.e., private lines,etc.), for the non-DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service component of thecustomer's end-to-end service.

(7) The total number of digital channels activated by the customer may not at anytime exceed the total Digital Channel Capacity. Additionally, there are somenecessary restrictions in total system capacities where certain types of servicesare channelized, i.e., some channelizing equipment may require two DSO channelsper channel provided by the Company thereby reducing the basic system statedcapacity substantially. The Company will notify the customer when the DigitalChannel Capacity is affected.

(8) Central Office channelization (component of Digital Channel Capacity) generallyprovides analog to digital conversion to permit individual exchange services andprivate line channel services to be transported over digital high capacityfacilities. This channelization is also intended for use at Company or customerdesignated locations where different high capacity digital network linksterminate in the same central office and must be converted to individual analogor digital channels before individual service links can be crossconnected. Digital Channel Capacities are provided in groups of 24 DSO channels, and aresubject to the limits as set forth in the previous paragraph.

(9) Customer Premises Channelization, provided by the customer, generally providesanalog to digital conversion at a customer's premises. This allows individualexchange services and private line services to be transported over digital highcapacity facilities.

Issued: Effective:





(D) REGULATIONS (Continued)

(10) The technical specifications and standard network interfaces for DS1 andassociated channelized services are stated in Section 7000 of the GTETechnical Interface Reference Manual. Channelized DS1 service is availableonly with D4 channel bank equipment or compatible, equivalent equipment.

(11) Emerging technology, such as low bit rate voice multiplexing techniques,may permit additional quantities of individual channels to be channelizedon a single DS1 signal. Equipment providing this capability does notgenerally assure compatibility between different manufacturers. Someequipment may not be suitable for data transmission or tandem network lineapplication. Rates, charges, and availability of this equipment will benegotiated with the customer on an Individual Case Basis.

(12) When a customer's DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service is interrupted dueto any cause other than the negligence or willful act of the customer orthe failure of the facilities provided by the customer, a pro-rataadjustment of the monthly charges involved will be allowed automaticallyfor the service and facilities rendered useless and inoperative by reasonof the interruption during the time said interruption continues in excessof 24 hours from the time it is reported to or detected by the Companyexcept as otherwise specified in this Tariff. The adjustment shall not beapplicable for the time that the Company stands ready to repair the serviceand the customer does not provide access to the Company for suchrestoration work.

Issued: Effective:





(E) APPLICATION OF RATES

(1) Two basic rate elements; Digital Channel Capacity and Service Activation areapplicable to each DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service.

(2) The Digital Channel Capacity element provides for the mileage based transport andthe central office channelization. Digital Channel Capacity is offered with 12,36, 60 month Term Payment Plan periods.

(3) Service Activation charges are recurring charges and are applicable for eachnetwork service (switched or dedicated) required by the customer. ServiceActivation is offered on a month-to-month basis.

(4) Monthly rates and charges as specified in this Tariff for Digital ChannelCapacity apply according to the requested channel capacity. These rates applyregardless of the number of digital channels that are actually activated by thecustomer at a point time.

(5) Exchange and long-distance calling is provided within DIGITAL LINK DigitalChannel Service via the appropriate service activation. A network access chargewill apply to each Service Activation that utilizes basic exchange access fromthe local serving office, except foreign exchange service. The network accesscharges when utilized for Centrex Service will be ordered and billed as specifiedin this Tariff. This charge is in addition to all other applicable DIGITAL LINKDigital Channel Service charges.

Issued: Effective:


PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF Section No. 32 1st Revised Sheet No. 8 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC DIGITAL LINK DIGITAL CHANNEL SERVICE


(E) APPLICATION OF RATES (Continued) (6) Rates and charges specified in other Tariff sections for services such as Custom

Calling Services, etc., are in addition to the monthly rates for DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service.

(7) Federal End User Subscriber Line Charges (EUSLC) are applicable to DIGITAL

LINK Digital Channel Service. Subscriber Line Charges will apply as (C) specified in the Company's Federal Tariff. (C)

(8) The rates and charges for other services connected or extended beyond DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service (i.e., off-premises extensions and private lines, etc.) are in addition to the rates specified in this Tariff for the DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service portion necessary to provide customer end-to-end service. This will also apply to Nonrecurring Charges and Service Charges as specified in other Tariffs for activities involving the non-DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service portion of the customer end-to-end service.

(9) Digital Channel Capacity is available under Term Payment Plans only for rate

periods of 12, 36 and 60 months. All elements of a Term Payment Plan will expire at the same time (be coterminous).

(a) The customer may order additional Digital Channel Capacity(s) during a

Term Payment Plan period. The expiration date of the additional capacity(s) will be the same expiration date as the original Term Payment Plan period.

(b) Service Activation charges are available on a month-to-month basis. (c) Individual network services (switched or dedicated) that are connected to

DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service, are not available under the Term Payment Plan rate stability provisions. Those services are subject to their standard tariff provisions and minimum service periods as appropriate.

Issued: February 3, 2005 Effective: February 16, 2005

By: Chantel Mosby, Manager, Tariffs and Compliance PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211




(E) APPLICATION OF RATES (Continued)

(10) At the expiration date of the customer's selected Term Payment Plan period, thecustomer may continue service under a new Term Payment Plan at rates asspecified in this Tariff.

(11) A Termination Liability Charge will be applicable should the customerdiscontinue service prior to the end of the Term Payment Plan. This is subjectto the following exemptions:

(a) No Termination Liability Charge will be applicable for the Digital ChannelCapacity when the customer renegotiates a new Term Payment Plan for thesame equipment or larger system at the same location for a period of timegreater than the time remaining on the existing Term Payment Plan, subjectto payment periods contained in (E)(8).

(b) All DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service Components are coterminous withthe Digital Channel Capacity with which they are associated. Anyactivations subscribed to on a month-to-month basis have a minimum serviceperiod of one month and no associated Termination Liability Charge.

(12) A Termination Liability Charge will be calculated based on the sum of themonthly payments remaining under the customer's Term Payment Plan, adjusted tothe present value at the date of termination, based upon a 12% APR discount. The Termination Liability Charge is due in full at the date of termination.

(13) Transfer of service responsibility between customers is permitted subject to theRules and Regulations as specified in this Tariff.

Issued: Effective:





(E) APPLICATION OF RATES (Continued)

(14) Unless specified herein, the regulations contained elsewhere in this Tariff areapplicable to DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Service. These regulations includebut are not limited to:

- Cancellation of Service

- Application for Service

- Payment Arrangements

- Limitation of Liability

(15) Should customers request interconnection between different DIGITAL LINK DigitalChannel Services provisioned in two or more different local serving offices, thespecial transport mileage rates from the General Private Line Services andChannels Tariff as filed by Southwestern Bell in the state Arkansas will apply. This charge will apply in addition to DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Servicecharges for each customer's premises which DIGITAL LINK Digital Channel Serviceis provisioned.

Issued: Effective:





(F) RATES AND CHARGES

(1) Service Charges

(a) Service Establishment Charge

1) This charge applies to the initial Digital Channel Capacity(s)ordered by a customer for receiving, recording and processing therequest for service. This charge includes processing orders toestablish initial Service Activations. This charge includes commoncentralized testing, coordination and accounting activities.

2) This charge also applies to subsequent orders received to establishadditional Digital Channel Capacity(s).

(b) Service Change Charge

1) This charge applies on a per Digital Channel Capacity ServiceActivation basis associated with a customer request for modificationsto an existing service. This would include activities such as, butnot limited to:

- Change of associated channel assignment- Additional supplemental features- Activate/deactivate Service Activation

2) This Service Change Charge will be applied on a first and eachadditional basis and is in addition to Service Charges as specifiedelsewhere in this Tariff.

Nonrecurring(c) Charges IOSC Charge

1) Service Establishment Charge 64501 $ 300.00

2) Service Change Charge 64503 150.00

Issued: Effective:





(F) RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)

(2) Digital Channel Capacity

The monthly and nonrecurring rates for Digital Channel Capacity without ActivatedServices are as follows:

(a) Per 24 Channel System (1st or additional)

Term Monthly Nonrecurring Contract IOSC Rate ISOC Charge

1) 12 Month 65540 $ 500.00 65543 $ 750.002) 36 Month 65541 300.00 65544 300.003) 60 Month 65542 250.00 65545 250.00

Issued: Effective:


PSC File Mark Only



(F) RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)

Monthly IOSC Rate

(3) Service Activation, per channel basis

(a) Exchange Line/Trunk Local Calling Scope 64457 $ 26.90 (CR) (b) Centrex Line 64458 26.90 (CR) (c) FX, OPX, Tie Line, Private Line & WATS 64190 26.90 (CR)



PSC File Mark Only


Section No. 33


ALL EXCHANGES


BUSINESS ASSIST™

BUSINESS ASSIST™(AT)

PAGE

A. General........................................................................1

B. Digital Architecture......................................................2

C. Definitions....................................................................2

D. Regulations .................................................................3

E. Application of Rates ....................................................6

F. Rates and Charges .....................................................8(AT)



PSC File Mark Only


Section No. 33


ALL EXCHANGES


BUSINESS ASSIST™


A. General

1. Business Assist™ provides an intra-exchange digital facility between the customer premises andthe local serving wire center and will be used by the customer to aggregate theirtelecommunication services onto a digital local loop. It is an intra-exchange service that can beutilized with other intra-state services that provide transport between two or more central offices.Business Assist™ includes:

(a) Exchange Dial Tone service, e.g., exchange lines/trunks.

(b) Digital Data Services (56/64 Kbps increments)

2. Business Assist™ is comprised of the following components:

Business Assist™ FacilityBusiness Assist™ Digital Channels

(a) Connection charges will be at the rates and charges specified in Section 13 of this Tariff.

(b) Business Assist™ is available in quantities of DS1 (1.544 Mbps) in increments of up to 24DS0 channels. Term Payment Plans are available in quantities of 12, 24 or 36 months. Atthe expiration date of the customer's selected Term Payment Plan period, the customermay continue service under a new Term Payment Plan or on a month-to-month basis at the12 month Term Payment Plan. Rates for service under these options will be the currentrates as specified in this Tariff.

3. This service is not available for use in transmitting interexchange traffic that neither originates orterminates at the customer premises.

(AT)



PSC File Mark Only


Section No. 33


ALL EXCHANGES


BUSINESS ASSIST™


B. Digital Architecture

1. Business Assist™ provides a common line link between the customer and the local serving wirecenter. End-to-end private line and exchange services may utilize this digital link to thecustomer's premise, rather than the analog loop that might otherwise be provided. Thisarchitecture is intended to promote more efficient connectivity of analog and digital networks.

2. Business Assist™ will be available on a digital basis at the network interface on a customer'spremises. Traditional analog services can be provided on a digital basis to a customer's premisesby the Company when a customer desires them encoded in a DS1 bit stream. Under thoseconditions, they will be provided as DS0 channels by the Company. Each digital channelprovided will have an identity only as a "time slot" within a DS1 loop. Both the Company and thecustomer have joint responsibilities to ensure the proper transmission of the provided services.Normal analog channel network interface specifications will be superceded by the electricalspecifications of the 1.544 Mbps (DS1) that is actually terminated. Compatible digital-to-channelized conversion equipment must be provided by the customer to derive the desiredanalog services. Any terminating equipment necessary for digital services is the responsibility ofthe customer.

C. Definitions

1. Terminating Equipment. The network channel terminating equipment provided by the customerto terminate digital facilities on the customer's premises such as a Channel Service Unit/DataService Unit (CSU/DSU) or Integrated Access Device (IAD).

2. Business Assist™ Facility. A multifunctional DS1 or signal between the customer premises andthe local serving wire center. This digital link can be used to transport switched and dedicatedservices. This element acts as the transport medium for the network services ordered by thecustomer. The Business Assist™ Facility is available in quantities of DS1 facilities.

(AT)



PSC File Mark Only


Section No. 33


ALL EXCHANGES


BUSINESS ASSIST™


C. Definitions (Cont'd)

3. Business Assist™ Digital Channel. The connection between the Business Assist™ Facility andthe network service accessed.

4. DS0. The term DS0 denotes a channel service expressed in terms of its digitally encoded data bitrate in accordance with the North American hierarchy of digital signal levels. It is generallyreferred to as having a 64 Kbps transmission bit rate signal; however, customer transmissionrates may be limited to 56 Kbps by existing or available central office equipment.

5. DS1. The term DS1 denotes a channel service expressed in terms of its digitally encoded bit ratein accordance with the North American hierarchy of digital signal levels. It has a 1.544 Mbpstransmission bit rate and provides for the two-way simultaneous transmission of isochronoustimed, Bipolar Return-to-Zero (BPRZ) bit stream format. Unframed signal formats are notpermitted or compatible with Company equipment. DS1 facilities are normally provided on coppertransmission medium.

D. Regulations

1. Business Assist™ is furnished subject to the availability of facilities and requisite digital equipmentlocated in a central office building owned or leased by the Company. Service inquiries will benecessary to determine availability.

2. Special Construction Charges as specified elsewhere in this Tariff may be applicable.

3. Digital Data Service as specified in the access tariff will apply when Business Assist™ isextended beyond the customer's local serving wire center.

4. The customer may activate any number or combination of digital channels within the limitations asset forth in following. Digital channels may be activated coincident with or at any timesubsequent to the initial installation of Business Assist™. Once activated, a digital channel issubject to a minimum service period (month to month).

(AT)



PSC File Mark Only


Section No. 33


ALL EXCHANGES


BUSINESS ASSIST™


D. Regulations (Cont'd)

5. A minimum of six voice channels and two data channels must be activated for BusinessAssist™. The total number of digital channels activated by the customer may not, at any time,exceed the total Business Assist™ Facility capacity.

6. When individual digital channels are activated to provide the local loop link for services offered inother sections of this Tariff, the regulations, rates, and charges specified in this Tariff will apply.

7. All Business Assist™ facilities must be terminated at a single equipment location on acustomer's premises.

8. Channelization on a customer's premises will be provided by the customer.

9. Joint provisioning of channelized services introduces joint responsibilities between the customerand the Company as specified following:

(a) Responsibilities of the Company:

(1) The Company will endeavor to activate its portion of joint service in a timelymanner on the negotiated date to support installation requirements.

(2) The Company will provide the customer with information regarding the typeand manufacturer of Central Office channelization equipment to be used ineach application.

(3) The Company reserves the right to change its equipment vendors shouldequipment availability, price or technological advantages make such a changeattractive or necessary.

(4) The Company will notify the customer, generally a minimum of six months inadvance, of any need to change its central office equipment to allow the customersufficient time to respond, make any necessary changes, and schedule cooperativetesting for cutover, if required.

(5) Digital synchronization timing for Business Assist™ will be provided by theCompany.

(AT)



PSC File Mark Only


Section No. 33


ALL EXCHANGES


BUSINESS ASSIST™


D. Regulations (Cont'd)9. (Cont'd)

(b) Responsibilities of the Customer:

(1) The customer must be prepared to activate his portion of joint service in a timelymanner on the negotiated date, providing testing equipment and personnel tosupport installation requirements, as may be necessary.

(2) The customer will be responsible for selecting his own equipment. Customerequipment must be compatible with the Company provided channelization at theCentral Office.

(c) Trouble resolutions:

(1) The Company will assist the customer in resolving any installation or day-to-dayBusiness Assist™ problems. However, the Company does not assure responsibilityfor the compatibility or suitability of the customer's equipment. Dispatches tocustomer premises caused by customer equipment troubles will result in a TripCharge as specified in Section 13

(2) When a customers Business Assist™ is interrupted due to any cause other than thenegligence or willful act of the customer or the failure of the facilities provided by thecustomer, a pro-rata adjustment of the monthly charges involved will be allowed forthe service and facilities rendered useless and inoperative by reason of the interruptionduring the time said interruption continues in excess of 24 hours from the time it isreported to or detected by the Company except as otherwise specified in this Tariff.The adjustment shall not be applicable for the time that the Company stands ready torepair the service and the customer does not provide access to the Company forsuch restoration work.

(AT)



PSC File Mark Only


Section No. 33


ALL EXCHANGES


BUSINESS ASSIST™


E. Application of Rates

1. Two basic rate elements; Business Assist™ Facility, and Business Assist™ Digital Channels areapplicable to each Business Assist™.

2. The Business Assist™ Facility element includes the transport between the customer premisesand the local serving wire center. Business Assist™ Facility is offered with 12, 24 or 36- monthTerm Payment Plan periods. At the expiration date of the customer's selected Term PaymentPlan period, the customer may continue service under a new Term Payment Plan or on a month-to-month basis at the 12 month Term Payment Plan. Rates for service under these options willbe the current rates as specified in this Tariff.

3. Digital Channel charges are recurring charges applicable for each network service (switched ordedicated, voice or data) required by the customer. Voice and data services include connectivityto the local serving wire center and associated charges such as trunk port charges or channeltermination charges. Business Assist™ Digital Channels are offered on Term Payment Plans foreach digital channel (DS0) connection.

4. Monthly rates and charges as specified following for the Business Assist™ Facility applyaccording to the requested channel capacity. These rates apply regardless of the number ofdigital channels that are actually activated by the customer at a point in time.

5. Rates and charges specified in other Tariff sections for services such as Custom Calling Services,etc., are in addition to the monthly rates for Business Assist™.

6. Rates and charges for other services extended beyond Business Assist™ are in addition to therates specified in this Tariff for the Business Assist™ portion necessary to provide customer end-to-end service.

(AT)



PSC File Mark Only


Section No. 33


ALL EXCHANGES


BUSINESS ASSIST™


E. Application of Rates (Cont'd)

7. The Business Assist™ Facility is available under Term Payment Plans only for rate periods of 12months, 24 months, or 36 months. All elements of a Term Payment Plan will expire at the sametime (be coterminous).

(a) The customer may order additional Business Assist™ Facilities(s) during a Term PaymentPlan period. The expiration date of the additional capacity(s) will be the same expirationdate as the original Term Payment Plan period.

(b) Business Assist™ Digital Channels are available on Term Payment Plans.

8. At the expiration date of the customer's selected Term Payment Plan period, the customer maycontinue service under a new Term Payment Plan or on a month-to-month basis at the 12 monthTerm Payment Plan. Rates for service under these options will be the current rates as specifiedin this Tariff.

9. In the event Business Assist™ is terminated by the customer prior to completion of theinitial contract period, the customer shall be liable for early termination charges.

10. Should customer request interconnection between different Business Assist™ provisioned in twoor more different local serving offices, the Digital Data Service Tariff as referenced in precedingwill apply. This charge will apply in addition to Business Assist™ charges for each premise forwhich Business Assist™ is provisioned.

11. Additional charges for time and materials associated with customer premises visit(s) may applyfor the initial installation or for subsequent customer requested visits.

(AT)



PSC File Mark Only


Section No. 33


ALL EXCHANGES


BUSINESS ASSIST™


F. Rates and Charges

1. Nonrecurring Charges

(a) Nonrecurring charges are one-time charges that apply for specific work activity, (i.e.,installation of service or change to an existing service). The types of nonrecurring chargesthat apply for Business Assist™ are those listed below.

(1) Installation of Business Assist™. These are nonrecurring charges associated withthe work performed by the Company in connection with the physical installationactivities involving central office and/or outside plant facilities during initial installation.

(2) Service Change Charge. This charge is applied per Business Assist™ payment planand is associated with a customer request for additions or modifications to anexisting Business Assist™. This would include activities such as, but not limited to:

- Change of associated channel assignment.- Addition of supplemental features- Activate/Deactivate service connections- Early service termination.

(3) Service Ordering Charges: Nonrecurring Charge

Service Installation $300.00

Service Change Charge, per request $150.00

(AT)



PSC File Mark Only


Section No. 33


ALL EXCHANGES


BUSINESS ASSIST™


F. Rates and Charges (Cont'd)

2. Recurring Charges

(a) Business Assist™ FacilityMonthly Rate

Per Business Assist™ Facility

12 Month Term Payment Plan $325.0024 Month Term Payment Plan $275.0036 Month Term Payment Plan $275.00

(b) Business Assist™ Digital Channels

1. Voice Service

Per Access line, trunk, Centrex station(6 line minimum)

12 Month Term Payment Plan $35.0024 Month Term Payment Plan $32.5036 Month Term Payment Plan $30.00

(2) Data Service*

Per DS0 channel(2 channel minimum) $5.00

* If data services are provided using Frame Relay, see applicable charges in Section 29 of this tarifffor Frame Relay Rates. Customers who subscribe to Business Assist™ will receive the followingdiscounts on the applicable charges for Frame Relay UNI Port Only:

1 – 2 year OPP 30% Discount3 – 4 year OPP 50% Discount

(AT)



PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 34 Original Sheet No. 1 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC N11 ABBREVIATED DIALING CODES

N11 ABBREVIATED DIALING CODES (AT) 34.1 Description

34.1.1 Abbreviated dialing codes enable callers to connect to a location in the phone network that

otherwise would be accessible only via a seven or ten-digit telephone number. The network must be pre-programmed to translate the three-digit code into the appropriate seven or ten-digit telephone number and route the call accordingly. For N11 codes, the first digit can be any digit other than 1 or 0 and the last two digits are both 1.

34.1.2 The following N11 abbreviated dialing codes were assigned for specific uses by FCC

Decision Nos. 97-51 and 00-256, issued in CC Docket 92-105: 211 – Community Information and Referral Services 311 – Non-Emergency Governmental Services 511 - Traffic and Transportation Information 711 – Telecommunications Relay Service 811 – One-Call Notification Systems

34.2 Terms and Conditions 34.2.1 The offering of these abbreviated dialing codes can be delivered via regular exchange

access lines (by individual business line, residential line, PBX trunks, etc.) 34.2.2 Access to these abbreviated dialing codes is not available through the following dialing

arrangements: 1+ 0+, 0- (credit card, third-party billing, collect calls) 101XXXX Operator assisted calls will not be completed. (AT)



PSC File Mark Only


N11 ABBREVIATED DIALING CODES (AT) 34.2 Terms and Conditions (Cont'd)

34.2.3 The Company will provide only the delivery of the calls. The entity that has been granted

authorization to use the N11 abbreviated dialing code will be responsible for providing any announcements and services to the callers.

34.2.4 Directory listings may be provided for N11 services under the terms, conditions, and rates

specified in this tariff. 34.2.5 The N11 subscriber is restricted from selling or transferring the N11 code to an unaffiliated

entity, either directly or indirectly. 34.2.6 Calls to the N11 code that translate to a disconnected number will be routed to intercept for a

maximum of 60 days when the N11 provider is a Company subscriber. 34.2.7 Disputes regarding geographic coverage by two or more N11 subscribers will be referred to

the Arkansas Public Service Commission. 34.2.8 Only a single seven or ten-digit local number or a single ten-digit toll free number may be

used as the point-to-point number. 34.2.9 The N11 subscriber should work separately with cellular or wireless companies to ascertain

whether cellular or wireless customers will be able to reach referral services provided by dialing N11. (AT)



PSC File Mark Only


N11 ABBREVIATED DIALING CODES (AT)

34.2 Terms and Conditions (Cont'd)

34.2.10 N11 will be provided under the following conditions:

a. The N11 subscriber will subscribe to adequate telephone facilities initially and

subsequently as may be required to adequately handle calls to N11 without impairing the Company's general telephone service or telephone plant.

b. The N11 subscriber is responsible for obtaining all necessary permission, licenses,

written consents, waivers and releases and all other rights from all persons whose work, statements or performances are used in connection with the service, and from all holders of copyrights, trademarks, and patents used in connection with said service.

c. The N11 subscriber will be liable for, and will indemnify, protect, defend and save

harmless the Company against all suits, actions, claims, demands and judgments, and all costs, expenses and counsel fees incurred on account thereof, arising out of and resulting directly or indirectly from the service or in connection therewith, including but not limited to, any loss, damage, expense or liability resulting from any infringement or claim of infringement, or any patent, trademark, copyright, or resulting from any claim of liable and slander.

d. Suspension of N11 Service is not allowed. e. The N11 subscriber will respond promptly to any and all complaints lodged with any

regulatory authority against any service provided via N11. If requested by the Company, the N11 subscriber will assist the Company in responding to complaints made to the Company concerning the subscriber's N11 service. (AT)



PSC File Mark Only




34.2.10 (Cont'd)

f. The Company will provide both oral and written notification when a N11 subscriber's

service unreasonably interferes with or impairs other services rendered to the public by the Company or by other subscribers of N11. The Company reserves the right once notification is made to institute protective measures up to and including termination at any time and without further notice. The Company may take protective measures when the N11 subscriber makes no modification or is unwilling to accept modification in method of operation, or continues to cause service impairments.

34.2.11 The following conditions apply if the N11 subscriber provides a pre-recorded

announcement: a. The N11 subscriber will provide the announcements. The Company will provide only

delivery of the call. b. The provision of access to the N11 network by the Company for the transmission of

announcements or recorded program services is subject to the availability of such facilities and the requirements of the local exchange network.

c. The N11 subscriber assumes all financial responsibility for all costs involved in

providing announcements or recorded program services including, but not limited to, the recorder-announcement equipment producing the recording, advertising and promotional expenses.

d. The N11 subscriber assumes all financial responsibility, according to other specific

rates and charges under tariff, for all facilities required to connect the recorder-announcement equipment located on the subscriber's premises. (AT)



PSC File Mark Only




34.2.12 The Company may take all legal and practical steps to disassociate itself from N11

subscribers whose business and/or public conduct (whether demonstrated or proposed) is of a type that in the Company's discretion generates unacceptable levels of complaints by end users.

34.2.13 The Company will not be responsible for calls that cannot be completed as a result of repair

or maintenance difficulties in Company facilities and equipment or on equipment owned or leased by the subscriber.

34.2.14 The Company, its employees, or its agents are not liable to any person for civil damages

resulting from or caused by any act or omission in development, design, installation, operation, maintenance, performance or provision of N11 service, except for willful or wanton misconduct.

34.3 Rates Nonrecurring Charge

Initial Setup, Per Host Switch and/or Stand Alone Switch $300.00 Subsequent Changes Per Host Switch and/or Stand Alone Switch $ 50.00 (AT)



PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 35 Original Sheet No. 1 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC ETHERNET SERVICE

ETHERNET SERVICE (AT)

35.1 General

Ethernet Service is a high speed data transport service that provides end-to-end transmission using Ethernet packet technology at transport speeds ranging from 1 Megabit per second (Mbps) to 1 Gigabit per second (Gbps), where available. Ethernet is ideal for transport of broadband multimedia traffic (i.e., voice, data and video) using variable length Ethernet packets with the ability to interconnect multiple locations using the Telephone Company’s Ethernet network. Ethernet packets are transmitted using capacity on dedicated and shared transmission paths through the Telephone Company’s Ethernet network to a pre-specified destination. Customers may use Ethernet to: a. Interconnect customer designated premises (CDPs) served by the

Telephone Company’s Ethernet network, b. Interconnect with its local area network (LAN) to the Telephone Company’s

Ethernet network and/or c. Interconnect its CDPs to an Ethernet network located outside of the

Telephone Company’s serving territory. (AT) Issued: February 22, 2008 Chantel Mosby Effective: February 22, 2008 Manager, Tariffs and Compliance Docket No. PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

PSC File Mark Only



35.2. Service Description

Ethernet Service is provided using a combination of Ethernet Channel Terminations, Ethernet Basic Ports and Ethernet Interoffice Transport. As described below, Ethernet Service may also be used in conjunction with Special Access High Capacity circuits, Synchronous Optical Channel Service and/or with DSL Access Services. An Ethernet Basic Port is required to provide the interface into the Telephone Company’s Ethernet network. Ethernet Interoffice Transport establishes a shared transmission path between any two Ethernet Basic Ports on the Telephone Company’s Ethernet network. Ethernet Interoffice Transport can also provide a shared transmission path to connect to another telephone companies Ethernet network. The transmission quality of Ethernet is not guaranteed and is offered to Ethernet customers at a best effort level. The Telephone Company will attempt to deliver all Ethernet packets received; however, network congestion may result in a loss of Ethernet packets. Transmission speeds may be affected by distance from the Telephone Company central office and other technical limitations in the Telephone Company’s network and are also not guaranteed. For multipoint Ethernet connections requiring the use of Ethernet Interoffice Transport, customers must designate a Telephone Company's SWC (Serving Wire Center) as the hub connection point. Once designated, the hub connection point becomes the location from which mileage is calculated to connect to all other Telephone Company's SWCs. (AT)

Issued: February 22, 2008 Chantel Mosby Effective: February 22.2008 Manager, Tariffs and Compliance Docket No. PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

PSC File Mark Only



35.2. Service Description (Cont'd)

Ethernet service is provided, where available, between CDPs and designated Telephone Company (SWCs). Ethernet Service will be furnished where suitable facilities exist as determined by the Telephone Company. In locations where Ethernet service is not available, special construction charges may apply. The application of rates and charges for Ethernet Service is described in A.5 of this section.

35.3. Obligations of the Customer

In addition to the regulations described in other sections of this tariff, the following provisions apply to Ethernet Service: a. The customer is responsible for providing the Telephone Company with the

necessary information that will enable the provisioning of Ethernet Service. b. The customer is responsible for providing and maintaining all required

customer premises equipment (CPE), which is compatible with Ethernet Service and complies with the standards specified in Technical Reference IEEE Standard 802.3, Part 3. (AT)

Issued: February 22, 2008 Chantel Mosby Effective: February 22,2008 Manager, Tariffs and Compliance Docket No. PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

PSC File Mark Only



35.4. Multiple Party Connections

The Telephone Company will not provision an Ethernet connection between two or more separate customer designated premises without receiving written consent from all customers involved in the connection. The customers requesting such an Ethernet connection must designate a Telephone Company Serving Wire Center as a single hub connection point. Each customer must order a minimum of one Ethernet Channel Termination and one Basic Port to provide Ethernet connectivity to and from their designated premise. Ethernet Interoffice Transport needed to provide connectivity between two or more customer locations will require one of the customers to provide written notification to the Telephone Company accepting responsibility for all billings associated with Interoffice Transport. Each customer will be billed for the Channel Termination and Basic Port rates ordered that provide connectivity to and from their customer premise. All customers must agree in writing in order to provide alternative billing arrangements. Ethernet Service will not be provisioned to two or more separate customer designated premises unless the conditions mentioned above are met. (AT)

Issued: February 22, 2008 Chantel Mosby Effective: February 22, 2008 Manager, Tariffs and Compliance Docket No. PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

PSC File Mark Only



35.5. Rate Categories

The various Ethernet Service elements are described below.

A. Ethernet Channel Terminations (CTs)

An Ethernet CT provides the transport facility between the customers designated premise and an Ethernet Basic Port at the Telephone Company’s SWC. Also included in the Ethernet CT is the service delivery equipment required to provide Ethernet services. Ethernet CTs are available at bandwidth speeds of 1 - 3 Mbps, 4 - 6 Mbps, 7 - 10 Mbps, 11 - 20 Mbps, 21 - 50 Mbps, 51 - 100 Mbps, 101 - 200 Mbps, 201 - 500 Mbps, and 501 Mbps - 1 Gbps. The customer orders an Ethernet CT based on bandwidth requirements. Bandwidth speeds of 50 Mbps and above require use of a fiber loop facility, where such fiber facilities exist. Ethernet CTs are available only from suitably equipped Telephone Company’s SWCs for connection to Ethernet Basic Ports. Service delivery equipment will be provided and provisioned with up to four 10/100 Mbps customer interface ports, in which different Virtual Local Area Networks (VLAN’s) associated with a particular site, can be delivered on separate ports. Additional charges will apply for VLAN’s in excess of four that requires additional or higher capacity service delivery equipment than would ordinarily be needed for the bandwidth of the CT ordered. See rates section for additional customer interface port charges. Monthly and nonrecurring charges apply for each Ethernet CT ordered. The monthly rate is based upon the bandwidth capacity requested. (AT)


PSC File Mark Only



35.5. Rate Categories (Cont'd)

B. Ethernet Basic Port

Ethernet Basic Ports provide the interface at the Telephone Company’s SWC for data traffic to and from the customer premise as well as for connecting the Telephone Company’s Ethernet network with the Ethernet network of another telephone company. An Ethernet Basic Port receives Ethernet packets, validates the addressing parameters contained in the packet headers, and transmits the packets into the Ethernet network. The Ethernet Basic Port also receives Ethernet packets from the Telephone Company’s Ethernet network or from an Ethernet network located outside of the Telephone Company’s serving territory, validates the addressing parameters contained in the packet headers, and transmits the packets to the pre-designated CDP. Ethernet Basic Ports provide the interface to the Telephone Company’s Ethernet network and do not include the required transport facility between the CDP and the Telephone Company’s SWC. Ethernet Basic Ports are available with bandwidth speeds of 1-3 Mbps, 4 - 6 Mbps, 7 - 10 Mbps, 11 - 20 Mbps, 21 - 50 Mbps, 51 - 100 Mbps, 101 - 200 Mbps, 201- 500 Mbps, and 501 Mbps - 1 Gbps. Required transport to the Ethernet Basic Port is provided using an Ethernet CT as described above. In order to provision Ethernet Service, each Ethernet Basic Port must be assigned a minimum of one Ethernet VLAN. An Ethernet Basic Port may be associated with more than one Ethernet VLAN. The bandwidth speed of an Ethernet Basic Port must be equal to or greater than the bandwidth speed of the associated Ethernet CT and the aggregate sum of the VLANs. (AT)


PSC File Mark Only



35.5. Rate Categories (Cont'd)

C. Ethernet Interoffice Transport

Ethernet VLANs are logical associations established by the Telephone Company across a shared transmission path that allow the customer to transmit packets between any two or more Ethernet Basic Ports located on the Telephone Company’s Ethernet network and/or a connecting Telephone Company’s Ethernet network. For multi-point VLANs, customers must designate a Telephone Company's SWC as the single hub connection point. The single hub connection point becomes the location from which mileage is calculated to connect to all other Telephone Company SWCs. The Ethernet Interoffice Transport bandwidth required is the sum of all VLAN speeds that traverse a particular point to point segment of the Telephone Company’s Network. The costs of providing these logical transmission paths that extend beyond and between the Telephone Company’s SWC are recovered through the billing element Ethernet Interoffice Transport. The Telephone Company will establish the Ethernet transmission paths necessary to provide the bandwidth capacity specified by the customer on its Access Order. Ethernet Interoffice Transport is available on a per mile basis in bandwidth speeds of 1 - 3 Mbps, 4 - 6 Mbps, 7 - 10 Mbps, 11 - 20 Mbps, 21 - 50 Mbps, 51 - 100 Mbps, 101 - 200 Mbps, 201 - 500 Mbps and 501 Mbps - 1 Gbps. Bandwidth speeds can be provisioned in 1 Mbps increments. Monthly recurring charges apply for Ethernet Interoffice Transport. The monthly recurring charge is based upon the bandwidth capacity and the distance in miles of the Telephone Company’s transmission path. The mileage charge will be based on airline miles between the Telephone Company's SWC and/or meet points. Fractions of miles will be considered as a whole mile. (AT)


PSC File Mark Only



35.6. Application of Rates The following diagrams illustratively show how the Ethernet rate elements are

intended to apply to customer orders.

(AT)


PSC File Mark Only



35.6. Application of Rates (Cont’d) The following diagrams illustratively show how the Ethernet rate elements are


(AT)


PSC File Mark Only



35.6. Application of Rates (Cont’d) The following diagram illustratively shows how the Ethernet rate elements are


(AT) Issued: February 22, 2008 Chantel Mosby Effective: February 22, 2008 Manager, Tariffs and Compliance Docket No. PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

PSC File Mark Only



35.7. Rate Regulations

A. Types of Rates and Charges

There are two types of rates and charges. They are recurring rates and nonrecurring charges. The rates and charges are described below: 1. Recurring Rates (see 35.8)

Recurring rates are rates that apply each month or fraction thereof when an Ethernet service element is provided. For billing purposes, each month is considered to have 30 days.

2. Nonrecurring Charges (see 35.8) Nonrecurring charges are one-time charges that apply for specific work activity (i.e., installation or change to an existing service). The types of nonrecurring charges that apply for Ethernet are installation of service, service rearrangements, moves and design changes. Except as specified below, these charges are in addition to the Access Order Charge. (a) Installation of Service

Nonrecurring charges apply for installation of Ethernet CTs and Ethernet Basic Ports ordered by the customer.

(b) Service Rearrangements are changes to existing (i.e., installed) services, which may be administrative only in nature as set forth below or, that involve an actual physical change to the service. (AT)


PSC File Mark Only



35.7. Rate Regulations (Cont'd)

A. Types of Rates and Charges (Cont’d)

2. Nonrecurring Charges (Cont’d)

(b) Service Rearrangements (Cont’d)

When the customer elects to decrease the bandwidth capacity on existing Ethernet Basic Ports, and associated Ethernet CTs, the request will be considered a discontinuance of service for the former capacity and start of service for the new capacity. Associated nonrecurring (i.e., installation) charges will apply. New minimum period requirements will be established for the new Ethernet elements. The Ethernet customer will also remain responsible for satisfying all outstanding minimum period charges for the discontinued Ethernet elements. When the customer elects to increase the bandwidth capacity on existing Ethernet Basic Ports, and associated Ethernet CTs, the request will be considered a discontinuance of service for the former capacity and start of service for the new capacity. Associated nonrecurring (i.e., installation) charges will apply. New minimum period requirements will be established for the new Ethernet elements. Any outstanding minimum period charges associated with the discontinued Ethernet elements that would otherwise be applicable for the bandwidth capacity upgrades described in this paragraph will be waived. (AT)


PSC File Mark Only






(b) Service Rearrangements (Cont’d)

Administrative changes will be made without charge(s) to the Ethernet customer. Administrative changes are as follows: - Change of customer name, - Change of customer or customer’s end user premises

address when the change of address is not a result of physical relocation of equipment,

- Change in billing data (name, address, or contact name or telephone number),

- Change of agency authorization, - Change of customer circuit identification, - Change of billing account number, - Change of customer or customer’s end user contact name

or telephone number. (AT) Issued: February 22, 2008 Chantel Mosby Effective: February 22, 2008 Manager, Tariffs and Compliance Docket No. PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

PSC File Mark Only






(c) Moves

A move involves a change in the physical location of one of the following: - The Point of Termination at the customer’s premises - The customer’s premises The charges for moving Ethernet elements are dependent on whether the move is to a different location within the same building, to a different building within the same SWC, or to a different building in a different SWC. The charges specified below apply in addition to any applicable charges for moving any other applicable Special Access Services. (i) Moves Within the Same Building at a Customer Premise

Ethernet Basic Ports, Ethernet Interoffice Transport are not impacted when an Ethernet customer moves its Point of Termination to a different location within the same building. The charge for moving an Ethernet CT within the same building will be an amount equal to one half of the nonrecurring charge for the Ethernet CT. There will be no change in the minimum period requirements. (AT)


PSC File Mark Only






(c) Moves (Cont’d)

(ii) Moves to a Different Building in the Same SWC

Within the same SWC, Ethernet Basic Ports and Ethernet Interoffice Transport are not impacted when an Ethernet customer moves its Point of Termination to a different building within the same SWC. The move of an Ethernet CT will be treated as a discontinuance and start of service. Associated nonrecurring (i.e., installation) charges will apply and new minimum period requirements will be established for the new services. The customer will also remain responsible for satisfying all outstanding minimum period charges for the discontinued service.

(iii) Moves to a Different Building in a Different SWC A move to a different building in a different SWC will be treated as a discontinuance and start of service of all associated Ethernet elements. Associated nonrecurring charges will apply and new minimum period requirements will be established for the new services. The Ethernet customer will also remain responsible for satisfying all outstanding minimum period charges for the discontinued service. (AT)


PSC File Mark Only





3. Discounts (see 35.8) Customers electing longer service terms will be given discounts off

the recurring rates. Customers electing a 3 year contract will receive a 10% discount. Customer electing a 5 year contract will receive a 20% discount.

B. Minimum Periods

The minimum period for Ethernet service elements provided to a customer and for which charges are applicable is:

- Twelve months for all Ethernet elements. - One month notice for all disconnects from the date of disconnect

notice. (AT) Issued: February 22, 2008 Chantel Mosby Effective: February 22, 2008 Manager, Tariffs and Compliance Docket No. PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

PSC File Mark Only




C. Termination Liability

Customer requesting termination of service prior to the expiration date of the contract term will be liable for a termination liability charge, as described below:

Billing Period Termination Percentage 12 months 90% 36 months 75% 60 months 60% (Monthly Recurring Charge) X (Months Remaining in Contract) X (Termination Percentage) = Termination Liability Charge

D. Contract Expiration

Once the contract term for the Ethernet service has expired, the contract will automatically continue on a month-to-month basis at the same rate as the original contract term. The customer will be responsible for notifying the Telephone Company to request termination. (AT)


PSC File Mark Only



35.8 Rates

A. Nonrecurring Charges

1. Service Order See Section 13 2. Move Same Building 50% Ethernet CT No Service Order Charge 3. Move Same SWC New CT NRCs Apply and Service Order Charge 4. Move Different SWC New CT NRCs Apply and Service Order Charge 5. Ethernet Channel Terminations $760.00 Per Termination 6. Ethernet Basic Ports $190.00 Per Port 7. Interoffice Transport $0.00 (AT)


PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 35 1st Revised Sheet No. 19 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC ETHERNET SERVICE

ETHERNET SERVICE

35.8 Rates

B. Recurring Rates

1. Ethernet Channel Terminations

Per termination Capacity 1 yr monthly rate (CT) 1-3 Mbps $371.00 4-6 Mbps 742.00 7-10 Mbps 1,113.00 11-20 Mbps 1,632.00 21-50 Mbps 2,151.00 51-100 Mbps 3,226.00 101-200 Mbps 4,302.00 201-500 Mbps 6,452.00 501 Mbps - 1 Gbps 8,603.00

2. Ethernet Basic Ports Per Ethernet Basic Port

Capacity 1 yr monthly rate (CT) 1-3 Mbps $189.00 4-6 Mbps 280.00 7-10 Mbps 370.00 11-20 Mbps 461.00 21-50 Mbps 551.00 51-100 Mbps 827.00 101-200 Mbps 1,102.00 201-500 Mbps 1,653.00 501 Mbps - 1 Gbps 2,205.00

Issued: April 1, 2008 Chantel Mosby Effective: April 1, 2008 Director, Tariffs and Compliance Docket No. PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 35 1st Revised Sheet No. 20 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC ETHERNET SERVICE

ETHERNET SERVICE

35.8 Rates

B. Recurring Rates (Cont’d)

3. Ethernet Interoffice Transport per mile

Capacity 1 yr monthly rate (CT) 1-3 Mbps $40.00 4-6 Mbps 80.00 7-10 Mbps 120.00 11-20 Mbps 129.00 21-50 Mbps 138.00 51-100 Mbps 207.00 101-200 Mbps 276.00 201-500 Mbps 415.00 501 Mbps - 1 Gbps 553.00

4. Additional Customer Interface Ports 1 yr monthly rate (CT) Customer Interface Ports (per port) $65.00

C. Term Discounts

The following discounts off the 1 year rates apply to 3 and 5 year contract terms:

3 yr 10% 5 yr 20%

Issued: April 1, 2008 Chantel Mosby Effective: April 1, 2008 Director, Tariffs and Compliance Docket No. PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211



CENTREX SERVICE (LITTLE ROCK AFB ONLY)

This section is canceled in its entirety effective with this revision.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERVICES

Sheet No.

Directory Assistance Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Application of Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Directory Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Rates and Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

National Directory Assistance/Customer Name and Address Service . . . . . 5General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Issued: Effective:


PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF

Section No. 38


ALL EXCHANGES


GENERAL SERVICES

GENERAL SERVICES


General

The Company furnishes local Directory Assistance Service for the purpose of aiding customers inobtaining telephone numbers.

The rates set forth below apply when customers request assistance in determining the telephonenumbers of customers located in the local calling area.

Application of Charges

Charges for Directory Assistance Service are not applicable to calls received from hospitals, customers whohave been certified as unable to use a directory because of a visual or physical handicap or the group oragency having the authority to certify such handicaps.

The Directory Assistance charge applies for each call to Directory Assistance. (CT)

(CT)

A chargeable call is one which has been answered by the Directory Assistance Operator. The chargeapplies whether or not the Directory Assistance Operator provides the requested telephone number(s).Credit will not be given for requested telephone numbers that are not found in the directory.

A maximum of two requested telephone numbers will be processed per call to Directory Assistance Service.

(RT)(RT)



ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 38 1st Revised Sheet No. 1.1 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC MISCELLANEOUS SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS - Cont.


Rates Where the customer direct dials the Directory Assistance number 1 + 411, 411 or 1 Home Area Code + 555 - 1212 to obtain telephone numbers within the local calling area, the charge for each call (maximum of two requested telephone numbers per call) is............................................. $1.99. (CR) (To obtain telephone numbers and number information outside of the local calling area please refer to the Company's National Directory Assistance/Customer Name and Address Service tariff in this Section.) The following surcharges apply, in addition to the direct dial rate, when the customer places a call to Directory Assistance via an operator: EXCLUDING MAMMOTH SPRING Per Call Customer Dialed Calling Card $ .35 All other (including Operator $1.99 (CR) Assisted sent-paid, third number and credit card) (1) MAMMOTH SPRING Where the customer places a call to the Directory Assistance attendant via a Company operator, the charge for each call (maximum of two requested telephone numbers per call), in addition to the local Directory Assistance charge, is: a. per call ..................................................................... $1.99 (CR) Directory Assistance charges billed to a third number, a special billing number, or a Company calling card, in addition to the local Directory Assistance rate, will be billed at: a. per call ..................................................................... $1.99 (CR) (1) Customers identifying themselves as being disabled and unable to dial the call will not be required to pay the surcharge for sent paid station-to- station calls to DA. Effective: January 14, 2009



OPERATOR AND DIRECTORY SERVICES

DIRECTORY CONNECT

GENERAL

Directory Connect provides an incoming Directory Assistance customer requesting an intraLATAnumber, a mechanized announcement offering call completion to the listed number requested.The call is completed on a sent-paid basis (paid for by the calling customer). A chargeis incurred only for answered calls.

The mechanized announcement will instruct the caller that for an additional charge the callwill automatically be completed by depressing a specific digit on the touch-tone key pad.All completed calls will be charged the Directory Connect surcharge.

Customers may request free blocking of Directory Connect calls originating from thetelephone lines by contacting the Company's business office.

CONDITIONS

Directory Connect will only be furnished where facilities and operating conditions permit.

The Telephone Company assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors in theinformation furnished. The caller shall indemnify the Telephone Company and hold it freeand harmless of and from any and all claims, demands or damages that shall arise from theuse of the service.

This service is furnished solely for the calling purposes of the caller.

Provisions concerning limitation of liability and allowance for interruption of service areas set forth above and in the General Regulations of this Tariff.

Issued: Effective:





DIRECTORY CONNECT

Conditions (Cont'd)

This offering provides call completion on a Local Access and Transport Area (LATA) basis.

When a customer elects to have a call automatically completed to the number for which theDirectory Assistance Listing was requested (Directory Connect), the surcharge shown underC. following shall apply, per call. The Directory Connect surcharge is in addition to anyapplicable Directory Assistance and/or IntraLATA local or toll charges. Call allowancesas specified under Directory Assistance Service do not apply to Directory Connect.

Calls will be completed on a sent paid basis.

Person, collect, conference, calling card, third number or any other calls requiringoperator handling, are not included.

Directory Connect is not subject to optional calling plan discounts. However, the usageassociated with a call completed via Directory Connect will be subject to any applicablediscounts.

Directory Connect will not be provided to the following services:

a. 800 Service,b. 976 Service,c. 900 Service,d. Customer Owned Pay Telephone Service (COPTS),e. Feature Group A Service, orf. Public and Semi-Public Telephone Services

Issued: Effective:





DIRECTORY CONNECT

Conditions - (Cont'd)

Directory Connect charges will be applicable to persons with a visual, physical, or readinghandicap.

RATES AND CHARGES

Directory Connect ServiceCharge per Call

Each Call Completed* $ .50

* Rate not in effect until July 28, 1996.

Issued: Effective:





NATIONAL DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE/CUSTOMER NAME AND ADDRESS SERVICE

General

National Directory Assistance (NDA) will provide the customer with directory listings fromGTE's directory assistance database. This database will make all GTE listings available toany operator workstation along with national listings from other provider database(s). GTEwill provide listings for residential, business, government, GTE 1-800, and GTE localemergency numbers. Customer Name and Address (CNA) Service is a reverse search feature whichallows the caller to request a customer's name and/or address after giving the directoryassistance operator a complete phone number.

Conditions

The customer will receive a maximum up to two listings per call, i.e., two NDA numbers, oneNDA number and one CNA listing or two CNA listings.

Customers who make operator assisted calls to National Directory Assistance or to obtainCustomer Name and Address Service will be charged the NDA/CNA rate plus the applicableoperator surcharge as set forth in the Company's tariff.

The Company shall not be liable for any errors or omissions, whether arising throughnegligence or otherwise, in the information furnished; and the customer shall indemnify andsave the Company harmless against all claims (including costs and attorney's fees) that mayarise from the use of the service.

The customer will have access to any in-or-out-of-franchise, number/address listing withinthe continental United States, Alaska and Hawaii, with the exception of non-publishedlistings. When a non-published number/address is requested, the message "Non-publishednumber/address" or "NP" is displayed and no information will be available.

Issued: Effective:


PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF Section No. 38 1st Revised Sheet No. 6 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC GENERAL SERVICES

GENERAL SERVICES

NATIONAL DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE/CUSTOMER NAME AND ADDRESS SERVICE Conditions (Cont'd) Charges for National Directory Assistance/Customer Name and Address Service are not applicable to calls placed by customers who certify they are unable to use a directory because of a handicap. (For further detail please refer to Directory Assistance Service, in this section of the tariff). National Directory Assistance and Customer Name and Address Service will be available where technology permits. Rates For each call to the National Directory Assistance/ Customer Name and Address Service...........................$ 1.99 (CR)


Effective: March 29, 2006



INDEX

OBSOLETE SERVICES

Sheet No.

General.................................................... 1

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




OBSOLETE SERVICES

GENERAL

The services contained in this section of the Tariff are obsolete and are without exception for existing services only. No service contained herein is to be offered as new service, moved, changed nor added to.

The Telephone Company will maintain all existing services outlined herein only as long as economically feasible. The customer will at that time be required to change to a like service, if available, at the rates specified in the applicable section of this General Exchange Tariff.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




OBSOLETE SERVICES

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


tive:




CONCURRING TARIFFS - INTRASTATE

Sheet No.

Intrastate Access Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Wide Area Telecommunications Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF Section No 41 1st Revised Sheet No. 1 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC CONCURRING TARIFFS

CONCURRING TARIFFS

INTRASTATE ACCESS SERVICES 1. CenturyTel shall apply the rules and regulations governing Ordering Options as filed by the National (CT) Exchange Carrier Association and approved by the Federal Communications Commission in Tariff F.C.C.

No. 5, Section 5, together with any amendments or successive issued thereof. CenturyTel shall apply the rates for Ordering Options as filed by the National Exchange Carrier Association, approved by the Federal

Communications Commission in Tariff F.C.C. No. 5, Section 17, and in effect as of May 1, 2005. 2. Traffic Sensitive Switched Access Service

CenturyTel shall apply the rules and regulations governing Traffic Sensitive Switched Service as filed by the National Exchange Carrier Association in Tariff F.C.C. No. 5 Section 6, together with any amendments or successive issues thereof approved by the F.C.C. CenturyTel shall apply the rates for Traffic Sensitive Switched Access Service as filed by the National Exchange Carrier Association in Tariff F.C.C. No. 5, Section 17, and in effect as of May 1, 2005.

3. Traffic Sensitive Special Access Service

Except as otherwise noted herein, CenturyTel shall apply the rules and regulations governing Special Access Service of the National Exchange Carrier Association’s Tariff F.C.C. No. 5, Section 7 together with any amendments or successive issues thereof approved by the F.C.C. CenturyTel shall apply the rates for Special Access Service as filed by the National Exchange carrier Association in Tariff F.C.C. No. 5, Section 17 and in effect as of May 1, 2005. (CT)

4. Carrier Common Line Access Service (CT)

The Telephone Company will provide Carrier Common Line Access Service to Interexchange Carriers (IXCs) and non-IXC access service customers in conjunction with Switched Access Service provided by the company. 4.1 General Description

Carrier Common Line Access provides for the use of Telephone Company common lines by non-IXC access service customer for access to end users to furnish Intrastate Communications. Carrier Common Line Access is provided where a non-IXC access service customer obtains Telephone Company Switched Access Service under this tariff. The provision of Carrier Common Line Access Service shall be in accordance with the Arkansas Public Service Commission Order No. 12, dated June 12, 1990, in Docket 88-091-U. Rules, procedures and other specifications as contained in the order, and/or subsequent orders, shall be utilized in the administration of this section.


Effective:

PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF Section No. 41 Original Page No. 1A ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC CONCURRING TARIFFS

CONCURRING TARIFFS INTRASTATE ACCESS SERVICES (Cont'd) 4. Exception for Carrier Common Line Access Service (Cont'd) (AT)

4.2 Carrier Common Line Access Service - Interexchange Carriers

The Telephone Company shall apply the rules and regulations as filed by the National Exchange Carrier Association and approved by the FCC in Tariff F.C.C. No. 5, Sections 3.2 through 3.8 together with any amendments or successive issues thereof

4.3 Carrier Common Line Access Service - Non-IXC's

Non-IXC access service customers are end users that do not provide switched interexchange communications services to the public for compensation in the State of Arkansas. For intrastate Carrier Common Line Access Services to non-IXC's, and in conjunction with appropriate switched access services, the Telephone Company shall apply Tariff F.C.C. No. 5, Sections 3.2 through 3.8 and Section 17.1.1, of the Exchange Carrier Association, together with any amendments or successive issues thereof approved by the FCC. Where and if provisions of the referenced tariff conflict with any portions of the Company's Access Service Tariff, the latter will apply.

4.4 Carrier Common Line Access Service - Rate

The rates for Carrier Common Line Access Service are as follows:

A. Mammoth Spring exchange

Carrier Common Line Charge Per Minute Originating, Per MOU $0.02990131 Terminating, Per MOU $0.07141421

B. All Other exchanges

Carrier Common Line Charge Per Minute Originating, Per MOU $.0165 Terminating, Per MOU $.0165 (AT)

Issued: Jeffery Glover Effective: January 1, 2004 Vice President, External Relations Docket No. PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211



CONCURRING TARIFFS - INTRASTATE

4. WIDE AREA TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE

CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC concurs in the Wide Area Telecommunications ServiceTariff as filed by Southwestern Bell within the State of Arkansas. CenturyTel of CentralArkansas, LLC concurs in Southwestern Bell Telephone Company's Common Line 800 Service withthe following exceptions:

(a) The provision of call detail

(b) CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC will bill the same intraLATA usage rate structureand rates for residence subscribers as are being billed for business subscribers.

CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC will offer this service as CenturyTel Business Line 800Services or CenturyTel Residence Line 800 Service.

5. The following exchange is subject to the rates, rules, regulations and charges for LongDistance Message Telecommunications Service (LDMTS) and Wide Area Telecommunications Service(WATS) as indicated below in the state of Missouri for Spectra Communications Group, LLC.

Exchanges:

Mammoth Spring

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE

Sheet No.

Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Customer Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Definition of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3E911 Alternate Network Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Rates and Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Rate Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF Section No 46 1st Revised Sheet No. 1 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC 9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE

9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE GENERAL 9-1-1 is the three-digit telephone number designated (as the "Universal Emergency Number") for public use throughout the United States to obtain law enforcement, medical, fire, rescue, and other emergency services. 9-1-1 Service enables a caller, dialing 9-1-1 from a station with access to the local exchange telephone network, to be automatically connected to the appropriate Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP). A PSAP is the communications facility, designated for a specific territory, to which 9-1-1 calls are routed for response. Three 9-1-1 Service options are offered: B9-1-1, C9-1-1, and E9-1-1.

• B9-1-1 (Basic 9-1-1) Service automatically routes 9-1-1 calls to a PSAP, but provides no information about the location or telephone number of the caller.

• C9-1-1 (ANI-Only 9-1-1) Service automatically routes 9-1-1 calls to a PSAP and provides the

calling number (through automatic number identification [ANI]) to the PSAP attendant who answers the call. C9-1-1 Service is comprised of B9-1-1 Service plus ANI spill.

• E9-1-1 (or Enhanced 9-1-1) Service automatically routes 9-1-1 calls to a PSAP and provides the

calling telephone number and address. It may also provide the name of the telephone access line subscriber and the names of the Emergency Response Agencies with responsibility for the caller's location. E9-1-1 provides

the PSAP with the location of the billing or lead telephone number in cases where a non-regulated telecommunication service provider (e.g., Private Branch Exchange (PBX), etc.) failed to provide the Customer with its subscribers' names, addresses, and telephone numbers via the PS ALI service. E9-1-1 Service is comprised of C9-1-1 Service plus Automatic Location (AT)

Identification (ALI) provisioning.

Issued: August 20, 2008 Chantel Mosby Effective: August 20. 2008 Director, Tariffs and Compliance Docket No. PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

PSC File Mark Only


9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE GENERAL (Continued) 9-1-1 Service features include Forced Disconnect, Called Party Hold and Emergency Ringback, when operating conditions permit. These features are available only when there is direct trunking from the originating central office to the PSAP and when the PSAP CPE has the appropriate signaling capability. These features are not available if the Customer subscribes to Selective Router Service. (CT) C9-1-1 and E9-1-1 Services include Automatic Number Identification (ANI) spill which forwards the telephone number of the caller to the designated PSAP. ANI Spill does not guarantee the capability of forwarding the number of a multiparty line end user. Selective Routing Service is available, as an optional offering, when a C9-1-1 or E9-1-1 system is served by more than one PSAP or when a central office is split by a political boundary and one of the political areas does not subscribe to 9-1-1 Services. This service routes the call to the correct PSAP or an announcement, as appropriate, based on the caller's telephone number. When conditions warrant providing 9-1-1 Service via the public switched network, the Switched Access System (SAS) is available as an optional offering. SAS is limited to the following applications:

• Disaster situations where the private line network is no longer available between the central office and the tandem/selective router or the tandem/selective router and the PSAP.

• Overflow conditions when the primary private line network is busy due to unusual circumstances

or high growth areas.

• Situations where expensive interLATA circuits make implementation of E9-1-1 cost prohibitive in a particular exchange.

Issued: August 20, 2008 Chantel Mosby Effective: August 20, 2008 Director, Tariffs and Compliance Docket No. PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

PSC File Mark Only


9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE GENERAL (Continued) The Customer must be a municipality, state or local governmental unit, or an authorized agent to whom (CT) authority has been lawfully delegated. The Customer must be legally authorized to subscribe to the service (CT) and has public safety responsibility by law to respond to telephone calls from the public for emergency police, fire, or other emergency services within the telephone central office areas arranged for 9-1-1 calling. Information provided by the Company, as part of the provisioning of C9-1-1 or E9-1-1, is to be used only for the purposes of answering calls and dispatching emergency services. DEFINITION OF TERMS Agency - A person or entity, which may include the Customer and public safety agencies, providing (CT) emergency or other services. Alternate Routing - A feature designed to route a 9-1-1 call to a location other than the Primary PSAP, should some temporary condition prevent the Primary PSAP from answering. Automatic Location Identification (ALI) - A feature designed to permit information regarding the location of the calling party to be displayed on a display screen at a PSAP when a 9-1-1 call is received. Calls from party line telephones will not automatically be displayed. Automatic Location Identification (ALI) Database - A database of ALI records containing access line subscribers' names, addresses, telephone numbers and Emergency Service Numbers to be used for 9-1-1 purposes. This database, once provided to the Customer, may include additional information about that (CT) location. Subscriber names may be omitted as a local option.


PSC File Mark Only


9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE DEFINITION OF TERMS (Continued) Automatic Number Identification (ANI) - A feature by which the calling party telephone number is forwarded to the PSAP for display. ANI Spill - A central office generated data stream that forwards the telephone number of the calling party. Call Answer Unit (CAU) - A unit that answers incoming calls to the PSAP from the Trunk Dial Unit (TDU). When it receives a 9-1-1 call from the TDU it alerts the PSAP's key system or the Automatic Call Distribution. When the call is answered, the CAU requests the ANI information stored in the TDU which is then displayed on the attendant's console. The CAU is able to perform self-test diagnostics. It also operates in conjunction with the TDU to do external (call processing and transmission) diagnostics initiated from the TDU. Called Party Hold - An established communication link between the calling party and the PSAP that cannot be broken by the calling party. The call remains connected until terminated by the PSAP. Caller - An individual who places a 9-1-1 call in order to obtain emergency assistance. May also be referred to as an end user. Customer - Governmental unit or other entity authorized to provide 9-1-1 Service. The Customer has public (CT) safety responsibility by law to respond to telephone calls from the public for police, fire or other emergency services within the telephone central office area arranged for 9-1-1 calling. May also be referred to as “9-1-1 (CT) Customer” .(CT)





DEFINITION OF TERMS (Continued)

Data Management System (DMS) - A system of manual procedures and computer programs used tocreate, store and update the data required to provide the Selective Routing (SR) and ALIfeatures.

Default Routing - A feature activated when an incoming 9-1-1 call cannot be selectivelyrouted due to an automatic number identification failure, garbled digits or other causes.Such incoming calls are routed from the control office (location of the selective routingfunction) to a preselected PSAP.

Emergency Ringback - A feature which permits the attendant, by operating the flash key, toring a 9-1-1 party who goes on-hook after the 9-1-1 call has been answered. This featureis available only for systems where 9-1-1 lines are provided via dedicated arrangements fromthe originating central offices.

Emergency Response Agency - For the purpose of this tariff, an Emergency Response Agency(ERA) is a functional division of an agency authorized to respond to requests from thepublic to meet emergencies related to safety and/or health. The agency is prepared toprovide its service(s) in response to a 9-1-1 call received at or transferred from a PSAP.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


PSC File Mark Only


9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE DEFINITION OF TERMS (Continued) Emergency Service Number (ESN) - A number that is assigned by the Customer to all telephone (CT) subscribers served by each combination of Emergency Response Agencies (i.e., police, fire, and ambulance service responsible for that subscriber's location). Thus, the service area of each PSAP and secondary PSAP can be defined in terms of the ESNs for which it is responsible. The ESN is recorded in the ALI database (where established) to inform the PSAP attendant which ERA is responsible for each 9-1-1 caller's location and in the Selective Routing records (where Selective Routing is established) to assist in routing calls to the correct PSAP. End Users - An individual who may place a 9-1-1 call in order to obtain emergency assistance. May also be referred to as a caller. Forced Disconnect - A function of the 9-1-1 central office trunk circuit that prevents the jamming of the 9-1-1 Service Lines. This feature allows the Public Safety Answering Point attendant to release a connection although the calling party has not hung up. Hookswitch Status - A feature designed to provide the PSAP Attendant with an audible and/or visual indication of the End User's hookswitch status (whether the telephone from which an End User is making a 9-1-1 telephone call is on or off hook). Host Provider or Lead Telco - The telephone company that serves the exchange in which the Customer's (CT) PSAP is located and provides 9-1-1 Service and, where applicable, acts as the coordinator of other regulated telephone companies that serve as secondary providers within the Customer's serving area. Lead Telephone Company – The telephone company that owns and operates the Selective Routers that are (AT) used for 9-1-1 access to a PSAP. (AT)





DEFINITION OF TERMS (Continued)

Idle Tone Application - A feature that allows the PSAP Attendant to distinguish betweencalls abandoned before they are answered and instances in which the calling party is unableto speak for some reason.

Master Street Address Guide (MSAG) - A perpetual database which defines the geographic areaof a 9-1-1 Service. It is an alphabetical listing of the street names, high-low housenumber ranges, community names, PSAP identification codes, and Emergency Service Numbers(ESNs).

Nonlisted - Subscriber information that is not listed in the published phone directory butis made available via Directory Assistance Service.

Nonpublished - Subscriber information that is neither listed in the published phonedirectory nor available via Directory Assistance Service.

Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) - Primary - The initial answering point for 9-1-1calls.

Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) - Secondary - A PSAP which responds to 9-1-1 callstransferred from a Primary PSAP. It may become the initial respondent to a 9-1-1 call inan alternate routing configuration where the Primary PSAP is unable to answer the call.

PSAP Attendant - An individual located at the Primary PSAP or Secondary PSAP who answersa 9-1-1 telephone calls.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


PSC File Mark Only


9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE DEFINITION OF TERMS (Continued) PSAP Service Boundary - The exchanges and portions of exchanges served by a 9-1-1 Service which the Customer shall assign a particular PSAP to answer, transfer, respond, and/or otherwise handle 9-1-1 (CT) telephone calls originating from such exchanges and portions of exchanges. Secondary Provider - A regulated telephone company that participates in offering 9-1-1 Service under a (AT) legal arrangment with the host provider. (AT) Selective Routing (SR) - A service that routes calls to the correct PSAP based on the caller's ANI. This service is available when a C9-1-1 or E9-1-1 system is served by more than one PSAP or when a central office is split by political boundary and one of the political areas does not subscribe to 9-1-1 services. Service Address - The address at which the telephone is physically located. Subscriber - A person or business that orders access line service from a telephone company. Trunk Dial Unit (TDU) - Installed on the outgoing side of the central office ANI trunk, the TDU receives the 9-1-1 call and stores the ANI. It then dials the programmed primary number and sends the call to the Call Answer Unit at the PSAP. Within the TDU are all of the tone generators and detectors needed to operate in the telephone network. The TDU is able to perform both self-test and external (call processing and transmission) diagnostics for use in maintaining the system.


PSC File Mark Only


9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE CONDITIONS 9-1-1 Service is limited to the use of central office number 9-1-1 as the emergency telephone number, and only one 9-1-1 Service will be provided within a geographical area. 9-1-1 Service is provided solely for the benefit of the local governmental unit. The provision of such service shall not be interpreted, construed, or regarded as being for the benefit of or creating any Company obligation towards or any right of action on behalf of any third person or legal entity. Temporary suspension of service is not provided for any part of 9-1-1 Service. 9-1-1 Service will be provided by the Company only where facility and operating conditions permit. The Company shall not be required to provide 9-1-1 Service to less than an entire central office (switching entity), unless Selective Routing Service is ordered by the Customer. (CT) 9-1-1 Service is classified as Business Exchange Service and is restricted to one-way incoming emergency service only. Outgoing calls can only be made on a transfer basis. 9-1-1 Service will be designed by the Company to provide at least the same level of service reliability and quality as local exchange telephone service in the exchange where 9-1-1 Service is offered. The Company does not undertake to answer and forward 9-1-1 Service calls, but furnishes the use of its facilities to enable the Customer's personnel to respond to such calls at the Customer's designated (CT) premises.


PSC File Mark Only


9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE CONDITIONS (Continued) The 9-1-1 calling party forfeits the privacy afforded by Nonpublished and Nonlisted listing services to the extent that the telephone number, address, and name associated with the originating station location may be furnished to the PSAP. However, this information is confidential and the Customer agrees to use such (CT) information only for the purpose of responding to emergency 9-1-1 Service calls. The Automatic Number Identification (ANI) Spill and Automatic Location Identification (ALI) features function correctly only if calls coming in to the PSAP originate from single party service. ANI and ALI will not be provided when calls are placed from multiparty lines. The PSAP's premises equipment, used in conjunction with ANI Spill and ALI, must be reviewed by the Company to determine the compatibility of the unit with the C9-1-1 or E9-1-1 Service requested. If changes are necessary to make the unit compatible with the services offered herein, time and material charges will apply. The Company cannot guarantee the completion, the quality, or any features that may be provided with 9-1-1 Service on calls placed via interconnection with an interexchange carrier or operator service provider. All non-regulated telecommunications service providers (e.g., Private Branch Exchange, etc.) in an E9-1-1 Service area should provide current lists of their subscribers' names, addresses, and telephone numbers in CenturyTel’s standard format to the Lead Telephone Company for inclusion in the E9-1-1 database (AT) pursuant to the terms of the Lead Telephone Company’s tariff or practices. (AT)


PSC File Mark Only


9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE CONDITIONS (Continued) 9-1-1 calls originated from local exchange telephone network access facilities shall be completed to the appropriate PSAP without a charge being assessed to the end user by the Company. Calls from a pay telephone shall not require a coin to be deposited or payment of any charge. The main telephone directory listing for the PSAP must be a seven-digit administrative telephone number. A listing for the PSAP will also be provided under 9-1-1 Service at no additional charge. Intercept Service for any seven-digit emergency number(s) replaced by 9-1-1 Service will be provided at no charge for a period of time to be negotiated between the Company and the Customer; however, in no case (CT) shall intercept service be provided for more than one year or beyond the next directory issuance, whichever is longer. Terminal equipment, used in connection with 9-1-1 Service, shall be configured to restrict the Customer (CT) from removing and/or changing the data provided by the Company. Time and material charges apply for Customer-initiated changes and rearrangements affecting service (CT) address and ALI database records (e.g., street name and number changes, emergency services territorial or name change, jurisdictional boundary changes and rearrangements, etc.). In such cases, a valid comparative listing of changes must be supplied providing direct and individual reference to existing designations.


PSC File Mark Only


9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE CONDITIONS (Continued) In Selective Routing configurations where the central office does not provide ANI due to ANI failure, garbled digits, multiparty lines, etc., Default Routing will be utilized at no additional charge. The Company may enter into a contract or contracts with the Customer or with other telephone companies (CT) in order to effectuate the Company's provisioning of 9-1-1 Service in accordance with the terms, conditions, and limitations of this tariff. Any such contract(s) shall incorporate by reference the terms, conditions, and limitations of this tariff. Equipment, used in conjunction with 9-1-1 Emergency Telephone Service, located at the PSAP(s) may be provided by the Company or the Customer subject to the approval by the Company for compatibility with (CT) the 9-1-1 system. Any additional costs associated with bringing incompatible equipment into compliance with the 9-1-1 system will be the responsibility of the Customer. (CT)


PSC File Mark Only


9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE CUSTOMER OBLIGATIONS Application for 9-1-1 Service must be executed in writing by each Customer and must be accompanied (CT) by satisfactory proof of authorization to provide 9-1-1 Service in the exchanges where service is requested. If application for service is made by an agent, satisfactory proof of appointment must be provided in writing to the Company. By contractual agreement, the 9-1-1 Service applicant must submit to the Company, in writing, that it concurs in the following terms and conditions:

• The Customer has sole responsibility for determining which public safety agencies will (CT) participate in (jointly) subscribing to a 9-1-1 Service offering and for the control and staffing of the PSAP.

• The Customer accepts responsibility for dispatching or having others dispatch police, fire, (CT) ambulance, or other emergency services as required and to the extent such services are reasonably

available.

• The Customer has responsibility for developing appropriate procedures for handling calls placed (CT) to the PSAP for nonparticipating agencies.

• Each primary PSAP must subscribe to sufficient 9-1-1 Service lines to adequately handle

incoming calls in each PSAP's average busy hour so that no more than one call out of 100 (P.01 transmission grade of service) encounters a busy signal. In other words, the 9-1-1 Service network from each central office to the central office serving the primary PSAP must provide a minimum of a P.01 transmission grade of service or the minimum number of trunks prescribed by the applicable regulatory authority, whichever is the higher standard.


PSC File Mark Only


9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE CUSTOMER OBLIGATIONS (Continued)

• In addition to the line requirements listed previously, each primary PSAP and each secondary PSAP must subscribe to at least three lines as follows:

1. One seven-digit non emergency local exchange line with at least one listed directory number

for administrative calls. 2. One non listed seven-digit local exchange line for forwarding or transferring 9-1-1 calls to

locations other than those connected to the PSAP by dedicated lines. 3. One non listed seven-digit number to be used by other PSAPs and Emergency Response

Agencies to reach the PSAP.

• If a Selective Router is not used, each primary PSAP should subscribe to at least two dedicated lines to each secondary PSAP for the purpose of forwarding or transferring calls. The number of lines should be no fewer than the number required to provide a P.01 transmission grade of service during the secondary PSAP's average busy hour.

The Customer shall have the responsibility of constantly monitoring or inspecting facilities to discover (CT) errors, defects, and malfunctions in the service. The Customer shall make such operational tests as, in the judgment of the Customer, are required to determine whether the system is functioning properly for its use. The Customer shall promptly notify the Company in the event the system is not functioning properly. (CT)


PSC File Mark Only


9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE CUSTOMER OBLIGATIONS (Continued) Because the Company's serving boundaries and political subdivision boundaries may not coincide, the Customer must make arrangements to handle all 9-1-1 calls that originate from telephones served by central (CT) offices within the 9-1-1 Service Area whether or not the calling telephone is situated on property within the geographical boundaries of the Customer's public safety jurisdiction. Neither the Customer nor the (CT) Company shall have any responsibility under this paragraph for 9-1-1 calls that carry foreign dial tone, whether they originate within or outside of the Customer's public safety jurisdiction, or for calls originating (CT) from mobile/cellular telephones. 9-1-1 Emergency Telephone Service information consisting of the name, address, and/or telephone number of telephone subscribers (regardless of whether or not this information is published in directories or listed in directory assistance offices) is Company proprietary and the Customer agrees to use such information (CT) only for the purpose of responding to 9-1-1 calls at the time such calls are placed. Any connecting company purchasing CenturyTel’s information, while acting as the host provider of 9-1-1 Service, must agree to abide by the terms and conditions which relate to the protection of said information. The Customer shall take all (CT) reasonable efforts to safeguard the proprietary nature of Company-provided information, including but not limited to:

• The Customer is responsible for preventing unauthorized retrieval or use of 9-1-1 (CT) information. Upon request, the Company has the right to review the Customer's log of (CT) 9-1-1 calls to detect any unauthorized retrieval of information from the 9-1-1 system database.

• The Customer must report to the Company any unauthorized retrieval and must implement (CT) corrective action to prevent any further unauthorized retrieval.


PSC File Mark Only


9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE CUSTOMER OBLIGATIONS (Continued)

• The Customer shall provide to the Company, upon request, a list of authorized personnel who (CT) will be provided with passwords or other safety or security mechanisms to guarantee that the

system may not be accessed by unauthorized personnel.

• All 9-1-1 Customer equipment, system software, and databases must be located in a secure (CT) area within a PSAP's office to prevent unauthorized personnel from accessing confidential

information.

• The Customer shall agree to the extent allowed by law to indemnify, save, and hold the (CT) Company harmless from any and all claims for injury or damage of any nature by any person

arising out of or relating to the Customer's unauthorized use of Company-provided subscriber information. This information is to be used solely for the purpose of providing 9-1-1 Service.

When the Selective Routing feature is provided, the Customer is responsible for identifying primary and (CT) secondary PSAP locations as well as the unique combinations of police, fire, and ambulance or any other appropriate agencies responsible for providing emergency service within the 9-1-1 Service Area. An Emergency Service Number (ESN) will be provided by the Company for each unique combination of agencies. The Customer will associate these ESNs with street address ranges or other mutually agreed (CT) upon routing criteria in the 9-1-1 Service Area. These ESNs will be contained in the Data Management System (DMS) to permit routing of 9-1-1 Service calls to the appropriate primary and secondary PSAPs responsible for handling 9-1-1 calls from each telephone in the 9-1-1 Service Area.


PSC File Mark Only


9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE CUSTOMER OBLIGATIONS (Continued) The following terms define the Customer's responsibility in providing this information.

• Initial and subsequent assignments by ESN street name, address range and area, or other mutually agreed upon routing criteria shall be furnished by the Customer. (CT)

• After establishment of service, it is the Customer's responsibility to continue to verify the (CT) accuracy of the routing information contained in the Master Street Address Guide (MSAG)

and to advise the Company of any changes in street names, establishment of new streets, changes in address numbers used on existing streets, closing and abandonment of streets, changes in police, fire, ambulance or other appropriate agencies' jurisdiction over any address, annexations and other changes in municipal and county boundaries, incorporation of new cities, or any other matter that will affect the routing of 9-1-1 Service calls to the proper PSAP.

• The Customer has an obligation to verify police, fire, and ambulance PSAP routing (CT) designations. Upon request, the Company will provide a complete listing of the MSAG

information to assist the Customer in its verification. (CT)

• Changes, deletions, and additions to the MSAG database are the responsibility of the Customer. Customer required revisions to the MSAG should be submitted as they occur. (CT)

The Company will furnish a printed copy of all MSAG changes to the Customer for verification.


PSC File Mark Only


9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE CUSTOMER OBLIGATIONS (Continued) The Customer agrees to provide trained personnel for 24-hour coverage and receive all 9-1-1 calls routed to (CT) the PSAP. The Customer recognizes that the addresses provided with Automatic Location Identification (CT) (ALI) may be the same addresses that the Company maintains for its normal business records and the Company cannot guarantee their existence or accuracy in emergency situations. Therefore, the Customer (CT) recognizes that addresses must first be verified by the calling party. LIABILITY The Company's entire liability to the Customer or any person for interruption or failure of 9-1-1 Service (CT) shall be limited by the terms set forth in this section, the General Regulations section of this tariff, the sections of other tariffs which apply to the provisioning of 9-1-1 Service and the contracts between the Customer and the Company, and in statute. This service is offered solely to assist the Customer in (CT) providing 9-1-1 emergency service in conjunction with applicable fire, police, and other public safety agencies. By providing this service to the Customer, the Company does not create any relationship or (CT) obligation, direct or indirect, to any third party other than the Customer. (CT) The Company shall not be liable for civil damages, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, to any person, corporation, or other entity for any loss or damage caused by any Company act or omission in the design, development, installation, maintenance, or provision of 9-1-1 Service other than an act or omission constituting gross negligence or wanton or willful misconduct. However, in no event shall the Company's liability to any person, corporation, or other entity for any loss or damage exceed an amount equal to the prorated allowance of the tariff rate for the service or facilities provided to the Customer for the time (CT) such interruption to service or facilities continues, after notice by the Customer to the Company. No (CT) allowance shall be made if the interruption is due to the negligence or willful act of the Customer. (CT)


PSC File Mark Only


9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE LIABILITY (Continued) When the use of service or facilities furnished by the Company is interrupted due to any cause other than the negligence or willful act of the end user or the failure of the facilities provided by the end user, a pro rata adjustment of the fixed monthly charges involved will be allowed as covered by Section 2 of this tariff. Where allowances on monthly charges for service features of 9-1-1 Service are involved, only those service features affected by the interrupted service shall be considered; and further, only those access lines on the interrupted portion of a service shall be considered in determining the number of access lines affected. To the extent allowed by law, the Customer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company from any (CT) damages or other injuries which may be asserted by any person, business, governmental agency, or other entity as a result of any act or omission of the Company or Customer or any of their employees, directors, (CT) officers, or agents except for Company acts of gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct in connection with developing, adopting, implementing, maintaining, or operating the 9-1-1 system or for releasing subscriber information (i.e., nonpublished or nonlisted information) in connection with the provision of 9-1-1 Service.

The Company shall not be liable or responsible for any indirect, incidental, or consequential damages associated with the provision of 9-1-1 Service when a 9-1-1 call originates from a system or line which makes the provision of specific location information impossible to provide for technical reasons. These technical reasons can include, but are not limited to, the inability to provide subscriber information associated with multiparty lines, roaming (CT) Voice Over Internet Protocol lines, Voice Over Internet Protocol lines not converted to Public (CT) Switched Network protocols, private telecommunications services (e.g., PBXs), or calls originating over central office based switching system lines, especially but not limited to (CT) those private telecommunications services that use Direct Inward / Outward Dialing (DIOD) (CT) numbers. (CT)


PSC File Mark Only


9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE LIABILITY (Continued) The Company accepts no responsibility for obtaining and providing subscriber record information from (CT) private telecommunications systems, such as PBXs, unless provided to the Company by a PS Provider (CT) pursuant to the terms of the Private Switch 9-1-1 Service tariff or any individual case basis contract. At the (CT) rates set forth herein, the Company will integrate any records provided to it by the Customer in a Company- (CT) standard format for inclusion in a 9-1-1 database. However, by doing so, the Company makes no representation or warranty regarding the accuracy of the data provided to it by a Customer and shall not be (CT) liable or responsible for any indirect, incidental, or consequential damages associated with the provision of this data by the Customer, which may be asserted by any person, business, government agency, or other (CT) entity against the Company. The Company shall not be liable or responsible for any indirect, incidental, or consequential damages associated with the provision of 9-1-1 Service when there is a failure or interruption in 9-1-1 Service due to the attachment of any equipment by the Customer or an end user Customer to Company facilities. The (CT) Customer or an end user Customer may, with the prior written consent of the Company, attach features, (CT) devices, or equipment of other vendors to the equipment of the network facilities provided by the Company. Said attachments, devices, or equipment must meet all applicable federal and state registration or certification standards. The Company reserves the right to refuse attachments, if the Company determines that said attachments will degrade the 9-1-1 system ordered by the Customer, Company facilities, or (CT) otherwise affect its telephone operations. The Company shall not be liable for any civil damages caused by an act or omission of the Company in the good faith release of information not in the public record, including non published or non listed subscriber information, to emergency service providers responding to calls placed to a 9-1-1 Service or host providers using such information to provide 9-1-1 Service.


PSC File Mark Only


9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE LIABILITY (Continued) The Company shall have no liability whatsoever to any person arising from its provision or failure to provide 9-1-1 Service to a subscriber of a non-regulated telephone service (e.g., shared tenant service or (CT) non-regulated Voice Over Internet Protocol). It is the obligation of the Customer to answer, respond to, (CT) transfer, terminate, dispatch or arrange to dispatch emergency services, or otherwise handle all 9-1-1 telephone calls that originate from telephones within the Customer's service area. Neither the Customer (CT) nor the Company shall have any responsibility for 9-1-1 calls that carry foreign dial tone, whether they originate within or outside of the Customer's service area, or for foreign or unrecognizable dial tone calls (CT) originating from voice over internet protocol, or mobile/cellular telephones. (CT) RATE REGULATIONS The following rate elements apply to a typical B9-1-1, C9-1-1, and E9-1-1 arrangement: 9-1-1 Service Line

The 9-1-1 Service Line rate applies for the 9-1-1 loop extending from the host central office to the PSAP. Trunking

The 9-1-1 Service line rate applies for the intraexchange trunking between the foreign central office and the central office serving the PSAP.

Interexchange circuits shall be provided at the rates found in the Southwestern Bell Private Line Service Tariff.

Central Office Trunk Termination

This rate is applicable for the trunk termination in the host central office when the host central office concentrates the incoming traffic to the PSAP. This rate is in addition to the 9-1-1 Service line rate.





RATE REGULATIONS (Continued)

In addition to the elements listed on Sheet No. 11, the Automatic Location Identification(ALI) Database rate element is applicable for E9-1-1 Service.

ALI Database Administration Charge

The ALI Database Administration Charge applies per system to create and maintain theMSAG and ALI databases. This rate applies for all enhanced systems whether CenrutyTelis the host or secondary provider.

ALI Database Record Charge

An ALI Database Record charge applies for each CenturyTel record maintained in thedatabase. A non-CenturyTel record charge applies for verifying another telephonecompany's records.

Optional Services

• Selective Routing - This service is available with C9-1-1 and E9-1-1. The followingrate elements apply to Selective Routing Service:

Selective Router Database Administration Charge

The Selective Router Database Administration Charge applies per database to create andmaintain the Selective Routing MSAG and ALI database structure. This charge is inaddition to the ALI Database Administration Charge.

Selective Router Database Record Charge

The Selective Router Database Record Charge is applicable for the development andmaintenance of street ranges and addresses, the assignment of ESNs and PSAPs to eachrecord, and the transmission of the ALI to the database management system when accessedby the caller's ANI.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


PSC File Mark Only


9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE RATE REGULATIONS (Continued) Optional Services (Continued) Selective Router Port Connectivity

Establishes the hardware connection on the Selective Routing Switch that provides connectivity for the incoming 9-1-1 trunk circuits to enable Local Service Providers and Private Switch Providers (e.g., PBX users, Shared Tenant Services, ALECs and Wireless Service Providers) access to the Emergency Services network. Selective Router Port Connectivity is required for each individual trunk circuit.

In addition to the standard connectivity fee, which is applied in all cases, there are additional charges specifically for software/firmware required only by Wireless Service Providers (identified as "Wireless Additive" where applicable) to provide for multiple 10-digit data streams.

Quotation Preparation The Customer may request a quotation for all costs associated with 9-1-1 Service Provisioning. A (CT) quotation so provided does not bind the Company to the rates set forth in the quotation. All rates for company provided services or facilities will be determined in accordance with the guidelines in this tariff. No charge will be incurred by the Customer for such a request. (CT) Special Service Arrangement Charges If 9-1-1 Service requirements cannot be met with regularly offered service arrangements, special arrangements will be furnished, when practical, by the Company at charges equivalent to the costs of furnishing such arrangements. These special charges will be applicable to such items as engineering and special program development associated with billing and database management. Special service arrangement rates and charges are subject to review and revision conditioned upon changing costs. The proposed rates are subject to commission review.


PSC File Mark Only


9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE RATE REGULATIONS (Continued) 9-1-1 Nonrecurring Payment Options Nonrecurring charges associated with 9-1-1 installations may be deferred for any annual term up to 10 years. The discount rate for this purpose is 9.5 percent. Only the rate elements associated with database development are eligible for deferral. Only one deferred period may be selected. The balance shall become due and payable if the Customer disconnects the service elements prior to the final payment of the deferred (CT) charges. 9-1-1 Nonrecurring Payment Options (Continued) Annuity factors utilized for this option are as follows: Installment Term (Years) Factor 1 .0875 2 .0457 3 .0318 4 .0249 5 .0208 6 .0181 7 .0164 8 .0147 9 .0136 10 .0127 To calculate monthly installment, multiply total nonrecurring charges by the appropriate factor.


PSC File Mark Only


9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE RATE REGULATIONS (Continued) 9-1-1 Funding Surcharge The Company, as directed by the Customer, may impose a surcharge as provided by law, to each business (CT) and residential end user's local exchange telephone bill to establish funding for 9-1-1 Service within said end users respective county or municipality. This surcharge is in addition to all other lawful rates and charges. This surcharge will be distributed to the respective Customer less a billing and collection fee as provided (CT) by law.


PSC File Mark Only



RATES AND CHARGES 9-1-1 Network Services Monthly GSEC NRC Rate 9-1-1 Service Line Each Line or Trunk 911CO-PSAP2WPL $ 0.00 $ 31.57 (CR) Trunking Intraexchange 911CO-PSAP2WPL 0.00 31.57 (CR) Interexchange See Southwestern Bell Telephone Private Line Service Tariff. Central Office Trunk Termination 911COTERM NRC 202.85 911COTERM 38.24 Automatic Location Identification (ALI) Database ALI Database Administration 911PSAPDBPSAP 0.00 199.46 Each system ALI Database Record Charge Each CenturyTel record processed 911PSAPDB NRC 0.83 911PSAPDBRC 0.05 Each NON-CenturyTel record processed 911PSAPDBRCNGT NRC 0.37 911PSAPDBRCNGT 0.05






RATES AND CHARGES

9-1-1 Network Services

MonthlyGSEC/IOSC NRC Rate

Selective Routing Service

Selective Router DatabaseAdministration Charge 911SRDBASE NRC $ 330.36

911SRDBASE $ 191.28Record Charge, Each 911SRDBLINE NRC .0025

911SRDBLINE 0.0001

Selective Router Hardware Rates determined on Individual Case BasisCommon Equipment

Selective Router Port Connectivity9-1-1 SR-CON 90296 200.00

(per trunk) 44.75

9-1-1 SRCONWA(Wireless Additive, perwireless service trunk) 00664 - 94.19

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


PSC File Mark Only


9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE RATES AND CHARGES (Continued) 9-1-1 Network Services Existing Customers Rates and charges for existing 9-1-1 Customer service(s) shall be grandfathered at the following rates (CT) Monthly Recurring Charges COLUMBIA COUNTY, AR - WALDO Database Development per line $ 0.0648 E911 Special Trunk 11.00 JACKSONVILLE, AR Class Screening To Restrict Non-Jacksonville Calls: Jacksonville Main, Jacksonville West 11,000 NAL X $57/1000 627.00 Database Development $35 per 1000 NAL 385.00 CenturyTel Circuits 5 E9-1-1 Trunks MRC 5 X $45 225.00 JEFFERSON COUNTY, AR - ENGLAND Database Development per line 0.0648 E911 Special Trunk 11.00





RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)

9-1-1 Network Services

Existing Customers (Continued)Monthly Recurring Charges

PULASKI COUNTY, AR - ENGLANDClass Screening 3,000 NAL X $57/1000 171.00Database Development Maintenance $35 per 1000 NAL 105.00CenturyTel Circuits E9-1-1 Trunks MRC 6 X $45 270.00

WHITE COUNTY, AR

BRADFORDGRIFFITHVILLEJUDSONIAKENSETTMCRAE

Database per line $0.0648

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)

Special Service Arrangement

Non-Recurring Monthly Recurring Charges Charges

JACKSONVILLE, AR

PSAP EquipmentALI System $108,012.00 $245.00ANI System 657.00

RANDOLF COUNTY, AR

BIGGERS-REYNOIMBODENMAYNARDPOCAHONTAS

TCI Equipment 1,497.00 204.00 TCI ANI Store and Forward Cards

TCI E&M Ringdown Conversion Cards TCI Card Cages

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


PSC File Mark Only


E911 ALTERNATE NETWORK ROUTING GENERAL Alternate Network Routing (ANR) is offered as an optional service to Emergency Number Service (911) system Customers. ANR provides other paths to route a 911 call from the caller to the Public Safety (CT) Answering Point (PSAP). In cases of network overload (all trunks busy) or facility outage, such as failure of an intermediate central office or the loss of a 911 trunk, ANR Service will route the 911 call through the public switched network or cellular network. (NOTE: Any 911 calls in progress, at the time of a dedicated facility outage, will be lost when the facility fails.) The components offered in this tariff include the terminating telephone network equipment and cellular radios. Alternate Network Routing may also be utilized to allow the use of the public switched network in place of interexchange dedicated Telephone Company facilities. This application is restricted to 911 service crossing LATA boundaries only where LEC facilities are unavailable.

Issued: August 20, 2008 Chantel Mosby Effective: August 20, .2008 Director, Tariffs and Compliance Docket No. PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

PSC File Mark Only


E911 ALTERNATE NETWORK ROUTING DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE Alternate Network Routing is actuated upon a failure of the dedicated 911 access path to handle a 911 call. In order to reroute the 911 call through the public switched telephone network (PSTN), Sender equipment is installed in the central office on the outgoing side of the 911 trunk and Receiver equipment is installed on the premises of the PSAP, or at an intermediate switching point. Multiple telephone numbers may be programmed in the Sender in case the primary Receiver is not available. When a cellular path is used as an alternate route, a cellular transceiver is installed in the central office on the outgoing side and a second transceiver unit maybe installed at the receiving end (either at the intermediate switching point or at the PSAP). Alternate Network Routing Service is offered with two categories of Sender/Receiver terminal equipment: 1) Without Monitoring - The Sender unit performs the functions of receiving the 911 call from the

originating switch, storing the Automatic Number Identification (ANI), dialing the telephone number of the Receiver Unit to establish voice connection, and sending the ANI to the Receiver Unit. The Receiver Unit has an output connection, to either the network or the PSAP's E911 Customer premises equipment, used to provide ANI to the answering attendant. ANI is used to (CT)

record the call information and to retrieve the associated Automatic Location Information (ALI).

2) With Monitoring - Similar functions and terminal equipment as described in (1) above, with the addition of sensors which monitor the outgoing trunk to detect signaling problems. When a problem is detected, the Sender Unit seizes control of the 911 call and establishes the alternate route over the public switched network or the cellular network to complete delivery of the call and associated ANI.


PSC File Mark Only


E911 ALTERNATE NETWORK ROUTING DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE (Cont'd) Alternate Network Routing via Cellular Transceivers may be selected with either of the ANR services listed above to add cellular path connectivity. This service requires a cellular transceiver to be installed at either or both ends of the cellular path; one at the originating central office connected to a Sender; the other at the terminating PSAP connected to a Receiver. If the PSAP or originating central office is outside the normal service area of a cellular radio cell, a directional antenna shall be installed to ensure adequate signal strength for radio communications. NETWORK EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTIONS Teltone Switched Access System Trunk Dial Unit (TDU) - 1st Trunk Seizes the 911 call, if the dedicated trunks are unavailable, and routes the call over the public telephone network to the Call Answer Unit or Call Transfer unit. During dialing, the TDU requests and stores the caller's ANI. Included are the TDU, relay rack, fuse panel and miscellaneous material needed to install the TDU in the Telephone Company central office. Trunk Dial Unit (TDU) - Additional Trunk Each additional TDU installed in available relay rack space with the first trunk. (Relay rack, fuse panel and miscellaneous material included with TDU-1st Trunk.) Call Answer Unit (CAU) - 1st Trunk Receiver installed at the Public Safety Answering Point. Included are the Call Answer Unit and miscellaneous material needed for installation at the Telephone Company central office or at the Customer (CT) premises.


PSC File Mark Only


E911 ALTERNATE NETWORK ROUTING NETWORK EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTIONS (Continued) Teltone Switched Access System (Continued) Call Answer Unit (CAU) - Additional Trunk Each additional Call Answer Unit installed at the same central office or same Customer premises as the (CT) CAU-1st Trunk. Call Transfer Unit (CTU) - 1st Trunk Installed on the incoming trunk of a 911 selective router. The CTU answers the incoming call and after handshaking with the TDU, monitors the signaling of the router and requests ANI from the TDU when the selective router is ready. Included are one 19 inch shelf (holds up to 12 circuit cards), one Call Transfer Unit (CTU) circuit card, relay rack, fuse panel and miscellaneous hardware needed for installation of the system in the Telephone Company central office. Call Transfer Unit (CTU) - Additional Trunk Each additional Call Transfer Unit (CTU) circuit card installed in an existing CTU shelf in the same central office. PROCTOR INSTANT NETWORK BACKUP (INB) SYSTEM INB Mini-Pac - 1st Trunk without Monitoring Compact rack mounted single trunk version of the INB System. Includes Mini-Pac unit without the monitoring option, relay rack, fuse panel and miscellaneous hardware needed to install the unit in the Telephone Company central office.




E911 ALTERNATE NETWORK ROUTING

NETWORK EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTIONS (Cont'd)

PROCTOR INSTANT NETWORK BACKUP (INB) SYSTEM (Continued)

INB Mini-Pac - 1st Trunk with MonitoringCompact rack mounted single trunk version of the INB system. Includes Mini-PAC unit withthe monitoring option, relay rack, fuse panel and miscellaneous hardware needed to installthe unit in the Telephone Company central office.

INB Mini-Pac - Additional Trunk with MonitoringEach additional Mini-Pac unit with the monitoring option, installed in the existingavailable relay rack space in the same central office.

INB Shelf System - 1st Trunk without MonitoringConsists of a 19 inch shelf, common control card, one Trunk Diverter Circuit (TDC) cardwithout the monitoring option, relay rack, fuse panel and miscellaneous hardware needed toinstall the system in the Telephone Company central office. Each shelf holds up to sevenTDC cards, or three Line Switch and three TDC cards when the Line Switch option is used.

INB Shelf System - Additional Trunk without MonitoringEach additional Trunk Diverter Circuit (TDC) card without the monitoring option, installedin existing available INB main shelf.

INB Shelf System - 1st Trunk with MonitoringConsists of a 19 inch shelf, common control card, one Trunk Diverter Circuit (TDC) card withmonitoring option, relay rack, fuse panel and miscellaneous hardware needed to install thesystem in the Telephone Company central office. Each shelf holds up to seven TDC cards orthree Line Switch and three TDC cards when the Line Switch option is used.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


PSC File Mark Only


E911 ALTERNATE NETWORK ROUTING NETWORK EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTIONS (Continued) PROCTOR INSTANT NETWORK BACKUP (INB) SYSTEM (Cont'd) INB Shelf System - Additional Trunk with Monitoring Each additional Trunk Diverter Circuit (TDC) card with the monitoring option installed in the existing available INB shelf. Line Switch & 4/2 Wire Converter Card Optional circuit card installed in the INB Main or Expansion shelf. The Line Switch & 4/2 Wire Converter card is installed with the Trunk Diverter Circuit (TDC) card. An INB Main Shelf can hold a maximum of three (3) Line Switch & 4/2 Wire Converter cards and three (3) Trunk Diverter Circuit cards. INB Expansion Shelf Consists of the Trunk Expansion Circuit (TEC) card installed in the INB Main Shelf, the Expansion Shelf and miscellaneous material needed to install the shelf in the Telephone Company central office. Each Expansion Shelf holds up to ten (10) additional TDU or five pairs of TDU/Line Switch circuit cards. The following items of equipment interface INB Sender equipment with 911 services at the PSAP or another alternate answering facility. When the 911 call is answered, the ANI is received at the PSAP. PSAP Responder - 1st Consists of a single unit, mounting shelf (holds up to five PSAP Responder unit cards) and miscellaneous hardware needed for installation at the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP). Each unit interfaces with two (2) central office ground start line circuits. PSAP Responder - Additional Each additional PSAP Responder unit installed at the Customer premises in an available existing mounting (CT) shelf slot.





PROCTOR INSTANT NETWORK BACKUP (INB) SYSTEM (Cont'd)

Central Office (CO) Responder - 1stInstalled on the incoming trunk of the 911 selective router in the Telephone Company centraloffice. Consists of a 19 inch shelf, one CO Responder circuit card, relay rack, fuse paneland miscellaneous hardware needed to install the system. Each shelf holds up to ten (10)CO Responder circuit cards.

Central Office (CO) Responder - AdditionalEach additional CO Responder circuit card installed in an available existing CO Respondershelf.

The following items of equipment allow the diverted 911 call to be forwarded via analternate cellular path:

INB Cellular TransceiverA rack mounted cellular transceiver used in conjunction with the INB Shelf system or theINB Mini-Pac unit used to interface the Public Switched Network with the Cellular Network.Each unit interfaces with one 911 trunk. Includes the Cellular Transceiver Unit andmiscellaneous material needed to install the equipment in the Telephone Company centraloffice.

Cellular 3 dB AntennaOmni-directional 3 dB antenna used with the INB Cellular Transceiver.

Cellular 9 dB AntennaOutdoor antenna used in place of the standard 3 dB gain antenna when additional antenna gainis needed for acceptable reception.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


PSC File Mark Only


E911 ALTERNATE NETWORK ROUTING NETWORK EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTIONS (Cont'd) Telular PhoneCell Series Equipment PhoneCell - 1M Cellular Transceiver Wall mounted cabinet containing the power supply, telephone network interface, cellular transceiver and the miscellaneous material needed to interface one loop or ground start telephone line to a cellular network. The unit can be installed at either the Telephone Company central office or at the PSAP. PhoneCell - 4M Cellular Transceiver Wall mounted cabinet containing four power supplies, four telephone network interfaces, four cellular transceivers, one quad antenna connector and miscellaneous material required to interface four loop or ground start telephone lines to a cellular network. The unit can be installed at either the Telephone Company central office or at the PSAP. Cellular 3 dB Antenna Standard indoor antenna used with the Phone Cell 1M or 4M units. Cellular 12 dB Antenna Optional antenna used in place of standard 3 dB gain antenna when additional antenna gain is needed for acceptable reception. Rules and Regulations The 911 Customer will need to subscribe to a business access line for each Sender unit and a business (CT) access line for each Receiver unit. The Customer will be responsible for all subscriber access line charges (CT) and toll calls billed to those access lines. 911 Customers subscribing to a cellular radio circuit as an alternate network will be responsible for (CT) obtaining the cellular service and paying all charges related to its use.





RATES AND CHARGES

Nonrecurring Monthly GSEC Charge GSEC Rate

Teltone

Trunk Dial UnitWithOUT Monitoring

1st trunk 911TDUNRC $1733.50 911TDU $133.71Additional trunk 911TDUANRC 387.00 911TDUA 88.52

Call Answer UnitWithOUT Monitoring

1st trunk 911CAUNRC 443.99 911CAU 62.16Additional trunk 911CAUANRC 315.00 911CAUA 47. 8 6

Call Transfer UnitWithOUT Monitoring

1st trunk 911CTUNRC 597.00 911CTU 87. 2 4

Additional trunk 911CTUANRC 295.00 911CTUA 42.03

Proctor

Mini-PacWithOUT Monitoring

1st trunk 911MINPNRC 518.00 911MINP 113.17Additional trunk 911MINPANRC 387.00 911MINPA 98.49

Mini-PacWith Monitoring

1st trunk 911MINPMNRC 518.00 911MINPM 126.35Additional trunk 911MINPMANRC 387.00 911MINPMA 111.66

Shelf SystemWithOUT Monitoring

1st trunk 911CDUPSSNRC 597.00 911CDUPSS 159.55Additional trunk 911CDUPSSANRC 295.00 911CDUPSSA 53.71

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:





RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)Nonrecurring Monthly

GSEC Charge GSEC Rate Shelf System

With Monitoring 1st trunk 911CDUMNRC $ 597.00 911CDUM $ 183.51Additional trunk 911CDUMANRC 295.00 911CDUMA 57.90

Expansion Shelf 911CDUSSXNRC 295.00 911CDUSSX 75.57

PSAP Responder1st 911CAUMNRC 470.00 911CAUM 127.58Additional 911CAUMANRC 470.00 911CAUMA 124.44

Central Office Responder1st 911CTUCONRC 470.00 911CTUCO 78.93Additional 911CTUCOANRC 470.00 911CTUCOA 50.45

Optional 4/2 Wire Converter 911CONV2WNRC 11.00 911CONV2W 14.64

Cellular Transceiver 911CELLTRPNRC 387.00 911CELLTRP 65.07

Cellular Antenna 3 dB 911CELLANTP3NRC 11.00911CELLANTP3 1.899 dB 911CELLANTP9NRC 86.00911CELLANTP9 10.34

TelularPhoneCell

1M Transceiver 911CELLTR1NRC 687.00 911CELLTR1 39.724M Transceiver 911CELLTR4NRC 746.00 911CELLTR4 121.12

Cellular Antenna 3 dB 911CELLANTT3NRC 11.00911CELLANTT3 2.0112 dB 911CELLANTT12NRC 86.00 911CELLANTT12 4.06

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




PRIVATE SWITCH EMERGENCY SERVICE

Sheet No.

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Availability of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Rule and Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Rates and Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:


PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF Section No 46A 1st Revised Sheet No. 1 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC 9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE

PRIVATE SWITCH EMERGENCY SERVICE GENERAL Private Switch (PS) 911 Service allows a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) to receive either Automatic Number Identification (ANI) or a combination of ANI and Automatic Location Identification (ALI) information from 911 calls originating from Direct Inward Dial (DID) stations served by a private switch. The Private Switch Providers (PSP) referred to in this tariff might include such organizations as: schools, nursing homes, hospitals, and planned communities. DEFINITIONS 911 Customer - May be a municipality, a council of governments, a communication district, or other state or local governmental unit, or an authorized agent of one or more municipalities or other state or local governmental units to whom authority has been given to operate Emergency Number Service (911). Administrative Site - A Customer designated location responsible for the administration of end user (CT) records associated with one or more private switches. The site has the capability of creating and conveying Private Switch End User (PSEU) information to the CenturyTel ALI ENTRY GATEWAY. The PS 911 Administrator is responsible for the functioning of this location. Automatic Location Identification (ALI) Database - A database of records, by Directory Number, of subscribers' addresses, names, telephones numbers and Emergency Service Numbers (ESNs) to be used for 911 Emergency Telephone Service. C911 Service - Service which automatically routes 911 calls to a PSAP and provides only the calling telephone number, through Automatic Number Identification (ANI), to the PSAP attendant answering the call.





DEFINITIONS (Continued)

Data Management System (DMS) - The combination of manual procedures and computerprograms used to create, store, manipulate and update the data required to provideselective routing and ALI.

Directory Number (DN) - A seven-digit number assigned within an area code to uniquelyidentify a telephone subscriber. The ANI generated with each 911 call forwards the DNdigits to the appropriate Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP).

E911 Service (or Enhanced 911) - Service which automatically routes 911 calls to a PSAPand provides the calling telephone number and associated address to the PSAP attendantanswering the call.

Emergency Service Number (ESN) - A number code used in the Database Management System(DMS) for the routing of 911 calls. The ESN designates the public safety agenciesresponsible for service to the location of each telephone in a 911 service area.

CenturyTel PS ALI ENTRY - A personal computer (PC) software program that automates theprocess of building ALI records of Private Switch End Users (PSEU) in the NationalEmergency Number Association (NENA) Standard Format. It provides limited accuracy checksto aid preparation of ALI records to be uploaded into the Telephone Company MechanizedAssignment Record Keeping (MARK) database.

CenturyTel PS ALI GATEWAY - A Telephone Company computer facility that interfaces withthe PS Provider Administrative Site to receive PS End User ALI updates from theAdministrative Site and to return error reports for correction. Access to the gatewaywill be via a dial up modem using a common protocol.

Issued: Effective:


PSC File Mark Only


PRIVATE SWITCH EMERGENCY SERVICE DEFINITIONS (Continued) Master Street Address Guide (MSAG) - A database of street names and address ranges within their associated postal communities defining emergency service zones for 911 purposes. Nonlisted Service - Subscriber name, address and telephone number information that is not listed in the published telephone directory but is available through directory assistance services. Nonpublished Service - Subscriber name, address and telephone number information not listed in the published telephone directory nor available through directory assistance services. P.01 Transmission Grade of Service (GOS) - Trunk facility provisioning with the statistical probability of no more than one call in a hundred shall be blocked on initial attempt during the average busy hour. Point of Concentration - A network switch that enables the quantity of incoming trunks to be reduced to a smaller quantity of outgoing trunks, without degrading the quality of transmission. 911 Selective Routers and tandems perform the Point of Concentration function among others. Private Switch (PS) - A private telephone switch serving a particular organization or business usually located on a Private Switch Owner’s premises. The PS is connected by a common group of trunks to one (CT) or more Telephone Company central offices to provide Public Switched Network services to a number of station lines. A Private Switch can be a PBX or PABX.





DEFINITIONS (Continued)

Private Switch ALI Service Trunk - A Centralized Automatic Message Accounting(CAMA)-type trunk, dedicated to routing 911 calls from a PS to a Selective Router, to aTandem, to a central office serving a PSAP or to a PSAP. The termination of this trunkis determined by the network configuration and PSAP terminating equipment. The ServiceTrunk is designed with the PS as an equivalent to an end office and transmits the voiceand ANI of the 911 caller.

Private Switch End User (PSEU) - An individual authorized to use the telephone servicesof a private switch via a station line. Each station line is associated and identifiedwith one individual.

Private Switch Provider (PSP) - A private entity that provides telephone service to endusers via a private switch.

Private Switch 911 Site Administrator - A person assigned, by the PSP, theresponsibility of establishing and maintaining PS 911 Service location information ofeach PSEU via the CenturyTel ALI program.

Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) - A municipal, county or state operatedtelecommunications center for answering 911 Emergency Service calls.

Selective Router (SR) - A central office that has the capability of routing incoming 911calls and ANI to the PSAP serving the caller.

Issued: Effective:


PSC File Mark Only


PRIVATE SWITCH EMERGENCY SERVICE DESCRIPTION Private Switch ALI Service (PS ALI 911 Service) is an offering which enables either (1) Automatic Number Identification (ANI) or (2) ANI and Automatic Location Identification (ALI) to be provided to a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) by 911 calls originating from Private Switch stations/lines assigned a directory number that is directly accessible from the public switched network. The ANI-only option is available if the 911 Customer subscribes to C911 service and has established (CT) dedicated routing from the central office serving the PSAP to a Point of Concentration or to the serving PSAP. Also the 911 Customer is responsible for assuring that the Private Switch Provider (PSP): (CT)

* orders a block(s) of sequential Directory Numbers (DNs) from which each of the Private Switch End Users (PSEUs) is assigned an individual DN,

* orders a minimum of two (2) PS 911 Service Trunks or the quantity necessary to maintain a P.01

Transmission Grade of Service to connect the PSPs switch to its serving central office and

* has a switch capable of forwarding the ANI of each PSEU's directory number to the 911 Service Trunk when 9-1-1 or 9-9-1-1 is dialed.


PSC File Mark Only


PRIVATE SWITCH EMERGENCY SERVICE DESCRIPTION (Continued) The ANI/ALI Option is available if the 911 Customer subscribes to E911 Service and establishes dedicated (CT) routing from the central office serving the PSP to a Point of Concentration or to the serving PSAP. Also the 911 Customer is responsible for assuring that the Private Switch Provider (PSP): (CT)

* orders a block(s) of sequential Directory Numbers (DNs) from which each of the Private Switch End Users (PSEUs) is assigned an individual DN,

* orders a minimum of two (2) PS 911 Service Trunks or the quantity necessary to maintain a P.01

Transmission Grade of Service to connect the PSP's switch to its serving central office,

* has a switch capable of forwarding the ANI of each PSEU's directory number to the 911 Service Trunk when 9-1-1 or 9-9-1-1 is dialed,

* uses the CenturyTel PS ALI ENTRY to maintain and forward PS End Users DNs and location

information, in the NENA Standard format, to the Company with necessary updates to keep records current. Also assures that the PSP responds to requests from the Company to make corrections to record errors by uploading corrected records within one working day. The use of PS ALI by a PS (AT)

Provider must conform to the Lead Telephone Company tariff or procedures.

In order to ensure that an “address not found” condition does not occur when a 9-1-1 call is received by a PSAP, a PS Provider has the choice of either a) purchasing and using a PS ALI ENTRY service, or b) exclusively transmitting only the Private Switch lead number to the 9-1-1 Customer for all 9-1-1 calls made by Private Switch End Users, which is the default condition for a Private Switch. (AT)


PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF Section No 46A 1st Revised Sheet No. 6.1 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC 9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE

PRIVATE SWITCH EMERGENCY SERVICE DESCRIPTION (Continued) (AT)

Notwithstanding the above, a) a PS Provider must conform to applicable State regulations mandating PS ALI use if such regulations exist or are implemented by the State at any time, and b) a Private Switch with Direct Inward / Outward Dialing (DIOD) numbers must use PS ALI or an “address not found” condition will occur. The Company has no responsibility for loading and updating location information associated with Private Switch DIOD numbers. Any PS ALI equipment and processing must be compatible with the Lead Telephone Company’s systems to ensure proper PS ALI updating. (AT)


PSC File Mark Only


PRIVATE SWITCH EMERGENCY SERVICE AVAILABILITY OF SERVICE Service availability is dependent upon the type and configuration of the 911 network in place in the service area. Private Switch to serving Central Office: The basic requirement is for the Private Switch to be treated as if it is a central office; therefore dedicated PS 911 Service trunks are required from the Private Switch to its serving central office. There must be a minimum of two PS 911 Service trunks or a quantity that will maintain a P.01 Transmission Grade of Service. The 911 Customer is responsible for ensuring ensure that (CT) this standard is met. Point of Concentration: When the projected addition of PSP 911 trunking to the PSAP reaches an expense that exceeds the cost of adding a selective router or a 911 tandeming feature in the 911 network, the 911 Customer and the Company should consider establishing a network Point of Concentration to reduce the (CT) number of dedicated trunks while maintaining a minimum of P.01 transmission grade of service. This can be done by routing the dedicated 911 trunks from the PSP to the Point of Concentration. From the Point of Concentration to the PSAP, only the quantity of 911 trunks that are required to maintain a P.01 transmission grade of service for the expected traffic from the total number of PSPs and central offices are provisioned. The Point of Concentration may be added by ordering Selective Routing from Section 46 of this Tariff or ordering 911 Tandeming in a central office from this tariff. Termination at the PSAP: If additional lines, trunks or termination are required from the Point of Concentration to the PSAP to handle PS 911 Service and/or if additional local loop connections or terminations are required at the PSAP end, regardless of whether there is a Point of Concentration or not, the cost of these additions is the responsibility of the 911 Customer. (CT)





TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Network interface requirements for the PS 911 Customer access are described in detail inthe PS 911 Technical Interface Standards.

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Application for Service

Application for this service must be provided to the Telephone Company in writing fromthe 911 Customer. Each application must include the following information: (1) businessname and address of the Private Switch Provider (PSP), (2) PSP service locations bystreet address and connectivity arrangements to the Company's network, (3) quantity ofPS End User stations to be served and (4) name, address and telephone number of thePSP's 911 Site Administrator.

Customer Obligations

The 911 Customer is responsible for coordinating with the PS Provider to ensure that thePrivate Switch is equipped with a minimum of two 911 Service Trunks or a quantity thatwill maintain a minimum of P.01 Transmission Grade of Service.

The 911 Customer is responsible for coordinating with the PSP to ensure that the PrivateSwitch provides full seven-digit Automatic Number Identification (ANI) according to thetechnical specifications established by the Company. The Private Switch numberinformation must be approved by the Company prior to implementation to ensure that theservice will function properly.

PS 911 Service will function properly only if ANI is in the correct format, ifsequential directory numbers are assigned for each station, if there is at least onepair of PS 911 service trunks from the private switch to the central office and if eachstation can be reached by dialing its DID number from the public switched network.

Issued: Effective:





RULES AND REGULATIONS (Continued)

Customer Obligations (Continued)

After the 911 Customer approves the PSP's application, the 911 Customer is responsiblefor enabling the PSP to establish and maintain a database of Private Switch End User(PSEU) records, and ensuring that those records are transmitted to the Company. Thismay be accomplished by ordering and installing the CenturyTel PS ALI Entry software.

For each PSP location, a PS 911 Site Administrator must be assigned to perform the PSP'srecord management tasks. This Site Administrator need not be on the PSP's premises andmay be an employee of a third party private switch database service.

The PS Site Administrator is responsible for either (1) installing the PS ALI Entrysoftware and computer at the location appropriate to the tasks and ensuring that anaccess line connection to the public switched network is available for modem connection,or (2) establishing a third party's private switch database service and transmissionfacilities, to provide the PSEU records to CenturyTel. The Site Administrator willtransmit the file to the Company in accordance with the "CenturyTel PS ALI Entry User'sGuide." The transmission requirements are the same regardless of whether the SiteAdministrator uses CenturyTel's program or a third party's.

For each PSEU's building location, the 911 Customer is responsible for providing the PS911 Site Administrator the appropriate street address and community name, as stated inthe 911 Customer's Master Street Address Guide (MSAG).

Issued: Effective:





RULES AND REGULATIONS (Continued)

Customer Obligations (Continued)

The accuracy of the PSEU location information and the transmission of any record changeinformation to the Company, within one working day, is the responsibility of the PSPSite Administrator. The 911 Customer is responsible for ensuring that the PS Providermeets the 911 Customer's standard of timeliness in reporting PS End User ALI updates tothe Company.

PS 911 Service information consisting of name, address and telephone number of the PSEnd Users is confidential. The 911 Customer agrees to use such information only for thepurpose of responding to emergency calls.

The PS End User forfeits the privacy afforded by nonlisted and nonpublished services tothe extent that the telephone number, the address and the name associated with theoriginating station location are furnished to the PSAP and to the Company.

The PS End User consents to the storage and retention of the PSEU's name, telephonenumber and address in the database and also consents to access to this information bythe PSAP and Emergency Response Agencies to which the call may be transferred for thesole purpose of responding to an emergency call.

The 911 Customer is responsible for coordinating with the PSP for developing andimplementing procedures to prevent the unauthorized or illegal use of the End User'sname, telephone and address in the database.

Issued: Effective:


PSC File Mark Only


PRIVATE SWITCH EMERGENCY SERVICE RULES AND REGULATIONS (Continued) Customer Obligations (Continued) The rates charged for PS 911 Service do not include, and the Company does not undertake, the tasks of inspection or constant monitoring to discover errors, defects nor malfunctions in the service. The 911 Customer has the responsibility for reporting all errors, defects and malfunctions to the Telephone Company. The 911 Customer and the Company will jointly establish procedures to facilitate this process. Cancellation of service in whole or in part by the PS Provider prior to establishment thereof, will require payment to the Company of an amount equal to the cost of engineering, manufacturer's billing resulting from equipment orders, installation, assembly, labor, cost of removal and any other costs incurred by the Company up to the time of cancellation resulting from the Customer's order for service. (CT) Responsibilities of the Company The Company's liability for interruption, failure, errors, acts, omissions or other occurrences related to PS 911 Service shall be limited to the same extent as set forth elsewhere in Section 46 of this tariff regarding 911 Service and in other applicable sections of the Company's tariffs. PS 911 Service is provided for the benefit of the PS Provider and the 911 Customer. The provision of PS 911 Service shall not be interpreted, construed or regarded as being either expressly or implied for the benefit of, or creating any obligation toward any person or legal entity other than the PS 911 Provider and/or the 911 Customer. The Company's tort liabilities, if any, to third parties shall be limited to instances in which the Company's conduct constitutes gross negligence, or willful misconduct.


PSC File Mark Only


PRIVATE SWITCH EMERGENCY SERVICE RULES AND REGULATIONS (Continued) Responsibilities of the Company (Continued) Terminal equipment at the 911 Customer's site that is used in connection with PS 911 Service, whether such equipment is provided by the Company or the Customer, shall be configured so that information cannot be (CT) extracted from the database except when related to 911 calls. Any information obtained from the database in connection with an emergency call shall be used solely for the purpose of answering, handling and responding to emergency calls in a manner consistent with the nature of the emergency. Any permanent record associating a PS End User's telephone number with his/her name or address shall be secured by the Customer and disposed of in a manner that will retain its security. (CT) Liabilities (AT) 1) The Company's liability for interruption, failure, errors, acts, omissions or other occurrences related to

PS 9-1-1 Service shall be limited to the same extent as set forth in this tariff regarding 9-1-1 Service in any other applicable section of the Company's tariffs, and in statute.

2) PS 9-1-1 Service is provided solely for the benefit of the PS Provider. The provision of PS 9-1-1

Service shall not be interpreted, construed or regarded as being either expressly or implied for the benefit of, or creating any Company obligation toward any person or legal entity other than the PS Provider. The Company's tort liabilities, if any, to third parties shall be limited to instances in which the Company's conduct constitutes gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct.

3) The PS Provider is solely responsible for the PS End User ALI Record that is transmitted to the

database. Absent an individual case basis contract to the contrary, neither the Company nor any of its employees will have any responsibility or liability, whether in an official or unofficial capacity, for the loading or updating of any PS database records. Neither the Company nor the 9-1-1 Customer will be responsible for the accuracy of the PS End User's ALI Record information beyond assigning the correct ESN and PSAP ID from the MSAG, and in transmitting each record as received from the PS Provider to the PSAP attendant's display upon receipt of a 9-1-1 call from the PS End User. (AT)


PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF Section No 46A Original Sheet No. 12.1 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC 9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE


RULES AND REGULATIONS (Continued) Liabilities (Continued) 4) Terminal equipment at the 9-1-1 Customer's sites that is used in connection with PS 9-1-1 Service, (AT) whether such equipment is provided by the Company or the 9-1-1 Customer, shall be configured so

that it is unable to extract any information from the database other than as it relates to an emergency call. Any information obtained from the database in connection with an emergency call shall be used solely for the purpose of answering, handling and responding to emergency calls in a manner consistent with the nature of the emergency. Any permanent record associating a PS End User telephone number with his/her name or address shall be secured by the 9-1-1 Customer and disposed of in a manner that will retain the security.

5) The PS Provider agrees to release, indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company, its employees

and the 9-1-1 Customer from any and all loss, claims, demands, suits or other action or any liability whatsoever, to any other party or person, for any personal injury to or death of any person or persons, or for any loss, damage or destruction of any property, whether owned by the PS Provider, the PS End User, the Customer or others.

6) The PS Provider agrees to release, indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company, its employees

and the 9-1-1 Customer for any infringement or invasion of the right to privacy of any person or persons, caused or claimed to have been caused, directly or indirectly, by the installation, operation, failure to operate, maintenance, removal, presence, condition, occasion or use of 9-1-1 service features and the equipment associated therewith, or by any services furnished by the Company in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, the identification of the telephone number, address or name associated with the telephone used by the party or parties accessing 9-1-1 service hereunder, and which arise out of the negligence or other wrongful act of the Company, the 9-1-1 Customer, its user, agencies or municipalities or the employees or agents of any one of them.

7) The PS Provider agrees to release, indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company and its

employees from any and all loss, claims, demands, suits or other action or any liability whatsoever, to any other party or person, including the PS Provider, for any ALI assistance provided to the PS Provider that is not provided either pursuant to this tariff or under a specific contract for such assistance. (AT)


PSC File Mark Only


PRIVATE SWITCH EMERGENCY SERVICE RULES AND REGULATIONS (Continued) (AT) Liabilities (Continued) 8) PS 9-1-1 Service will be designed by the Company to provide an equivalent level of service reliability

and quality as local exchange telephone service in the exchange where 9-1-1 Systems are equipped with the features to provide PS 9-1-1 Service. (AT)

RATES AND CHARGES Nonrecurring Monthly Charge GSEC Rate GSEC Enable 911 Tandeming in CO.................................. ICB(1) ICB(1) PS 911 Service Trunk (per trunk ........................... See 911 Special Trunk Rates from the PS to end office (2).................................. Directory Numbers................................................. See DID Service Rates in Blocks of 10 or 100 sequential............................... Section 14 of this Tariff numbers (1) This fee will set up a Central Office to provide some level 911 tandeming, based on the 911 Network

requirements. Because the cost is determined on the type switch, the technology used and the level of tandeming desired, rates must be established on an individual case basis (ICB). This is a provisioning function of the 911 Customer.

(2) A minimum of two PS 911 Service Trunks are required from the Private Switch to the service central office.





RATES AND CHARGES

Nonrecurring Monthly Charge GSEC Rate GSEC

CenturyTel PS ALI ENTRY ADMIN SITE PACKAGES

Option 1 - Full Service Package(Includes CenturyTel PS ALI, communications software, personal computer, modem and training) . . . . . . . . . . . . $445.80 PSALI1NRC $152.77 PSALI1Option 2 (Includes CenturyTel PS ALI software and training only) . . . . . . . . . . 261.49 PSALI2NRC 16.00 PSALI2

Option 3 - PS ALI LQ Parallel Printer(Requires Option 1 or 2 Above) . . . . 206.10 PSALI3NRC 35.81 PSALI3

Issued: Effective:


CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFFSECTION 46B


EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE (9-1-1) MAMMOTH SPRINGS ONLY

Sheet No.

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Description of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Rates and Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Issued: Effective:


PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF Section No 46B 1st Revised Sheet No. 1 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC 9-1-1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE

EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE (9-1-1) MAMMOTH SPRING A. General 1. Definition a. 9-1-1 is the three-digit telephone number designated throughout the United States as the

emergency telephone number to be used by the public to obtain law enforcement, medical, fire, rescue, and other emergency services.

b. 9-1-1 Service enables a caller dialing 9-1-1 from a station with access to the local exchange

telephone network, arranged to provide 9-1-1 Service, to be automatically connected to the appropriate Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP). A PSAP is the communications facility, designated for a specific territory, to which 9-1-1 calls are routed for response. The Service, including non-regulated components, may be provided from any one of the following three categories:

1) B9-1-1 (or Basic 9-1-1) Service automatically routes 9-1-1 calls to a PSAP but provides

no information about the location or telephone number of the caller. 2) C9-1-1 (or ANI-only 9-1-1) Service automatically routes 9-1-1 calls to a PSAP and

provides the calling telephone number (through automatic number identification or ANI) to the PSAP attendant who answers the call. C9-1-1 Service is comprised of B9-1-1 Service plus ANI spill.

3) E9-1-1 (or Enhanced 9-1-1) Service automatically routes 9-1-1 calls to a PSAP and

provides the calling telephone number and address, and may also provide the name of the telephone access line subscriber and the names of the Emergency Response Agencies with responsibility for the caller's location. E9-1-1 will provide a PSAP with the location of the billing or lead telephone number in cases where a non-regulated telecommunication service provider (e.g., Private Branch Exchange (PBX), Shared Tenant Service (STS), etc.) has failed to provide the Customer with their subscribers' (CT)

names, addresses, and telephone numbers via the PS ALI service. E9-1-1 Service (AT) is comprised of C9-1-1.


PSC File Mark Only


EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE (9-1-1) MAMMOTH SPRING A. General (Cont'd) 2. Definition of Terms a. Automatic Location Identification (ALI) - A feature designed to permit information

regarding the location of the calling party to be displayed on a display screen at a PSAP when a 9-1-1 call is received.

b. ALI Database - A database of ALI records containing access line subscribers' names,

addresses, telephone numbers, and ESNs to be used for 9-1-1 purposes. This database, once provided to the Customer, may include additional information about (CT)

that location. Subscriber names may be omitted as a local option. c. Alternate Routing - A feature that will route a 9-1-1 call to a location other than the

primary PSAP, should some temporary condition prevent the primary PSAP from answering the call.

d. Automatic Number Identification (ANI) - A feature designed to permit the telephone

number of the calling party to be displayed on a display screen at a PSAP when a 9-1-1 call is received.

e. ANI Spill - A central office generated data stream that forwards the telephone

number of the calling party. f. Caller - An individual who places a 9-1-1 call in order to obtain emergency

assistance. May also be referred to as an end user. g. Customer - Governmental unit or other entity authorized to provide 9-1-1 Service.

May also be referred to as “9-1-1 Customer”. (AT)


PSC File Mark Only


EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE (9-1-1) MAMMOTH SPRING A General (Cont'd) 2. Definition of Terms (Cont'd) h. Default Routing - A feature activated when an incoming 9-1-1 call cannot be selectively

routed due to an ANI failure, garbled digits or other causes. Such incoming calls are routed from the 9-1-1 control office (location of the selective routing function) to a pre-selected PSAP.

i. Emergency Response Agency - For the purpose of this Tariff, an Emergency Response

Agency (ERA) is a functional division of an agency authorized to respond to requests from the public to meet emergencies related to safety and/or health. The agency is prepared to provide its service(s) in response to a 9-1-1 call received at, or transferred from, a PSAP.

j. Emergency Service Number - An Emergency Service Number (ESN) is assigned by the

Customer to all subscribers served by each combination of Emergency Response Agencies (CT) (i.e., which police, fire, and ambulance service is responsible for that subscriber's location).

Thus the service area of each PSAP and Secondary PSAP can be defined in terms of the ESNs for which it is responsible. The ESN is recorded in the ALI database (where established) to inform the PSAP attendant which ERA is responsible for each 9-1-1 caller's location and in the Selective Routing records (where Selective Routing is established) to assist in determining call routing to the correct PSAP.

k. End User - An individual who may place a 9-1-1 call in order to obtain emergency

assistance. May also be referred to as a caller.


PSC File Mark Only


EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE (9-1-1) MAMMOTH SPRING A. General (Cont'd) 2. Definition of Terms (Cont'd) l. Host Provider or Lead Telco- The telephone company that serves exchanges within the (CT) Customer's serving area and provides 9-1-1 service to the Customer and, where applicable, (CT) acts as the coordinator of other regulated telephone companies which serve as secondary

providers within the Customer's serving area. (CT)

Lead Telephone Company – The telephone company that owns and operates the Selective (AT) Routers that are used for 9-1-1 access to a PSAP. (AT)

m. Master Street Address Guide (MSAG) - A perpetual database defining the geographic area of

a 9-1-1 service, such as by an alphabetical list of the street names, high-low house number ranges, community names, PSAP identification codes, and Emergency Service Numbers (ESNs).

n. Nonlisted/Unlisted - Subscriber information that is not listed in the published phone directory

but is made available via Directory Assistance Service. o. Nonpublished - Subscriber information that is neither listed in the published phone directory

nor available via Directory Assistance Service. p. Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) - Primary - A primary PSAP is the initial answering

point responsible for taking appropriate action on a 9-1-1 call by either providing the response itself from the Emergency Response Agencies dispatched from that center or by transferring the call to a secondary PSAP for action. A primary PSAP must be operated on a 24-hour (seven-days-a-week) basis.

q. Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) - Secondary - A secondary PSAP responds to 9-1-1

calls transferred from a primary PSAP by dispatching those Emergency Response Agency services under its authority. It may become the initial respondent to a 9-1-1 call in an alternate routing configuration where the primary PSAP is unable to answer the call.


PSC File Mark Only


EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE (9-1-1) MAMMOTH SPRING A. General (Cont'd) 2. Definition of Terms (Cont'd) r. Selective Routing - A service that routes calls to the correct PSAP based on the caller's ANI.

This service is available when a C9-1-1 or E9-1-1 system is served by more than one PSAP or when a central office is split by a political boundary and one of the political areas does not subscribe to 9-1-1 services.

s. Subscriber - A person or business that orders access line service from a telephone company. t. Secondary Provider - A regulated telephone company that participates in offering 9-1-1

service under a legal arrangement with the host provider. (AT) 3. Conditions a. 9-1-1 Service is restricted to one-way incoming emergency service only. b. The Company shall not be required to provide 9-1-1 Service to less than an entire central

office (switching entity). The Company does not undertake to answer and forward 9-1-1 Service calls, but furnishes the use of its facilities to enable the Customer's personnel to (CT)

accept such calls on the Customer's designated premises. (CT) c. 9-1-1 Service is provided solely for the benefit of the local governmental unit; the provision

of such service shall not be interpreted, construed, or regarded as being of the benefit of, or creating any Company obligation toward, or any right of action on behalf of any third person or other legal entity.


PSC File Mark Only


EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE (9-1-1) MAMMOTH SPRING A. General (Cont'd) 3. Conditions (Cont'd) d. Intercept service for any seven-digit emergency number(s) replaced by 9-1-1 Service

will be provided for a period of time as negotiated between the Company and the Customer; however, in no case shall intercept service be provided for more than one (CT)

year or beyond the next directory issuance, whichever is longer. e. 9-1-1 Service is limited to the use of central office telephone number 9-1-1 as the

emergency telephone number. Only one 9-1-1 Service will be provided within any government agency's locality.

f. 9-1-1 calls originated from local exchange telephone network access facilities shall

be completed to the appropriate PSAP without a charge being assessed to the end user by the Company. Calls from a pay telephone shall not require a coin to be deposited or payment of any charge.

g. Calls placed from all stations, including those with non-published or unlisted

numbers, to a PSAP may display subscriber information associated with such numbers to emergency 9-1-1 responding personnel. The subscriber forfeits the privacy afforded by a nonlisted or nonpublished service upon placing a 9-1-1 call.

h. The main telephone directory listing for the PSAP must be a seven-digit

administrative telephone number of a listed emergency number. A listing for the PSAP will also be provided under 9-1-1 at no additional charge.

i. The Company will not prorate any billing among agencies of the same governmental

entity jointly subscribing to 9-1-1 Service.


PSC File Mark Only


EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE (9-1-1) MAMMOTH SPRING A. General (Cont'd) 3. Conditions (Cont'd)

j. All non-regulated telecommunications service providers (e.g., Private Branch Exchange (PBX), Shared Tenant Service (STS), etc.) in an E9-1-1 service area should provide current lists of their subscriber's names, addresses, and telephone numbers in GTE standard format to the Lead Telephone Company for inclusion in (AT)

the E9-1-1 database pursuant to the terms of the Lead Telephone Company’s tariff or practices. (AT)

k. Information provided by the Company as part of the provision of C9-1-1 or E9-1-1

is to be used only for the purposes of answering and dispatching emergency calls. l. Charges for Customer-initiated changes and rearrangements affecting service (CT) address and ALI database records (e.g., street name and number changes, emergency

services territorial or name change, jurisdictional boundary changes and rearrangements, etc.,) other than those processed in normal daily updates will be based upon the actual costs for such changes and rearrangements. In such cases, a valid comparative listing of changes must be supplied providing direct and individual reference to existing designations.

m. Where a 9-1-1 call is placed by the calling party via interconnection with an

interexchange carrier or operator service provider, the Company cannot guarantee the completion of said call, the quality of the call, or any features that may otherwise be provided with 9-1-1 Service. Because the addresses of these service providers' subscribers are not provided to the regulated telecommunications service providers, the Customer must obtain them directly. (CT)

n. In Selective Routing configurations where the central office does not provide ANI

due to ANI failure, garbled digits, multiparty lines, etc., Default Routing will be utilized.


PSC File Mark Only


EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE (9-1-1) MAMMOTH SPRING A. General (Cont'd) 4. Customer Obligation a. Application for 9-1-1 Service must be executed in writing by each Customer and (CT) must be accompanied by satisfactory proof of authorization to provide 9-1-1 Service

in the exchanges where service is requested. If application for service is made by an agent, the Company must be provided in writing with satisfactory proof of appointment of the agent by the Customer. (CT)

b. The Customer is responsible for dispatching the appropriate emergency service (CT) within the 9-1-1 service area, or will undertake to transfer all 9-1-1 Service calls

received to the governmental agency with responsibility for dispatching such services, to the extent that 9-1-1 services are reasonably available.

c. The 9-1-1 Service applicant must submit to the Company written concurrence to the

following terms and conditions by all participating agencies: 1) The applicant shall have the sole responsibility for determining which public

safety agencies will participate in (jointly) subscribing to a 9-1-1 Service offering, and for the control and staffing of the PSAP.

2) The primary PSAP will answer all calls on a 24-hour, seven-days-a-week,

basis. 3) Each primary PSAP must subscribe to sufficient 9-1-1 Service lines to

adequately handle incoming calls in each PSAP's average busy hour so that no more than one call out of 100 (P.01 transmission grade of service) encounters a busy signal. In other words, the 9-1-1 Service network from each central office to the central office serving the primary PSAP must provide a minimum of a P.01 transmission grade of service or two trunks/circuits, whichever is the higher standard. (AT)


PSC File Mark Only


EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE (9-1-1) MAMMOTH SPRING A. General (Cont'd) 4. Customer Obligation (Cont'd) c. (Cont'd) 4) Each primary PSAP shall and each secondary PSAP should subscribe to at least three lines

as follows: a) At least one seven-digit non-emergency local exchange line with at least one listed

directory number for administrative calls. b) At least one non-listed seven-digit local exchange line for forwarding or transferring

9-1-1 calls to locations other than those connected to that PSAP by dedicated lines. c) At least one non-listed seven-digit number to be used by other PSAP's and

Emergency Response Agencies to reach the PSAP. This number must be in addition to those listed above.

5) If a Selective Router is not used each primary PSAP must subscribe to at least two dedicated

lines to each secondary PSAP for the purpose of forwarding or transferring calls. The number of lines shall be no fewer than the number required to provide a P.01 transmission grade of service during that secondary PSAP's average busy hour.

d. The Customer shall promptly notify the Company in the event the system is not functioning (CT) properly.


PSC File Mark Only


EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE (9-1-1) MAMMOTH SPRING A. General (Cont'd) 4. Customer Obligation (Cont'd) e. Because the Company serving boundaries and political subdivision boundaries may

not coincide, the Customer must make arrangements to handle all calls received on (CT) its 9-1-1 service lines that originate from all points served by central offices within

the 9-1-1 service area whether or not the calling telephone is situated on property within the geographical boundaries of the Customer's public safety jurisdiction. (CT)

f. 9-1-1 Emergency Telephone Service information consisting of the name, address,

and/or telephone number of telephone subscribers, regardless of whether or not this information is published in directories or listed in directory assistance offices, is company proprietary and the Customer agrees to use such information only for the (CT)

purpose of responding to 9-1-1 calls at the time such calls are placed. Any connecting company purchasing GTE information while acting as the host provider of 9-1-1 service to the Customer which purchases GTE services under this Tariff (CT)

must agree to abide by the terms and conditions which relate to the protection of GTE provided information. The Customer of any connecting company purchasing (CT)

GTE information shall take all reasonable efforts to safeguard the proprietary nature of Company-provided information, including but not limited to:

1) Maintenance of a log which will record all 9-1-1 calls placed to a Customer (CT) and all manual queries for ALI. The Company retains the right to review

such logs with all pertinent public agency supervising officers to detect any unauthorized retrieval of information from the 9-1-1 system database. The Customer must report to the Company any unauthorized retrieval and must (CT)

implement corrective action to prevent any further unauthorized retrieval.


PSC File Mark Only


EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE (9-1-1) MAMMOTH SPRING A. General (Cont'd) 4. Customer Obligation (Cont'd) f. (Cont'd) 2) The Customer shall provide to the Company, upon request, a list of (CT) authorized personnel who shall be provided with passwords or other safety

or security mechanisms to guarantee the system may not be accessed by unauthorized personnel.

3) All 9-1-1 Customer equipment, system software, and databases must be (CT) located in a secure area within a PSAP's office operations to prevent

unauthorized personnel from accessing confidential information. 4) The Customer shall agree to indemnify, save and hold the Company (CT) harmless from any and all claims for injury or damage of any nature by an

person arising out of or relating to the Customer's unauthorized use of (CT) Company-provided subscriber information, which information is to be used

solely for the purpose of providing 9-1-1 service. g. Any terminal equipment used in connection with 9-1-1 Emergency Telephone

Service shall be configured to restrict the Customer from removing and/or changing (CT) the data provided by the Company.

h. Equipment, used in conjunction with any 9-1-1 Emergency Telephone Service, located at the PSAP(s) may be provided by the Company or the Customer subject to (CT)

the approval by the Company for compatibility with the 9-1-1 system. Any additional costs associated with bringing incompatible equipment into compliance with the 9-1-1 system will be the responsibility of the Customer. (CT)


PSC File Mark Only


EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE (9-1-1) MAMMOTH SPRING A. General (Cont'd) 5. Liability

a. The Company's entire liability to the Customer or any person for interruption or (CT) failure of 9-1-1 service shall be limited by the terms set forth in this section, the

Rules and Regulations section of this Tariff, and in any sections of other tariffs which apply to the provision of 9-1-1 service by the Company, and in statute. This (CT)

9-1-1 service is offered solely to assist the Customer in providing 9-1-1 emergency (CT) service in conjunction with applicable fire, police, and other public safety agencies.

By providing this service to the Customer, the Company does not create any (CT) relationship or obligation, direct or indirect, to any third party other than the

Customer. (CT)

b. The Company shall not be liable for civil damages, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, to any person, corporation, or other entity for any loss or damage caused by any Company act or omission in the design, development, installation, maintenance, or provision of any aspect of 9-1-1 Service other than an act or omission constituting gross negligence or wanton willful misconduct. However, in (CT)

no event shall the Company's liability to any person, corporation, or other entity for any loss or damage exceed an amount equal to the prorated allowance of the tariff rate for the service or facilities provided to the Customer for the time such (CT)

interruption to service or facilities continues, after notice by the Customer to the (CT) Company. No allowance shall be made if the interruption is due to the negligence or

willful act of the Customer. (CT) c. The Customer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company from any damages, (CT) or other injuries which may be asserted by any person, business, governmental

agency, or other entity against the Company as a result of any act or omission of the Company or Customer or any of their employees, directors, officers, or agents (CT)

except for Company acts of gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct in connection with developing, adopting, implementing, maintaining, or operating the 9-1-1 system or for releasing subscriber information, including nonpublished or unlisted information in connection with the provision of the 9-1-1 service.


PSC File Mark Only


EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE (9-1-1) MAMMOTH SPRING A. General (Cont'd)

5. Liability (Cont'd)

d. The Company shall not be liable or responsible for any indirect, incidental, or consequential damages associated with the provision of the 9-1-1 service when any 9-1-1 call originates from a system or line which makes the provision of specific location information impossible to provide for technical reasons. These technical reasons can include, but are not limited to, technical inability to provide subscriber information associated with multi-party lines, roaming Voice Over Internet Protocol lines, Voice Over Internet Protocol lines not (AT) converted to Public Switched Network protocols, or private telecommunications services, such as PBXs or shared tenant services and calls originating over CentraNet lines, especially but not limited to those private telecommunications services that use Direct Inward / Outward Dialing (DIOD) numbers. (AT)

e. The Company accepts no responsibility for obtaining and providing subscriber record (AT) information from private telecommunications systems, such as PBXs or shared tenant services, unless

provided to the Company by a pursuant to the terms of the Private Switch (AT) 9-1-1 Service tariff or any individual case basis contract. At the rates set forth herein, the Company (AT) will integrate any records provided to it by the Customer in a Company-standard format for (CT) inclusion in a 9-1-1 database. However, by doing so, the Company makes no representation or warranty regarding the accuracy of the data provided to it by a Customer and shall not be liable (CT) or responsible for any indirect, incidental, or consequential damages associated with the provision of this data by the Customer, which may be asserted by any person, business, government agency, (CT) or other entity against the Company.

f. The Company shall not be liable or responsible for any indirect, incidental, or consequential damages

associated with the provision of 9-1-1 service when there is a failure of or interruption in 9-1-1 service due to the attachment of any equipment by a the Customer or an end user customer to Company (AT)

facilities. The Customer or end user customer may, with the prior written consent of the Company, (AT) which consent shall not be reasonably withheld, attach features, devices, or equipment or other

vendors to the equipment or network facilities provided by the Company. Said attachments, devices, or equipment must meet all applicable federal and state registration or certification standards. The Company reserves the right to refuse attachments if the Company determines that said attachments will degrade the 9-1-1 system ordered by the Customer, Company facilities or otherwise affect its telephone operations. (CT)


PSC File Mark Only


EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE (9-1-1) MAMMOTH SPRING A. General (Cont'd) 5. Liability (Cont'd)

g. The Company shall not be liable for any civil damages caused by an act or omission of the Company in the good faith release of information not in the public record, including nonpublished or nonlisted subscriber information to emergency service providers responding to calls placed to a 9-1-1 service or host providers using such information to provide a 9-1-1 service.

h. The Company shall have no liability whatsoever to any person arising from its

provision of, or failure to provide, 9-1-1 Service to any subscriber to a non-regulated telephone service (e.g., shared tenant service or non-regulated Voice Over Internet (AT)

Protocol). It is the obligation of the Customer to answer, respond to, transfer, (AT) terminate, dispatch, or arrange to dispatch emergency services, or otherwise handle

all 9-1-1 telephone calls that originate from telephones within the Customer's (CT) service area. Neither the Customer nor the Company shall have any responsibility (CT) for 9-1-1 calls that carry foreign dial tone, whether they originate within or outside

of the Customer's service area, or for foreign or unrecognizable dial tone calls (AT) originating from voice over internet protocol, or from mobile/cellular telephones. (AT) i. The Company shall not be liable for any mistakes, omissions, interruptions, delays,

errors or defects in transmission or service caused or contributed to by the negligence or willful act of any person other than the Company, or arising from the use of Customer provided facilities or equipment. (CT)


PSC File Mark Only


EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE (9-1-1) MAMMOTH SPRING B. Description of Service 1. B9-1-1 (Basic 9-1-1 Service)

a. B9-1-1 Service provides for routing all 9-1-1 calls originated by stations with given central office prefix codes to a single PSAP which is prepared to receive those calls via a 9-1-1 Service line.

b. Interoffice 9-1-1 service is provided via dedicated trunking. 9-1-1 service from the

central office serving the PSAP is provided over dedicated lines or trunks. c. The following rate elements apply to a typical B9-1-1 arrangement: 1) 9-1-1 Central Office Enabling - Enables the central office to recognize 9-1-1

as a valid number and connect a 9-1-1 call to a 9-1-1 Service Line or dedicated 9-1-1 trunk.

2) 9-1-1 Service Line - A business network access line connecting the PSAP

and its serving central office. The business individual line and/or business trunk or key business line rate is applicable.

3) Interoffice Trunk - A dedicated facility between central offices (intra- or

interexchange). The Interoffice Trunking Charges apply to each trunk ordered. A minimum of two trunks/circuits is required on each interoffice (AT)

route. a) Mileage - Applicable to each trunk on a per airline mile basis. b) Trunk Termination - Applicable to each end of each trunk

terminated. d. Additional 9-1-1 Features, as described in this Tariff, are available with 9-1-1

Service where conditions permit.


PSC File Mark Only


EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE (9-1-1) MAMMOTH SPRING B. Description of Service (Cont'd) 2. C9-1-1 (ANI-Only 9-1-1 Service)

a. The following rate elements apply to a typical C9-1-1 arrangement: 1) 9-1-1 Central Office Enabling - Enables the central office to recognize 9-1-1

as a valid number and to connect such calls to a 9-1-1 Service Line or dedicated 9-1-1 trunk. Also enables the central office to generate ANI for the caller's telephone number and provide it to the 9-1-1 Service Line or dedicated 9-1-1 trunk.

2) 9-1-1 Service Line - Same as B9-1-1 Service. 3) Interoffice Trunk a) Mileage - Same as B9-1-1 Service. b) Trunk Termination - Same as B9-1-1 Service. b. C9-1-1 Service includes ANI Spill which is the provision of the caller's telephone

number to the PSAP. ANI Spill may not be provided from multi-party end users. For calls placed to a PSAP from off-premises stations and stations behind business systems, where ANI Spill is provided, it will provide the identity of the primary telephone service billing or lead number, unless provisions have been made for (AT)

PS ALI Service. (AT) c. The PSAP's premises equipment used in conjunction with ANI Spill Service must be

reviewed by the Company to determine the compatibility of the unity with the C9-1-1 Service requested. If changes are necessary to make this service compatible with the services offered herein, time and material charges will apply.

d. Selective Routing is available on an optional basis with C9-1-1 Service. e. Additional 9-1-1 Features, as described in this Tariff, are available with C9-1-1



PSC File Mark Only


EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE (9-1-1) MAMMOTH SPRING B. Description of Service (Cont'd) 3. E9-1-1 (Enhanced 9-1-1) a. The following rate elements apply to a typical E9-1-1 arrangement: 1) 9-1-1 Central Office Enabling - Same as C9-1-1 Service. 2) 9-1-1 Service Line - Same as C9-1-1 Service. 3) Interoffice Trunk a) Mileage - Same as C9-1-1 Service. b) Trunk Termination - Same as C9-1-1 Service.

4) Automatic Location Identification (ALI) Database - An E9-1-1 database that contains subscriber names, telephone numbers, addresses and Emergency Service Numbers (ESNs), and is periodically updated by the Company. A per database charge is applicable to each database and a per record charge is applicable to all records in each database. When GTE is not responsible for the system's ALI database, a per record charge will apply to all GTE records provided to the ALI database Director. The Customer is responsible for the (CT)

following: a) Providing a correct set of addresses and ranges, known as a Master

Street Address Guide (MSAG), with ESNs assigned to each address. This must include all Company and participating telecommunication service subscriber addresses and be based upon Company standards.

b) Advising the Company in a timely manner of any changes in the

MSAG or ESN assignments.


PSC File Mark Only


EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE (9-1-1) MAMMOTH SPRING B. Description of Service (Cont'd) 3. E9-1-1 (Enhanced 9-1-1) (Cont'd)

b. In the event that the Customer requests to begin construction of an MSAG/ALI (CT) database prior to full application to C9-1-1 or E9-1-1 service, charges for ALI

database construction and maintenance will apply. c. The PSAP's premises equipment used in conjunction with ANI Spill Service must be

reviewed by the Company to determine the compatibility of the unit with the E9-1-1 Service requested. If changes are necessary to make this service compatible with the services offered herein, time and material charges will apply.

d. Selective Routing is available on an optional basis with E9-1-1 Service. e. Optional 9-1-1 Features, as described in this Tariff, are available with E9-1-1


4. Optional Services a. Selective Routing

1) Selective Routing Service routes calls to the correct PSAP based on the caller's ANI. This service is available when a C9-1-1 or E9-1-1 system is served by more than one PSAP or when a central office is split by a political boundary and one of the political areas does not subscribe to 9-1-1 services. The Customer is responsible for the following: (CT)

a) Providing a correct set of addresses and ranges, known as a Master Street Address Guide (MSAG), with Emergency Service Numbers (ESN) assigned to each address. Each ESN must be assigned to a PSAP. This must include all Company and participating telecommunication service subscriber addresses and be based upon Company standards.

Issued: August 20, 2008 Chantel Mosby Effective: August 20,2008 Director, Tariffs and Compliance Docket No. PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211



EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE (9-1-1) MAMMOTH SPRING

B. Description of Service (Cont'd)

4. Optional Services (Cont'd)

a. Selective Routing (Cont'd)

1) (Cont'd)

b) Verifying the accuracy of the call routing by participating in tests with theCompany prior to service establishment, and subsequent to any ESN change, toensure that calls from each ESN are correctly routed.

c) Advising the Company in a timely manner of any changes in the MSAG or ESNassignments.

2) The following rate elements apply to Selective Routing:

a) Database Administration - The per database charge to create and maintain theMSAG and ALI database structure.

b) Database - The charge on a per record basis to develop and update streetranges, list correct addresses, assign ESNs and PSAPs to each record, andtransmit the ALI to the database management system that will be accessed bythe caller's ANI. Database rate elements include monthly rates andnonrecurring charges for each database and for each record within eachdatabase.

c) Selective Router - The hardware and software that provides selective routingassignment codes to a central office for a 9-1-1 call and connects theincoming 9-1-1 trunks to the central office that will route the calls.

Trunk termination charges do not apply to the end of any interoffice trunksthat terminate on a Selective Router.

Issued: Effective:






4. Optional Services (Cont'd)

a. Selective Routing (Cont'd)

2) (Cont'd)

d) Selective Router Interface - A component of a Selective Routing Systemconsisting of interface cards that enable a 9-1-1 trunk or a central officeto be able to communicate with the Selective Router's computer. The quantityof cards required varies directly with the quantity of trunks terminating atthe Selective Routing System.

b. Switched Access System

1) Switched Access System (SAS) - Allows the use of the public switched network inplace of interexchange dedicated Company facilities. SAS is limited to 9-1-1service crossing LATA boundaries where no LEC facilities are available and to theprovision of alternate routing capabilities to provide redundancy to the E9-1-1network.

2) The following rate elements apply:

a) Trunk Dial Unit (TDU) - installed in the Company's central office.

b) Call Answer Unit (CAU) - installed at the Public Safety Answering Point(PSAP).

Issued: Effective:






5. Additional Services

a. Additional 9-1-1 Features

1) A package of additional central office features is available where SelectiveRouting is not used. The following features are available only where operatingconditions permit:

a) Forced Disconnect - Enables the PSAP attendant to release a connection on a9-1-1 call even if the calling party remains off-hook.

b) Called Party Hold - Enables the PSAP attendant to hold a 9-1-1 connectioneven if the calling party hangs up.

c) Emergency Ringback - Allows a PSAP attendant to ring back the caller's line.

2) Additional 9-1-1 Features are available only when there is direct trunking fromthe originating central office to the PSAP and when the PSAP CPE has theappropriate signaling capability.

Issued: Effective:





C. Rates and Charges (1) Monthly Nonrecurring Rate Charge

1. 9-1-1 Central Office Enabling, See Section 12, per central office Special Assemblies

2. Automatic Number Identification (ANI)9-1-1 Central Office Enabling,per central office (2) (911ANIPROVSPC) $ 69.00 $ -

3. 9-1-1 Service Line

a. Network Access Rate See Section 4, -Bus. Indiv. Lineand/or Bus. Trunkor Key Bus. Trunkrate.

4. Interoffice Trunking (intra- and interexchange)

a. Mileage, per airline mile each trunk See PSC MO. NO. 5

Private Line Tariff. -

PLUS

b. Trunk Termination,per termination each trunk (3) $ 21.00 $ 150.00(911COTERM, 911COTERM NRC)

(1) Rates applicable to facilities provided within GTE service territory. Connectingcompany rates apply to facilities located within connecting company service territory.

(2) Special construction charges will apply when special assembly is required.(3) Does not apply to end terminating on a Selective Router. Applicable rate can be found

under Selective Router Interface.

Issued: Effective:





C. Rates and Charges (1) (Cont'd) Monthly Nonrecurring Rate Charge

5. Automatic Location Identification (ALI) Database

a. Database Administration,per database (911PSAPDBPSAP) $ 380.00 $ -

b. Database

1) each GTE subscriber record .04 .75(911PSAPDBRC, 911PSAPDBRC NRC)

2) each non-GTE subscriber record for which GTE willverify via the MSAG (2)(3) .04 .35(911PSAPDBRCNGT, 911PSAPDBRCNGT NRC)

6. Selective Routing

a. Database Administration,per database (4) 8.50

2,461.00(911SRDBASE, 911SRDBASE NRC)

PLUS

b. Database, per record (4) .01 .14(911SRDBLINE, 911SRDBLINE NRC)


(2) Charge in addition to applicable connecting company/host provider charge.(3) Includes nonregulated telephone company records provided in GTE standard format.(4) These rates are in addition to ALI Database Processing rates.

Issued: Effective:





C. Rates and Charges (1) (Cont'd) Monthly Nonrecurring Rate Charge

6. Selective Routing

c. Selective Router, each $1,363.00 $13,280.00(911 CE 1CTY, 911 CE 1CTY NRC)

d. Selective Router Interface,per trunk termination 36.50 150.00(911 TT 1CTY, 911 TT 1CTY NRC)

7. Switched Access System

a. Trunk Dial Unit (TDU) 189.58 2,081.11(911TDU, 911TDUNRC)

b. Call Answer Unit (CAU) 84.79 481.53(911CAU, 911CAUNRC)


(2) Charge in addition to applicable connecting company/host provider charge.(3) Includes nonregulated telephone company records provided in GTE standard format.(4) These rates are in addition to ALI Database Processing rates.

Issued: Effective:




CENTREX SERVICE

Sheet No.

Centrex CCLASS Caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Centrex CCLASS Optional Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Centrex CCLASS Optional Feature Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Description of Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Description of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Rules and Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Service Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Space Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Subsequent Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Termination Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Issued: Effective:

By: G. Clay Bailey, Vice President Regulatory Affairs




CENTREX SERVICE

GENERAL

This tariff contains the description, rules and regulations, and rates applicable to CentrexServices in the state of Arkansas by CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC herein referred toas the Company.

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE

Centrex Service is a local exchange telecommunications service available only to customersserved from suitably equipped central offices where operating conditions permit. It is acentral office based service arrangement which consists of host central office interfaceequipment and software located on Company premises. This service provides local exchangeaccess, interexchange access, intrasystem communication and Centrex feature packages. ACentrex system may not be provided for stand alone service only; access to the Company'sexchange network must be provided.

Centrex Service offers Features Series 1000, 2000 or 3000 at rates and charges set forth inthis tariff. Feature capabilities may vary depending on the host central office equipment.

Features provided via Centrex Service from host central office interface equipment andsoftware include:

Basic Operating Features: Direct Inward Dialing/Direct Outward Dialing (DID/DOD), AutomaticIdentification of Outward Dial, Distinctive Ringing, and Station-to-Station Calling.

Series 1000 - Call Hold, Consultation Hold, Call Alternation, Speed Call 8(Individual), Call Transfer, Call Forward (All, Busy, No Answer - Fixed/Variable), CallWaiting Terminating/Cancel, Dial Call Waiting, Three-Way Calling, Last Number Redial,Toll Restriction, Hunting (Pilot Number, Directory Number and Secretarial), Call Pick-Up (Extended, Direct, and Group), and Station Restriction.

Series 2000 - Series 1000 plus the following features: Call Park (Multiple), AutomaticCallback (Camp-on), Data Line Security, Saved Number Redial, Circular Hunting, MultipleClasses of Service, Speed Call 30 (System) and Uniform Call Distribution.

Series 3000 - Series 1000 and 2000 plus the following features: Remote Access toFeatures, Off-Hook Queuing, Ringback Queuing, Executive Busy Override, Incoming CallForward, Within Group Call Forward, and Speed Call 30 (Individual).

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




CENTREX SERVICE

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE (Cont'd)

Optional System Features: Automatic Route Selection (ARS), Facilities Restriction Level(part of ARS), Time of Day Routing (part of ARS), Expensive Route Warning (part of ARS), FXAccess, WATS Access, 800 Service Access, Tie Facility Access, T1 Access, Limited AutomaticCall Distribution, Preferential Hunting, Stop Hunt, Pilot Number of Hunt Groups, PriorityQueuing, Authorization Codes (per group of 10), Speed Call 30 (Additional System), TerminalMake Busy, Paging/Public Address Access, Dictation Access, Code Calling Access, Music-On-Hold, Recorded Announcement (Custom), Conference Calling (8-16-24 Port), Station MessageDetail Recording, Attendant Identification-Multiple Directory Numbers, Attendant Non-DataLink Console Interface, Attendant Data Link Console Interface, Attendant Pre-determined NightAnswer, Attendant Universal Night Answer, Attendant Flexible Night Answer, Proprietary SetInterface, Pseudo Number, and Attendant Mixed Night Answer.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




CENTREX SERVICE

DESCRIPTION OF FEATURES

BASIC OPERATING FEATURES

Automatic Identification of Outward Dial - Identifies all calls leaving the customer group bythe station number from which the calls are placed.

Direct Inward Dialing - Allows incoming calls from the exchange network to reach a specificstation without attendant assistance.

Direct Outward Dialing - Allows station users to place external calls to the exchange networkwithout attendant assistance.

Distinctive Ringing - Permits a station user to determine by the cadence of the ringingwhether a call is internal or external.

Station-to-Station Calling - Allows station users to call each other using intercom dialing.

SERIES 1000

Call Alternation - Allows a station user to place one call on hold, make a second call, andtalk alternately between the two parties.

Call Forwarding - Provides the option of fixed and/or variable forwarding of a station'sincoming calls to a predetermined number. Fixed forwarding is established and changed by theCompany. Variable forwarding is established and changed by the station user. This featurewill forward all calls to a predetermined number, or only those calls reaching a busy or noanswer condition. Group forwarding for hunt groups is available.

Call Hold - Allows a station user to place a call in progress on hold.

Call Pick Up-Direct - Permits a station user to pick up any ringing station in the businessgroup by dialing a feature code plus the ringing station's intercom number. The ringingstation is not required to be in the same pick up group.

Call Waiting/Cancel - Allows a station user to cancel the Call Waiting feature for theduration of a single call.

Call Pick Up-Extended - Permits a station user to dial a code to extend call pick up togroups other than its own.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




CENTREX SERVICE

DESCRIPTION OF FEATURES (Cont'd)

BASIC OPERATING FEATURES (Cont'd)

SERIES 1000 (Cont'd)

Call Pick Up-Group - Permits a station user to dial a code to answer a call which is ringingat another station within the call pick up group.

Call Waiting Terminating - Alerts the called party, with a beep, that an incoming call iswaiting.

Call Transfer - Allows a station user to transfer a call to another party.

Consultation Hold - Allows the initiator of a three way call or transfer to speak privatelywith the third party before completing the connection.

Dial Call Waiting - Allows a station user to send a Call Waiting tone when calling a busystation, even if the called station does not have the Call Waiting feature. Dial CallWaiting is restricted to calls both placed and received within the same central office.

Hunting (Directory Number) - Activates hunting when any of the directory numbers of theindividual lines in the hunt group are called. If the called line is busy, hunting willstart with the called line and continue to the end of the list.

Hunting (Pilot Number) - Searches for an idle line beginning with the first member of thehunt group and ending with the last member.

Hunting (Secretarial) - Searches for an idle line beginning with the group member dialed andending with the last member in the group.

Speed Calling 8 (Individual) - Allows a station user to dial an individually selected list ofup to 8 telephone numbers by dialing one or two digits.

Station Restriction - Prevents a station user from making or receiving calls outside thebusiness group. Calls cannot be routed beyond this restriction by an attendant or throughany indirect means such as Call Transfer, Call Forwarding or Call Pick-Up.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




CENTREX SERVICE



SERIES 1000 (Cont'd)

Last Number Redial - Allows a station user to redial the last number dialed by dialing a codeinstead of redialing the entire telephone number.

Three Way Calling - Permits a station user to put one party on hold, reach a third party, andbring all three parties together in a three-way connection.

Toll Restriction - Prevents customer designated stations from placing any chargeable calls.

SERIES 2000

The features listed below are provided in addition to Series 1000 features.

Automatic Callback - Enables a station user encountering a busy station to request the systemto call back when both stations are idle.

Call Park-Multiple - Enables a station user to place multiple calls on hold and laterretrieve the held calls from any station in the business group.

Circular Hunting - Searches for an idle line beginning with the number dialed, proceeding tothe last member in the hunt group, wrapping around to the first member, and ending with themember preceding the one that was dialed.

Data Line Security - Protects data being transmitted on a telephone line from being disturbedby tones generated by system features such as Call Waiting, Executive Busy Override, etc.

Multiple Classes of Service - Enables the customer to assign each station a class of servicewhich defines the station's calling privileges and restrictions.

Saved Number Redial - Permits a station user to store a number in memory and later redial thenumber using a code.

Speed Call 30 (System) - Allows members of a business group to share a list of up to 30telephone numbers, each of which may be dialed using an access code and one digit.

Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) Hunting - Provides for call distribution in a hunt group byconnecting to the line which has been idle the longest. (Applies to circular hunt only). ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




CENTREX SERVICE



SERIES 3000

The features listed below are provided in addition to Series 1000 and 2000 features.

Call Forwarding/Incoming - Forwards incoming calls from outside the business group to apredetermined alternate number within the business group when the called station is busy.

Call Forwarding/Within Group - Forwards calls originating from within the business group to apredetermined destination. Calls originating from outside the business group are completedas if Call Forwarding were not in effect.

Executive Busy Override - Allows a station user, upon reaching a busy station within the samebusiness group, to "break-in" to the existing conversation. The system sends an alert toneto the conversing parties and creates a three-way call controlled by the party breaking in.

Off-Hook Queuing - Allows a station user to remain off-hook and wait for an idle trunk inorder to complete the dialed call.

Remote Access to Features - Allows an authorized user to call in from the exchange networkand gain access to all features within a business group by supplying an authorization code.

Ringback Queuing - Permits a station user with activated queuing to hang up and wait for atrunk to become idle. When a trunk is available, the station user is notified by adistinctive ringing tone.

Speed Calling 30 (Individual) - Allows a station user to dial an individually selected listof up to 30 telephone numbers by dialing two to four digits.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




CENTREX SERVICE


OPTIONAL SYSTEM FEATURES

The features below can be ordered individually at the rates and charges in this tariff.

Attendant Data Link Console Interface - Allows the use of a proprietary data-link multiplexedconsole which is connected to the central office. (Requires three (3) additional CentrexService lines.)

Attendant Flexible Night Answer - Allows the attendant to reassign the destination forPredetermined Night Answer calls. (Requires Data Link Console.)

Attendant Identification-Multiple Directory Numbers - Enables the attendant to identify anincoming call by directory number using the console display. If the subscriber has multipledirectory numbers, the number being called will be displayed on the attendant console. (Requires Data Link Console.)

Attendant Mixed Night Answer - This feature is a combination of Universal and PredeterminedNight Answer. Incoming calls can be switched to either type of night answer by theattendant. (Requires Data link Console.)

Attendant Non-Data Link Console Interface - Allows the use of a multiline attendantinstrument designed specifically for console service. A physical cable pair is required foreach customer loop.

Attendant Predetermined Night Answer - Allows incoming calls to an attendant position to beanswered by a predetermined alternate station during nonbusiness hours or when theattendant's line is busy. This feature also allows for the transfer of calls duringcommercial power failure. (Requires Data Link Console.)

Attendant Universal Night Answer - Allows incoming calls to an attendant to be answered byany station in the attendant's business group during nonbusiness hours. This feature alsoallows for the transfer of calls during commercial power failure. (Requires Data LinkConsole.)

Authorization Codes - Used to override the calling restrictions placed on a particular line.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




CENTREX SERVICE


OPTIONAL SYSTEM FEATURES (Cont'd)

Automatic Route Selection (ARS) - Provides an automatic means of low cost route selection. ARS provides up to 10 routes and allows customers to prioritize these routes based on cost. Calls are sent over the most economical route available at the time the call is placed. Thisfeature also includes:

- Expensive Route Warning - Provides a warning tone indicating an expensive route hasbeen selected.

- Facilities Restriction Level - Allows each station and each facility access in thebusiness group to be assigned a restriction level for use with ARS.

- Time of Day Routing - Provides for route selection based on the most economical pathfor a particular time-of-day or day-of-week.

Conference Calling - Permits a station user or attendant to form a conference with a maximumof eight parties, including other stations and/or parties reached over trunks.

Code Call Access - Provides access to customer provided code calling signaling devices.

Dictation Access and Control - Provides for station access to customer provided dictationequipment.

FX Access - Connects to foreign exchange line facilities.

Limited Automatic Call Distribution - Allows incoming trunk calls to be directed to anddistributed among a select group of stations using distributive hunting.

Music-on-Hold - Provides access to a common music source for use with call hold, transfer,park and queuing features.

Paging/Public Address Access - Provides a central office interface to a loudspeaker at thecustomer premises for paging and/or public address.

Pilot Number of Hunt Groups - A directory number used to access a hunt group. (No associatedcable pair required.)

Preferential Hunting - Assigns hunting for an individual group of hunt group members to apilot number of another circular hunt group.

Priority Queuing - Provides two levels of priority in the handling of queued calls, highpriority and low priority.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




CENTREX SERVICE


OPTIONAL SYSTEMS FEATURES (Cont'd)

Proprietary Set Interface - Provides capability for central office connectivity for businessproprietary sets.

Pseudo Number - A software number which has the characteristics of a basic exchange accessline. A Feature Series rate is applicable to each Pseudo Number.

Recorded Announcement - Routes calls to a recording in the Company's central office. Therecording may be customized at the customer's option.

Speed Call 30 (System) - Allows members of a business group to share a list of up to 30telephone numbers, each of which may be dialed using an access code and one or two digits.

Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR) - Magnetic Tape Only - Provides a record of callsoriginated by Centrex Service station lines or incoming tie-line groups. SMDR information isprovided on magnetic tapes that are sent to the customer's site.

Stop Hunt - Uses a code to stop the hunting process when a particular line is reached in ahunting sequence.

Terminal Make Busy - Allows a station or group of stations to appear busy to incoming calls.

Tie Facility Access - Provides access to tie line facilities which connect the business groupto another CENTREX, PABX or similar facility.

T1 Access - Allows a Centrex customer to access a dedicated digital facility.

WATS Access - Allows a Centrex customer to access WATS for bulk toll calling.

800-Service Access - Allows 800 Service Access to terminate in the Centrex Service System.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




CENTREX SERVICE

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Centrex Service is available where central office and operating facilities and conditionspermit.

A minimum of three (3) Centrex Service lines are required.

A customer may select only one Feature Series per system.

One monthly bill will be rendered for each Centrex Service system. Separate bills will berendered monthly for Special Service access lines.

The Company will furnish one alphabetical directory listing per Centrex customer groupwithout charge. Additional listings may be purchased at rates listed in Section 12 of thisTariff.

Centrex Service is offered on a term basis commencing on the date the service is established. Customers with 3 to 50 lines may choose a month-to-month, 12, or 36 months payment plan. Customers with 51 to 100 lines may choose a 12 or 36 month payment plan.

Centrex Service Line and Feature Series rates apply each month from the time the system isplaced in service until the Centrex Service is discontinued.

If remote units are required to provide switching capabilities for intracommunicationpurposes, they will be located on Company provided sites located on the customer's premises. Any remote units and all system cabling used in association with Centrex Service are providedby and remain the property of the Company.

Rotary dial stations will not be capable of accessing all Centrex Service features.

Rates and charges for Centrex Service contemplate the use of central office equipmentselected by the Company. When special central office equipment or features are provided atthe request of the customer, special assembly rates and charges may be applied in addition tothose shown herein.

Centrex Service lines may not be terminated on a PABX.

All Centrex Service lines must be loop start.

If a customer chooses to combine Centrex Service stations terminating at different locationsinto a single Centrex Service system, all stations must be served by the same central officeswitching equipment.

Issued: Effective:




CENTREX SERVICE

RULES AND REGULATIONS (Cont'd)

Non-Centrex Service lines will not be allowed to access Centrex features through Tie Line orPrivate Line facilities.

The Centrex rate in a Foreign Central Office (FCO) arrangement is the monthly rate for theCentrex Service desired plus FCO charges as specified in Section 19 of this Tariff.

Private Line Arrangements, Special Access Services, or Foreign Exchange Service connectedwith Centrex Service are subject to rates, rules and regulations as set forth in theappropriate tariffs.

SPACE REQUIREMENTS

Suitable and sufficient space for any remote units required shall be leased by the Companyfrom the customer.

Suitable space includes provisions for atmospheric control and encompasses the followingenvironmental requirements:

- Dust free- Controlled temperatures ranging from 50€ to 86€ Fahrenheit, with consideration given to

heat loss and/or gain of the equipment.- Relative humidity of 20% minimum and 55% maximum

Commercial power necessary to operate the remote units, if required, shall be provided by thecustomer and located on the customer's premises.

SUBSEQUENT CHANGES

Subsequent line deletions resulting in reductions equal or to exceeding 20% of the initiallines under contract will be treated as specified under Termination Liability following. Ifthe reduction causes the total number of lines to fall within a different line group, allremaining lines will be billed at rates according to the associated line group.

If a customer requests an upgrade or downgrade of an existing Feature Series (e.g., fromSeries 1000 to 2000, from Series 3000 to 2000, etc.), the customers existing per line termrate will be changed to reflect the new Feature Series rate. The new term rate will applyfor the duration of the existing term period. Data Base Program charges will apply.

The term period for Optional System Features is based upon the initial term period for theCentrex System. Subsequent additions of Optional System Features will be rated under a newagreement or an addendum to an existing agreement based upon the remaining period of theinitial term.

Issued: Effective:




CENTREX SERVICE

TERMINATION LIABILITY

In the event Centrex Service is terminated by the customer prior to completion of theinitial term period, the customer shall be liable for payment of the balance of the termperiod rates.

Termination Liability = 90% X (number of lines X Monthly Rate X (number of Charge terminated) per line remaining months)

In the event the customer reduces the number of Centrex lines initially agreed upon by 20%or more, termination liability is applicable and will be calculated based upon the initialnumber of lines under agreement.

A Centrex customer may at any time renew an agreement for an equal or longer period at thecurrent tariffed rates subject to the following conditions:

- Credit will not be given for payments made during the formerly selected period.

- Nonrecurring charges will not be reapplied.

- The new term period begins with the first billing date following the renewal.

- Termination charges will not apply for the former term period.

SERVICE CHARGES

Service Charges from Section 6 of the General Exchange Tariff are applicable. LineConnection charges will be rated as shown below.

Line ConnectionLine Size GSEC Charge, Per Line

3-25 CEN LC3 $6.30

26-50 CEN LC26 3.09

51-100 CEN LC51 2.32

Issued: Effective:


PSC File Mark Only


CENTREX SERVICE

RATES CENTREX SERVICE LINE Centrex Service Line rates are determined by the total number of Centrex lines requested.

Example: If a customer requests 28 lines, all 28 lines will be billed at the 26 - 50 group line rate. A minimum term period of one month is available for customers with 3 - 50 lines. These customers may, at the option of the Company, have agreements for periods greater than one month. Centrex Service arrangements exceeding 100 lines will be offered on a special assembly basis. The following rates are restricted to existing customers at existing locations: These rates apply during the term period and until the service is discontinued: Monthly Month-to-Month Term GSEC Rate (1) 3 - 25 lines, per line CEN25G $ 18.65 (CR) 26 - 50 lines, per line CEN49G 18.40 (CR) 12 Month Term 51 - 100 lines, per line CEN100G12 18.15 (CR) 36 Month Term 51 - 100 lines, per line CEN100G36 17.90 (CR) Notes: 1. Does Not include Subscriber Line Charge. Refer to the National Exchange Carrier Association Tariff FCC

No. 5



PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS GENERAL EXCHANGE TARIFF Section No. 47 1st Revised Sheet No. 13.1 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC CENTREX SERVICE

CENTREX SERVICE (D) (D) Issued: February 3, 2005 Effective: February 16, 2005

By: Chantel Mosby, Manager, Tariffs and Compliance PO Box 4065, Monroe, Louisiana 71211

PSC File Mark Only


CENTREX SERVICE

RATES (Cont'd) NETWORK ACCESS CONNECTION A software defined path in the Centrex system which provides network access to the Centrex stations in that system. Local Exchange Monthly Rate Group (1) GSEC Rate (2)(3) I CEN NAR1 $30.54 (CR) II CEN NAR2 35.64 (CR) III CEN NAR3 36.99 (CR) FEATURES SERIES Feature Series 1000 CENFS 1000 2.00 Feature Series 2000 CENFS 2000 2.30 Feature Series 3000 CENFS 3000 2.50 Notes: (1) See Section 6 for applicable serving exchange local access rate group. (2) Includes applicable EAS charges. (3) Does not include Digital Central Office Additive from Section 6 of the General Exchange Tariff.





CENTREX SERVICE

RATES (Cont'd)

OPTIONAL SYSTEM FEATURES

MONTHLY RATE GSEC

Attendant Data LinkConsole Interface $90.00 CEN DLCIM

Attendant FlexibleNight Answer (1) .25 CEN FNAM

Attendant IdentificationMultiple Directory Numbers (1) .25 CEN MLNM

Attendant Non-Data LinkConsole Interface (2) 35.00 CEN NDLCIM

Attendant Pre-DeterminedNight Answer (PNA) (1) .25 CEN PNAM

Attendant UniversalNight Answer (UNA) (1) .25 CEN UNAM

(1) Requires data-link console. Rates and charges apply per console.(2) Requires Multiline appearances normally assigned to a rotary hunt group.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




CENTREX SERVICE

RATES (Cont'd)


MONTHLY RATE GSEC

Authorization Code $ 1.00 CEN ATHCDSM

Automatic Route Selection 175.00 CEN ARSM

Code Call Access 25.00 CEN CCACCM

Conference Call, 8 Port (1) 60.00 CEN CONCLGM

Dictation Access and Control 25.00 CEN DICALLM

FX Access 3.00 CEN FXALLM

Limited Automatic Call Distribution, per group .25 CEN LACDM

Music on Hold (2) 25.00 CEN MOHM

Paging/Public Address Access (3) 25.00 CEN PGALLM

Pilot Number .25 CEN PNHGM

Preferential Hunting, per line (4) .25 CEN PRHNTGM

Priority Queuing (5) .25 CEN PRQUEM

Proprietary Set Interface 5.00 CEN PSIM

Pseudo Number 6.00 PSEUDOF

(1) May require additional hardware.(2) Where facilities and conditions permit. Does not include music source for Music on

Hold. Rates and charges apply per 50 lines.(3) Rates and charges apply per 100 lines.(4) Requires one or more hunt groups.(5) Requires off-hook queuing. Rates and charges for Priority Queuing are not applicable

when provided with Automatic Route Selection.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




CENTREX SERVICE

RATES (Cont'd)


MONTHLY RATE GSEC

Recorded Announcement $ 50.00 CEN RANCUSM

Speed Call 30 (System) .25 CEN SC30SM

Station Message Detail Recording, per line .30 CEN SMDRM

Stop Hunt (1)(2) 1.00 CEN STPHNTM

Terminal Make Busy (2) 1.25 CEN TRMMBM

Tie Facility Access 3.00 CEN TFAM

T1 Access 100.00 CEN T1M

WATS Access 3.00 CEN WTSACCM

800 Service Access 3.00 CEN 800 SVCALLM

(1) Requires one or more hunt groups.(2) May require additional hardware.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




CENTREX SERVICE

RATES (Cont'd)

DATA BASE CHANGES

NONRECURRINGCHARGE * GSEC

Major Software Additions $100.00 CEN MASC

Add Customized Dialing PlanAdd Customer Requested Data Base Profile

Routine Software Change** 50.00 CEN RSC

Change Trunk GroupChange Non-Data-Link Attendant (1)Change Customer RecordingChange ARS TranslationsChange Translations Tables

(1) Additional minor change charge for each additional console.

* Data Base Additions or Changes not listed in this tariff will be charged a rate of$50.00 per hour, or fraction thereof.

** Applies to changes to existing services.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




CENTREX SERVICE

RATES (Cont'd)

DATA BASE CHANGES (Cont'd)

NONRECURRINGCHARGE * GSEC

Minor Software Change** $25.00 CEN MISC

Change SubgroupHunt GroupsACD Hunt Group (1)Simulated Facility GroupQueuing Groups (2)Night Answer (UNA/PNA) (3)Paging/Public Address/Code Calling (4)Conference Calling - 8, 16, 24 PortsRemote Access Directory Number (5)Authorization Code Validation (6)Music on Hold AccessDictation Link AccessStandard RecordingExtended Pick Up CodeExecutive Busy OverrideAdd Line Features (7)

(1) Additional minor change charge for recording, queuing, station changes.(2) Additional minor change charge for each trunk group.(3) Additional minor change charge for each PNA number, zone, area.(4) Additional minor change charge for each area.(5) Additional minor change charge for each authorization code.(6) Additional minor change charge for each 10 codes.(7) Additional minor change charge to add toll control.

* Data Base Additions or Changes not listed in this tariff will be charged a rate of$50.00 per hour, or fraction thereof.

** Applies to changes to existing services. Multiple changes may be made per order.

ISSUED: EFFECTIVE:




CENTREX SERVICE

CENTREX CCLASS OPTIONAL FEATURE PACKAGE (Cont'd)

MonthlyDescription IOSC Rate

CCLASS Feature Package 2 - 25 lines, per line . . . . . . . . . . . 53094 $ 5.0026 - 50 lines, per line . . . . . . . . . . . 85532 4.5051+ lines, per line . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53096 4.00

Issued: Effective:




CENTREX SERVICE

CENTREX CCLASS OPTIONAL FEATURES

In addition to the CentraNet CCLASS Feature Package, the following optional features willalso be offered:

Call Tracing Service allows the customer to immediately and automatically trace the lastincoming call received from a local service area in which Custom Local Area SignallingService features are offered. Upon the customer's request, the trace information will beprovided to law enforcement agencies by the Company, but will not be released directly tothe customer. To initiate the call trace, the customer must contact the Company at thenumber provided in the voice announcement within ten (10) days of the incident. CallTracing Service performs the function of recording call information, but in no wayidentifies the person(s) actually placing the call(s). By accepting the Service, thecustomer agrees that CenturyTel shall not be liable for damages due to an inability totrace the call(s).

VIP Alert allows a customer to program up to twelve (12) telephone numbers of selectedcallers enabling the customer to distinguish certain incoming calls from all others by adistinctive ring tone. If a customer also subscribes to Call Waiting, calls from theselected numbers will be distinguished by a distinctive call waiting tone.

MonthlyDescription GSEC IOSC Rate

Other Optional FeaturesCall Tracing Service . . . . . . . . CEN96 COTM 53098 6.00VIP Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CEN96 VIPM 53099 4.00

CENTREX CCLASS CALLER ID

Caller ID - Number provides for the display of the incoming telephone number on a customerprovided display device attached to the customer's telephone line or on a telephone oranswering machine with a built-in display screen. The Caller ID-Number feature willforward the calling number from the appropriately equipped central office to the customerprovided display device. The Company will forward all telephone numbers (includingNonpublished and Nonlisted telephone numbers) subject to technical limitations. This isavailable on Centrex Service.

All customer provided equipment used to interface with Caller ID-Number must be connectedin accordance with the provisions of the Federal Communications Commission's RegistrationProgram. Any intent to resell name(s) and or number(s) that is a result of Caller ID-Number service is prohibited.

Issued: Effective:




CENTREX SERVICE

CENTREX CCLASS CALLER IDENTIFICATION

Caller ID - Name and Number is an arrangement that is provided as an enhancement to CallerID-Number and permits a customer to receive the name, as well as the telephone number,associated with the calling party for calls placed to the customer. The calling telephonename and number will be forwarded from the terminating central office to compatiblecustomer-provided display equipment associated with the customer's Local Exchange Service. If the calling telephone name and number is not available for forwarding to the calledparty, a message indicating that unavailability will be forwarded.

A maximum of 15 characters is allowed for transmission of the calling party Directory Name.

Cancel Caller ID - Number - Per Call provides free per call blocking in exchanges whereCaller ID-Number is offered by the Company. Customers may prevent the delivery of theirtelephone number or name and number to the called party. This is accomplished on a percall basis when the customer dials the Cancel Caller ID-Number activation code prior toplacing the call.

Cancel Caller ID - Number - Per Line allows a single-line customer to make all calls withthe delivery of his/her calling number identification (CNI) marked as "private" to thepeople he/she is calling. This service is available only to established shelters ofdomestic violence intervention agencies and law enforcement agency offices and must beestablished/removed via a service order.

Issued: Effective:




CENTREX SERVICE

CENTREX CCLASS Caller ID

MonthlyDescription IOSC Rate

Caller ID - Number 2 - 25 lines, per line . . . . . . . . . . . 85239 $ 6.0026 - 50 lines, per line . . . . . . . . . . . 85242 4.5051+ lines, per line . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85236 2.00

Caller ID - Number 2 - 25 lines, per Customer group . . . . . . 53127 $15.0026 - 50 lines, per Customer group . . . . . . 53128 30.0051+ lines, per Customer group . . . . . . . . 53129 60.00

Cancel Caller ID - Number(Per Call) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41006 -0-

Cancel Caller ID - Number(Per Line) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40206 -0-

Caller ID - Name and Number 2 - 25 lines, per Customer group . . . . . 53131 $ 30.0026 - 50 lines, per Customer group . . . . . . 53132 60.0051+ lines, per Customer group . . . . . . . . 53133 120.00

Issued: Effective:




CENTREX SERVICE (MAMMOTH SPRING)

Sheet No.

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Rates and Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Centrex Custom Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Issued: Effective:





A. General

1. Centrex Service is a local exchange telecommunications service available only tocustomers served from suitably equipped central offices. It is a central office basedservice arrangement which consists of host central office interface equipment andsoftware located on Company premises. This service provides local exchange access,interexchange access, intrasystem communication and Centrex feature packages as setforth in Paragraph A.4. following. A system may not be provided for stand aloneservice only and access to the Company's Exchange Network must be provided by theCompany.

2. If remote units are required to provide switching capabilities for intracommunicationpurposes, they will be located on Company provided sites located on the customer'spremises. Any remote units and all system cabling used in association with CentrexService are provided by and remain the property of the Company.

3. Centrex Service will be provided under this tariff for a minimum of three Centrexlines up to a maximum of 200 Centrex lines at rates set forth in D. following. Centrex Custom Service will be provided for over 200 lines as set forth in F.following.

4. Centrex Service offers Feature Packages 1000, 2000 or 3000 shown below. Featurecapabilities may vary depending on the type of host central office equipment.

a.Features provided via Centrex Service from host central office interface equipment and software include:

Basic Centrex: Automatic Identification of Outward Dial (AIOD), Direct InwardDialing, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct OutwardDialing, Distinctive Ringing, Station-to-Station Calling, and Touch . . Call.

Issued: Effective:





A. General

4. (Cont'd)

a.Features provided via Centrex Service from host central office interface equipment and software include: (Cont'd)

Series 1000 - Call Forwarding (Busy, All, No Answer), Call Hold, Call Pickup, Call Transfer, Call Waiting, Cancel Call Waiting, Code Call Access, Consultation Hold, DialPulse, Direct Inward Dialing, Direct Outward Dialing, Distinctive Ringing, Flexible Intercept, Hunting (Sequential), Last Number Redial, Make Busy (Terminal/Group),

Music- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . on-Hold, PagingAccess, Speed Calling (Changeable), Speed Calling Individual (Short),

Station-to-Station Dialing, Stop Hunt, Three-Way Calling.

Feature Package 1000 - Call Alternation, Call Forwarding, Call Hold, Call PickUp-Direct, Call Pick Up-Extended, Call Pick Up-Group, Call Waiting/Cancel, CallWaiting Originating, Call Waiting Terminating, Call Transfer, Consultation Hold,Directory Number Hunting, Hunting (Pilot Number), Hunting (Secretarial), Last NumberRedial, Speed Calling 6 (Individual), Speed Calling 8 (Individual), StationRestriction, Three-Way Calling, and Toll Restriction.

Series 2000 - Series 1000 plus: Attendant Busy Verification, Attendant CallTransfer, Attendant Camp On, Attendant Control of Trunk Group Access, AttendantConference (Small), Attendant Hold, Attendant Position Busy, Attendant Recall, AutoCallback, Automatic Call Splitting, Call Park, Code Restriction, Data Privacy,Dictation Access and Control, Direct Connect, Distinctive Call Waiting Tones,Emergency Bureau Access, Executive Busy Override, FX Facilities Access, FullyRestricted Service, Hunting (Distributive), Meet Me Conference, Night Service(Fixed, Flexible), On-Hook Queuing, Speed Calling Group, Station Conference (Small),Toll Restricted Service, Uniform Call Distribution.

* Attendant features require the use of a CentraNet System Interface. See E.2. following.(L) Limited to existing customers at existing locations.

Issued: Effective:





A. General

4. (Cont'd)

a. Features provided via Centrex Service from host central office interfaceequipment and software include: (Cont'd)

Feature Package 2000 - Centrex Feature Package 1000 plus the followingfeatures: Automatic Callback, Call Park (Multiple), Circular Hunting,Data Line Security, Multiple Classes of Service, Saved Number Redial,Speed Call 30 (Group/Shared) and Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) Hunting.

Series 3000 - Series 1000 and 2000 plus: Authorization Codes, AutomaticRoute Selection, Call Waiting (Originating), Directed Call Pickup,Expensive Route Warning Tone, Off Hook Queuing, Remote Access to BusinessGroup Features, Speeding Calling Individual (Long), Station MessageDetail Recording, Time of Day Routing.

Feature Package 3000 - Centrex Feature Packages 1000 and 2000 plus thefollowing features: Call Forwarding (Busy, No Answer Split), CallForwarding/Incoming, Call Forwarding/Within Group, Executive BusyOverride, Multi-Level Restriction, Off-Hook Queuing, Remote Access toFeatures, Ringback Queuing, and Speed Call 30 (Individual).

Optional Features: Authorization Codes (per group of 10), Automatic RouteSelection (Expensive Route Warning, Facilities Restriction Level, and Time ofDay Routing), Code Call Access, Conference Calling, Data Link ConsoleInterface, Dictation Access and Control, Flexible Night Answer, FX Access,Identification-Multiple Directory Numbers, Mixed Night Answer, Music-On-HoldInterface, Non-Data Link Console Interface, Paging/Public Address Access, PilotNumber of Hunt Groups, Predetermined Night Answer-Fixed, Preferential Hunting,Priority Queuing, Proprietary Set Interface, Pseudo Number, RecordedAnnouncement, Speed Call 30 (System), Station Message Detail Recording, StopHunt, T-1 Access, Terminal Make Busy, Tie Facility Access, Universal NightAnswer, WATS Access, and 800 Service Access.

Issued: Effective:





A. General (Cont'd)

4. (Cont'd)

b. Definitions of Features

A customer subscribing to one of the packages may order additional optionalfeatures at the rates shown in E.1 following.

Basic Centrex Service includes the following basic features:

Automatic Identification of Outward Dial (AIOD) - This feature identifiesall calls leaving the customer group by the station number from whichcalls are placed.

Direct Inward Dialing - This feature allows incoming calls from theexchange network to reach a specific station without attendantassistance.

Direct Outward Dialing - This feature allows station users to placeexternal calls to the exchange network without attendant assistance.

Distinctive Ringing - This feature permits a station user to determine bythe cadence of the ringing, whether a call is originated internally orexternally.

Station-to-Station Calling - This feature allows station users to calleach other using abbreviated dialing.

Touch Call - This feature equips all station lines for touch calldialing.

Issued: Effective:





A. General (Cont'd)

4. (Cont'd)

b. Definitions of Features (Cont'd)

Centrex Service Feature Packages 1000, 2000 or 3000 are offered at rates andcharges shown following. Feature capabilities may vary depending on the typeof host central office equipment. Following are feature series and associateddefinitions:

Feature Package 1000

Call Alternation - This feature allows a station user to hold one call,make another call, and then talk alternately between the two parties.

Call Forwarding - This feature provides the option of fixed and/orvariable forwarding of a station's incoming calls to a predeterminednumber. Includes all calls or only call reaching a busy or no answercondition (Fixed Forwarding is established and changed by the TelephoneCompany, whereas variable forwarding is established and changed by thestation user.)

Call Hold - This feature allows a station user to place a call in progresson hold.

Call Pick Up-Direct - This feature permits a station user to pick up anyringing station in the business group by dialing a feature code plus theringing station's intercom number. The ringing station is not required tobe in the same pick up group.

Call Pick Up-Extended - This feature permits a station user to dial a codeto apply call pick up to groups other than its own.

Call Pick Up-Group - This feature permits a station user to dial a code toanswer a call which is ringing at another station within the call pick upgroup.

Call Waiting/Cancel - This feature cancels Call Waiting for the durationof one call by dialing an access code.

Issued: Effective:





A. General (Cont'd)

4. (Cont'd)


Feature Package 1000 (Cont'd)

Call Waiting Originating - This feature allows the party making the callto activate Call Waiting on a busy line at completion of dialing on a percall basis.

Call Waiting Terminating - The feature alerts the called party, with abeep, that an incoming call is waiting.

Call Transfer - This feature allows a station user to transfer a call toanother party.

Consultation Hold - This feature allows the initiator of a three way callor transfer to speak privately with the third party before completing theconnection.

Directory Number Hunting - This feature activates hunting when any of thedirectory numbers of the individual lines in the hunt group are called. If that line is busy, hunting will start with that line and continue tothe end of the list.

Hunting (Pilot Number) - This feature provides for the distribution ofcalls in a hunt group.

Hunting (Secretarial) - This feature provides hunting within a departmentto hunt to the secretary last.

Last Number Redial - This feature allows a station user to redial the lastnumber dialed by utilizing an access code.

Speed Calling 6 (Individual) - This feature allows a user to dial anindividual list of selected numbers using an access code and one digit. (Available in the DMS-100/5ESS only)

Issued: Effective:





A. General (Cont'd)

4. (Cont'd)


Feature Package 1000 (Cont'd)

Speed Calling 8 (Individual) - This feature allows a user to dial anindividual list of selected numbers using one or two digits. (Availablein the GTD-5 only)

Station Restriction - This feature allows a station to be fully restrictedor semi-restricted. Fully restricted blocks calls to and from theattendant in addition to those from outside the customer business group. Semi-restricted permits the customer to have selected station(s)restricted from receiving any calls from outside the customer businessgroup. Intercom calls and private facilities are accessible.

Three Way Calling - This feature permits a station user using theconsultation hold feature to put one party on hold, reach a third party,and bring all three parties together in a three-way connection.

Toll Restriction - This feature prevents customer designated stations fromplacing any chargeable calls.

Issued: Effective:





A. General (Cont'd)

4. (Cont'd)


Feature Package 2000 (The features below are in addition to the FeaturePackage 1000 Package features)

Automatic Callback - This feature enables a station user encountering abusy station, go on-hook, and be called back when the busy station becomesidle.

Call Park-Multiple - This feature permits a station user to place one ormore calls on hold and later retrieve the call (calls) from his station oranother station in the customer business group.

Circular Hunting - This feature activates hunting when any of thedirectory numbers of the individual lines in the hunt group are called. If that line is busy, hunting will begin with that line and continuethrough the member previous to the one dialed.

Data Line Security - This feature prohibits interruption to a busy line byfeatures such as Call Waiting, Executive Busy Override, etc.

Multiple Classes of Service - This feature assigns each station a class ofservice which defines its calling privileges and any features restrictedfrom its use.

Saved Number Redial - This feature permits a station user to store anumber in memory and then later redial the number using a code.

Speed Call 30 (Group/Shared) - This feature allows members of a customerbusiness group to share a common speed call list of 30 members.

Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) Hunting - This feature provides for calldistribution in a hunt group by connecting to the one which has been idlelongest. (Applies to Circular Hunt only)

Issued: Effective:





A. General (Cont'd)

4. (Cont'd)


Feature Package 3000 (The features below are in addition to the FeaturePackage 1000 and Feature Package 2000 Package features)

Call Forwarding (Busy, No Answer Split) - Single feature which allows thecustomer to specify the destination of a forwarded call based on the callbeing an intra-system call or an inter-system call (DMS Only).

Call Forwarding/Incoming - This feature restricts call forwarding of allcalls to those from outside the business group.

Call Forwarding/Within Group - This feature restricts a station user sothat calls may only be forwarded to other stations in the business group.

Executive Busy Override - This feature allows a station user to access abusy station after a break-in tone alerts the busy station.

Multi-Level Restriction - This feature permits the subscriber to definethose codes that stations may dial. This can be done on a three-digitoffice code basis (NNX) or a six-digit area code (NPA) and NNX basis.

Off-Hook Queuing - This feature allows a station user to remain off-hookand wait for an idle trunk so he may complete his call.

Remote Access to Features - This feature allows authorized users to callin from the exchange network and gain access to a business group includingall features associated with that group.

Issued: Effective:





A. General (Cont'd)

4. (Cont'd)


Feature Package 3000 (The features below are in addition to the FeaturePackage 1000 and Feature Package 2000 Package features) (Cont'd)

Ringback Queuing - This feature permits a station user with activatedqueuing to go on-hook and be called when the busy facility comesavailable.

Speed Call 30 (Individual) - This feature allows a station user to placecalls to 30 commonly called destinations using two to four digits.

Issued: Effective:





A. General (Cont'd)

4. (Cont'd)


OPTIONAL FEATURES* (The features below can be ordered individually at therates shown under E.1. folowing.)

Authorization Codes (per group of 10) - This feature permits the callerto dial codes which grant the caller privileges associated with theauthorization code, rather than those associated with the station orremote location from which the call is being made.

Automatic Route Selection - This feature provides directed routing to theusers preferred trunk route list (FX, WATS, Tie Lines, etc.). Thisfeature also includes:

Expensive Route Warning - This feature provides a warning toneindicating a route determined to be expensive for a given locationthat has been selected.

Facilities Restriction Level - This feature allows each station andeach facility access in the business group to be assigned arestriction level for use with Automatic Route Selection (ARS).

Time of Day Routing - This feature provides for route selectionbased on the most economical path for a particular time of day.

Code Call Access - This feature provides access to customer providedcode calling signaling devices.

Conference Calling - This feature permits a station user or attendant toform a conference with a maximum of six or eight parties, includingother stations and/or parties reached over trunks.

* The contract period for the Optional System Features is based upon the initialcontract period for the Centrex System. Subsequent Optional System Feature additionswill be rated under a new contract or an addendum to an existing contract based uponthe remaining period of the initial contract.

Issued: Effective:





A. General (Cont'd)

4. (Cont'd)


OPTIONAL FEATURES* (The features below can be ordered individually at therates shown under E.1. following.) (Cont'd)

Data Link Console Interface - This feature allows the use of aproprietary data-link multiplexed console which is connected to thecentral office. (Requires three (3) additional Centrex lines at ratesspecified in this tariff.)

Dictation Access and Control - This feature provides for station accessto customer provided dictation equipment.

Flexible Night Answer - This feature permits the attendant to change thePredetermined Night Answer station number by dialing a feature code plusthe new night answer station number. (Requires Data Link Console.)

FX Access - This feature provides InterMSA and IntraMSA access to andfrom a remote exchange network via dedicated trunk facilities.

Identification-Multiple Directory Numbers - This feature enables theattendant to identify an incoming call by directory number using theconsole display. If the customer has multiple directory numbers, theattendant will know by the number appearing on the console display whichdepartment is being called. (Requires Data Link Console.)

Music-on-Hold Interface - This feature provides access to a common musicsource for use with call hold, transfer, park, and queuing features.


Issued: Effective:





A. General (Cont'd)

4. (Cont'd)


OPTIONAL FEATURES* (The features below can be ordered individually atthe rates shown under E.1. following.) (Cont'd)

Non-Data Link Console Interface - This feature allows the use of amultiline attendant instrument designed specifically for consoleservice. A physical pair is required for each loop at rates shownelsewhere in the Company's tariffs.

Paging/Public Address Access - This feature provides a centraloffice interface to a loudspeaker at the customer premises forpaging and/or public address.

Pilot Number of Hunt Groups - Directory number used to access a huntgroup (no associated cable pair required).

Predetermined Night Answer-Fixed - This feature, activated by theattendant, routes calls placed to the listed directory number tosome predetermined station, hunt group, or station. This featurealso allows transfer of calls during commercial power failure. (Requires Data Link Console.)

Preferential Hunting - This feature assigns hunting to an individualgroup of hunt group members to a pilot number of another circularhunt group.

Priority Queuing - This feature permits a station user remainingoff-hook to queue for a facility to obtain a line ahead of anotherstation user queuing for a facility and goes on-hook.

Proprietary Set Interface - This feature provides capability forcentral office connectivity for business proprietary sets.


Issued: Effective:





A. General (Cont'd)

4. (Cont'd)



Pseudo Number - This feature provides an additional telephone numberwhen used in conjunction with business proprietary sets.

Recorded Announcement - This feature routes calls to a recording(may be customized) at the Telephone Company's Central Office.

Speed Call 30 (System) - This feature allows members of a customerbusiness group to share a common speed call list of 30 members.

Station Message Detail Recording - This feature produces call detailof all trunk calls in and out of the customer business group thatare made to both physical trunks and simulated facility groups.

Stop Hunt - This feature uses a code which allows the huntingprocess to stop when a particular line is reached in a huntingsequence.

T-1 Access - The feature connects a digital facility to a switchingsystem dedicated to a specific customer.

Terminal Make Busy - This feature uses a code to make a specificterminal, or groups of terminals in a hunting group look busy.

Tie Facility Access - This feature provides access to tie linefacilities which connects the customer business group to anotherCENTREX, PABX or similar facility.


Issued: Effective:





A. General (Cont'd)

4. (Cont'd)



Universal Night Answer - When activated by attendant, listed numbercalls are routed to this equipment. Calls can then be answered byindividual stations by dialing the associated feature code. Thisfeature also allows transfer of calls during commercial powerfailure. (Requires Data Link Console.)

WATS Access - This feature provides the customer access to aninter-exchange carrier for bulk toll calling.

800 Service Access - This feature permits 800 Service Access toterminate in the Centrex Service System.


Issued: Effective:





B. Liability of the Telephone Company

1. The Telephone Company makes no guarantee and assumes no liability for theaccuracy, performance or non-performance of the Centrex Service Features. In theevent that a customer's basic service is interrupted and remains out of servicefor more than twelve (12) hours after being reported to or found to be out ofservice by the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made to the customer'saccount upon request with a minimum of credit for twenty-four (24) hours. Theadjustment shall be the pro rata part of the month's charge for local exchangeservice for the period of days service was inoperative and shall be accomplishedby a credit on a subsequent bill for service. This provision shall not applywhen the service interruption is caused by:

a. The negligence or willful act of the customer,

b. Customer provided facilities, or

c. Electric power failure where the customer furnishes such electric power.

2. The Telephone Company makes no guarantee and assumes no liability for resale orsharing by the customer of the Centrex Service Features and its associatedfacilities, including (without limitation) the failure of any person to pay thecustomer's or reseller's billing for any reason whatsoever, including (withoutlimitation) denied toll calls and toll fraud.

C. Conditions

1. The Company will furnish one alphabetical directory listing on a per Centrexsummary account, without charge. Additional listings are offered subject to theprovisions set forth in this Tariff.

2. The rates and charges shown for Centrex Service apply to establishment of CentrexService only. Appropriate Service Charges, excluding the Central Office LineConnection Charge, set forth in Section 2 of the Company's General ExchangeTariff apply to installation of a Centrex Service system up to and including theStandard Network Interface. In the case of Centrex Service customer moves withinthe same exchange area, appropriate service charges, including the Central OfficeLine Connection Charge, will apply. Other services as provided for in theTariffs of the Company may be furnished in connection with this service at ratesand charges specified for such services.

Issued: Effective:





C. Conditions (Cont'd)

2. (Cont'd)

a. Each request for establishment of a Centrex Service system must be placed inwriting by the customer. Should the customer elect to cancel such a requestafter acceptance by the Company and before the start of the initial contractperiod described below, he may do so subject to notice in writing andpayment to the Company for all resulting nonrecoverable labor and materialcosts.

3. Centrex Service is offered on a contractual basis commencing on the date theservice is established.

a. The rates per Centrex Line as set forth in D.1.c. following, plus theselected Feature Series rate per line as set forth in D.2. following, applyeach month from the time the System is placed in service until the CentrexService is discontinued.

4. In the event that the Centrex Service is terminated by the customer prior tocompletion of the initial contract period, the Company will develop theapplicable contract termination charge using the formula described below and levyit for payment by the customer.

a. In the event of termination of Centrex Service during the contract period,the customer will remain liable for the balance of contract period ratesadjusted to their then present worth equivalent, based upon a 12% discountrate, which shall upon any such termination immediately become due andpayable in its entirety.

b. In the event the customer reduces the number of Centrex lines initiallycontracted by 20% or more, the termination liability as specified in C.4.a.above is applicable and will be based upon the initial number of lines undercontract, as set forth in D.1.c. following.

Issued: Effective:






4. (Cont'd)

c. A Centrex customer may at any time renew the contract for an equal or longernew contract period at the current tariff rates subject to the followingconditions:

(1) No credit will be given for payments made during the formerly selectedperiod. Nonrecurring charges will not be reapplied.

(2) The new contract period begins with the next billing date following therenewal.

(3) No termination charge applies for the former contract period.

5. When Centrex Service is provided, any manual operations at the customer'spremises are performed by, and at the expense of the customer.

a. Upon request, the Company will correct a failure caused by customerinitiated software changes, will update software records, or make subsequentline and/or feature additions on a time and material basis at labor rates asspecified following:

Each AdditionalFirst Half Hour or Half Hour or

Labor Period Fraction Thereof FractionThereof

(1) Basic Time,Business Day,Per Technician $26.75 $16.75

(2) Overtime, Outsidethe Business Day,per Technician* 29.65 19.65

(3) Premium Time,Outside the BusinessDay, Per Technician* 35.45 25.40

* A call out of a Company employee at a time outside of the business day is subject toa minimum charge of four hours.

Issued: Effective:






5. (Cont'd)

b. Basic Time rates apply for the time the Telephone Company is open forbusiness, Monday through Friday. Overtime rates apply any time outside thebusiness day and all day Saturday. Premium rates apply all day Sunday andon all Telephone Company approved holidays.

6. Suitable and sufficient space for any remote units required shall be leased bythe Company from the customer.

a. Suitable space includes provisions for atmospheric control, whichencompasses the following environmental requirements: (1) dust free, (2) controlled temperatures ranging from 50€ to 86€ Fahrenheit, withconsideration given to heat loss and/or gain of the equipment, and (3)relative humidity of 20% minimum and 55% maximum.

b. Commercial power necessary to operate the remote units, if required, locatedon the customer's premises shall be provided by the customer.

7. Rotary dial stations may not be capable of accessing all Centrex Service featuresas set forth in A.4. of this Section.

8. A Centrex line may be extended to a location outside the same continuous propertyof the Centrex customer to any location. Mileage Charges, as set forth in theCompany's Tariffs, will apply to such off-premises extension lines. Such chargesshall be measured from the location of the serving host central office or from aserving remote unit, if applicable, whichever is closer, to the off-premiseslocation.

9. Centrex Service system lines are not subject to Business Basic Exchange ServiceRates or Zone Rate Differentials set forth in Section 4 of the Company's GeneralExchange Tariff.

10. EAS charges are applied on a per trunk basis (e.g., per the number of networkaccesses), at the business rate, as set forth in Section 4 of this Tariff.

11. This Tariff contemplates the use of central office equipment selected by theCompany. When special central office equipment or features are provided at therequest of the customer, special assembly rates and charges may be applied inaddition to those shown herein.

Issued: Effective:






12. This Tariff (including the rates and charges shown herein) for Centrex Service issubject to such changes or modifications as the Commission may from time to timedirect or allow in the exercise of its jurisdiction.

13. Centrex Service lines may be terminated on PABX or equivalent type system. APABX termination rate will be applied per Centrex line in addition to theapplicable Centrex line rate.

14. Subsequent line additions/deletions.

a. Subsequent line additions will be rated under a new contract or an addendumto an existing contract based upon the remaining period of the initialcontract. Existing contract period rates, for lines previously contracted,remain unchanged. If the line addition results in the customer's totalCentrex line count exceeding the threshold of the line group previouslycontracted, only the quantity of additional lines in excess of the thresholdwill be billed at the rate for the larger group. Appropriate ServiceCharges, excluding the Central Office Line Connection Charge, set forth inSection 5 of the Company's General Exchange Tariff apply to installation ofsubsequent line additions up to and including the Standard NetworkInterface.

b. Subsequent line deletions resulting in reductions equal to or exceeding 20%of the initial lines under contract will be treated as set forth in C.4preceding. If the reduction causes the total number of lines to fall withina different line group, all remaining lines will be billed at ratesaccording to the associated line group as set forth in D.1.c. following.

15. If a customer requests an upgrade of an existing Feature Series (e.g., fromSeries 1000 to 2000, 1000 to 3000, or from Series 2000 to 3000), his existing perline contract rate will be changed to reflect the appropriate rate applicable tothe new Feature Series, as set forth under D. Rates and Charges. The newcontract rate will apply for the duration of the existing contract period. Nonrecurring charges as set forth under D.2. will apply.

Issued: Effective:






16. If a customer chooses to combine Centrex Service stations terminating atdifferent locations into a single Centrex Service system then all stations mustbe served by the same central office switching equipment.

17. The Centrex rate in a Foreign Exchange (FX) or Foreign Central Office (FCO)arrangement is the monthly rate for the Centrex Service desired, plus FX or FCOcharges as shown elsewhere in the Company's tariffs.

18. Private Line arrangements connected with Centrex Service are subject toapplicable rates and charges shown elsewhere in the Company's tariffs.

19. Certain Optional Feature capabilities as shown under E.1. may not be compatiblewith other Packages or Optional features.

Issued: Effective:


PSC File Mark Only

ARKANSAS PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Section No. 47A 1st Revised Sheet No. 22 ALL EXCHANGES CenturyTel of Central Arkansas, LLC


D. Rates and Charges (Cont'd) 1. Centrex Line Rates a. Centrex Service line rates are determined by the total number of Centrex lines

requested.

Example: If a customer requests 28 lines, all 28 lines will be billed at the 26 - 50 group line rate.

The minimum contract period of one month is available for customers with 3-50 lines. Customers may, at the option of the Company, sign contract agreements for periods greater than one month. Centrex Service arrangements exceeding 200 lines will be offered on an individual case basis.

b. The following rates apply during the contract period and until the service is

discontinued:* MONTHLY

(1) Month-to-Month Contract GSEC RATE

(a) 3-25 lines, per line CEN25G $16.90 (CR) (b) 26-50 lines, per line CEN49G 16.65 (CR)

(2) 36 Month Contract (a) 26-50 lines, per line CEN50G36 15.65 (CR) (b) 51-100 lines, per line CEN100G36 14.90 (CR) (c) 101-200 lines, per line CEN200G36 14.15 (CR)

(3) 60 Month Contract (a) 26-50 lines, per line CEN50G60 14.65 (CR) (b) 51-100 lines, per line CEN100G60 13.90 (CR) (c) 101-200 lines, per line CEN200G60 13.15 (CR)

* In addition to the contract line rates, Feature Series rates apply as specified in D.3.a. following.



PSC File Mark Only



D. Rates and Charges (Cont'd) 1. Centrex Line Rates (Cont'd)

c. The following contract rates have been limited to existing customers:*

Monthly GSEC Rate

60 Month Contract 4-15 Lines, per line CEN60G15/1 $15.75 (CR) 16-20 Lines, per line CEN60G20/1 14.00 (CR)

84 Month Contract 4-15 Lines, per line CEN84G15/1 $13.95 (CR) 21-30 Lines, per line CEN84G30/1 11.90 (CR)



PSC File Mark Only




2. In addition to the contract rates as set forth in Section D.1, the following rates and charges apply to the provision of Centrex Service.

a. The following Feature Service rates apply per line for as long as the system is in service. Monthly GSEC Rate Feature Package 1000, per line CENFS 1000 $1.50 Feature Package 2000, per line CENFS 2000 2.20 Feature Package 3000, per line CENFS 3000 2.55 b. The following line to trunk ratio is implicit in the Centrex line rates as set forth in D.1.b.

preceding. However, in accordance with C.10. preceding EAS charges are to be applied on a per trunk basis. (CEN EASC)

Trunk Trunk

Lines Equivalency Lines Equivalency 3-5 2 41-45 10 6-7 3 46-50 11 8-9 4 51-65 12 10-11 5 66-75 13 12-15 6 76-100 14 16-20 7 101-125 15 21-30 8 126-150 16 31-40 9 151-175 18 176-200 20

c. Centrex network access in excess of the trunk equivalency shown above may be obtained at the following rates:

GSEC Monthly Rate Additional Centrex network access, each trunk CEN TK $16.90 (CR)







2. (Cont'd)

d. Centrex Service and features may be extended to PBX Trunk customers at therate per trunk as listed below. This rate will be applied in addition tothe Centrex line rates as set forth in D.1.b. preceding.

Monthly Rate(1) Centrex PBX Trunk

add-on rate, per line (CEN PBXTRKADD) $ 5.00

e. Appropriate Service Charges, excluding the Line Connection Charge, set forthin Section 5 of this Tariff apply to installation of Centrex Service systemup to and including the Network Interface.

f. All subsequent line and/or feature additions, deletions or changes will besubject to rates set forth in C.5.a. preceding or D.2.g. following.

g. Centrex data base program changes resulting from customer requested workactivities.

NonrecurringGSEC Charges

When the change is made to:(1) establish a new line,(2) change the class of service

mark for an existing line,(3) establish or change a line's

dial call pickup groupassignment or feature series or

(4) for any other modification inservice.

(a) First line programmed orreprogrammed NPCE2I $25.00*

(b) Each additional line programmedor reprogrammed NPCE2A 2.50*

* In addition, Service Charges, excluding the Line Connection Charge, as set forth inSection 5 of this Tariff will apply.

Issued: Effective:





E. Optional Centrex Services

1. Optional Features* MONTHLYGSEC RATE

Authorization Codes (per group of 10) . . . . . . . . . CEN ATHCDSM $ 0.05Automatic Route Selection, per line . . . . . . . . . . CEN ARSM 2.00Code Call Access (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CEN CCACCM 20.00Conference Calling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CEN CONCLGM 90.00Data Link Console Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CEN DLCIM 70.00Dictation Access and Control (1) . . . . . . . . . . . CEN DICALLM 20.00Flexible Night Answer (6)(7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . CEN FNAM 0.20FX Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CEN FXALLM 6.00Identification-Multiple Directory Numbers (6) . . . . . CEN MLNM 0.10Music-on-Hold Interface (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CEN MOHM 20.00Non-Data Link Console Interface (8) . . . . . . . . . . CEN NDLCIM 50.00Paging/Public Address Access (1) . . . . . . . . . . . CEN PGALLM 20.00Pilot Number of Hunt Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CEN PNHGM 0.05Predetermined Night Answer-Fixed (6) . . . . . . . . . CEN PNAM 0.20Preferential Hunting (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CEN PRHNTGM 0.05Priority Queuing (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CEN PRQUEM 1.00Proprietary Set Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CEN PSIM 5.00Pseudo Number Flat Rate Service(9) . . . . . . . . . . PSEUDOF 6.00Recorded Announcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CEN RANCUSM 15.00Speed Call 30 (System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CEN SC30SM 0.10Station Message Detail Recording, per line . . . . . . CEN SMDRM 0.50Stop Hunt (2)(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CEN STPHNTM 0.75T-1 Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CEN TIM 300.00Terminal Make Busy (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CEN TRMMBM 0.50Tie Facility Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CEN TFAM 6.00Universal Night Answer (1)(5)(6) . . . . . . . . . . . CEN UNAM 0.10WATS Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CEN WTSACCM 1.00800 Service Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CEN 800 SVCALLM 1.00

(1) Where facilities and conditions permit. Does not include music source for Music onHold.

(2) Requires one or more hunt groups.(3) May require additional hardware.(4) Requires off-hook queuing.(5) Requires listed directory number.(6) Requires data-link console.(7) Requires PNA and UNA(8) Requires multiline appearances normally assigned to a rotary hunt group.(9) Appropriate Feature Series rate applies per Pseudo Number.* The charges apply to initial and subsequent additions of Optional Features.

Issued: Effective:





E. Optional Centrex Services (Cont'd)

2. Centrex System Interface - This service provides special interface arrangementsfor the connection of certain customer premises equipment to a Centrex system. Each interface requires a separate Centrex line. Data base program changecharges as set forth in D.2.h. preceding apply per line programmed.

Contract Period*36 Month 60 Month

Attendant Console Interface,per interface(CEN ACI 36, CEN ACI 60) $170.00 $125.00

* The contract period for the Centrex System Interface is based upon the initialcontract period for the Centrex system. Subsequent Interface additions will berated under a new contract or an addendum to an existing contract based upon theremaining period of the initial contract.

Issued: Effective:





F. Centrex Custom Service

1. Scope of the Plan

a. Centrex Custom Service is a service arrangement which consists of hostcentral office interface equipment and software located on Company premises. This service provides local exchange access, interexchange access,intrasystem communication and Centrex features. The Centrex features areset forth in A.4. preceding.

b. Centrex Custom Service arrangements may be provided by utilizing existingCompany facilities and equipment, construction of new facilities, and thepurchase of new office equipment or any combination thereof. Thesearrangements will be provided only when, in the judgment of the Company, itis practicable and will not be detrimental to any other service furnished bythe Company. Centrex Custom Service arrangements are intended for use bycustomers with more than 500 lines.

c. Centrex Custom Service arrangements will be provided pursuant to the termsand conditions as set forth in B. and C. preceding. Customer specificrequirements will be set forth in the Centrex Custom Service agreement.

2. Public Service Commission Notification

a. The Company will notify the Public Service Commission Staff of CentrexCustom Service arrangements in advance, as set forth in F.2.b. following,and will include in such notification the following information:

Customer name and location(s)Type of service to be providedThe incremental cost studyThe contribution level usedThe payment option selectedThe applicable rates

The above information is considered proprietary by the Company and shouldnot be made a part of the public record.

Issued: Effective:





F. Centrex Custom Service (Cont'd)

2. Public Service Commission Notification (Cont'd)

b. Upon receipt of the above identified information, the Staff will have threeweeks (21 calendar days) to review this information. Day 1 of the 21calendar days limitation will begin on the next working day after receipt bythe Staff. In the review of this information, if the Staff determines thereis a discrepancy in a specific cost study, but the rate quoted meets theminimum five percent contribution level after the discrepancy is corrected,no change in the rate will be required. If, however, after the discrepancyis corrected the rate quoted does not meet the five percent contributionlevel, the rate will be revised to achieve at least the minimum contributionlevel of five percent.

Staff will notify the Company in writing as soon as possible, but no laterthan 21 days, as determined above, of their position as a result of theirreview of the economic cost study. If Staff does not respond by the end ofthe 21 days, the Company may proceed with the proposed rates for thatCentrex Custom Service arrangement.

3. Rates

a. Rates for Centrex Custom Service arrangements will be based on theincremental costs, contribution level, payment plan, and contract optionselected. These factors will vary with each Centrex Custom Servicearrangement and will, therefore, reflect varying rates for individualarrangements. At no time, will the contribution level be less than 5percent above Incremental Costs.

b. Economic Cost Studies

An incremental cost study will be performed for each Centrex Custom Servicearrangement. The study will conform to accepted economic principles andwill be provided to the Commission Staff.

c. Payment Options

The method of payment will be specified in the Centrex Custom Serviceagreement.

Issued: Effective:




SERVICES FOR ENHANCED SERVICE PROVIDERS

MAMMOTH SPRING

SHEET NO.

GENERAL 1ESP SERVICES 1DEFINITIONS 3REGULATIONS AND CONDITIONS 4RATE AND CHARGES 7

Issued: Effective:




SERVICES FOR ENHANCED SERVICE PROVIDERS (MAMMOTH SPRING)

A. General

1. This tariff contains regulations, rates and charges applicable to the provisionof certain functional network capabilities. These capabilities, Services forEnhanced Service Providers (ESPs), expand the ability of ESPs to provide servicesto their clients through the use of the public switched telephone network. Thesenetwork capabilities are provided by GTE Midwest Incorporated, hereinafterreferred to as the Company.

2. Services for ESPs are furnished only in central office areas where facilities andequipment, as determined by the Company, permit.

3. Services in this section of the tariff, designed primarily for ESPs are alsoavailable to others.

B. ESP Services

ESP Services are services offered by the Company in conjunction with exchange accessline service as outlined in this Tariff. Customers may order and utilize theseservices to connect to the Company's local exchange network to provide enhancedservices to the customer's clients. These services are as follows:

1. Message Waiting Indication - Audible - This service provides the ability for acustomer to send and a customer's client line to receive an alerting signal in theform of an audible stutter dial tone. This alerting signal will be used by thecustomer to inform its clients that call information is waiting for them. Thisservice is used in conjunction with Forwarded Call Information - Intraoffice

Issued: Effective:





B. ESP Services (Cont'd)

2. Forwarded Call Information - Intraoffice - This service provides information onthe called number (the customer's client line which was busy or did not answer andis equipped with call forwarding), the forwarded to number (the customer'senhanced service number to which redirected calls are forwarded), and the reasoncalls were forwarded or placed to the customer. The reasons for forwardinginformation may include when a client's line is:

- busy;- not answered;- either busy or not answered; or- used to call the customer directly

Customer subscribing to this service must also subscribe to Data Link service.

3. Data Link - The facility that connects the customer's location to the Company'scentral office. This facility provides the capability of delivering to thecustomer information such as the called number, the call forwarded number, and thecondition of the call being forwarded by each central office serving area in whichthe customer wishes to offer enhanced services. Customers subscribing to thisservice must also subscribe to Forwarded Call Information - Intraoffice.

4. Queuing - This service provides customers subscribing to PBX Access lines orDigital Centrex lines arranged in a multiline hunt group the capability to equipthat group with a queuing feature. Calls made to a multiline hunt group equippedwith the queuing feature will complete immediately if there is an idle terminalin the hunt group. However, if all terminals in the hunt group are busy, the callis placed on queue and waits its turn to be served.

Issued: Effective:





B. ESP Services (Cont'd)

5. User Transfer - This service provides customers subscribing to PBX Access orDigital Centrex lines used in conjunction with ESPs equipment the ability totemporarily hold an established call, originate another call to a third party, andthen transfer the first call to the third party. When a call has been transferredthe original line/trunk is cleared to place or receive another call.

C. Definitions

1. Client - The term "client" denotes any individual, partnership, association,joint-stock company, trust corporation, or governmental entity or any other entitywhich subscribes to the services offered by the customer utilizing those servicesprovided under this Section of the Tariff.

2. Customer - The term "customer(s)" denotes an ESP, individual, partnership,association, joint-stock company, trust corporation, or governmental entity or anyother entity which subscribes to the services offered under this Section of theTariff.

3. Enhanced Service Provider - An Enhanced Service Provider (ESP) is a provider oftelecommunication related services to its patrons, offered over the Companytransmission facilities, which employ computer processing applications that acton the format, content, code, protocol or similar aspects of the patron'stransmitted information; provides the patron additional, different or restructuredinformation; or involve patron interaction with stored information.

4. ESP Bill Option - This is an ordering and billing option that allows a customer,on behalf of that customer's clients, to order and pay for the provisioning andmonthly recurring charges of only those services necessary to establish a callforwarding service or a forwarded call information service. Should a clientdispute authorization for the exercise of this option in conjunction with his/herservice, the customer will be held liable for orders involving clients for whomno agency agreement exists.

Issued: Effective:





D. Regulations and Conditions

1. Undertaking of the Company

a. The limitation of the Company's liability is set forth in this Tariff.

b. The Company may disconnect the customer's service for failure to comply withany provision(s) of this Tariff or any tariff of the Company.

c. ESP Client Services billed to ESP orders can only be accepted if the clientline is specified and available for provisioning.

d. If the Company finds the provision of ESP Services, as outlined herein, isadversely affecting or would adversely affect the Company's ability toprovide, complete or maintain the level of or quality of its other servicesto its exchange telephone customers, the Company may refuse to provide or maydiscontinue providing such services.

e. ESP Services will not be provided in connection with Public TelephoneService, Semi-public Telephone Service, or Party Line Service.

f. Charges for calls between the originating location and the call forwardequipped line are applicable in accordance with regularly filed tariffs foroperator station or person toll.

g. The Company is not required to notify an ESP customer when the Companydisconnects a service of another customer who is also the ESP's client.

Issued: Effective:





D. Regulations and Conditions (Cont'd)

2. Enhanced Service Provider's Obligations

a. Customer services as outlined herein and the promotion and provision thereofmust comply with all applicable Federal, state and local laws, rules andregulations.

b. The customer shall indemnify, defend, protect and save harmless the Companyagainst any and all losses, claims, demands, suits, causes of action,damages, costs or liability in law or in equity of every kind and naturewhatsoever, including attorney's fees, arising directly or indirectly fromthe service or in connection therewith, including but not limited to anyloss, damage, expense, or liability resulting from any infringement or claimor infringement of any patents, trademarks, or copyright, or resulting fromany claims of libel or slander.

c. The customer is responsible for all provisioning and monthly recurringcharges for billed-to-ESP services including those situations in which thecustomer's client and/or the Company has temporarily suspended ordisconnected that client's service.

d. The customer has exclusive responsibility and control over the content,quality, and characteristics of services or conversations conducted over thecustomer's equipment. The Company assumes no liability for the quality,defects in, or content of those services. The customer shall exclude fromits services any matter, the dissemination of which is prohibited by law, orby rules, regulations or order of any governmental agency.

e. The customer shall not publish or use any advertising, sales promotionmaterial, or other publicity relating to the subject matter of ESP Serviceswherein the Company's name or language, signs, markings or symbols are used,from which the connection of the Company's name therewith may be, in theCompany's judgment, reasonably inferred or implied without the prior writtenapproval of the Company.

Issued: Effective:






2. Enhanced Service Provider's Obligations (Cont'd)

f. The customer is financially responsible for any and all costs and expensesinvolved in providing its services, including, but not limited to, thecustomer's premises equipment, program development, advertising, andpromotional expenses. The customer is financially responsible for allfacilities required to connect the customer's equipment to the Company'sserving wire center, in accordance with all applicable rates and chargesunder the Company's Tariff.

g. The customer's premises equipment shall be interconnected in accordance withthe Regulations and Conditions and applicable rates as set forth in thisSection, Customer Provided Equipment. If the customer violates thisrequirement, the Company may disconnect the customer's service.

h. Customers subscribing to the services outlined in this Section of the Tariff,are required to subscribe to PBX facilities or CentraNet® lines capable ofsupporting the enhanced service(s) being offered. Also, they may be requiredto subscribe to as many additional PBXs or CentraNet® lines as, in thejudgment of the Company, are required to adequately handle calls withoutimpairing service to others.

i. The customer is responsible for disconnecting ESP Services ordered for itsclient(s), including those situations where the customer's client(s) nolonger have service with the Company.

j. The customer is responsible for the payment of applicable charges for eachforwarded call completed in conjunction with User Transfer Service.

k. The ESP will not disclose the calling party's telephone number, except forservices directly related to the call (e.g. call set-up, routing of calls,billing and maintenance), unless permission is given by the calling party.

Issued: Effective:






3. Client Obligations

a. Charges are applicable to the client's line equipped with Call ForwardingBusy Line and/or No Answer - Fixed for each completed call between their callforwarding equipped line and the customer's number to which the call isforwarded.

4. Billing and Remittance

a. The Company will not make adjustments resulting from poor transmissionquality caused by the customer's equipment.

b. The customer's services may be discontinued pursuant to the procedures setforth in this Tariff for failure to make full payment for the Company'sservices provided under this Tariff.

E. Rate and Charge Regulations

1. Any change to the customer's preselected telephone number to which client'stelephone calls are redirected will incur applicable service ordering charges.

2. The ESP Bill Option as defined in this Section of the Tariff may only be exercisedby a customer utilizing ESP Services to offer an enhanced service.

3. Unless otherwise indicated, services available to CentraNet® customers will bebilled in accordance with the rates, charges, and conditions included in theCentraNet® Tariff as described in this Section.

Issued: Effective:





F. Rates and ChargesMonthly Nonrecurring

GSEC Rate Charge

1. Call Forwarding BusyLine - Fixed Per Client Line Arranged ESPCFBF * **

2. Call Forwarding NoAnswer - Fixed Per Client Line Arranged ESPCFNAF * **

3. Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer - Fixed Per Client Line Arranged ESPCFBNAF * **

4. Message Waiting Indication - Audible Per Client Line Arranged ESPMWI $ .50 **

5. Forwarded CallInformation-Intraoffice Per Client Line Arranged ESPFCI 1.00 **

6. Data Link Per Data Link Arranged ESPLINK 300.00 $500.00

* For applicable rates, charges, and definitions, see Section 16 of this Tariff.** Service charges as shown in Section 13 of this Tariff will apply when services are

added or rearranged on an existing line.

Issued: Effective:





F. Rates and Charges (Cont'd)Monthly Nonrecurring

GSEC Rate Charge

7. Queuing Per CentraNet® Line or Trunk Arranged ESPQUE $ 1.50 **

8. User-Transfer Per CentraNet® Line or Trunk Arranged ESPTRANS 1.50 **

9. When services as shown in F.3., F.4. and F.5.are ordered one each ina package for an individualsubscriber's line ESPVMPKG 2.00 **

* For applicable rates, charges, and definitions, see Section 16 of this Tariff.** Service charges as shown in Section 13 of this Tariff will apply when services are

added or rearranged on an existing line.

Issued: Effective:




LIMITED TO EXISTING CUSTOMERS (MAMMOTH SPRINGS)

SHEET NUMBER

JOINT USER 1SPECIAL REVERSED TOLL SERVICE 2DIGITAL CENTREX 4CONTEL ENHANCED BUSINESS SYSTEM II 8

Issued: Effective:




LIMITED TO EXISTING CUSTOMERS

JOINT USER SERVICE

A. General

Joint User Service permits a person, firm or corporation to share the use of telephoneservice provided to a business customer.

B. Conditions

1. Joint User Service will be furnished with the approval of the Company only withbusiness individual line service.

2. A Joint user will be furnished one directory listing without charge.

3. Applications for Joint User Service shall be made by the customer.

4. The customer will be responsible for all charges incurred by the Joint User.

5. Additional listings and supplemental services may be furnished to the Joint Userat the request of the customer and at regular rates.

6. After listing for the Joint User has been included in the directory, Joint UserService may not be discontinued during the life of the directory, except under thefollowing conditions.

a. The customer's service is discontinued;b. The Joint User moves from the premises where the customer's service is

located.c. The Joint User establishes his own primary service on the same premises.


Service Charges apply.Monthly

GSEC Rate

Joint User Service JUSERB 50% of applicablebusiness rate

Issued: Effective:





SPECIAL REVERSED CHARGE TOLL SERVICE (Enterprise/Zenith)

A. General

1. This service provides an arrangement in connection with station-to-station messagetoll service whereby a customer offers patrons the privilege of calling himwithout the payment of a toll charge and without having to request specificreversal of the charge.

2. This service is available to customers to any class of central office access lineservice except coin box service.

3. The exchanges in which such service is furnished are selected by the customersubject to the approval of the Company and the Company assigns and lists in thedirectory a special call number designation for use of patrons in each suchexchange.

4. Calls for the special call number are accepted when originating at telephoneslocated in the exchanges with which the special call number is associated, exceptthat where several exchanges are served from one switchboard, the customer mustassume all charges for calls for his special call number originating fromtelephones in any of the exchanges. Only those toll calls placed by calling thisspecial number are considered as coming within the scope of this service.

5. The customer assumes the charges for all toll calls placed by calling this specialnumber in each exchange.

6. The initial contract period for this service is three months. Service may beterminated within the initial contract period by payment of the minimum servicecharge to the end of the initial contract period.

Issued: Effective:





SPECIAL REVERSED CHARGE TOLL SERVICE (Enterprise/Zenith)

B. Rates and Charges

1. The customer to this service is charged the established sent-paidstation-to-station Day, Evening and Sunday, or Night message toll rate for eachcompleted call. In addition the monthly rate, payable in advance, applies foreach exchange selected. One directory listing in the alphabetical list for eachexchange selected is provided without additional charge.

Monthly GSEC Rate

a. Special Reversed Charge Toll Service, per exchange SRCT

1) former GTE North Incorporated $ 6.65

2) former GTE Missouri 10.60 (1)

Issued: Effective:





DIGITAL CENTREX SERVICE

A. General

Digital Centrex Service is a fully integrated digital communication Central Officeservice designed to service customers from 2 to 200 lines.

B. Rates

1. The rates set forth below are for Company provided services & equipment; stationequipment is located at the designated customer location(s).

2. Digital Centrex Service Access Rates:

a. In addition to rates as specified below, individual access line rates for LOCALEXCHANGE SERVICE, Section 4, apply as appropriate.

b. The Federal Subscriber Line Charge (End User Charge) applies to both the localexchange individual access lines as well as Digital Centrex Intragroup CallingLines and is in addition to the rates described in 3b. below.

c. Installation and/or change charges are applicable as set forth in Section 6,SERVICE CHARGES of this tariff.

3. Intragroup Calling Services (lines not designated as access lines).

a. Intragroup Calling Service lines provide communication paths for intra customercalling.

b. Intragroup Calling Service Monthly Rates Per Line:

S & E Monthly 1 - 200 lines Code Rate

0 - .5 miles IG01 $3.25 .6 - 1.0 miles IG02 4.501.1 - 1.5 miles IG03 5.701.6 - 2.0 miles IG04 6.95

Issued: Effective:





DIGITAL CENTREX SERVICE (Continued)

B. RatesS & E MonthlyCode Rate

4. Basic Service (per line)*

a. Customer with 2 lines, each IBNA $3.50

b. Customer with 3 lines or more,but less than 7 lines, each IBNB 3.00

c. Customer with 7 lines or more, each IBNC 2.50

5. Enhanced Services & Features (per line)*

a. Business Set Service**(excludes customer premise equipment) IBNJ 2.45

b. Enhanced Business Service IBNF 2.95

c. Station Message Detail Recorder IBNG 2.95

d. Enhanced Station Message Detail Recorder IBNH 4.15

e. Automatic Route Selection IBNI 2.05

f. Datapath Basic IBNK 4.50

g. Hospital Communications IBNU .50

h. Console Alerting IBNN .50

i. Electronic Switched Network IBNO 5.10

j. Cut-Thru Dialing IBNP .50

* Descriptions and limitations of the services and features provided with theseassociated rates are located in the Company's business office.

** A Central Office Software feature (See Item C., 2.). CPE may be provided by thecustomer.

Issued: Effective:






C. Conditions

1. Customers subscribing to Digital Centrex Service will be required to have a minimumof two (2) access lines. The customer may not mix business with residential linesof service within the same Digital Centrex Service subscription.

2. If equipment is provided by the customer, it must be compatible with the servicesand equipment provided by the Company. This provision is applicable to BUSINESS SETSERVICE listed in Item B.5.a.

3. Digital Centrex basic and enhanced services and features are only offered in centraloffices equipped to provide such service.

4. Service area is limited to manufacturer's equipment specifications with respect todistance from the central office.

5. The minimum charge for service provided under this tariff shall be one month.

6. The Company will furnish one alphabetical and one classified directory listingwithout charge per system. Additional listings will be offered subject to theprovisions outlined in GENERAL SERVICES, Section 5 of this tariff, or may beprovided free if in the judgement of the Company such listings will improve serviceto the public, or reduce Company operating costs, or both.

7. Extended Area Service (EAS) is available with this Service in the event thecustomer's Central Office Exchange has EAS.

8. For service over 200 lines or greater than 2 miles from the central office, tariffrates as specified in Item B., will apply in addition to an appropriate portion ofapplicable special construction costs or expenses as specified in Section 2, GENERALREGULATIONS, Special Assemblies of Equipment.

Any contracts relative to the provision of this service will be provided to theCommission at least one (1) day prior to the effective date of the service. Ratescontained in the contracts are under the authority of the Commission and may bealtered by the Commission at any time during the life of the contracts.

9. Touch Calling service is necessary in order to have the Digital Centrex Servicefeatures. Touch Calling is available at the rates specified in Section 5 of thisTariff.

Issued: Effective:






D. Explanation of Terms

1. Primary Service Location - The continuous property designated by the customer as theprimary location and/or at which the attendant's console position may be located.

2. Secondary Service Location - Each different premises of the same customer, notwithin the primary location, served by one or more stations of the same system.Stations in secondary locations may be served by primary or satellite switchingequipment and may be provided at secondary locations where it is more economicalthan extending lines from the primary switching equipment.

Issued: Effective:





CONTEL ENHANCED BUSINESS SYSTEM - II SERVICE (Continued)

C. Conditions

1. If equipment is provided by the customer, it must be compatible with the servicesand equipment provided by the Company.

2. Contel Enhanced Business System - II Service is only offered within the digitalcomplexes where facilities are available.

3. Service area is limited to manufacturer's equipment specifications.

4. The minimum charge for service provided under this tariff shall be one month.

5. CEBS - II Service is only available to customers with Touch Tone Service asspecified in GENERAL SERVICES, Section 5 of this tariff.

6. Extended Area Service (EAS) is provided with this Service in the event thecustomer's Central Office Exchange has EAS. Rates will apply as set forth in LOCALEXCHANGE TARIFF, Section 4.

7. The service is limited to customers with a minimum requirement of two access lines.

Issued: Effective:






D. Explanation of Terms

1. Primary Service Location - The continuous property designated by the customer as theprimary location and/or at which the attendant's console position may be located.

2. Secondary Service Location - Each different premises of the same customer, notwithin the primary location, served by one or more stations of the same system.Stations in secondary locations may be served by primary or satellite switchingequipment and may be provided at secondary locations where it is more economicalthan extending lines from the primary switching equipment.

E. Basic Service Features

1. Basic Service is available with the following:

a. ATTENDANT FEATURES

ACCESS TO PAGINGCALL PARK RECALL TIMERCALL SELECTIONCAMP-ONATTENDANT CONFERENCE (Maximum Six Conferees)CONSOLE DISPLAYCONTROL OF TRUNK GROUP ACCESSLOCKED LOOP OPERATIONRELEASE UPON COMPLETION OF DIALINGSPEED CALLING

Issued: Effective:






E. Basic Service Features (Continued)

1. Basic Service is available with the following: (Continued)

a. ATTENDANT FEATURES (Continued)

RECORDED ANNOUNCEMENTTRANSFERAUTOMATIC RECALLBUSY VERIFICATION

StationsTrunks

CALL HOLDCALL PARKCODE CALLING LINE TERMINATIONCONSOLE TESTDELAYED OPERATIONINTERPOSITION CALLS AND TRANSFERSLOCKOUTMAINTENANCE & ADMINISTRATION POSITION (MAP) Display For

Attendant Operational MeasurementsMULTIPLE CONSOLE OPERATIONMULTIPLE LISTED DIRECTORY NUMBERSPOSITION BUSYSECRECYSERIAL CALLSTRAIGHTFORWARD OUTWARD COMPLETIONSUPERVISORY CONSOLE (Basic)SWITCHED LOOP OPERATIONTRUNK GROUP BUSY/Trunk Group Access Control Through Special KeysTHROUGH DIALINGTIMED RECALL SET TO ZEROTROUBLE KEY ON SYSTEM-II CONSOLETRUNK GROUP BUSY INDICATION2-WAY SPLITTINGUNIFORM CALL DISTRIBUTION From QueueWILD CARD KEY

Issued: Effective:








b. SERVICES

ACCESSCommon Control Switching Arrangement (CCSA) E&M Types I & IICO From PBXEnhanced Private Switched Communication Service (EPSCS)Electronic Tandem Network (ETN)Special Service Facilities

ATTENDANT SERVICELocal ConsolesRemote Consoles

ATTENDANT SERVICE (Centralized, Limited to Host and Remote LineEquipment)

CLASS-OF-SERVICE RESTRICTIONSFully Restricted ServiceSemirestricted ServiceToll Restricted ServiceUnrestricted Service

CODE CALL ACCESSCODE RESTRICTIONSDATA CALL PROTECTIONSDATA PULSE CONVERSIONDIAL TONE UPON TRUNK SEIZUREDICTATION ACCESS & CONTROL (DTMF only)DIRECT INWARD DIALING (DID)DIRECT OUTWARD DIALING (DOD)END-TO-END SIGNALINGFLEXIBLE INTERCEPTFOREIGN EXCHANGE (FX) Line - AnalogFOREIGN EXCHANGE (FX) Trunk, Digital 2-WayINCREASE IN NUMBER OF CUSTOMER GROUPSINDIVIDUAL LINE BUSINESS SERVICE - PBX APPLICATIONLOUDSPEAKER TO RADIO PAGING ACCESSLOUDSPEAKER PAGING - LINE TERMINATIONMULTICUSTOMER OPERATIONNIGHT SERVICE Fixed Flexible

Trunk Answer From Any Station (TAFAS)

Issued: Effective:








b. SERVICES (Continued)

OFF-PREMISES STATIONS AND EXTENSIONSOPERATIONAL MEASUREMENTSOUTPULSING TO LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE TRUNKSQUANTITY CONTROL (100 LINES)SERVICE ORDER SYSTEMSIMPLIFIED DIALINGSIX-PORT CONFERENCE CIRCUIT USE CONTROLSTATION-TO-STATION CALLINGTANDEM SWITCHING OF SPECIAL SERVICE CIRCUITS (Senderized Operation)UNIFORM NUMBERING PLAN CAPABILITY

c. STATION FEATURES

AUTOMATIC LINECALL FORWARD

All CallsBusyNo Answer

CALL HOLDCALL PICKUPCALL TRANSFER ENHANCEMENTCALL WAITINGCONSULTATION HOLDMEET-ME CONFERENCERING AGAINSPEED CALLING (ONE SHORT AND ONE LONG LIST PER STATION MAXIMUM)

Individual - Short ListIndividual - Long ListGroup - Long List

STATION ACCESS TO PAGINGSTATION CALL PARKSTATION CONTROLLED CONFERENCE (SIX PORTS MAXIMUM)3-WAY CONFERENCE/TRANSFER

3-Way ConferenceCall Transfer of Incoming CallsCall Transfer of Outgoing CallsCall Transfer of All Calls

Issued: Effective:






F. Enhanced Services and Features - OPTIONAL

ENHANCED BUSINESS SERVICEFeaturesDual Tone Multifrequency (DTMF) Outpulsing On A LineFlexible Console AlertingServicesAudio Input On Incoming Calls In Queue (Attendant and Uniform Call Distribution)Distinctive RingingExecutive Busy Override (EBO)Intergroup CallingOverlap OutpulsingUniform Call Distribution (UCD)

STATION MESSAGE DETAIL RECORDING (SMDR)STATION MESSAGE DETAIL RECORDING (SMDR) ENHANCEDAUTOMATIC ROUTE SELECTIONHOSPITAL COMMUNICATIONSLARGE CONFERENCECONSOLE ALERTINGELECTRONIC SWITCHED NETWORK - ESN

NETWORK SPEED CALLING (Offered only with ESN Service)TIME-OF-DAY ROUTING (Offered only with ESN Service)TIME-OF-DAY NETWORK CLASS OF SERVICE (NCOS) (Offered only with ESN Service)

CUT-THRU DIALINGDATAPATH - BASICBUSINESS SET

Additional descriptions and limitations of the enhanced services and features listedabove is maintained in the Company's service office.

Issued: Effective:




EXCHANGE AREA BOUNDARY MAPS

AlmyraExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

AugustaExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Biggers-ReynoExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

BlevinsExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Blooming GroveExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

BradfordExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

CabotExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Issued: Effective:





CarlisleExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

CarryvilleExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

CorningExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Cotton PlantExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Coy-HumnokeExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

DelaplaineExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

De Valls BluffExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Issued: Effective:





De WittExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Des ArcExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

EnglandExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

GillettExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

GriffithvilleExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

HazenExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Hickory PlainsExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Issued: Effective:





HumphreyExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

ImbodenExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

JacksonvilleExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

JesupExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

JudsoniaExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

KensettExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Knobel-McDougalExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Issued: Effective:





LeonardExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

MarmadukeExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

MarvellExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

MaynardExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

McCroryExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

McRaeExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Issued: Effective:





PiggottExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

PocahontasExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

PollardExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

PrescottExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

RectorExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Roe-UlmExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

St. CharlesExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Issued: Effective:





StuttgartExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

SuccessExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

TaylorExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

WaldoExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

WaterlooExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

WheatleyExchange Area Boundary Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A(Reserved for Future Use) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Exchange Area Boundary Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Issued: Effective:


centurytel of central arkansas , llc d/b/a … · fire reporting system - tellabs ... centurytel of...

Documents